2021 Hyundai Santa Fe 116695

MS2O-EU0NA 2021 Owner’s Manual
Santa Fe
Santa Fe
2021 Owner’s Manual

MS2U0
WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE
Please consult your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet for your vehicle's specific warranty coverage.
This Owner’s Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it
when it is sold for the use of the next owner.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE
The maintenance requirements for your new HYUNDAI are
found in Section 9. As the owner, it is your responsibility to see OWNER’S INFORMATION
that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer
are carried out at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is ORIGINAL OWNER
used in severe driving conditions, more frequent maintenance
is required for some operations. Maintenance requirements for ADDRESS
severe operating conditions are also included in Section 9. CITY STATE ZIP CODE
DELIVERY DATE
WARNING – California Proposition 65 (Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser)
“Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

vehicle or off- road vehicle can expose you to chemicals ADDRESS
including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates,
and lead, which are known to the State of California to CITY STATE ZIP CODE
cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive

harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary, service
your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves
or wash your hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.
ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.”
1
Introduction
OWNER’S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time

of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make
changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes

descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard
equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not
apply to your specific vehicle.
Introduction
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR

HYUNDAI
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering
the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations
established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state
agencies.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR

TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic
components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio
or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we
recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer’s instructions or
consult your authorized HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special
instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
F2
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and

NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle
damage.
F3
HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use
information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai
has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies
and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website
at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy,
please contact our Customer Care Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care

P.O. Box 20850
Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151
[email protected]
Hyundai’s Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through

Friday,
between the hours of 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST and Saturday between 6:30
AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Customer Connect Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives
are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
Table of contents
Foreword 1
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects 2
Seats & Safety System 3
Instrument cluster 4
Convenient features 5
Driving your vehicle 6
Driver assistance system 7
Emergency situations 8
Maintenance 9
Index I
Introduction
FOREWORD
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome
you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAI. We are very
proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI
we build.
Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new
HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it,
read this Owner’s Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to
familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can safely
operate your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe
operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your
car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer
are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance
that may be required.
This Owner’s Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and
should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay
with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety
and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality
fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use
high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 2-14 in
the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner’s Manual.
Copyright 2020 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this
publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in
any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor
America.
1-2
01
Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts
1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts? 2. Why Hyundai Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are
same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor engineered and built to meet rigid
Company to manufacture vehicles. manufacturing requirements.
They are designed and tested for the Damage caused by using imitation,
optimum safety, performance, and counterfeit or used salvage parts is
reliability for our customers. not covered under the HYUNDAI New
Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other
HYUNDAI warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure
of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused
by the installation or failure of an
imitation, counterfeit or used salvage
part is not covered by any HYUNDAI
Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are

purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts
Logo on the package (see below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported
to the U.S. are packaged with labels
written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only
sold through authorized HYUNDAI
Dealerships.
1-3
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your
Owner’s Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents
of your Owner’s Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The
first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that
Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the
manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it
can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges.
These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the
manual.
SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner’s Manual provides
you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts
you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards
and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow
safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY
ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury
hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible
injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER,
WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER CAUTION
DANGER indicates a hazardous CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury. result in minor or moderate injury.
WARNING NOTICE
WARNING indicates a hazardous NOTICE indicates a situation which,
situation which, if not avoided, could if not avoided, could result in vehicle
result in death or serious injury. damage.
1-4
01
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Gasoline engine
Unleaded
Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number
((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use methanol blended
fuels)
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL,
as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel
system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for additional information.
WARNING
• Do not “top off” after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the
event of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being
marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, “E15” is a
gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or
gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems
and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
“E85” fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent
gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is
not compatible with your vehicle. Use of “E85” may result in poor engine performance
and damage to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI recommends that
customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
• Never use “E85” fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any
performance problems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.
1-5
Introduction
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)

Using fuel additives such as:
-- Silicone fuel additive
-- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
-- Other metallic-based fuel additives
May result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the
catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a
reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.
-- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels
may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT

Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
HYUNDAI does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control
system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives

HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent
additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation
in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance
performance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www. toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have
problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives
that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank according to the
maintenance schedule is recommended (refer to the Maintenance Schedule in chapter
9).
Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information
on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
1-6
01
Vehicle modifications
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its
performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and
emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may
not be covered under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate
abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, we
recommend that you do not use unauthorized electronic devices.
Vehicle break-in process

By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000km) you may add to
the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between
2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying
engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
• Do not tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles (2,000km) of operation.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead
compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer
and reproductive harm.
For more information go to https://www.p65warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle
1-7
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of
an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a
vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location)
are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties,
such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if
they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
1-8
2. Vehicle Information,
Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
Exterior overview (I)............................................................................................2-2
Exterior overview (II)...........................................................................................2-3
Interior overview ............................................................................................... 2-4
Instrument panel overview (I)........................................................................... 2-5
Instrument panel overview (II).......................................................................... 2-6
Engine compartment..........................................................................................2-7
Dimensions......................................................................................................... 2-8 2
Engine................................................................................................................. 2-8
Bulb wattage...................................................................................................... 2-9
Tires and wheels...............................................................................................2-10
Air conditioning system.....................................................................................2-11
Volume and weight............................................................................................2-11
Recommended lubricants and capacities...................................................... 2-12
Recommended SAE viscosity number.......................................................................2-14
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)............................................................... 2-15
Vehicle certification label................................................................................. 2-15
Tire specification and pressure label............................................................... 2-15
Engine number.................................................................................................. 2-16
Refrigerant label............................................................................................... 2-16
Consumer Information..................................................................................... 2-17
Reporting Safety Defects................................................................................. 2-18
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Exterior overview (I)

Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OTM010001
1. Hood....................................................... 5-67 5. Sunroof................................................... 5-62

2. Headlamp......................................5-82, 9-52 6. Front windshield wiper blades... 5-95, 9-26
3. Tires and wheels.................................... 9-32 7. Windows................................................ 5-58
4. Side view mirror..................................... 5-55 8. Front ultrasonic sensors.........................7-111
2-2
02
Exterior overview (II)
Rear view


OTM010002
9. Door Handle............................................5-32 13. High mounted stop lamp...................... 9-57

10. Fuel filler door......................................... 5-77 14. Rear window wiper blades..........5-96, 9-27
11. Rear combination lamp........................ 9-54 15. Rear ultrasonic sensors........................7-108
12. Liftgate...................................................5-68 16. Antenna................................................. 5-137
17. Rear view camera.................................. 7-88
2-3
Interior overview

OTMA020001C
1. Inside door handle..................................5-32 10. ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF

2. Power window switches....................... 5-58 button.....................................................6-44
3. Power window lock button /................5-60 11. EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
switch..................................................... 6-35
Electronic child safety lock button....... 5-36
12. Steering wheel....................................... 5-42
4. Side view mirror folding button..................5-56
13. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic switch.. 5-43
5. Side view mirror control switch..................5-56
14. Fuse box................................................. 9-42
6. Central door lock switch....................... 5-33
15. Hood release lever................................. 5-67
7. Instrument panel illumination control
switch....................................................... 4-5 16. Seat........................................................... 3-3
8. Lane Safety button................................. 7-19
9. Power Liftgate open/close button....... 5-70
2-4
02
Instrument panel overview (I)

OTM010008L
1. Instrument cluster................................... 4-4 12. DBC (Downhill Brake Control) button....6-48

2. Driver’s front air bag.............................. 3-47 13. Parking Safety button..................7-108, 7-111
3. Engine Start/Stop button........................ 6-9 14. Parking/View button.................... 7-89, 7-92
4. Infotainment system............................ 5-137 15. Air ventilation seat button.................... 3-20
5. Hazard warning lamp switch.................. 8-2 16. Seat warmer............................................3-19
6. Climate control system...............5-97, 5-105 17. Passenger’s front air bag...................... 3-47
7. Shift button................................... 6-14, 6-23 18. Glove box.............................................. 5-122
8. ISG (Idle Stop and Go) button............... 6-62 19. Wireless charging system pad............. 5-129
9. Auto Hold button................................... 6-39 20. Cup holder............................................ 5-124
10. Heated steering wheel button.............. 5-43 21. AC inverter............................................ 5-127
11. Drive mode button......................6-66, 6-69 22. USB charger.......................................... 5-127
2-5
Instrument panel overview (II)

OTM010005
1. Lighting control lever............................ 5-82 5. LCD display control............................... 4-29

2. Wiper and washer control lever........... 5-93 6. Driving Assist button..............................7-54
3. Voice recognition button.....................5-138 7. Smart cruise control Vehicle Distance
4. Bluetooth® hands-free phone button.....5-139 button......................................................7-54
2-6
02
Engine compartment
Smartstream G2.5 GDI

Smartstream G2.5 T-GDI

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OTMA090001/OTMA090015
1. Engine oil filler cap................................. 9-17 6. Battery terminal [+]............................... 9-29

2. Engine oil dipstick..................................9-16 7. Battery terminal [-]................................ 9-29
3. Engine coolant reservoir........................9-18 8. Air cleaner.............................................. 9-23
4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir........ 9-22 9. Fuse box................................................. 9-43
5. Brake fluid reservoir............................... 9-21
2-7
Dimensions
Items in (mm)
Overall length 188.4 (4,785)
Overall width 74.8 (1,900)
2WD 4WD
Overall height
66.3 (1,685) / 67.3 (1,710)* 67.1 (1,705) / 68.1 (1,730)*
Front Rear
Tread 18’’ / 19’’ : 64.80 (1,646) 18’’ / 19’’ : 65.19 (1,656)
20’’ : 64.44 (1,637) 20’’ : 64.84 (1,647)
Wheelbase 108.9 (2,765)
* : if equipped with roof rack
Engine
Displacement Bore x Stroke
Engine Firing order No. of cylinders
cu. in (cc) in. (mm)
Smartstream G 2.5 GDI 152.4 3.5 x 4
1-3-4-2 4, in-line
Smartstream G 2.5 T-GDI (2,497) (88.5 x 101.5)
2-8
02
Bulb wattage
Light bulb Bulb type Wattage
High LED LED
Headlamp
Low LED LED
Type A Daytime running lamp (DRL) /
LED LED
position lamp
Turn signal lamp PY21W 21
High LED LED
Front Headlamp
Low LED LED
Low beam assist LED LED
Type B
Daytime running lamp (DRL) /
LED LED
position lamp
Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror) LED LED
Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror) LED LED
Tail lamp W5W 5
Type A
Tail/Stop lamp P21/5W 5/21
Tail lamp LED LED
Type B
Tail/Stop lamp LED LED
Rear Type A PY21W 21
Turn signal lamp
Type B LED LED
Reverse lamp W16W 16
License plate lamp W5W 5
High mounted stop lamp LED LED
Type A W10W 10
Map lamp
Type B LED LED
Room lamp FESTOON 10
Interior Personnal lamp LED LED
Glove box lamp W5W 5
Sunvisor lamp FESTOON 5
Luggage compartment lamp FESTOON 10
2-9
Tires and wheels

Inflation pressure Wheel bolt
Wheel kPa (psi) torque
Items Tire size
size Normal load Maximum load lbf·ft
Front Rear Front Rear (kgf·m, N·m)
235/60 R18 7.5J x 18
Full size tire 235/55 R19 7.5J x 19 240(35)
79~94
255/45 R20 8.5J x 20 (11~13, 107~127)
Compact
T135/90 D17 4.0B x 17 420(60)
spare tire
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder
temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically lose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme
temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to
keep them properly inflated.
• Tire inflation pressures will vary with changes in elevation. If driving in areas of
higher or lower elevation, be sure to check and adjust for proper tire inflation.
CAUTION
• When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
• When replacing tires, ALWAYS use the same size, type, construction and tread
pattern supplied with the vehicle for all tires.
2-10
02
Air conditioning system
Items Weight of volume Classification
Refrigerant
R1234yf Front 22.05 (625) ± 0.88 (25) R-1234yf
oz. (g)
Compressor Front 3.5 (100) ± 0.35 (10)
lubricant PAG
oz. (g) Front + Rear 7.4 (210) ± 0.35 (10)
We recommend you to contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
VOLUME AND WEIGHT

Smartstream G2.5 GDi Smartstream G2.5 T-GDi
Items
2WD 4WD 2WD 4WD
Gross vehicle weight 5,137 5,247 5,247 5,357
lbs. (kg) (2,330) (2,380) (2,380) (2,430)
Luggage volume
Items 5-Seater
SAE 72.1 (2,041) ~ *84.6 (2,396)
BEHIND 1ST ROW
(*Forward and upright seat position)
36.4 (1,032) ~ *37.9 (1,075)
cu. ft (ℓ) BEHIND 2ND ROW (*upright seat position)
2-11
Recommended lubricants and capacities

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine
efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *1
(drain and refill) Smartstream G2.5 GDI
Recommends
6.13 US qt. 0W-20, API SN PLUS/SP or
(5.8 ℓ) ILSAC GF-6 *2
MICHANG ATF SP-IV,

SK ATF SP-IV,
Automatic NOCA ATF SP-IV,
6.87 US qt.
transmission Smartstream G2.5 GDI HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV
(6.5 ℓ)
fluid or other brands meeting the
above specification approved
by HYUNDAI Motor Co.
3.49 ~ 3.59 SAE 70W, API GL-4, WDGO-1

Gear oil US qt. GS WDCTF HD G 70W
Dual clutch (3.3 ~ 3.4 ℓ) (GS CALTEX)
Smartstream
transmission
G2.5 T-GDI
fluid 2.59 ~ 2.64 SAE 70W, API GL-4, WDHO-1
Control oil US qt. GS WDCTF HD H 70W
(2.45 ~ 2.50 ℓ) (GS CALTEX)
*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers.
*2 : Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) or ACEA A5/B5 Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If
lower grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil
and oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
2-12
02
Lubricant Volume Classification
7.5 US qt. Mixture of antifreeze and
(7.1 ℓ) water (Phosphate-based
Coolant
8.17 US qt. Ethylene glycol coolant
Smartstream G2.5 T-GDI for aluminum radiator)
(7.73 ℓ)
SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV,
Brake fluid As required FMVSS 116 DOT-4,
ISO4925 CLASS-6
0.56 ~ 0.67 US qt.
Rear differential oil (4WD)
(0.53 ~ 0.63 ℓ)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API
0.51 ~ 0.55 US qt.
DCT GL-5, SAE 75W/85
(0.48 ~ 0.52 ℓ)
Transfer case oil (SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL
(4WD) 75W/85 or EQUIVALENT)
0.66 ~ 0.72 US qt.
A/T
(0.62 ~ 0.68 ℓ)
Refer to “Fuel
70.8 US qt.
Fuel requirements” in chapter
(67 ℓ)
1.
DCT : Dual clutch transmission
A/T : Automatic transmission
2-13
Recommended SAE viscosity number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before
checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy
areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick
areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that
could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather
operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can
provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any
viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated
in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from
the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Smartstream 0W-20
G2.5 GDI
Engine Oil *1
Smartstream
0W-30
G2.5 T-GDI
*1 : Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade
engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine
oil filter must be replaced as indicated for severe maintenance condition.
An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to

the international Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee
(ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold
this API Certification Mark.
2-14
02
Vehicle Identification Vehicle certification
Number (VIN) label
Frame number

OTMA088011 OTM010022
The vehicle identification number (VIN) The vehicle certification label attached
is the number used in registering your on the driver’s (or front passenger’s)
vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining side center pillar gives the vehicle
to its ownership, etc. identification number (VIN).
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat. To check the Tire specification and
number, open the cover.
pressure label
VIN label (if equipped)

OTM010023L
OTM010024L
The VIN is also on a plate attached to The tires supplied on your new
the top of the left side dashboard. The vehicle are chosen to provide the best
number on the plate can easily be seen performance for normal driving.
through the windshield from outside.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pressures
recommended for your vehicle.
2-15
Engine number REFRIGERANT LABEL

(IF EQUIPPED)
OTMA010020

OTM088005
The refrigerant label provides

information such as refrigerant type and
amount. (R-1234yf)
OTMA010021
The engine number is stamped on the

engine block as shown in the drawing.
2-16
02
Consumer Information
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued
by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all
applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in
this Owner’s Manual, particularly the information under the headings “NOTICE”,
“CAUTION” and “WARNING”.
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your
vehicle, please contact the Hyundai Customer Care Center.
Hyundai Customer Care

P.O. Box 20850
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
800-633-5151
[email protected]
Hyundai’s Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through Friday,
between the hours of 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST
and Saturday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Customer Care Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are
available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
2-17
Reporting Safety Defects

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE,
West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
2-18
Seats & Safety System
3. Seats & Safety System

This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your
passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.
Important safety precautions............................................................................3-2

Always wear your seat belt........................................................................................... 3-2
Restrain all children....................................................................................................... 3-2
Air bag hazards.............................................................................................................. 3-2
Driver distraction........................................................................................................... 3-2
Control your speed........................................................................................................ 3-2
Keep your vehicle in safe condition............................................................................. 3-2
Seats................................................................................................................... 3-3
Safety precautions........................................................................................................3-4
Front seats.....................................................................................................................3-5 3
Rear seats.................................................................................................................... 3-10
Head Restraints........................................................................................................... 3-14
Seat warmers............................................................................................................... 3-18
Air ventilation seat......................................................................................................3-20
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)..........................................................................................3-21
Seat belts.......................................................................................................... 3-23
Seat belt safety precautions....................................................................................... 3-23
Seat belt warning light................................................................................................3-24
Seat belt restraint system........................................................................................... 3-25
Additional seat belt safety precautions......................................................................3-31
Care of seat belts........................................................................................................3-33
Child Restraint System (CRS).......................................................................... 3-34
Children Always in the Rear........................................................................................3-34
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................................................................3-35
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS).................................................................. 3-37
Air bag - supplemental restraint system........................................................ 3-45
Where are the air bags?..............................................................................................3-47
How does the air bags system operate?................................................................... 3-50
What to expect after an air bag inflates....................................................................3-53
Occupant Classification System (OCS)......................................................................3-54
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision?.............................................................. 3-60
SRS care.......................................................................................................................3-65
Additional safety precautions................................................................................... 3-66
Air bag warning labels............................................................................................... 3-66
Important safety precautions

You will find many safety precautions Drivers can become distracted when
and recommendations throughout this they take their eyes and attention off
section, and throughout this manual. the road or their hands off the wheel to
The safety precautions in this section are focus on activities other than driving.
among the most important. To reduce your risk of distraction and an
accident:
Always wear your seat belt • ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
A seat belt is your best protection in all (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation
types of accidents. Air bags are designed units, etc.) when your vehicle is
to supplement seat belts, not replace parked or safely stopped.
them. So even though your vehicle is • ONLY use your mobile device when
equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make allowed by laws and conditions permit
sure you and your passengers wear your safe use. NEVER text or email while
seat belts, and wear them properly. driving. Most countries have laws
prohibiting drivers from texting. Some
Restrain all children countries and cities also prohibit
All children under age 13 should ride drivers from using handheld phones.
in your vehicle properly restrained in a • NEVER let the use of a mobile device
rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and distract you from driving. You have a
small children should be restrained in responsibility to your passengers and
an appropriate Child Restraint System. others on the road to always drive
Larger children should use a booster safely, with your hands on the wheel
seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they as well as your eyes and attention on
can use the seat belt properly without a the road.
booster seat.
Control your speed
Air bag hazards Excessive speed is a major factor in crash
While air bags can save lives, they can injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
also cause serious or fatal injuries to the speed, the greater the risk, but
occupants who sit too close to them, or serious injuries can also occur at lower
who are not properly restrained. Infants, speeds. Never drive faster than is safe
young children, and short adults are at for current conditions, regardless of the
the greatest risk of being injured by an maximum speed posted.
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual. Keep your vehicle in safe
condition
Driver distraction Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
Driver distraction presents a serious and failure can be extremely hazardous. To
potentially deadly danger, especially for reduce the possibility of such problems,
inexperienced drivers. Safety should be check your tire pressures and condition
the first concern when behind the wheel frequently, and perform all regularly
and drivers need to be aware of the wide scheduled maintenance.
array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passengers,
and using mobile phones.
3-2
03
Seats
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are

applicable to your vehicle.
OTMA030001
Front seat 2nd row seat

(1) Forward and rearward (10) Seatback angle
(2) Seatback angle (11) Head restraints
(3) Seat cushion angle (12) Seat warmer*
(4) Seat cushion height (13) 2nd row seat remote folding switch*
(5) Seat cushion length*
(6) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)* *: if equipped
(7) Seat warmer*
(8) Air ventilation seat*
(9) Head restraints
3-3
Safety precautions WARNING

Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting To reduce the risk of serious injury or
in a safe and comfortable position plays death from an inflating air bag, take the
an important role for the safety of the following precautions:
driver and passengers, along with seat
belts and air bags when in an accident. • Adjust the driver’s seat as far to the
rear as possible maintaining the
ability to control the vehicle.
WARNING • Adjust the front passenger seat as far
Do not use a cushion that reduces to the rear as possible.
friction between the seat and the • Hold the steering wheel by the rim
passenger. The passenger’s hips may with hands at the 9 o’clock and 3
slide under the lap portion of the seat o’clock positions to minimize the risk
belt during an accident or a sudden of injuries to your hands and arms.
stop. • NEVER place anything or anyone
Serious or fatal internal injuries could between you and the air bag.
result because the seat belt cannot • Do not allow the front passenger to
operate properly. place feet or legs on the dashboard
to minimize the risk of leg injuries.
Air bags
You can take steps to reduce the risk Seat belts
of being injured by an inflating air bag. Always fasten your seat belt before
Sitting too close to an air bag greatly starting any trip. At all times, passengers
increases the risk of injury in the event should sit upright and be properly
the air bag inflates. restrained. Infants and small children
The National Highway Traffic Safety must be restrained in appropriate Child
Administration (NHTSA) recommends Restraint Systems. Children who have
that drivers allow at least 10 inches outgrown a booster seat and adults must
(25cm) between the center of the be restrained using the seat belts.
steering wheel and their chest.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for more
than one occupant.
• Always position the seatback upright
with the lap portion of the seat belt
snug and low across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or small infants
to ride on a passenger’s lap.
• Do not route the seat belt across your
neck, across sharp edges, or reroute
the shoulder strap away from your
body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to become
caught or jammed.
3-4
03
Front seats CAUTION
To prevent injury:
WARNING • Do not adjust your seat while
Take the following precautions when wearing your seat belt. Moving the
adjusting your seat: seat cushion forward may cause
strong pressure on your abdomen.
• NEVER attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving. The seat • Do not allow your hands or fingers to
could respond with unexpected get caught in the seat mechanisms
movement and may cause loss while the seat is moving.
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Do not place anything under the
front seats. Loose objects in the
driver’s foot area could interfere
with the operation of the foot pedals,
causing an accident.
• Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position and proper
locking of the seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter on
the floor or seat. When you operate
the seat, gas may exit out of the
lighter causing a fire.
• Use extreme caution when picking
up small objects trapped under the
seats or between the seat and the
center console. Your hands might be
cut or injured by the sharp edges of
the seat mechanism.
• If there are occupants in the rear
seats, be careful while adjusting the
front seat position.
• Make sure that the seat is locked in
place after the adjustment. If not,
the seat might move unexpectedly
resulting in an accident.
3-5
Manual adjustment
The front seat can be adjusted by using
the levers located on the outside of
the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust
the seat to the proper position so that
you can easily control the steering
wheel, foot pedals and controls on the
instrument panel.
OTM030039
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback to the position
you desire.
OTM030038 3. Release the knob and make sure the
Forward and rearward adjustment seatback is locked in place.
To move the seat forward or rearward:
Reclining seatback
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever
and hold it. Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
2. Slide the seat to the position you Even when buckled up, the protections
desire. of your restraint system (seat belts
3. Release the lever and make sure the and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by
seat is locked in place. Move forward reclining your seatback.
and rearward without using the lever.
If the seat moves, it is not locked
properly. WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal
injuries in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS
sit well back in their seats, properly
belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
3-6
03
Seat belts must be snug against your Power adjustment (if equipped)
hips and chest to work properly. When
the seatback is reclined, the shoulder The front seat can be adjusted by using
belt cannot do its job because it will not the control switches located on the
be snug against your chest. Instead, outside of the seat cushion. Before
it will be in front of you. During an driving, adjust the seat to the proper
accident, you could be thrown into the position so that you can easily control
seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. the steering wheel, foot pedals and
controls on the instrument panel.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or the WARNING
passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder NEVER allow children in the vehicle
belt. unattended. The power seats are
operable when the vehicle is turned off.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats when
the seat has been adjusted as far
forward or rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer than
necessary when the vehicle is turned
off. This may result in unnecessary
OTM030040
battery drain.
Seat cushion height • Do not operate two or more seats at
the same time. This may result in an
To change the height of the seat cushion: electrical malfunction.
• Push down the lever several times, to
lower the seat cushion.
• Pull up the lever several times, to raise
the seat cushion.
3-7
OTM030047 OTM030050
Forward and rearward adjustment Seatback angle

To move the seat forward or rearward: To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or 1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward. rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat 2. Release the switch once the seatback
reaches the desired position. reaches the desired position.
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts and
air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining
your seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal
injuries in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should ALWAYS
belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
3-8
03
Seat belts must be snug against your Seat cushion extension adjustment
hips and chest to work properly. When (for driver's seat) (if equipped)
the seatback is reclined, the shoulder
belt cannot do its job because it will not
be snug against your chest. Instead,
it will be in front of you. During an
accident, you could be thrown into the
seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or the
passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder
belt.
OTM030045
To move the front part of cushion

forward:
1. Push the front part of control switch
to move the seat cushion to the
desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired length.
To move the front part of cushion

rearward:
OTM030054
1. Push the rear part of control switch to
Seat cushion tilt (1) move the seat cushion to the desired
To change the angle of the front part of length.
the seat cushion: 2. Release the switch once the seat
Push the front portion of the control cushion reaches the desired length.
switch up to raise or down to lower the
front part of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches
the desired position.
Seat cushion height (2)

To change the height of the seat cushion:
Push the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
height of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches
the desired position.
3-9
Rear seats
OTM030055
Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, if OTM030065

equipped)
Forward and backward (2nd row seat)
To adjust the lumbar support:
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Press the front portion of the switch
(1) to increase support or the rear 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
portion of the switch (2) to decrease and hold it.
support. 2. Slide the seat to the position you
2. Press switch (3) or (4) to move the desire.
support position up or down. 3. Release the lever and make sure the
3. Release the switch once the lumbar seat is locked in place.
support reaches the desired position. Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
Seatback pocket to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not
locked properly.
OTM030046
The seatback pocket is provided on the

back of the front seatbacks.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
seatback pockets. In an accident they
could come loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
3-10
03
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
2. Lower the rear head restraints to the
lowest position.
OTM030067
Seatback angle (2nd row seat)

To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seatback
of the seat to the position you desire.
OTM030049
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever 3. Route the seat belt webbing through
MUST return to its original position for the rear seat belt guides to prevent
the seatback to lock.) the belts from being trapped behind
or under the seats.
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING
• Never allow passengers to sit on top
of the folded down seatback while
the vehicle is moving. This is not a
proper seating position and no seat
belts are available for use. This could
result in serious injury or death in
case of an accident or sudden stop.
• Objects carried on the folded down
seatback should not extend higher
than the top of the front seatbacks.
This could allow cargo to slide
forward and cause injury or damage
during sudden stops.
3-11
WARNING
When returning the rear seatback from
a folded to an upright position, hold the
seatback and return it slowly. Ensure
that the seatback is completely locked
into its upright position by pushing on
the top of the seatback. In an accident
or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback
could allow cargo to move forward with
great force and enter the passenger
OTM030073 compartment, which could result in
serious injury or death.
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever (2nd
row seat), then fold the seat toward
the front of the vehicle. When you WARNING
return the seatback to its upright
position, always be sure it has locked Do not place objects in the rear seats,
into position by pushing on the top of since they cannot be properly secured
the seatback. and may hit vehicle occupants in a
collision causing serious injury or death.
OTM030074
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the

seatback backward by pulling the
folding lever or the strap. Pull the
seatback firmly until it clicks into
place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the proper
position.
3-12
03
WARNING 2nd row seat folding (if equipped)
(from outside)
Make sure the engine is off, the shift
lever is in P (Park), and the parking
brake is securely applied whenever
loading or unloading cargo. Failure to
take these steps may allow the vehicle
to move if the shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
CAUTION
• Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger seats
OTMA038034
to prevent damage to the vehicle
interior. Push the 2nd row seat back folding
• When cargo is loaded through the switch (1) located in the right side in the
rear passenger seats, ensure the liftgate. (L : Left seatback folding,
cargo is properly secured to prevent R : Right seatback folding)
it from moving while driving.
WARNING
WARNING Rear seat folding
Cargo should always be secured to Do not fold the rear seats, if passengers,
prevent it from being thrown about the pets or luggage are in the rear seats.
vehicle in a collision and causing injury It may cause injury or damage to
to the vehicle occupants. Do not place passengers, pets, luggage.
objects in the rear seats, since they
cannot be properly secured and may hit
the front seat occupants in a collision.
3-13
Armrest Head Restraints

The vehicle’s front and rear (second row
and/or third row) seats have adjustable
head restraints. The head restraints
provide comfort for passengers, but
more importantly they are designed to
help protect passengers from whiplash
and other neck and spinal injuries during
an accident, especially in a rear impact
collision.
OTM030048
WARNING
The armrest is located in the center of To reduce the risk of serious injury or
the rear seat. Pull the armrest down from death in an accident, take the following
the seatback to use it. precautions when adjusting your head
restraints:
Rear occupant alert system (2nd • Always properly adjust the head
seat) restraints for all passengers BEFORE
This function alerts driver when you get starting the vehicle.
out of a car while the passengers remain • NEVER let anyone ride in a seat
in the 2nd row seat. with the head restraints removed or
If the front door is opened with reversed.
passengers in the 2nd row seats, A
warning message will appear in the
instrument cluster. After the 1st warning
if movement is detected in the 2nd row
seat after all doors are locked, a second
audible warning will be triggered.
Even if your vehicle is equipped with
Rear Occupant Alert, always make sure
to check the rear seat before you leave
the vehicle.
For more information, refer to the “Rear OHI039190N
occupant alert system” in chapter 3.
• Adjust the head restraints so the
middle of the head restraints is at the
same height as the height of the top
of the eyes.
• NEVER adjust the head restraints
position of the driver’s seat when the
vehicle is in motion.
• Adjust the head restraints as close to
the passenger’s head as possible. Do
not use a seat cushion that holds the
body away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraints locks
into position after adjusting it.
3-14
03
WARNING Front seat head restraints
OTL035061
When sitting on the rear seat, do not

adjust the height of the head restraints
to the lowest position.
OOSEV038012L
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats

CAUTION are equipped with adjustable head
When there is no occupant in the rear restraint for the passengers safety and
seats, adjust the height of the head comfort.
restraints to the lowest position. The
rear seat head restraints can reduce the
visibility of the rear area.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull
on the head restraints.
OTM030056
Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:

1. Push and hold the release button (2)
on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
3-15
NOTICE Type A

OTM030058
OHI038136 Type B

If you recline the seatback towards the

front with the head restraint and seat
cushion raised, the head restraint may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
OTM030059
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
seatback angle lever (1).
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can
go.
3. Press the head restraint release button
(3) while pulling the head restraint up
(4).
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to travel in a seat
with the head restraint removed.
3-16
03
Type A
Rear seat head restraint
OTM030061
Type B
OOSEV038030L
The rear seats are equipped with head

restraint in all the seating positions for
the passenger’s safety and comfort.
OTM030063
To reinstall the head restraint :

1. Recline the seatback.
2. Put the head restraint poles (2) into
the holes while pressing the release
button (1). OTM030070
3. Adjust the head restraint to the Adjusting the height up and down
appropriate height. To raise the head restraint:
4. Recline the seatback (4) with the 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
seatback angle lever (3).
To lower the head restraint:
WARNING 1. Push and hold the release button (2)
on the head restraint support.
Always make sure the head restraint
locks into position after reinstalling and 2. Lower the head restraint to the
adjusting it properly. desired position (3).
3-17
Seat warmers (if equipped)

Seat warmers are provided to warm the
seats during cold weather.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the seat warmers
OFF.
WARNING
OTM030071 The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS
BURN, even at low temperatures and
Removal/Reinstallation
especially if used for long periods of
To remove the head restraint: time.
1. Raise the head restraint as far as it can Passengers must be able to feel if the
go. seat is becoming too warm so they can
2. Press the head restraint release button turn it off, if needed.
(1) while pulling the headrest up (2). People who cannot detect temperature
change or pain to the skin should
To reinstall the head restraint: use extreme caution, especially the
1. Put the head restraint poles into the following types of passengers:
holes (3) while pressing the release • Infants, children, elderly or disabled
button (1). persons, or hospital outpatients.
2. Adjust the head restraint to the • People with sensitive skin or who
appropriate height. burn easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the seat
that insulates against heat when the
seat warmer is in operation, such as a
blanket or seat cushion. This may cause
the seat warmer to overheat, causing a
burn or damage to the seat.
3-18
03
NOTICE While the engine is running, push either
of the switches to warm the driver's seat
To prevent damage to the seat warmers
or front passenger's seat.
and seats:
During mild weather or under conditions
• Never use a solvent such as paint
where the operation of the seat warmer
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline
is not needed, keep the switches in the
to clean the seats.
OFF position.
• Do not place heavy or sharp objects
• Manual temperature control
on seats equipped with seat
warmers. Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat is
• Do not change the seat cover. It may
changed as follows:
damage the seat warmer.
-- Front seat
Front seat

OFF HIGH ( )
LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )
-- Rear seat
OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )
• Automatic temperature control

The seat warmer starts to
OTM030002 automatically control the seat
Rear seat
temperature in order to prevent
low-temperature burns after being
manually turned ON.
-- Front seat
OFF → HIGH ( )
↑ ↓ 30 MIN
LOW ( ) ← MIDDLE ( )
60 MIN
-- Rear seat
OTM030078
OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )
30 MIN
If HIGH temperature is manually
selected again, the temperature will
be controlled automatically.
3-19
• When pressing the switch for more Air ventilation seat (if equipped)
than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer
operating, the seat warmer will turn
OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the ignition switch
is ON.
• Auto Comfort Control (for driver’s
seat) (if equipped)
-- The seat warmer automatically
controls the seat temperature
depending on the ambient
temperature and the set climate OTM030003
control temperature when the The air ventilation seats are provided
engine is running. If the seat to cool the front seats by blowing air
warmer switch is pushed, the seat through small vent holes on the surface
warmer will have to be controlled of the seat cushions and seatbacks.
manually. When the operation of the air ventilation
To use this function, it must be seat is not needed, keep the switches in
activated from the Settings menu in the OFF position.
the AV/AVN system screen. While the engine is running, push the
-- The seat warmer defaults to the switch to cool the driver's seat or the
OFF position whenever the ignition front passenger's seat (if equipped).
switch is ON. However, if the Auto
Comfort Control function is ON, the
driver’s seat warmer will turn on NOTICE
and off depending on the ambient To prevent damage to the air ventilation
temperature and the set climate seats:
control temperature. • Never use a solvent such as paint
For more details, refer to the separately thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline
supplied Infotainment manual with to clean the seats.
your vehicle. • Avoid spilling liquids on the surface
of the front seats and seatbacks;
this may cause the air vent holes
Information to become blocked and not work
With the seat warmer switch in the ON properly.
position, the heating system in the seat • Do not place materials such as
turns off or on automatically depending on plastic bags or newspapers under
the seat temperature. the seats. They may block the air
intake causing the air vents to not
work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers. It may
damage the air ventilation seat.
• If the air vents do not operate, restart
the vehicle. If there is no change,
we recommend that you have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-20
03
• Each time you push the switch, the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) (if
airflow changes as follows: equipped)
OFF HIGH ( ) Rear Occupant Alert is provided to help
prevent the driver from leaving the
LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( ) vehicle with the rear passenger left in the
vehicle.
• When pressing the switch for
more than 1.5 seconds with the System setting
air ventilation seat operating, the
operation will turn OFF. To use Rear Occupant Alert, it must be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
• The air ventilation seats defaults infotainment system screen. Select:
to the OFF position whenever the
ignition switch is placed to the ON -- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
position. Convenience → Rear Occupant Alert
• Auto Comfort Control (for driver’s
For detailed information, scan the QR
seat) (if equipped)
code in the separately supplied simple
-- The air ventilation seats manual.
automatically controls the seat
temperature depending on the System operation
ambient temperature and the set
climate control temperature when • First alert
the engine is running. If the air When you open the front door after
ventilation seats switch is pushed, opening and closing the rear door and
the air ventilation seats will have to turning off the engine, the ‘Check rear
be controlled manually. seats’ warning message appears on
To use this function, it must be the cluster.
activated from the Settings menu in • Second alert
the AV/AVN system screen. After the first alert, the second alert
-- The air ventilation seats defaults operates when any movement is
to the OFF position whenever the detected in the vehicle after the
ignition switch is ON. However, if driver’s door is closed and all the
the Auto Comfort Control function doors are locked. The horn will sound
is ON, the air ventilation seats will for approximately 25 seconds. If
turn on and off depending on the the system continues to detect a
ambient temperature and the set movement, the alert operates up to 8
climate control temperature. times.
For more details, refer to the separately Unlock the doors with the smart key
supplied Infotainment manual with to stop the alert.
your vehicle. • The system detects movement in the
vehicle for 8 hours after the door is
locked.
• The second alert is activated only after
the prior activation of the first alert.
3-21
System precautions WARNING

• Make sure that all the windows are Even if your vehicle is equipped with
closed. If the window is open, the Rear Occupant Alert, always make sure
alert may operate by the sensor to check the rear seat before you leave
detecting an unintended movement the vehicle.
(e.g. wind or bugs).
Rear Occupant Alert may not operate
• Cluster Steering wheel
when:
• Movement does not continue for
a certain period of time or the
movement is small.
• The rear passenger is covered with
an object such as a blanket.
• Always be cautious of the
passenger’s safety as the detection
function and second alert may
not operate depending on the
OTM048165L OTM050216 surrounding environment and
If you do not want to use Rear certain conditions.
Occupant Alert, press the OK button
on the steering wheel when the first
alert is displayed on the cluster. Doing
so will deactivate the second alert one
time.
• An alert can occur if the there is an
impact on the roof.
• If boxes or objects are stacked in the
vehicle, the system may not detect
the boxes or objects. Or, the alert may
operate if the boxes or objects fall off.
• The sensor may not operate normally
if the senor is obscured by foreign
substances.
• The alert may operate if movement
in the driver or passenger seat is
detected.
• The alert may operate with the doors
locked due to car wash or surrounding
vibration or noise.
• If the vehicle is started remotely (if
equipped with Remote Start), inside
movement detection will stop.
3-22
03
Seat belts
This section describes how to use the • Never wear a seat belt over fragile
seat belts properly. It also describes objects. If there is a sudden stop or
some of the things not to do when using impact, the seat belt can damage it.
seat belts. • Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt will not
Seat belt safety precautions protect you properly in an accident.
Always fasten your seat belt and make • Do not use a seat belt if the webbing
sure all passengers have fastened their or hardware is damaged.
seat belts before starting any trip. Air • Do not latch the seat belt into the
bags are designed to supplement the buckles of other seats.
seat belt as an additional safety device,
but they are not a substitute. Most • NEVER unfasten the seat belt
countries require all occupants of a while driving. This may cause loss
vehicle to wear seat belts. of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in the
WARNING buckle interfering with the seat belt
Seat belts must be used by ALL latch mechanism. This may prevent
passengers whenever the vehicle is the seat belt from fastening securely.
moving. Take the following precautions • No modifications or additions
when adjusting and wearing seat belts: should be made by the user which
• Children under the age of 13 should will either prevent the seat belt
be properly restrained in the rear adjusting devices from operating to
seats. remove slack, or prevent the seat
• Never allow children to ride in the belt assembly from being adjusted to
front passenger seat, unless the air remove slack.
bag is deactivated. If a child is seated
in the front passenger seat, move WARNING
the seat as far back as possible and
properly restrain them in the seat. Damaged seat belts and seat belt
assemblies will not operate properly.
• NEVER allow an infant or child to be Always replace:
carried on an occupant’s lap.
• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged
• NEVER ride with the seatback webbing.
reclined when the vehicle is moving.
• Damaged hardware.
• Do not allow children to share a seat
or seat belt. • The entire seat belt assembly after it
has been worn in an accident, even
• Do not wear the shoulder belt under if damage to webbing or assembly is
your arm or behind your back. not apparent.
3-23
Seat belt warning light Seat belt warning light (for front
Seat belt warning light (for driver’s passenger’s seat)
seat) As a reminder to the front passenger,
Instrument cluster

the front passenger’s seat belt warning
lights will illuminate for approximately 6
seconds each time you place the ignition
switch to the ON position regardless of
belt fastening.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt

and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h),
the seat belt warning chime will sound
for approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
OTM030004
As a reminder to the driver, the seat If you unfasten the seat belt while driving
belt warning light will illuminate for under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt
approximately 6 seconds each time warning light will illuminate until the seat
you place the ignition switch to the ON belt is fastened.
position regardless of belt fastening. At
this time, if the seat belt is not fastened a If you unfasten the seat belt while
warning chime will sound for 6 seconds. driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt corresponding warning light will blink.
and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the
warning light will stay illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
WARNING
and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h), Riding in an improper position
the seat belt warning chime will sound adversely affects the front passenger’s
for approximately 100 seconds and the seat belt warning system. It is important
corresponding warning light will blink. for the driver to instruct the passenger
to properly be seated as instructed in
this manual.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving
under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt
warning light will illuminate until the seat Information
belt is fastened. • Although the front passenger seat is not
If you unfasten the seat belt while occupied, the seat belt warning light
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds.
seat belt warning chime will sound for • The front passenger’s seat belt warning
approximately 100 seconds and the may operate when luggage is placed on
corresponding warning light will blink. the front passenger seat.
3-24
03
Seat belt restraint system Front Seat Belt – Driver’s 3point
system with emergency locking
retractor
WARNING
OHI038140
OHI038182L
To fasten your seat belt:
Improperly positioned seat belts may Pull it out of the retractor and insert the
increase the risk of serious injury metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There
in an accident. Take the following will be an audible “click” when the tab
precautions when adjusting the seat locks into the buckle.
belt:
• Position the lap portion of the seat
belt as low as possible across your
hips, not on your waist, so that it
fits snugly. This allows your strong
pelvic bones to absorb the force of
the crash, reducing the chance of
internal injuries.
• Position one arm under the shoulder
belt and the other over the belt, as
shown in the illustration.
• Always position the shoulder belt
OHI038137
anchor into the locked position at the
appropriate height. You should place the lap belt (1) portion
• Never position the shoulder belt across your hips and the shoulder belt (2)
across your neck or face. portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length after the lap belt portion
is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly
around your hips. If you lean forward in
a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend
and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
3-25
Information
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from the
retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and
release it. After release, you will be able to
pull the belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder
belt anchor to one of the four different
positions for maximum comfort and OHI038142
safety. To release your seat belt:
The shoulder portion should be adjusted Press the release button (1) in the locking
so it lies across your chest and midway buckle.
over your shoulder nearest the door, not When it is released, the belt should
over your neck. automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen, check
Front seat

the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
OTM030079
To adjust the height of the seat belt

anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster
into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.
3-26
03
Rear Seat Belt – Passenger’s 3point
system with convertible locking
retractor
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking
retractor seat belt and an automatic
locking retractor seat belt. Convertible
retractor type seat belts are installed
in the rear seat positions to help
accommodate the installation of child
restraint systems. Although a convertible
OHI038142
retractor is also installed in the front
passenger seat position, NEVER place To release your seat belt:
any infant/child restraint system in the Press the release button (1) in the locking
front seat of the vehicle. buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
To fasten your seat belt: automatically draw back into the
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor retractor. If this does not happen, check
and insert the metal tab into the buckle. the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
There will be an audible “click” when try again.
the tab locks into the buckle. When
not securing a child restraint, the seat
belt operates in the same way as the
NOTICE
driver’s seat belt (Emergency Locking Although the seat belt retractor provides
Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts the same level of protection for seated
to the proper length only after the lap passengers in either emergency
belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted or automatic locking modes, the
manually so that it fits snugly across your emergency locking mode allows seated
hips. passengers to move freely in their seat
When the seat belt is fully extended from while keeping some tension on the belt.
the retractor to allow the installation of During a collision or sudden stop, the
a child restraint system, the seat belt retractor automatically locks the belt to
operation changes to allow the belt to help restrain your body.
retract, but not to extend (Automatic To deactivate the automatic locking
Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow
“Using a Child Restraint System” section the belt to fully retract.
in this chapter.
3-27
Second row center seatbelt Stowing the rear seat belt

(3-point rear center seat belt)
OTM030022
OTM038041 • The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
1. Insert the tongue plate (1) into the
rear seatback and cushion when not
buckle (2) until an audible “click" is
in use.
heard, indicating the latch is locked.
Make sure the belt is not twisted. Rear seat

When using the rear center seat belt, the
buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be
used.
Information
If you are not able to pull out the safety
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt
out and release it. After release, you will be
able to pull the belt out smoothly.
OTM030024
WARNING • Routing the seat belt webbing through

the rear seat belt guides will help keep
Make sure that the seatback is locked in the belts from being trapped behind
place when using the rear center seat or under the seats.
belt.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
If not, the seatback may move when the belt webbing by pulling it up.
there is a sudden stop or collision,
which could result in serious injury.
CAUTION
When using the seat belt, use it after
taking it out of the guides.
If you pull the seat belt when it is stored
in the guides, it may damage the guides
and/or belt webbing.
3-28
03
Pre-tensioner seat belt (1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pre-
tensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against the
occupant’s upper body in certain frontal
or side collision(s).
(2) Emergency Fastening Device System
The purpose of the Emergency Fastening
Device System is to make sure that
the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the
occupant’s lower body in certain frontal
collision(s).
OTL035053
Your vehicle is equipped with driver’s

and front passenger’s Pre-tensioner If the system senses excessive tension
Seat Belts(Retractor Pretensioner and on the driver or passenger’s seat belt
Emergency Fastening Device System). when the pre-tensioner system activates,
The purpose of the pre-tensioner is the load limiter inside the retractor
to make sure the seat belts fit tightly pre-tensioner will release some of the
against the occupant’s body in pressure on the affected seat belt.
certain frontal or side collision(s). The
Emergency Fastening Device System
may be activated in certain crashes
where the frontal collision(s) is severe
enough, together with the air bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal or
side collision(s), the pre-tensioner will
activate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant’s body.
3-29
WARNING
• Always wear your seat belt and sit
properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is loose
or twisted. A loose or twisted seat
belt will not protect you properly in
an accident.
• Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely affect
the buckle and cause it to function
OLMB033040
improperly.
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
• Always replace your pre-tensioners consists mainly of the following
after activation or an accident. components. Their locations are shown
• NEVER inspect, service, repair in the illustration above:
or replace the pre-tensioners (1) SRS air bag warning light
yourself. We recommend that you
have the pre-tensioners inspected, (2) Retractor pre-tensioner
serviced, repaired or replaced by an (3) SRS control module
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (4) Emergency fastening device
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat
belt assemblies for several minutes
after they have been activated. When
the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
deploys during a collision, the pre-
tensioner can become hot and can burn
you.
CAUTION
Body work on the front area of the
vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner
seat belt system. Therefore, we
recommend the system to be serviced
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-30
03
NOTICE Additional seat belt safety
The sensor that activates the SRS precautions
control module is connected with the Seat belt use during pregnancy
pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS air The seat belt should always be used
bag warning light on the instrument during pregnancy. The best way to
cluster will illuminate for approximately protect your unborn child is to protect
3~6 seconds after the Engine Start/Stop yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
button is in the ON position, and then it
should turn off. Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
If the pre-tensioner is not working shoulder belt across your chest, routed
properly, the warning light will between your breasts and away from
illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not your neck. Place the lap belt below your
malfunctioning. If the warning light belly so that it fits SNUGLY across your
does not illuminate, stays illuminated hips and pelvic bone, under the rounded
or illuminates when the vehicle is part of the belly.
being driven, we recommend the pre-
tensioner seat belts and/or SRS control
module be inspected by an authorized WARNING
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to an unborn child during an
Information accident, pregnant women should
NEVER place the lap portion of the
• Pre-tensioner seat belts may be seat belt above or over the area of the
activated in certain frontal or side abdomen where the unborn child is
collisions or rollover situations (if located.
equipped with rollover sensor).
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are Seat belt use and children
activated, a loud noise may be heard
Infant and small children
and fine dust, which may appear to be
smoke, may be visible in the passenger Most countries have Child Restraint
compartment. These are normal System laws which require children to
operating conditions and are not travel in approved Child Restraint System
hazardous. devices, including booster seats. The age
at which seat belts can be used instead
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust
of Child Restraint System differs among
may cause skin irritation and should
countries, so you should be aware of the
not be inhaled for prolonged periods.
specific requirements in your country,
Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly
and where you are travelling. Infant and
after an accident in which the pre-
Child Restraint System must be properly
tensioner seat belts were activated.
placed and installed in a rear seat.
For more information refer to the “Child
Restraint Systems” section in this
chapter.
3-31
WARNING Larger children

Children under age 13 and who are
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and too large for a booster seat should
small children in a Child Restraint always occupy the rear seat and use the
System appropriate for the child’s available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt
height and weight. should lie across the upper thighs and
To reduce the risk of serious injury or be snug across the shoulder and chest
death to a child and other passengers, to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit
NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms periodically. A child’s squirming could
when the vehicle is moving. The violent put the belt out of position. In the event
forces created during an accident will of an accident, children are afforded the
tear the child from your arms and throw best safety restrained by a proper Child
the child against the interior of the Restraint System in the rear seats.
vehicle. If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child must
Small children are best protected from be securely restrained by the available
injury in an accident when properly lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
restrained in the rear seat by a Child placed in the rearmost position.
Restraint System that meets the
requirements of the Safety Standards of If the shoulder belt portion slightly
your country. Before buying any Child touches the child’s neck or face, try
Restraint System, make sure that it has placing the child closer to the center
a label certifying that it meets Safety of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
Standard of your country. touches their face or neck, they need to
be returned to an appropriate booster
The Child Restraint System must be seat in the rear seat.
appropriate for your child’s height and
weight. Check the label on the Child
Restraint System for this information. WARNING
Refer to “Child Restraint Systems” • Always make sure larger children’s
section in this chapter. seat belts are worn and properly
adjusted.
• NEVER allow the shoulder belt to
contact the child’s neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one child to
use a single seat belt.
Seat belt use and injured people

A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific
recommendations.
3-32
03
One person per belt Care of seat belts
Two people (including children) should Seat belt systems should never be
never attempt to use a single seat belt. disassembled or modified. In addition,
This could increase the severity of care should be taken to assure that seat
injuries in case of an accident. belts and belt hardware are not damaged
by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the Periodic inspection
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. All seat belts should be inspected
Even when buckled up, the protections periodically for wear or damage of any
of your restraint system (seat belts kind. Any damaged parts should be
and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by replaced as soon as possible.
reclining your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your Keep belts clean and dry
hips and chest to work properly. Seat belts should be kept clean and
During an accident, you could be thrown dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
into the seat belt, causing neck or other cleaned by using a mild soap solution
injuries. and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
The more the seat back is reclined, the detergents or abrasives should not be
greater the chance for the passenger’s used because they may damage and
hips to slide under the lap belt or the weaken the fabric.
passenger’s neck to strike the shoulder
belt. When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
WARNING vehicle has been involved in an accident.
• NEVER ride with a reclined seatback This should be done even if no damage is
when the vehicle is moving. visible. We recommend that you consult
• Riding with a reclined seatback an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
• Driver and passengers should always
belted, and with the seatbacks
upright.
3-33
Child Restraint System (CRS)

Children Always in the Rear Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rearward-
WARNING facing or forward-facing CRS that has
Always properly restrain children in the first been properly secured to the seat
vehicle. Children of all ages are safer of the vehicle. Read and comply with
when restrained in the rear seat. A child the instructions for installation and use
riding in the front passenger seat can provided by the manufacturer of the
be forcefully struck by an inflating air Child Restraint System.
bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH.
WARNING
Children under age 13 should always An improperly secured child restraint
ride in the rear seats and must always be can increase the risk of SERIOUS
properly restrained to minimize the risk INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always
of injury in an accident, sudden stop or take the following precautions when
sudden maneuver. using a Child Restraint System:
According to accident statistics, children • NEVER install a child or infant
are safer when properly restrained in the restraint in the front passenger's
rear seats than in the front seat. Even seat.
with air bags, children can be seriously • Always properly secure the child
injured or killed. Children too large for a restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
Child Restraint System must use the seat
belts provided. • Always follow the child restraint
system manufacturer's instructions
All 50 states have child restraint laws for installation and use.
which require children to travel in
approved Child Restraint Systems. • Always properly restrain your child in
the child restraint.
The laws governing the age or height/
weight restrictions at which seat belts • If the vehicle head restraint prevents
can be used instead of Child Restraint proper installation of a child seat
System differs among states, so (as described in the child restraint
you should be aware of the specific system manual), the head restraint of
requirements in your country, and where the respective seating position shall
you are travelling. be readjusted or entirely removed.
Child Restraint Systems must be properly • Do not use an infant carrier or a
placed and installed in the rear seat. child safety seat that "hooks" over
You must use a commercially available a seatback, it may not provide
Child Restraint System that meets the adequate protection in an accident.
requirements of the Federal Motor • After an accident, have an authorized
Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213). HYUNDAI dealer check the child
Child Restraint Systems are generally restraint system, seat belts, tether
designed to be secured in a vehicle seat anchors and lower anchors.
by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt,
or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of
the vehicle.
3-34
03
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a Child Restraint System
for your child, always:
• Make sure the Child Restraint System
has a label certifying that it meets
applicable Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a Child Restraint System based
on your child’s height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for OTM030026
use typically provide this information. Rearward-facing Child Restraint System
• Select a Child Restraint System that A rearward-facing Child Restraint System
fits the vehicle seating position where provides restraint with the seating
it will be used. surface against the back of the child. The
• Read and comply with the warnings harness system holds the child in place,
and instructions for installation and and in an accident, acts to keep the child
use provided with the Child Restraint positioned in the Child Restraint Systems
System. and reduce the stress to the fragile neck
and spinal cord.
Child Restraint System types All children under the age of one year
There are three main types of Child must always ride in a rearward-facing
Restraint Systems: rearward-facing, Child Restraint System. Convertible and
forward-facing and booster Child 3-in-1 Child Restraint Systems typically
Restraint Systems. have higher height and weight limits for
the rearward-facing position, allowing
They are classified according to the
you to keep your child rearward-facing
child’s age, height and weight.
for a longer period of time.
Keep using Child Restraint Systems in
the rearward-facing position as long as
children fit within the height and weight
limits allowed by the Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer.
Continue using Child Restraint Systems
in the rearward-facing position as long as
children fit within the height and weight
limits allowed by the Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer. It's the best way
to keep them safe. Once your child has
outgrown the rearward-facing Child
Restraint System, your child is ready for
a forward-facing Child Restraint System
with a harness.
3-35
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant restraint
in the front passenger's seat.
Placing a rearward-facing child restraint
in the front seat can result in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
OTM030062
Forward-facing Child Restraint System

A forward-facing Child Restraint System
provides restraint for the child’s body
with a harness. Keep children in a
forward-facing Child Restraint System
with a harness until they reach the top
height or weight limit allowed by your
Child Restraint System’s manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing Child Restraint System, your child
is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a Child Restraint
System designed to improve the fit of
the vehicle’s seat belt system. A booster
seat positions the seat belt so that it
fits properly over the stronger parts of
your child’s body. Keep your children in
booster seats until they are big enough
to fit in a seat belt properly.
For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt
must lie comfortable across the upper
thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder
belt should lie comfortable across the
shoulder and chest and not across the
neck or face. Children under age 13
must always be properly restrained to
minimize the risk of injury in an accident,
sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
3-36
03
Installing a Child Restraint • Make sure the Child Restraint System
System (CRS) is firmly secured. After installing a
Child Restraint System to the vehicle,
push and pull the seat forward and
WARNING from side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A Child
Before installing your Child Restraint
Restraint System secured with a seat
System always:
belt should be installed as firmly as
Read and follow the instructions possible. However, some side-to-side
provided by the manufacturer of the movement can be expected.
Child Restraint System.
When installing a Child Restraint
Failure to follow all warnings and System, adjust the vehicle seat and
instructions could increase the risk of seatback (up and down, forward
the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an and rearward) so that your child fits
accident occurs. in the Child Restraint System in a
comfortable manner.
WARNING • Secure the child in the Child
Restraint System. Make sure the
If the vehicle head restraint prevents child is properly strapped in the Child
proper installation of a Child Restraint Restraint System according to the
System, the head restraint of the Child Restraint System manufacturer’s
respective seating position shall be instructions.
readjusted or entirely removed.
After selecting a proper Child Restraint CAUTION

System for your child and checking that A Child Restraint System in a closed
the Child Restraint System fits properly vehicle can become very hot. To prevent
on the seating position, there are three burns, check the seating surface and
general steps for a proper installation: buckles before placing your child in the
• Properly secure the Child Restraint Child Restraint System.
System to the vehicle. All Child
Restraint Systems must be secured
to the vehicle with the lap belt or
lap part of a lap/shoulder part of a
lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH
system.
3-37
Lower Anchors and Tether for

Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a Child
Restraint System during driving and in
an accident. This system is designed
to make installation of the Child
Restraint System easier and reduce
the possibility of improperly installing
your Child Restraint System. The LATCH
system uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the Child Restraint
System. The LATCH system eliminates OOSEV038012
the need to use seat belts to secure the LATCH anchors have been provided in
Child Restraint System to the rear seats. the left and right outboard rear seating
Lower anchors are metal bars built into positions. Their locations are shown in
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors the illustration. There are not LATCH
for each LATCH seating position that will anchors provided for the center rear
accommodate a Child Restraint System seating position.
with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, WARNING
you must have a Child Restraint System
with LATCH attachments. Do not attempt to install a Child
Restraint System using LATCH anchors
The Child Restraint System manufacturer in the rear center seating position.
will provide you with instructions on how There are no LATCH anchors provided
to use the Child Restraint System with its for this seat. Using the outboard seat
attachments for the LATCH anchorages. anchors can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision resulting
in serious injury or death.
3-38
03
Rear passenger seat
Securing a Child Restraint System
with the “LATCH Anchors System”
To install a LATCH-compatible Child
Restraint System in either of the rear
outboard seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchorages that could prevent
a secure connection between the
OTM030012 Child Restraint System and the lower
[A] : Lower Anchor Position Indicator
anchors.
(Type A- ,Type B- ), 3. Place the Child Restraint System on
[B] : Lower Anchor the vehicle seat, then attach the seat
to the lower anchors according to the
The lower anchor position indicator instructions provided by the Child
symbols are located on the left and right Restraint System manufacturer.
rear seat backs to identify the position
of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see 4. Follow the instructions of the Child
arrows in illustration). Restraint System’s manufacturer for
proper installation and connection of
The LATCH anchors are located between the lower attachments on the Child
the seatback and the seat cushion of the Restraint System to the lower anchors.
rear seat left and right outboard seating
positions.
WARNING
Before installing the Child Restraint
System, make sure that there are no
objects (e.g. toy, pen, wire) around the
lower anchor area. Those objects may
damage either the seat belt system or
the Child Restraint System during the
installment procedure. If necessary,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-39
WARNING Securing a Child Restraint System

seat with “Tether Anchor” system
using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
• To prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of unretracted
seat belts, buckle all unused rear
seat belts and retract the seat belt
webbing behind the child. Children
can be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around their neck OTMA038032
and the seat belt tightens. First secure the child restraint with
• NEVER attach more than one the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
Child Restraint System to a single belt. If the child restraint manufacturer
anchorage. This could cause the recommends that the top tether strap
anchor or attachment to come loose be attached, attach and tighten the
or break. top tether strap to the top tether strap
• Always have the LATCH system anchor.
inspected by your dealer after an Child restraint hook holders are located
accident. An accident can damage on the rear of the seatbacks.
the LATCH system and may not
properly secure the Child Restraint
System.
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb. (30 kg).
How to determine an appropriate child
restraint weight: Child weight + Child
restraint weight < 65 lb. (30kg)
3-40
03
WARNING
installing the top-tether:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
• NEVER attach more than one
Child Restraint System to a single
tether anchor. This could cause the
anchorage or attachment to come
OTM030027 loose or break.
To install the tether anchor: • Do not attach the tether strap to
1. Route the Child Restraint System anything other than the correct
top-tether strap over the seatback. top-tether anchor. It may not work
Route the tether strap under the properly if attached to something
head restraint and between the head else.
restraint posts, or route the tether • Child Restraint System anchors are
strap over the top of the vehicle designed to withstand only those
seatback. Make sure the strap is not loads imposed by correctly fitted
twisted. Child Restraint System.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to Under no circumstances are they
the tether anchor, then tighten the to be used for adult seat belts or
top-tether strap according to the harnesses or for attaching other
instructions of your Child Restraint items or equipment to the vehicle.
System’s manufacturer to firmly
attach the Child Restraint System to
the seat.
3. Check that the Child Restraint System
is securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat forward-
and-back and side-to-side.
3-41
Securing a Child Restraint System

with a lap/shoulder belt
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rearward-facing Child
Restraint System in the rear seat of the
vehicle.
Placing a rearward-facing child restraint
in the front seat can result in serious
injury or death if the Child Restraint OHI038145
System is struck by an inflating air bag.
Automatic locking mode
When not using the LATCH system, all Since all passenger seat belts move
Child Restraint Systems must be secured freely under normal conditions and
to a rear seat with the lap part of a lap/ only lock under extreme or emergency
shoulder belt. conditions (emergency locking mode),
you must manually pull the seat belt all
the way out to shift the retractor to the
"Automatic Locking" mode to secure a
Child Restraint System.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will help
prevent the normal movement of the
child in the vehicle from causing the
seat belt to loosen and compromise
the Child Restraint System. To secure a
Child Restraint System, use the following
procedure.
To install a Child Restraint System on the
rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the Child Restraint System on a
rear seat and route the lap/shoulder
belt around or through the Child
Restraint System, following the Child
Restraint System manufacturer’s
instructions. Make sure the seat belt
webbing is not twisted.
Information
When using the rear center seat belt, you
should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt –
Passenger's 3-point system" section in this
chapter.
3-42
03
OHI038146 OHI038148
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct the seat belt to retract and listen for
“click” sound. an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting"
sound. This indicates that the retractor
is in the "Automatic Locking" mode.
Information If no distinct sound is heard, repeat
Position the release button so that it is easy steps 3 and 4.
to access in case of an emergency. 5. Remove as much slack from the belt
as possible by pushing down on the
Child Restraint System while feeding
the shoulder belt back into the
retractor.
6. Push and pull on the Child Restraint
System to confirm that the seat belt
is holding it firmly in place. If it is not,
release the seat belt and repeat steps
2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is in
the "Automatic Locking" mode by
OHI038147 attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you cannot,
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the the retractor is in the "Automatic
seat belt all the way out. When the Locking" mode.
shoulder portion of the seat belt
is fully extended, it will shift the If your Child Restraint System
retractor to the "Automatic Locking" manufacturer instructs or recommends
(child restraint) mode. you to use a tether anchor with the lap/
shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages
for more information.
3-43
Information
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to
its fully stowed position, the retractor will
automatically switch from the “Automatic
Locking” mode to the emergency lock
mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the “Automatic
Locking” mode, the child restraint
can move when your vehicle turns or
stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child restraint
is not properly anchored in the car,
including manually pulling the seat belt
all the way out to shift the retractor to
the “Automatic Locking” mode.
To remove the Child Restraint System,

press the release button on the buckle
and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the Child Restraint System and allow the
seat belt to retract fully.
WARNING
If a child restraint is installed in the
second row center seat, move the
second row seat far back as possible, to
minimize contact with the front center
air bag.
3-44
03
Air bag - supplemental restraint system
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OTM038049
1. Driver’s front air bag

2. Passenger’s front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag
3-45
The vehicles are equipped with a Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver’s seat and
front passenger’s seats.
The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air
bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt.
Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags
are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the
only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts Child Restraint Systems - every trip, every time, everyone!
Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are
improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any Child Restraint System or booster seat in the front
passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated.
An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal
injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place
for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front
seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as
possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet
on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the vehicle is turned off. If an occupant
is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully
contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags
or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining
control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the
center of the steering wheel and the chest.
3-46
03
Where are the air bags? The seat belt buckle sensors determine
Driver’s and passenger’s front air if the driver and front passenger's seat
bags belts are fastened. These sensors provide
the ability to control the SRS deployment
Driver’s front air bag
based on whether or not the seat belts are
fastened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability to
control the air bag inflation within two
levels. A first stage level is provided for
moderate-severity impacts. A second
stage level is provided for more severe
impacts.
According to the impact severity, and
seat belt usage, the SRS Control Module
OTM030006
(SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation.
Failure to properly wear seat belts can
Passenger’s front air bag

increase the risk or severity of injury in an
accident.
WARNING
death from inflating front air bags, take
the following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times
to help keep occupants positioned
OTM030007 properly.
Your vehicle is equipped with a • Move your seat as far back as
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) possible from front air bags, while
and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver still maintaining control of the
and passenger seating positions. vehicle.
The SRS consists of air bags which are • Never lean against the door or center
located in the center of the steering console.
wheel and the passenger’s side front • Do not allow the front passenger
panel pad above the glove box. to place their feet or legs on the
The air bags are labeled with the letters dashboard.
“AIR BAG” embossed on the pad covers. • No objects (such as crash pad
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the cover, mobile phone holder, cup
vehicle’s driver and front passengers with holder, perfume or stickers) should
additional protection than that offered be placed over or near the air bag
by the seat belt system alone in case of a modules on the steering wheel,
frontal impact of sufficient severity. instrument panel, windshield glass,
and the front passenger’s panel
The SRS uses sensors to gather above the glove box. Such objects
information about the driver’s and front could cause harm if the vehicle is in a
passenger's seat belt usage and impact crash severe enough to cause the air
severity. bags to deploy.
• Do not attach any objects on the
front windshield and inside mirror.
3-47
Side air bags WARNING

Side air bag

death from an inflating side air bag and
front center air bag, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times
to help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
OTM030029 out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the 9
o’clock and 3 o’clock positions, to
minimize the risk of injuries to your
hands and arms.
• Do not use any accessory seat
covers. This could reduce or prevent
the effectiveness of the system.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes. In an accident it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury
OTM030030
especially when air bag is inflated.
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air • Do not place any objects over the
bag in each front seat. The purpose of air bag or between the air bag and
the air bag is to provide the vehicle’s yourself. Also, do not attach any
driver and the front passenger with objects around the area the air bag
additional protection than that offered by inflates such as the door, side door
the seat belt alone. glass, front and rear pillar.
The side air bags are designed to deploy • Do not place any objects between
during certain side impact collisions, the door and the seat. They may
depending on the crash severity, angle, become dangerous projectiles if the
speed and point of impact. side air bag inflates.
The side air bags on both sides of the • Do not install any accessories on the
vehicle are designed to deploy when a side or near the side air bags.
rollover is detected by a rollover sensor.
(if equipped with rollover sensor) • Do not cause impact to the doors
when the Engine Start/Stop button
The side air bags are not designed to is in the ON or START position as this
deploy in all side impact or rollover may cause the side air bags to inflate.
situations.
• If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
we recommend that the system be
serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
3-48
03
Curtain air bags For vehicles equipped with a rollover
sensor the side and/or curtain air bags
and pre-tensioners on both sides of
the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or
possible rollover is detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
WARNING
OTM030031 death from an inflating curtain air bag,
take the following precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help keep
occupants positioned properly.
• Properly secure Child Restraint
System as far away from the door as
possible.
• Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
OTM030032
front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
Curtain air bags are located along both • Do not hang other objects except
sides of the roof rails above the front and clothes, especially hard or breakable
rear doors. objects.
They are designed to help protect the In an accident, it may cause vehicle
heads of the front seat occupants and damage or personal injury.
the rear outboard seat occupants in
certain side impact collisions. • Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
The curtain air bags are designed to arms on the doors, stretch their arms
deploy during certain side impact out of the window, or place objects
collisions, depending on the crash between the doors and seats.
severity, angle, speed and impact.
• Do not open or repair the side curtain
air bags.
3-49
How does the air bags system SRS warning light

operate?
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
air bag warning light on the instrument
panel displays the air bag symbol
depicted in the illustration. The system
checks the air bag electrical system for
malfunctions. The light indicates that
there is a potential problem with your
air bag system, which could include
your side and/or curtain air bags used
for rollover protection (if equipped with
OTMH030008N rollover sensor).
The SRS consists of the following
components: WARNING
(1) Driver's front air bag module If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag
(2) Passenger's front air bag module may not inflate properly during an
(3) Side air bag modules accident increasing the risk of serious
injury or death.
(4) Curtain air bag modules
If any of the following conditions occur,
(5) Retractor pre-tensioner your SRS is malfunctioning:
(6) Air bag warning light • The light does not turn on for
(7) SRS control module (SRSCM)/ approximately three to six seconds
Rollover sensor when the Engine Start/Stop button is
(8) Front impact sensors in the ON position.
(9) Side impact sensors • The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately three to six
(10) Side pressure sensors
seconds.
(11) Seat belt buckle sensor
• The light comes on while the vehicle
(12) Emergency fastening device system is in motion.
(13) Occupant classification system • The light blinks when the engine is
The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS running.
components while the ignition switch We recommend that an authorized
is ON to determine if a crash impact HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS
is severe enough to require air bag as soon as possible if any of these
deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt conditions occur.
deployment.
3-50
03
During a moderate to severe frontal • In addition to inflating in serious side
collision, sensors will detect the collisions, vehicles equipped with a
vehicle’s rapid deceleration. If the rate of rollover sensor, side and/or curtain air
deceleration is high enough, the control bags will inflate if the sensing system
unit will inflate the front air bags, at the detects a rollover.
time and with the force needed. When a rollover is detected, curtain
The front air bags help protect the driver air bags will remain inflated longer to
and front passenger by responding to help provide protection from ejection,
frontal impacts in which seat belts alone especially when used in conjunction
cannot provide adequate restraint. When with the seat belts. (if equipped with a
needed, the side air bags help provide rollover sensor)
protection in the event of a side impact • To help provide protection, the air
or rollover by supporting the side upper bags must inflate rapidly. The speed
body area. of air bag inflation is a consequence
• Air bags are activated (able to of extremely short time in which
inflate if necessary) only when the to inflate the air bag between the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the occupant and the vehicle structures
ON or START position, and it can be before the occupant impacts those
activated within about 3 minutes after structures. This speed of inflation
the engine is turned off. reduces the risk of serious or
• Air bags inflate in the event of certain lifethreatening injuries and is thus a
frontal or side collisions to help necessary part of air bag design.
protect the occupants from serious However, the rapid air bag inflation
physical injury. can also cause injuries which can
• There is no single speed at which the include facial abrasions, bruises and
air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags broken bones because the inflation
are designed to inflate based upon the speed also causes the air bags to
severity of a collision and its direction. expand with a great deal of force.
These two factors determine whether • There are even circumstances under
the sensors produce an electronic which contact with the air bag can
deployment/inflation signal. cause fatal injuries, especially if the
• The front air bags will completely occupant is positioned excessively
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is close to the air bag.
virtually impossible for you to see the You can take steps to reduce the risk
air bags inflate during an accident. It is of being injured by an inflating air bag.
much more likely that you will simply The greatest risk is sitting too close to
see the deflated air bags hanging out the air bag. An air bag needs about 10
of their storage compartments after in. (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA
the collision. recommends that drivers allow at least
10 in. (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
3-51
Driver’s front air bag (1)

WARNING
death from an inflating air bag, take the
following precautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint in the
front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children
under age 13 in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger’s and ODN8039077L
driver's seats as far to the rear as
possible while allowing you to When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently
maintain full control of the vehicle. severe impact to the front of the vehicle,
it will automatically deploy the front air
• Hold the steering wheel with bags.
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock
positions. Driver’s front air bag (2)

• Never place anything or anyone
between the air bag and the seat
occupant.
• Do not allow the front passenger
to place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
ODN8039078L
Upon deployment, tear seams molded

directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of the
air bags. Further opening of the covers
allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver’s or the front passenger’s forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
3-52
03
Driver’s front air bag (3)
What to expect after an air bag
inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it
will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation
will not prevent the driver from seeing
out of the windshield or being able
to steer. Curtain air bags may remain
partially inflated for some time after they
deploy.
ODN8039079L WARNING
Passenger’s front air bag

After an air bag inflates, take the
following precautions:
• Open your windows and doors as
soon as possible after impact to
reduce prolonged exposure to the
smoke and powder released by the
inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag storage
area’s internal components
immediately after an air bag has
ODN8039080L inflated. The parts that come into
After complete inflation, the air bag contact with an inflating air bag may
immediately starts deflating, enabling be very hot.
the driver to maintain forward visibility • Always wash exposed skin areas
and the ability to steer or operate other thoroughly with cold water and mild
controls. soap.
• We recommend that an authorized
WARNING HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag
immediately after deployment. Air
To prevent objects from becoming bags are designed to be used only
dangerous projectiles when the once.
passenger’s air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any objects
(drink holder, CD holder, stickers,
etc.) on the front passenger’s panel
above the glove box where the
passenger’s air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of liquid
air freshener near the instrument
cluster or on the instrument panel
surface.
3-53
Noise and smoke from inflating air Occupant Classification System

bag (OCS)
When the air bags inflate, they make a
loud noise and may produce smoke and
powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After the
air bag inflates, you may feel substantial
discomfort in breathing because of the
contact of your chest with both the seat
belt and the air bag, as well as from
breathing the smoke and powder. The
powder may aggravate asthma for some
people. If you experience breathing OTMA030003
problems after an air bag deployment,
seek medical attention immediately. Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System (OCS) in
Though the smoke and powder are the front passenger’s seat.
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is
the case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and seek medical attention
if the symptoms persist.
3-54
03
Main components of the Occupant You will find the “PASSENGER AIR BAG
Classification System OFF” indicator on the overhead console
• A detection device located within the panel. This system detects the conditions
front passenger seat cushion. 1-4 in the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger air bag
• Electronic system to determine based on these conditions.
whether the passenger air bag
systems should be activated or Always be sure that you and all vehicle
deactivated. occupants are seated properly and
wearing the seat belt properly for the
• An indicator light located on the most effective protection by the air bag
instrument panel which illuminates and the seat belt.
the words “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicating the front passenger air bag The OCS may not function properly if the
system is deactivated. passenger takes actions which can affect
the classification system. These include:
• The instrument panel air bag indicator
light is interconnected with the OCS. • Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
The OCS is designed to help detect console.
the presence of a properly-seated • Sitting towards the sides of the front
front passenger and determine if the of the seat.
passenger’s front air bag should be • Putting their legs on the dashboard or
enabled (may inflate) or not. resting them on other locations which
The purpose is to help reduce the risk reduce the passenger weight on the
of injury or death from an inflating air front seat.
bag to certain front passenger seat • Wearing the seat belt improperly.
occupants, such as children, by requiring
the air bag to be automatically turned • Reclining the seatback.
OFF. • Wearing thick clothes like ski wear or
For example, if a child restraint of the hip protection wear.
type specified in the regulations is on the • Putting an additional thick cushion on
seat, the occupant classification sensor the seat.
can detect it and cause the air bag to • Putting electrical devices (e.g.
turn OFF. notebook, satellite radio) on the seat
Front passenger seat adult occupants with inverter charging.
who are properly seated and wearing the
seat belt properly, should not cause the
passenger air bag to be automatically
turned OFF. For smaller adults it may turn
OFF, however, if the occupant does not
sit in the seat properly (for example, by
not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge
of the seat, or by otherwise being out of
position), this could cause the sensor to
turn the air bag OFF.
3-55
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
Indicator/Warning light Devices

Condition detected by the “PASSENGER Front
occupant classification system SRS warning
AIR BAG OFF” passenger air
light
indicator light bag
1. Adult*1 Off Off Activated
2. Infant*2 or child restraint
On Off Deactivated
system with 12 months old *3 *4
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated
*1 : The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the
front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her
physique and posture.
*2 : Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has
outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 : The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12
months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger
seat. This is a normal condition.
3-56
03
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger’s seat when
it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of
serious injury or death:
• NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback
pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger
seat.
OHI038163
• NEVER place your feet on the front passenger

seatback.
OHI038156
• NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of

the seat.
OHI038155
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the

vehicle is moving.
OHI038157
• NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.
OHI039192N
3-57
• NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on

one side of the front passenger seat.
OHI038158
• Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily

padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
OJX1039069
• Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets

and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
OJX1039070
• Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD

player, or conductive materials such as water bottles
on the passenger seat.
• Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and
satellite radios which use inverter chargers.
OJX1039071
• If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the

passenger seat, the air bag warning light may
illuminate or malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely
dried before driving the vehicle.
OJX1039072
• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the
occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only.
The OCS has been developed based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only.
Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and
increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the
proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an
accident.
3-58
03
WARNING
NEVER allow an adult passenger to ride
in the front passenger seat when the
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator
is illuminated. During a collision, the
air bag will not inflate if the indicator
is illuminated. Have your passenger
reposition themselves in the seat. If the
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator
remains illuminated after the passenger
OHI038118 repositions themselves properly
and the vehicle is restarted, have
Proper seated position for OCS the passenger move to the rear seat
If the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” because the air bag will not inflate.
indicator is on when an adult is seated
in the front passenger seat, place the
Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF NOTICE
position and ask the passenger to sit The “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
properly (sitting upright with the seat indicator generally illuminates for
back in an upright position, centered approximately 4 seconds after the
on the seat cushion with their seat belt Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
on, legs comfortably extended and their or START position. But, if the Engine
feet on the floor). Restart the engine and START/STOP button is pressed to the
have the person remain in that position. ON or START position within 3 minutes
This will allow the system to detect the after the engine is turned OFF, the
person and to enable the passenger air indicator does not illuminate. If the
bag. If the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” front passenger seat is occupied,
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to the OCS will then classify the front
move to the rear seat. passenger after several more seconds.
3-59
Do not install a Child Restraint Why didn’t my air bag go off in a

System on the Front Passenger’s collision?
Seat There are certain types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expected
to provide additional protection. These
include rear impacts, second or third
collisions in multiple impact accidents,
as well as low speed impacts. Damage to
the vehicle indicates a collision energy
absorption, and is not an indicator of
whether or not an air bag should have
inflated.
Air bag collision sensors

OHI039193N
Even though your vehicle is equipped WARNING

with the OCS, never install a child To reduce the risk of an air bag
restraint in the front passenger’s seat. deploying unexpectedly and causing
An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a serious injury or death:
child or child restraint resulting in serious
or fatal injury. • Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags
or sensors are installed.
WARNING • Do not perform maintenance on or
NEVER use a rearward facing Child around the air bag sensors. If the
Restraint on a seat protected by an location or angle of the sensors is
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH altered, the air bags may deploy
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can when they should not or may not
occur. deploy when they should.
• Installing bumper guards with non-
genuine Hyundai or non-equivalent
parts may adversely affect the
collision and airbag deployment
performance.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF or ACC position and wait for
3 minutes when the vehicle is being
towed to prevent inadvertent air bag
deployment.
• We recommend that all air bag
repairs are conducted by an
3-60
03
OTM030009/OTM030010/OTM030011/OTM030035/OTM030036/OTM030037
1. SRS control module / Rollover sensor 4. Side impact sensor (Acceleration)

2. Front impact sensor 5. Side impact sensor (Acceleration)
3. Side impact sensor (Pressure)
3-61
Air bag inflation conditions Side and curtain air bags

Side and curtain air bags are designed
to inflate when an impact is detected
by side collision sensors depending on
the severity, speed or angles of impact
resulting from a side impact collision.
Although the driver’s and front
passenger’s air bags are designed to
inflate in frontal collisions, they also may
inflate in other types of collisions if the
front impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact. Side and curtain air bags are
OTM030014 designed to inflate in side impact
Front air bags collisions, but they may inflate in other
collisions if the side impact sensors
Front air bags are designed to inflate detect a sufficient impact.
in a frontal collision depending on the
severity of impact of the front collision. Also, the side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when a rollover
is detected by a rollover sensor. (if
equipped with rollover sensor)
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
OTM030013
OTM030033
3-62
03
Air bag non-inflation conditions
OTM030017
OTM030015 Front air bags may not inflate in side

impact collisions, because occupants
In certain low-speed collisions the air
move in the direction of the collision,
bags may not deploy. The air bags are
and thus in side impacts, front air bag
designed not to deploy in such cases
deployment would not provide additional
because they may not provide benefits
occupant protection.
beyond the protection of the seat belts.
However, side and curtain air bags
and front center air bag may inflate
depending on the severity of impact.
OTM030016
Front air bags are not designed to inflate

in rear collisions, because occupants
OTM030034
are moved backward by the force of the
impact. In this case, inflated air bags In an angled collision, the force of impact
would not provide any additional benefit. may direct the occupants in a direction
where the air bags would not be able to
provide any additional benefit, and thus
the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
3-63
OTM030018 OTM030019
Just before impact, drivers often brake Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the collides with objects such as utility poles
front portion of the vehicle causing it or trees, where the point of impact is
to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher concentrated and the collision energy is
ground clearance. Air bags may not absorbed by the vehicle structure.
inflate in this “underride” situation
because deceleration forces that are
detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “underride” collisions.
OTM030041
Front air bags may not inflate in

rollover accidents because front air bag
deployment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
However, the side and curtain air bags
and front center air bag may inflate in a
rollover situation, when it is detected by
the rollover sensor.
3-64
03
SRS care WARNING
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free To reduce the risk of serious injury or
and there are no parts you can safely death take the following precautions:
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate when • Do not attempt to modify or
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the disconnect the SRS components or
ON position, or continuously remains wiring, including the addition of any
on, we recommend that the system be kind of badges to the pad covers or
immediately inspected by an authorized modifications to the body structure.
HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not place objects over or near
We recommend any work on the SRS the air bag modules on the steering
system, such as removing, installing, wheel, instrument panel, and the
repairing, or any work on the steering front passenger’s panel above the
wheel, the front passenger’s panel, front glove box.
seats and roof rails be performed by an • Clean the air bag pad covers with
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper a soft cloth moistened with plain
handling of the SRS system may result in water. Solvents or cleaners could
serious personal injury. adversely affect the air bag covers
and proper deployment of the
system.
• We recommend that inflated air
bags be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed.
We recommend that you consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
the necessary information. Failure
to follow these precautions could
increase the risk of personal injury.
3-65
Additional safety precautions Air bag warning labels

Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not wearing
a seat belt during a crash or emergency
stop can be thrown against the inside of
the vehicle, against other occupants, or
be ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the seat
belt can reduce the protection provided
by the seat belt and increase the chance OTMA030005
of serious injury in a crash. Air bag warning labels, required by the
Do not modify the front seats. U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety
Modification of the front seats could Administration (NHTSA), are attached
interfere with the operation of the to alert the driver and passengers of
supplemental restraint system sensing potential risks of the air bag system. Be
components or side air bags. sure to read all of the information about
Do not place items under the front the air bags that are installed on your
seats. Placing items under the front seats vehicle in this Owners Manual.
could interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or START
position may cause the air bags to
inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modification
to your vehicle to accommodate
a disability, contact the HYUNDAI
Customer Connect Center at 800-633-
5151.
Adding equipment to or modifying

your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle’s air bag system.
3-66
Instrument cluster
4. Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster............................................................................................. 4-4
Instrument cluster control............................................................................................4-5
Instrument panel illumination....................................................................................4-5
Gauges and meters.......................................................................................................4-5
Speedometer..............................................................................................................4-5
Tachometer.................................................................................................................4-5
Engine coolant temperature gauge.......................................................................... 4-6
Fuel gauge.................................................................................................................. 4-6
Outside temperature gauge....................................................................................... 4-7
Odometer................................................................................................................... 4-8
Distance to empty..................................................................................................... 4-8
Fuel economy (for 12.3-inch cluster) ....................................................................... 4-9
Transmission shift indicator......................................................................................... 4-9
Automatic transmission / Dual clutch transmission shift indicator ...................... 4-9
Warning and indicator lights...................................................................................... 4-10
Seat belt warning light............................................................................................. 4-10
Air bag warning light................................................................................................ 4-10
Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light............................................................... 4-10
4
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light............................................................ 4-11
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) system warning light........................... 4-11
Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light........................................................... 4-12
Charging system warning light................................................................................ 4-12
Engine oil pressure warning light............................................................................ 4-13
Low fuel level warning light..................................................................................... 4-13
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)........................................................................... 4-13
Exhaust system (GPF) warning light (for gasoline engine).................................... 4-14
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light......................................................... 4-14
AUTO HOLD indicator light...................................................................................... 4-15
Low tire pressure warning light............................................................................... 4-15
Forward Safety warning light................................................................................... 4-16
Lane Safety indicator light....................................................................................... 4-16
4 Wheel Drive (4WD) warning light......................................................................... 4-16
4 Wheel Drive (4WD) LOCK Indicator Light.............................................................4-17
LED headlight warning light......................................................................................4-17
Icy road warning light............................................................................................... 4-18
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light.................................................... 4-18
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF indicator light............................................ 4-18
Immobilizer Indicator Light (without smart key) ................................................... 4-19
Immobilizer Indicator Light (with smart key).......................................................... 4-19
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) indicator light.........................................................4-20
AUTO STOP indicator light.......................................................................................4-20
Turn signal indicator light..........................................................................................4-21
High beam indicator light.........................................................................................4-21
High Beam Assist indicator light...............................................................................4-21
Cruise Indicator Light................................................................................................4-21
SPORT Mode Indicator Light....................................................................................4-22
ECO Mode Indicator Light........................................................................................4-22
SMART Mode Indicator Light...................................................................................4-22
Master warning light.................................................................................................4-22
LCD display messages................................................................................................4-23
Shift to P (for smart key system)..............................................................................4-23
Low key battery (for smart key system)..................................................................4-23
Press START button while turning wheel (for smart key system)..........................4-23
Check steering wheel lock system
(for smart key system)..............................................................................................4-23
Press brake pedal to start engine (for smart key system) .....................................4-23
4 Key not in vehicle (for smart key system)................................................................4-23
Key not detected (for smart key system)................................................................4-23
Press START button again (for smart key system) .................................................4-23
Press START button with key (for smart key system) ............................................4-24
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for smart key system) ..............................................4-24
Shift to P or N to start engine (for smart key system) ...........................................4-24
Battery discharging due to external electrical devices..........................................4-24
Door, Hood, Liftgate open indicator........................................................................4-25
Sunroof open indicator.............................................................................................4-25
Low tire pressure......................................................................................................4-25
Lights.........................................................................................................................4-26
Wiper.........................................................................................................................4-26
Low washer fluid.......................................................................................................4-26
Low fuel.....................................................................................................................4-26
Low engine oil...........................................................................................................4-26
Engine overheated / Engine has overheated.......................................................... 4-27
Check exhaust system.............................................................................................. 4-27
Check headlight........................................................................................................ 4-27
Check turn signal...................................................................................................... 4-27
Check headlamp LED............................................................................................... 4-27
Check Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system................................................4-28
Check Lane Keeping Assist system.........................................................................4-28
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning system..........................................................4-28
Check Driver Attention Warning system.................................................................4-28
Check High Beam Assist system..............................................................................4-28
Check Smart Cruise Control system........................................................................4-28
4. Instrument cluster
LCD display....................................................................................................... 4-29
LCD display control.....................................................................................................4-29
View modes................................................................................................................ 4-30
Trip computer mode................................................................................................. 4-31
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode.......................................................................................... 4-31
Driving Assist mode.................................................................................................. 4-31
Master warning group..............................................................................................4-32
User settings mode.....................................................................................................4-33
Trip computer (Type A).............................................................................................. 4-40
Trip modes................................................................................................................ 4-40
Trip computer (Type B).............................................................................................. 4-43
Trip modes................................................................................................................ 4-43
4
Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster
4.2-inch

12.3-inch

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more information, refer to “Gauges and meters” section in this chapter.
OTMA040001/OCN7040080N
1. Tachometer 4. Fuel gauge

2. Speedometer 5. Warning and indicator lights
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 6. LCD display
4-4
04
Instrument cluster control Gauges and meters
Instrument panel illumination Speedometer
When the vehicle’s parking lights or 4.2-inch
12.3-inch

headlamps are on, press the illumination
control switch to adjust the brightness of
the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control
switch, the interior switch illumination
intensity also adjusted.
You can adjust the brightness of the
instrument panel illumination form the
User Settings Mode on the LCD display
when the ignition switch is on (‘Lights → OTM040059L OTM040006L
Illumination’). When the vehicle’s parking
lights or headlamps are on, interior The speedometer indicates the speed of
switch illumination intensity and mood the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per
lamps are also adjusted. hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour
(km/h).
If your vehicle is equipped with
additional navigation, please refer Tachometer
to the infotainment system manual
separately supplied. 4.2-inch
12.3-inch

WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. This could result in loss
of control and lead to an accident that
may cause death, serious injury, or
vehicle damage.
• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
OTM040007L OTM040008L
• If the brightness reaches to the The tachometer indicates the
maximum or minimum level, a chime approximate number of engine
will sound. revolutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct
shift points and to prevent lugging and/
or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the
tachometer's RED ZONE. This may
cause severe engine damage.
4-5
Instrument cluster
Engine coolant temperature gauge WARNING

4.2-inch

Never remove the engine coolant
••Type A ••
Type B reservoir cap when the engine is hot.
The engine coolant is under pressure
and could cause severe burn. Wait until
the engine is cool before adding coolant
to the reservoir.
Fuel gauge
4.2-inch

••Type A ••
Type B
OTM040009 OTM040009L
12.3-inch

••Type A ••
Type B
OTM040011 OTM0400011L
12.3-inch

••Type A ••
Type B
OTM040010 OTM040010L
This gauge indicates the temperature

of the engine coolant when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the OTM040012 OTM040012L
“H (Hot) or 130” position, it indicates
overheating that may damage the This gauge indicates the approximate
engine. amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to “If the Engine
Overheats” section in chapter 8.
4-6
04
Information Outside temperature gauge
Type A
Type B

• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 2.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier than
usual due to the movement of fuel in
the tank. OTMA048112 OTMA040008
This gauge indicates the current outside

WARNING air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle Note that the temperature indicated
occupants to danger. on the LCD display may not change
You must stop and obtain additional as quickly as the outside temperature
fuel as soon as possible after the (there may be a slight delay before the
warning light comes on or when the temperature changes.)
gauge indicator comes close to the “E You can change the temperature unit
(Empty) or 0” level. from the Settings menu in the Cluster.
Select:
NOTICE -- Setup → Unit → Temperature Unit →
°F/°C
Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could For vehicles equipped with Automatic
cause the engine to misfire damaging Climate Control, you can also:
the catalytic converter. -- Press the AUTO button while pressing
the OFF button on the climate control
unit for 3 seconds
Both the temperature unit on the cluster

LCD display and climate control screen
will change.
4-7
Instrument cluster
Odometer Information
4.2-inch
12.3-inch

• If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been interrupted,
the distance to empty function may not
operate correctly.
• The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as it
is an estimate of the available driving
distance.
• The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.5
OTMA048183 OCN7040015N
gallon) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
The odometer indicates the total • The distance to empty may vary
distance that the vehicle has been significantly based on driving
driven and should be used to determine conditions, driving habits, and
when periodic maintenance should be condition of the vehicle.
performed.
Distance to empty
4.2-inch
12.3-inch

OAD048563L OCN7040016N
• The distance to empty is the

estimated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
• If the estimated distance is below
1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display “---” as distance to empty.
4-8
04
Fuel economy (for 12.3-inch cluster) Transmission shift indicator
Automatic transmission / Dual
clutch transmission shift indicator
4.2-inch
12.3-inch

OTMA040002
The average fuel economy (1) and instant

fuel economy (2) is displayed at the OTM040016 OCN7040013N
bottom of the cluster.
This indicator informs the current gear
engaged.
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average fuel
economy, select between "After Ignition"
or "After Refueling" from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system screen.
4-9
Instrument cluster
Warning and indicator lights Parking brake & Brake fluid

warning light
Information This warning light illuminates:
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF • When you set the ignition switch or
after starting the engine. If any light is still the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON, this indicates a situation that needs ON position.
attention.
-- The parking brake & brake fluid
warning light illuminates for about 3
Seat belt warning light seconds and will then turn off once
the parking brake is released.
• Whenever the parking brake is
This warning light informs the driver that applied.
the seat belt is not fastened. • Whenever the brake fluid level in the
For more details, refer to “Seat Belts” reservoir is low.
section in chapter 3. -- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
Air bag warning light indicates the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is

This warning light illuminates: low:
• When you turn the ignition switch or 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
the Engine Start/Stop button to the location and stop your vehicle.
ON position.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
-- It illuminates for approximately 3~6 brake fluid level immediately and add
seconds and then goes off. fluid as required (For more details,
• When there is a malfunction with the refer to “Brake Fluid” section in
SRS. chapter 9). After adding brake fluid,
In this case, we recommend that check all brake components for fluid
you have the vehicle inspected by an leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. if the warning light remains on, or if
the brakes do not operate properly, do
not drive the vehicle. We recommend
that you have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
4-10
04
Dual-diagonal braking system Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual- warning light
diagonal braking system. This means you
still have braking on two wheels even if This warning light illuminates:
one of the dual systems should fail.
• When you set the ignition switch or
With only one of the dual systems the Engine Start/Stop button to the
working, more than normal pedal travel ON position.
and greater pedal pressure is required to
-- The ABS warning light illuminates
stop the vehicle.
for about 3 seconds and then goes
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short off.
a distance with only a portion of the
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
brake system working.
the ABS.
If the brakes fail while you are driving,
Note that the hydraulic braking
shift to a lower gear for additional engine
system will still be operational even if
braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it
there is a malfunction with the ABS.
is safe to do so.
If this occurs, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by an
WARNING authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning
light Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD) system
Driving the vehicle with a warning light warning light
ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake
& Brake Fluid warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid level is
low. When the ABS warning and
If this occurs, we recommend that Parking Brake warning lights are on
you have the vehicle inspected by an simultaneously, it may indicate a
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. problem with the Electronic Brake Force
Distribution system.
4-11
Instrument cluster
WARNING Electric Power Steering (EPS)

warning light
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
This warning light illuminates:
When both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the • When you set the ignition switch or
brake system will not work normally the Engine Start/Stop button to the
and you may experience an unexpected ON position.
and dangerous situation during sudden -- The electric power steering warning
braking. light illuminates for about 3 seconds
If this occurs, avoid high speed driving and then goes off.
and abrupt braking. • Whenever there is a malfunction with
We recommend that you have the the electric power steering.
vehicle inspected by an authorized If this occurs, we recommend that
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. you have the vehicle inspected by an
NOTICE Charging system warning
Electronic Brake Force Distribution light
(EBD) system warning light
When the ABS warning light is on This warning light illuminates:
or both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the When there is a malfunction with either
speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter the alternator or electrical charging
may not work. Also, the EPS warning system.
light may illuminate and the steering
effort may increase or decrease. If there is a malfunction with either the
alternator or electrical charging system:
you have the vehicle inspected by an 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as location and stop your vehicle.
possible. 2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly, there
may be a problem in the electrical
charging system.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
4-12
04
Engine oil pressure warning Low fuel level warning light
light
This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

When the engine oil pressure is low. When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe NOTICE
location and stop your vehicle.
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning
2. Turn the engine off and check the light on or with the fuel level below “E
engine oil level (For more details, or 0” can cause the engine to misfire
refer to “Engine Oil” section in and damage the catalytic converter.
chapter 2). If the level is low, add oil
as required. Malfunction Indicator Lamp
If the warning light remains on after
(MIL)
adding oil or if oil is not available, we
recommend that you have the vehicle This indicator light illuminates:
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI • When you set the ignition switch or
dealer as soon as possible. the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
NOTICE -- The malfunction indicator light
• If the engine does not stop illuminates for about 3 seconds and
immediately after the Engine Oil then goes off.
Pressure warning light is illuminated, • Whenever there is a malfunction with
severe damage could result. either the emission control system or
• If the warning light stays on while the the engine or the vehicle powertrain.
engine is running, it indicates that If this occurs, we recommend that
there may be serious engine damage you have the vehicle inspected by an
or malfunction. In this case: authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so. NOTICE
2. Turn off the engine and check the Driving with the Malfunction Indicator
oil level. If the oil level is low, fill Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to
the engine oil to the proper level. the emission control system which
3. Start the engine again. If the could affect drivability and/or fuel
warning light stays on after the economy.
engine is started, turn the engine
off immediately. If this occurs, NOTICE
we recommend that you have
the vehicle inspected by an If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine power.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
4-13
Instrument cluster
Exhaust system (GPF) Electronic Parking Brake

warning light (for gasoline (EPB) warning light
engine, if equipped) (if equipped)
• This warning light illuminates, when This warning light illuminates:
accumulated soot reaches a certain • When you set the ignition switch or
amount. the Engine Start/Stop button to the
• When this warning light illuminates, it ON position.
may turn off after driving the vehicle -- The EPB warning light illuminates
at more than 50 mph (80km/h) for for about 3 seconds and then goes
about 30 minutes (above 3rd gear off.
with 1500 ~ 4000 engine rpm).
If this warning light blinks in spite EPB.
of the procedure (at this time LCD
warning message will be displayed), If this occurs, we recommend that
we recommend that you have the you have the vehicle inspected by an
GPF system checked by an authorized authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
NOTICE The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
If you continue to drive with the GPF warning light may illuminate when
warning light blinking for a long time, the Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
the GPF system can be damaged and indicator light comes on to indicate that
fuel consumption can worsen. ESC is not working properly. This does
not indicate malfunction of EPB.
4-14
04
AUTO HOLD indicator light Low tire pressure warning
light
This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

• [White] When you activate Auto Hold • When you set the ignition switch or
by pressing the AUTO HOLD switch. the Engine Start/Stop button to the
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle ON position.
completely by depressing the brake -- The low tire pressure warning light
pedal with Auto Hold activated. illuminates for approximately 3
• [Yellow] Whenever there is a seconds and then goes off.
malfunction with the Auto Hold • When one or more of your tires are
function. significantly underinflated. (The
If this occurs, we recommend that location of the underinflated tires are
you have the vehicle inspected by an displayed on the LCD display.)
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
For more details, refer to “Electronic Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
Parking Brake (EPB)” section in chapter chapter 8.
6.
This warning light remains ON after
blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or
repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second
intervals:
When there is a malfunction with the
TPMS.
possible.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
4-15
Instrument cluster
Forward Safety warning light Lane Safety indicator light

(if equipped) (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:

• When you set the ignition switch or • [Green] When the system operating
the Engine Start/Stop button to the conditions are satisfied.
ON position. • [White] When the system operating
-- The Forward Safety warning light conditions are not satisfied.
illuminates for approximately 3 • [Yellow] Whenever there is a
seconds and then goes off. malfunction with Lane Keeping Assist.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with If this occurs, we recommend that
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist. you have the vehicle inspected by an
If this occurs, we recommend that authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
you have the vehicle inspected by an For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Assist (LKA)” section in chapter 7.
For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” 4 Wheel Drive (4WD) warning
section in chapter 7. light

Whenever there is a malfunction with the
4WD system.
For more details, refer to “4 Wheel Drive
(4WD)” section in chapter 6.
4-16
04
4 Wheel Drive (4WD) LOCK LED headlight warning light
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the ignition switch or • When you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the Engine Start/Stop button to the
position. ON position.
-- It illuminates for approximately 3 -- The LED headlight warning light
seconds and then goes off. illuminates for approximately 3
• When you select 4WD Lock mode by seconds and then goes off.
pressing the 4WD LOCK button. • Whenever there is a malfunction with
-- The 4WD LOCK mode is to increase the LED headlight.
the drive power when driving on If this occurs, we recommend that
wet pavement, snow covered roads you have the vehicle inspected by an
and/or off-road. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE This warning light blinks:

Do not use 4WD LOCK mode on dry Whenever there is a malfunction with a
paved roads or highway, it can cause LED headlight related part.
noise, vibration or damage of 4WD If this occurs, we recommend that
related parts. you have the vehicle inspected by an
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlight warning light on or blinking
can reduce LED headlight life.
4-17
Instrument cluster
Icy road warning light Electronic Stability Control

(if equipped) (ESC) indicator light
This warning light is to warn the driver This indicator light illuminates:
the road may be icy. • When you set the ignition switch or
When the temperature on the outside the Engine Start/Stop button to the
temperature gauge is approximately ON position.
below 4°C (40°F), the Icy Road warning -- The Electronic Stability Control
light and Outside Temperature Gauge indicator light illuminates for about
blinks and then illuminates. Also, the 3 seconds and then goes off.
warning chime sounds 1 time.
You can activate or deactivate Icy Road ESC system.
Warning function from the User Settings
menu in the cluster LCD display. If this occurs, we recommend that
Select: authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
-- Setup → User Settings → Cluster → Icy
Road Warning This indicator light blinks:
While ESC is operating.
Information For more details, refer to “Electronic
If the Icy Road warning light appears Stability Control (ESC)” section in
while driving, you should drive more chapter 6.
attentively and safely refraining from
over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden Electronic Stability Control
braking or sharp turning, etc. (ESC) OFF indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
-- The ESC OFF indicator light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate ESC system by
pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” section in
chapter 6.
4-18
04
Immobilizer Indicator Light Immobilizer Indicator Light
(without smart key) (with smart key)
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for up to
• When the vehicle detects the 30 seconds:
immobilizer in the key with the • When the vehicle detects the smart
ignition switch in the ON position. key in the vehicle with the Engine
-- At this time, you can start the Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON
engine. position.
-- The indicator light goes off after -- At this time, you can start the
starting the engine. engine.
-- The indicator light goes off after
This indicator light blinks: starting the engine.
• When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system. This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by an • When the smart key is not in the
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. vehicle.
-- At this time, you cannot start the
engine.
This indicator light illuminates for 2

seconds and goes off:
• If the smart key is in the vehicle and
the Engine Start/Stop button is ON,
but the vehicle cannot detect the
smart key.
This indicator light blinks:

• When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
4-19
Instrument cluster
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) AUTO STOP indicator light

indicator light (if equipped) (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:

• When you set the ignition switch or When the engine enters the Idle Stop
the Engine Start/Stop button to the mode of ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.
ON position. When the engine automatically starts,
-- The downhill brake control indicator the AUTO STOP indicator on the cluster
light illuminates for about 3 seconds Illuminates to white.
and then goes off.
• When you activate the system by For more details, refer to "ISG (Idle Stop
pressing the DBC button. and Go) system" section in chapter 6.
This indicator light blinks:

Information
When Downhill Brake Control system is
operating. When the engine automatically starts
by the ISG system, some warning lights
(ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking
This indicator light illuminates yellow: brake warning light) may turn on for a
Whenever there is a malfunction with few seconds. This happens because of
Downhill Brake Control system. low battery voltage. It does not mean the
If this occurs, we recommend that system has malfunctioned.
For more details, refer to "Downhill
Brake Control (DBC)“ section in chapter
6.
4-20
04
Turn signal indicator light High Beam Assist indicator
light (if equipped)
This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates:

When you operate the turn signal When the high-beam is on with the light
indicator stalk. switch in the AUTO position.
If your vehicle detects oncoming or
If any of the following occur, there may preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist
be a malfunction with the turn signal will switch the high beam to low beam
system. automatically.
-- The turn signal indicator light For more details, refer to “High Beam
illuminates but does not blink Assist (HBA)” section in chapter 5.
-- The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly Cruise Indicator Light
-- The turn signal indicator light does not (if equipped)
illuminate at all
If any of these conditions occur, we This indicator light illuminates:
recommend that you have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI When the cruise control system is
dealer. enabled.
For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise
Control (SCC)" in chapter 7.
High beam indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlamps are on and in
the high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
4-21
Instrument cluster
SPORT Mode Indicator Light SMART Mode Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates This indicator light illuminates:

When you select "SPORT" mode as drive When you select ''SMART" mode as drive
mode. mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode For more details, refer to "Drive Mode
Integrated Control System" in chapter Integrated Control System'' in chapter
6. 6.
Master warning light

When there is a malfunction in operation
in any of the following systems:
-- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction (if equipped)
-- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked (if equipped)
-- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
-- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped)
-- LED headlamp malfunction
(if equipped)
-- High Beam Assist malfunction
(if equipped)
-- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go
-- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go
radar blocked (if equipped)
-- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
To identify the details of the warning,
look at the LCD display.
4-22
04
LCD display messages Key not in vehicle (for smart key
Shift to P (for smart key system) system)
This message is displayed if you try to This message is displayed if the smart
turn off the vehicle without the gear in key is not in the vehicle when you leave
the P (Park) position. the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON or Start position.
If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop
button turns to the ACC position. Always turn off the engine before leaving
your vehicle.
Low key battery (for smart key
system) Key not detected (for smart key
system)
This message is displayed if the battery
of the smart key is discharged while This message is displayed if the smart
changing the Engine Start/Stop button to key is not detected when you press the
the OFF position. Engine Start/Stop button.
Press START button while turning Press START button again (for smart
wheel (for smart key system) key system)
This message is displayed if the steering This message is displayed if you were
wheel does not unlock normally when unable to start the vehicle when the
the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed. Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.
You should press the Engine Start/Stop If this occurs, attempt to start the engine
button while turning the steering wheel by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button
right and left. again.
If the warning message appears each
Check steering wheel lock system time you press the Engine Start/Stop
(for smart key system) button, we recommend that you have
This message is displayed if the steering the vehicle inspected by an authorized
wheel does not lock normally while the HYUNDAI dealer.
Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to
the OFF position.
Press brake pedal to start engine (for

smart key system)
This message is displayed if the Engine
Start/Stop button changes to the ACC
position twice by pressing the button
repeatedly without depressing the brake
pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depressing
the brake pedal and then pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button.
4-23
Instrument cluster
Press START button with key Battery discharging due to external

(for smart key system) electrical devices (if equipped)
This message is displayed if you press This message is displayed if the 12V
the Engine Start/Stop button while the battery voltage is weak due to any
warning message “Key not detected” is non-factory electrical accessories (ex.
displayed. dashboard camera) while parking. Be
At this time, the immobilizer indicator careful that the battery is not discharged.
light blinks. If the message appears after removing
the non-factory electrical accessories,
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse have the vehicle inspected by an
(for smart key system) authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This message is displayed if the brake
switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a new
one before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC
position.
Shift to P or N to start engine

(for smart key system)
This message is displayed if you try to
start the engine in any other position
except P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Information
You can start the engine with the gear
in N (Neutral). But, for your safety, we
recommend that you start the engine with
the gear shifted to P (Park).
4-24
04
Door, Hood, Liftgate open indicator Sunroof open indicator (if equipped)
OTM040032 OTM040034
This warning is displayed if any door or This warning is displayed if you turn off
hood or liftgate is left open. The warning the engine when the sunroof is open.
will indicate which door is open in the Close the sunroof securely before leaving
display. your vehicle.
CAUTION Low tire pressure

Before driving the vehicle, you should
confirm that the door/ hood/liftgate is
fully closed.
Also, check there is no door/hood/
liftgate open warning light or message
displayed on the instrument cluster.
OTM040022L
This warning message is displayed if the

tire pressure is low. The corresponding
tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
4-25
Instrument cluster
Lights Low washer fluid

Type A
Type B
This message is displayed if the washer
fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Low fuel
This message is displayed if the fuel tank
is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the low
fuel level warning light in the cluster will
come on.
OJX1049007L OJX1049062L It is recommended to look for the nearest
This indicator displays which exterior fueling station and refuel as soon as
light is selected using the lighting possible.
control.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Low engine oil (if equipped)
Lights display function from the User This warning message is displayed when
Settings menu in the cluster LCD display. the engine oil level should be checked.
Select: If this warning message is displayed,
-- Setup → User settings → Cluster → check the engine oil level as soon as
Wiper/Lights display possible and add engine oil as required.
Slowly pour the recommended oil little
Wiper by little into a funnel.
Type A
Type B
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to "Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities“ section in chapter 2.)
Do not overfill the engine oil. Make sure
the oil level is not above F (Full) mark on
the dipstick.
OJX1049008L OJX1049063L
This indicator displays which wiper speed

is selected using the wiper control.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights display function from the User
Settings menu in the cluster LCD display.
Select:
-- Setup → User settings → Cluster →
Wiper/Lights display
4-26
04
Engine overheated / Engine has Check headlight (if equipped)
overheated (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if the
This message is displayed when the headlamps are not operating properly.
engine coolant temperature is above In addition, if a specific lamp(turn signal
248°F (120°C). This means that the lamp etc.) is not operating properly, the
engine is overheated and may be warning message according to a specific
damaged. lamp (turn signal lamp etc.) is displayed.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to A corresponding bulb may need to be
“Overheating” section in chapter 8. replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out
Check exhaust system (if equipped) bulb with a new one of the same wattage
This message is displayed if there is a rating.
problem with the GPF system. At this
time, the GPF warning light will also Check turn signal (if equipped)
blink. If this occurs, we recommend that
you have the GPF system checked by an This message is displayed if the turn
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. signal lamps are not operating properly.
A lamp may need to be replaced.
GPF : Gasoline Particulate Filter Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same wattage
rating.
Check headlamp LED (if equipped)

This message is displayed if there is a
problem with the LED headlamp. We
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
4-27
Instrument cluster
Check Forward Collision-Avoidance Check Driver Attention Warning

Assist system (if equipped) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed This warning message is displayed if
if there is a problem with Forward there is a problem with Driver Attention
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Have the Warning. Have the vehicle inspected by
vehicle inspected by an authorized an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
HYUNDAI dealer. For more details, refer to “Driver
For more details, refer to “Forward Attention Warning (DAW)” in chapter 6.
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” in
chapter 6. Check High Beam Assist system
(if equipped)
Check Lane Keeping Assist system (if This warning message is displayed if
equipped) there is a problem with the High Beam
This warning message is displayed if Assist. Have the vehicle inspected by an
there is a problem with Lane Keeping authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Assist. Have the vehicle inspected by an For more details, refer to “High Beam
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Assist (HBA)” in chapter 5.
For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)” in chapter 6. Check Smart Cruise Control system
(if equipped)
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning This warning message is displayed if
system (if equipped) there is a problem with Smart Cruise
This warning message is displayed Control. Have the vehicle inspected by
if there is a problem with Blind-Spot an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Collision Warning. Have the vehicle For more details, refer to “Smart Cruise
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI Control (SCC)” in chapter 6.
dealer.
For more details, refer to “Blind-Spot
Collision Warning (BCW) ” in chapter 6.
4-28
04
LCD display
LCD display control
OTM040050
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.
Switch Function
MODE button for changing modes
, MOVE switch for changing items

OK SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
Information
When the infotainment system is applied, only the User’s Setting mode on the
infotainment system is supported but the User’s Setting mode on the instrument cluster is
not supported.
4-29
Instrument cluster
View modes
View modes Symbol Explanation
This mode displays the state of :
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
- Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Driving Assist - Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
For more information, refer to "Smart Cruise Control
(SCC) ", "Highway Driving Assist (HDA) ", "Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA) ”, “Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ” in
chapter 7 and "4 Wheel Drive (4WD)" in chapter 6.
This mode displays driving information such as the
Trip
tripmeter, fuel economy, etc.
Computer
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Turn By Turn
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
(TBT)
In this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps,

User Settings
etc.
The Warning mode displays warning messages related to

Warning the vehicle when one or more systems are not operating
normally.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
4-30
04
Trip computer mode Driving Assist mode
OTMA060011 OTMA040003
The trip computer mode displays SCC/HDA/LKA

information related to vehicle driving This mode displays the state of the Smart
parameters including fuel economy, Cruise Control (SCC), Highway Driving
tripmeter information and vehicle speed. Assist (HDA) and Lane Keeping Assist
For more information, refer to "Trip (LKA).
Computer" in this chapter. For more details, refer to each system
information in chapter 7.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
OIK047147N OIG059288L
Turn-by-turn navigation, distance/time Driver Attention Warning

to destination information is displayed This mode displays the state of the Driver
when Turn by Turn view is selected. Attention Warning (DAW).
For more details, refer to “Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)” in chapter 7.
4-31
Instrument cluster
Master warning group
OTM040024
Driving force distribution (4WD) OIG059097L

This mode displays information related to This warning light informs the driver the
4WD driving force. following situations.
If the vehicle is in 4WD lock state, this - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
mode is not displayed. malfunction (if equipped)
For detailed information, refer to the - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
"Four Wheel Drive" in the chapter 6. radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped)
- LED headlamp malfunction
(if equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction
(if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if
equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control radar blocked (if
equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
The Master Warning Light illuminates
if one or more of the above warning
situations occur.
At this time, a Master Warning icon ( )
will appear beside the User Settings icon
( ), on the LCD display.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off and the Master Warning icon will
disappear.
4-32
04
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message illuminates if
you try to select an item from the User
Settings mode while driving.
• Automatic transmission / Dual clutch
transmission.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and
selecting the shift button to P(Park).
OTM080005L
Tire Pressure Quick guide (Help)

This mode displays information related to This mode provides quick guides for the
Tire Pressure. systems in the User Settings mode.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Select an item, press and hold the OK
Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter button.
8. For more details about each system,
refer to this Owner’s Manual.
User settings mode
Information
When the infotainment system is applied,
only the User’s Setting mode on the
infotainment system is supported but the
User’s Setting mode on the instrument
cluster is not supported.
OTM040060L
In this mode, you can change the

settings of the instrument cluster, doors,
lamps, etc.
1. Driver Assistance
2. Head-Up Display
3. Cluster
4. Lights
5. Door
6. Convenience
7. Units
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
4-33
Instrument cluster
1. Driver Assistance
Items Explanation
To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system.
SCC • Fast/Normal/Slow
Reaction
For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control (SCC)'' in chapter 7.
• Lane Following Assist
To activate or deactivate the Lane Following Assist.
For more details, refer to the "Lane Following Assist (LFA)" in chapter 7.
• Highway Driving Assist
Driving To activate or deactivate the Highway Driving Assist.
Convenience For more details, refer to the "Highway Driving Assist (HDA)" in chapter 7.
• Auto Highway Speed Control
To activate or deactivate the Auto Highway Speed Control.
For more details, refer to the "Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
(NSCC)" in chapter 7.
Warning To adjust the warning timing of the driver assistance system.
Timing • Normal / Later
Warning To adjust the warning volume of the driver assistance system.
Volume • High / Medium / Low / Off
• Leading vehicle departure alert
To activate or deactivate the Leading vehicle departure alert.
For more details, refer to the "Leading vehicle departure alert" in chapter
Driver 7.
Attention
Warning • Inattentive Driving Warning
To alert the driver's inattentive driving.
For more details, refer to the "Driver attention Warning (DAW)" in
chapter 7.
To adjust the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
• Active Assist
Forward • Warning Only
safety • Off
For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)"
in chapter 7.
To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) function.
• Assist
Lane safety • Warning Only
• Off
For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" in chapter 7.
4-34
04
Items Explanation
• Blind-Spot View
To activate or deactivate the Blind-Spot View.
For more details, refer to the "Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)" in chapter
7.
• Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
To activate or deactivate the Safe Exit Assistance.
Blind-Spot For more details, refer to the "Safe Exit Assistance (SEA)" in chapter 7.
safety
• Active Assist
• Warning Only
• Off
To activate or deactivate the Blind-Spot View.
For more details, refer to the "Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)" in chapter
7.
• Surround View Monitor Auto On
To activate or deactivate the Surround View Monitor Auto On.
For more details, refer to the "Surround View Monitor (SVM)" in chapter
7.
• Parking Distance Warning Auto On
To activate or deactivate the Parking Distance Warning Auto On.
For more details, refer to the "Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning (PDW)" in chapter 7.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Safety.
Parking For more details, refer to the "Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Safety Assist (RCCA)" in chapter 7.
• Rear Active Assist
To activate or deactivate the Rear Active Assist.
For more details, refer to the "Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
(PCA)" in chapter 7.
• Rear Warning Only
To activate or deactivate the Rear Warning.
For more details, refer to the "Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
(PCA)" in chapter 7.
• Off
To deactivate the Parking Safety.
4-35
Instrument cluster
2. Head-Up Display (if equipped)
Items Explanation
Enable
Head-up If this item is checked, Head-Up Display will be activated.
display
Display
To adjust the height of the image displayed.
Height
Rotation To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
Brightness To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
Content
To select the content to be displayed.
Selection
3. Cluster
Items Explanation
• At vehicle start
Reset fuel • After refueling
economy • Manually
To reset the fuel economy displayed.
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/ Light mode.
Wiper/Lights
When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode
Display
whenever you changed the mode.
Traffic Signs To set the traffic signs displayed.
Icy Road
To activate or deactivate the icy road warning.
Warning
Welcome
To activate or deactivate the welcome sound.
Sound
You can select the theme of the cluster.
Theme • Type A Cluster : Theme A / Theme B / Theme C
Selection • Type B Cluster : Link to Drive Mode / Theme A / Theme B / Theme C /
Theme D
4-36
04
4. Lights
Items Explanation
To adjust the illumination level.
Illumination
• Level 1~20
• Off : The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
One Touch • 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when
Turn Signal the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
For more details, refer to “Lighting” in chapter 5.
Ambient
Light • Off
Brightness • Level 1/2/3/4
(if equipped)
Ambient
• Polar White/Moon White/Ice Blue/Ocean Blue/Jade Green/Orchid Green/
Light Color
Freesia Yellow/ Sunrise Red/Aurora Purple/Lightening Violet
(if equipped)
Headlight To activate or deactivate the headlamp delay function.
Delay For more details, refer to "Lighting" in chapter 5.
High Beam To activate or deactivate High Beam Assist function.
Assist For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA)" in chapter 5.
4-37
Instrument cluster
5. Door
Items Explanation
• Enable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the shift button
is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D
Automatically (Drive) position. (only when the engine is running.)
Lock • Enable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle
speed exceeds 9.3mph (15km/h).
• Off : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
• On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the shift button is
shifted to the P (Park) position. (only when the engine is running.)
Automatically • On key out/On vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when
Unlock the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch or the Engine Start/
Stop button is set to the OFF position.
• Off : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
Power If this item is checked, the power liftgate function will be activated.
Liftgate For more details, refer to "Power liftgate" in chapter 5.
Power To adjust the power liftgate speed.
Liftgate • Fast/Normal
Opening
Speed For more details, refer to "Power liftgate" in chapter 5.
Smart To activate or deactivate the smart liftgate.

Liftgate For more details, refer to "Smart liftgate" in chapter 5.
6. Convenience
Items Explanation
• Off : The seat easy access function is deactivated.
• Normal/Extended : When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will
Seat Easy
automatically move rearward short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to
Access
enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in chapter 5.
Rear To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert.
Occupant For more details, refer to "Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system" in chapter
Alert 5.
• On door unlock : The side view mirrors are unfolded and the welcome
light turns on automatically when the doors are unlocked.
Welcome • On driver approach : The side view mirrors are unfolded and the welcome
Mirror/Light light turns on automatically when the vehicle is approached with the
smart key.
For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in chapter 5."
4-38
04
Items Explanation
Wireless To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.
Charging For more details, refer to "Wireless cellular phone charging system" in
System chapter 5.
To activate or deactivate the Auto Rear Wiper function.
Auto Rear If you move the shift button from D to R when the front wiper operates, the
Wiper (in R) rear wiper will operate automatically. Then, if you move the shift button
from R to D, the rear wiper will stop."
• Service Interval
To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
• Adjust Interval
Service
Interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and
distance.
• Reset
To reset the service interval.
7. Units
Items Explanation
Speed Unit To select the speed unit. (km/h, MPH)
Temperature
To select the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
Unit
Fuel
Economy To select the fuel economy unit. (km/L, L/100km, MPG)
Unit
Tire Pressure
To select the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar)
Unit
4-39
Instrument cluster
Trip computer (Type A) ■ Type A

The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system that
displays information related to driving.
■ Type B
Information
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer (for example Average
Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is
disconnected.
OTM040050
Trip modes To change the trip mode, toggle the

" , " switch on the steering wheel
Drive Info
• Trip distance
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
Since refueling
• Trip distance
Accumulated Info
• Trip distance
Auto Stop (if equipped)
Digital speedometer
4-40
04
• Manual reset Type A
Type B

To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK switch on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second
when the Average Fuel Economy is
displayed.
• Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy, select between ‘After
Ignition’ or ‘After Refueling’ from
the Settings menu in the instrument OTMA040004 OTMA040005
cluster.
Drive info
-- After Ignition: When the engine has
been OFF for 3 minutes or longer Trip distance (1), average fuel economy
the average fuel economy will reset (2), and instant fuel economy (3) are
automatically. displayed.
-- After Refueling: The average fuel The information is combined for each
economy will reset automatically ignition cycle. However, when the engine
after adding 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of has been OFF for 3 minutes or longer the
fuel or more and after driving speed Drive Info screen will reset.
exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h). To reset manually, press the OK switch
ÃÃ For 12.3-inch instrument cluster, you on the steering wheel for more than 1
can check the fuel economy in the second when ‘Drive Info’ is displayed.
center bottom of the cluster.
Type A
Type B

OTMA040006 OTMA040007
Since refuel(l)ing
Trip distance (1), average fuel economy
(2), and instant fuel economy (3) after the
vehicle has been refueled are displayed.
To reset manually, press the OK switch
on the steering wheel for more than
1 second when ‘Since Refueling’ is
displayed.
4-41
Instrument cluster
Type A
Type B

OTMA040009 OTMA040010 OIK047151N
Accumulated info Digital speedometer

Accumulated trip distance (1), average Digital speedometer display shows the
fuel economy (2), and instant fuel speed of the vehicle.
economy (3) are displayed.
The information is accumulated starting
from the last reset.
1 second when ‘Accumulated Info’ is
displayed.
OJX1069044
Auto stop (if equipped)

AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed
time of engine stop by Idle Stop and Go
system.
For more details, refer to “Idle Stop and
Go (ISG)” section in chapter 6.
4-42
04
Trip computer (Type B) ■ Type A
The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system that
displays information related to driving.
■ Type B
Information
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer (for example Average
Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is
disconnected.
OTM040050
Trip modes To change the trip mode, toggle the

" , " switch on the steering wheel
Drive Info
• Trip distance
• Elapsed time
Since refueling
• Trip distance
• Elapsed time
Accumulated Info
• Trip distance
• Elapsed time
Auto Stop (if equipped)
Digital speedometer
4-43
Instrument cluster
• Manual reset Type A

Type B

To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK switch on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second
when the Average Fuel Economy is
displayed.
• Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy, select between ‘After
Ignition’ or ‘After Refueling’ from
the Settings menu in the instrument OTMA040012 OTMA040013
cluster.
Drive info
-- After Ignition: When the engine has
been OFF for 3 minutes or longer Trip distance (1), average fuel economy
the average fuel economy will reset (2), and total driving time (3) are
automatically. displayed.
-- After Refueling: The average fuel The information is combined for each
economy will reset automatically ignition cycle. However, when the engine
after adding 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of has been OFF for 3 minutes or longer the
fuel or more and after driving speed Drive Info screen will reset.
exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h). To reset manually, press the OK switch
ÃÃ For 12.3-inch instrument cluster, you on the steering wheel for more than 1
can check the fuel economy in the second when ‘Drive Info’ is displayed.
center bottom of the cluster.
Type A
Type B

OTMA040014 OTMA040015
Since refuel(l)ing
Trip distance (1), average fuel economy
(2), and total driving time (3) after the
vehicle has been refueled are displayed.
1 second when ‘Since Refueling’ is
displayed.
4-44
04
Type A
Type B

OTMA040016 OTMA040017 OTMA040018
Accumulated info Digital speedometer

Accumulated trip distance (1), average Digital speedometer display shows the
fuel economy (2), and total driving time speed of the vehicle.
(3) are displayed.
The information is accumulated starting
from the last reset.
1 second when ‘Accumulated Info’ is
displayed.
OJX1069044
Auto stop (if equipped)

time of engine stop by Idle Stop and Go
system.
For more details, refer to “Idle Stop and
Go (ISG)” section in chapter 6.
4-45
Convenient features
5. Convenient features
Accessing your vehicle...................................................................................... 5-5
Remote key....................................................................................................................5-5
Smart key.......................................................................................................................5-8
Immobilizer system..................................................................................................... 5-14
Hyundai Digital Key......................................................................................................5-15
Door locks......................................................................................................... 5-31
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle.........................................................5-31
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle........................................................... 5-32
Auto door lock/unlock features.................................................................................5-35
Child-protector rear door locks..................................................................................5-35
Electronic child safety lock.........................................................................................5-36
Theft-alarm system.......................................................................................... 5-38
Integrated memory system............................................................................. 5-39
Storing memory positions..........................................................................................5-39
Recalling memory positions...................................................................................... 5-40
Resetting the system................................................................................................. 5-40
Easy access function................................................................................................... 5-41
Steering wheel................................................................................................. 5-42
Electric Power Steering (EPS).....................................................................................5-42
Tilt / Telescopic steering.............................................................................................5-43 5
Heated steering wheel................................................................................................5-43
Horn............................................................................................................................ 5-44
Mirrors.............................................................................................................. 5-45
Inside rearview mirror.................................................................................................5-45
Side View mirrors........................................................................................................5-55
Reverse parking aid..................................................................................................... 5-57
Windows........................................................................................................... 5-58
Power windows...........................................................................................................5-59
Panoramic sunroof........................................................................................... 5-62
Sunshade.....................................................................................................................5-63
Sliding the sunroof......................................................................................................5-63
Tilting the sunroof...................................................................................................... 5-64
Closing the sunroof.................................................................................................... 5-64
Resetting the sunroof.................................................................................................5-65
Sunroof open warning............................................................................................... 5-66
Exterior features............................................................................................... 5-67
Hood.............................................................................................................................5-67
Liftgate........................................................................................................................ 5-68
Power liftgate..............................................................................................................5-70
Smart liftgate............................................................................................................... 5-75
Fuel filler door............................................................................................................. 5-77
Head-Up Display (HUD) ..................................................................................5-80
Head-up display settings........................................................................................... 5-80
Head-up display information.................................................................................... 5-80
Precautions while using the head-up display........................................................... 5-81
Lighting............................................................................................................. 5-82
Exterior lights..............................................................................................................5-82
High Beam Assist (HBA) .................................................................................5-86
System settings.......................................................................................................... 5-86
System operation........................................................................................................5-87
System malfunction and limitations..........................................................................5-87
Interior lights....................................................................................................5-89
Interior lamp AUTO cut.............................................................................................. 5-89
5 Front lamps................................................................................................................. 5-89
Rear lamps.................................................................................................................. 5-90
Vanity mirror lamp...................................................................................................... 5-90
Luggage compartment lamp..................................................................................... 5-91
Puddle lamp................................................................................................................. 5-91
Welcome system.........................................................................................................5-92
Wipers and washers......................................................................................... 5-93
Windshield wipers.......................................................................................................5-93
Front windshield washers...........................................................................................5-95
Rear window wiper and washer................................................................................ 5-96
Manual climate control system....................................................................... 5-97
Heating and air conditioning..................................................................................... 5-98
System operation.......................................................................................................5-101
System maintenance................................................................................................ 5-103
Automatic climate control system.................................................................5-105
Automatic heating and air conditioning.................................................................. 5-106
Manual heating and air conditioning....................................................................... 5-106
System operation........................................................................................................5-111
System maintenance................................................................................................. 5-113
5. Convenient features
Windshield defrosting and defogging............................................................5-115
Manual climate control system................................................................................. 5-115
Automatic climate control system............................................................................ 5-116
Auto defogging system (only for automatic climate control system).................... 5-117
Rear window defroster.............................................................................................. 5-118
Climate control additional features................................................................5-119
Auto defogging system.............................................................................................. 5-119
Auto dehumidify........................................................................................................ 5-120
Recirculating air when washer fluid is used............................................................. 5-121
Sunroof inside air recirculation................................................................................. 5-121
Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings (for driver’s seat)..................... 5-121
Storage compartment.................................................................................... 5-122
Center console storage..............................................................................................5-122
Glove box....................................................................................................................5-122
Tray..............................................................................................................................5-123
Luggage tray...............................................................................................................5-123
Interior features.............................................................................................. 5-124
Cup holder................................................................................................................. 5-124
Ashtray........................................................................................................................5-125
Sunvisor......................................................................................................................5-125 5
Power outlet.............................................................................................................. 5-126
USB charger................................................................................................................5-127
AC Inverter..................................................................................................................5-127
Wireless smart phone charging system................................................................... 5-129
Clock........................................................................................................................... 5-131
Coat hook.................................................................................................................... 5-131
Floor mat anchor(s)....................................................................................................5-132
Side curtain................................................................................................................ 5-133
Luggage net holder................................................................................................... 5-133
Cargo security screen............................................................................................... 5-134
Exterior features..............................................................................................5-136
Roof side rails............................................................................................................ 5-136
Infotainment system....................................................................................... 5-137
USB Port......................................................................................................................5-137
Antenna.......................................................................................................................5-137
Steering wheel remote controls................................................................................5-137
Infotainment system................................................................................................. 5-138
Voice recognition...................................................................................................... 5-138
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.............................................................................. 5-139
How vehicle radio works........................................................................................... 5-139
Infotainment System specifications .............................................................5-143
USB............................................................................................................................. 5-143
Bluetooth................................................................................................................... 5-144
Trademarks......................................................................................................5-144
5
05
Accessing your vehicle
Remote key (if equipped) WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children.
Unattended children could place the
key in the ignition switch and may
operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
injury or death.
Unlocking
OPD046001
To unlock:
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which 1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on
you can use to lock or unlock the driver the remote key.
and passenger doors or the liftgate. 2. The doors will unlock. The hazard
1. Door Lock warning lights will blink two times.
Also, the side view mirror will unfold,
2. Door Unlock if ‘Convenience → Welcome mirror/
3. Liftgate Open light → On door unlock’ is selected
4. Panic from the User Settings mode on the
LCD display. For more details, refer to
Locking “LCD Display” in chapter 4.
To lock :
1. Close all doors, engine hood and Information
liftgate. After unlocking the doors, the doors will
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on the lock automatically after 30 seconds unless
remote key. a door is opened.
3. The doors will lock. The hazard
warning lights will blink. Also, the side Panic alarm
view mirror will fold, if ‘Convenience The horn sounds and the hazard warning
→ Welcome mirror/light → On door lights blink for about 30 seconds if this
unlock’ is selected from the User button is pressed for more than 0.5
Settings mode on the LCD display. For seconds. To stop the horn and lights,
more details, refer to “LCD Display” press any button on the transmitter.
in chapter 4.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door lock
button inside the vehicle.
5-5
Convenient features
Information Mechanical key

The word “HOLD” is written on the
button to inform you that you must press
and hold the button for more than one
second.
Start-up
For detailed information refer to “Key
Ignition Switch” in chapter 6.
NOTICE
OPD046003
To prevent damaging the remote key:
• Keep the remote key away from If the remote key does not operate
water or any liquid and fire. If normally, you can lock or unlock the door
the inside of the remote key gets by using the mechanical key.
damp (due to drinks or moisture), To unfold the key, press the release
or is heated, internal circuit may button then the key will unfold
malfunction, excluding the car from automatically.
the warranty. To fold the key, fold the key manually
• Avoid dropping or throwing the while pressing the release button.
remote key.
• Protect the remote key from extreme NOTICE
temperatures. Do not fold the key without pressing the
release button. This may damage the
key.
Remote key precautions

The remote key will not work if any of the
following occur:
• The key is in the ignition switch.
• You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).
• The remote key battery is weak.
• Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The remote key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the remote key.
5-6
05
When the remote key does not work Battery replacement
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you have
a problem with the remote key, it is
recommended that you contact an
If the remote key is in close proximity to
your mobile phone, the signal could be
blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
operational signals.
This is especially important when the
phone is active such as making and
receiving calls, text messaging, and/ or
sending/receiving emails.
OPD046002
Avoid placing the remote key and your
mobile phone in the same location and Battery Type: CR2032
always try to maintain an adequate 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
distance between the two devices. gently pry open the cover.
2. Remove the old battery and insert the
new battery. Make sure the battery
Information position is correct.
This device complies with Part 15 of the 3. Reinstall the rear cover of the remote
FCC rules. key.
Operation is subject to the following three If you suspect your remote key might
conditions: have sustained some damage, or you feel
1. This device may not cause harmful your remote key is not working correctly,
interference. it is recommended that you contact an
2. This device must accept any authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
battery can be harmful to
approved by the party responsible
the environment and human
for compliance could void the user’s
health. Dispose of the battery
authority to operate the device.
according to your local law(s)
and regulation.
NOTICE
Keep the remote key away from
electromagnetic materials that block
electromagnetic waves to the key
surface.
5-7
Convenient features
Smart key (if equipped) Type C

Type A

OTMA050022
Type D

OTM050003
Type B

OTMA050021
OTM050004 1. Door lock

Your HYUNDAI uses a smart key, which 2. Door unlock
you can use to lock or unlock a door (and 3. Panic
liftgate) and even start the engine even 4. Remote Smart Parking Assist
just carrying the key. (Forward)
1. Door lock 5. Remote Smart Parking Assist
2. Door unlock (Rearward)
3. Liftgate Open (Liftgate) 6. Remote start
Liftgate Open / Close (Power liftgate)
4. Panic Open / Close
5. Remote Smart parking Assist
(Forward)
6. Remote Smart parking Assist
(Rearward)
7. Remote start
5-8
05
Locking your vehicle (Button type) Locking your vehicle (Touch sensor
type)
OTM048000
To lock : OTMA050001
1. Close all doors, engine hood and 1. Close all of the doors, the hood and
liftgate. the liftgate.
2. Carry the smart key. 2. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession and touch either the
3. Either press the door handle button or touch sensor on the door handle (the
press the Door Lock button (1) on the engraved part) or press the Door Lock
smart key. button (1) on the smart key within 1
4. The hazard warning lights will blink. second.
Also, the side view mirror will fold, 3. The doors, hood and trunk are locked.
if ‘Convenience → Welcome mirror/
light → On door unlock or On driver
approach’ is selected from the User The chime will sound once and the
Settings mode on the LCD display. For hazard warning lights will blink.
more details, refer to “LCD Display” • The door handle button will only
in chapter 4. operate when the smart key is within
5. Make sure the doors are locked by 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
checking the position of the door lock outside door handle.
button inside the vehicle. • Make sure the doors are locked by
pulling the door handle.
• If you locked the door with the touch
sensor on the door handle, the doors
cannot be unlocked with the sensor
within 3 seconds.
5-9
Convenient features
Even though you press the outside Unlocking your vehicle

door handle button, the doors will not Button type

lock and the chime will sound for three
seconds if any of the following occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the liftgate is open.
CAUTION
When you leave your vehicle with
OTM048000
the smart key, make sure to press the
button on the front door handle or Touch sensor type

touch the touch sensor on the front
door handle to lock the doors after
close all of the doors, the hood and the
trunk. If you do not press the button
or touch the touch sensor firmly, the
doors might not be locked so please use
caution.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your OTM050005
vehicle with unsupervised children. 1. Make sure you have the smart key in
Unattended children could press the your possession.
Engine Start/ Stop button and may 2. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on
operate power windows or other the smart key, press the button on the
controls, or even make the vehicle front door handle or touch the door
move, which could result in serious unlock sensor inside of the front door
injury or death. handle to unlock the doors.
3. All of the doors will unlock. When the
doors unlock, the hazard warning
lights will blink two times and the
chime will sound.
• The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is
within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from
the outside door handle.
• If you do not open the door after
unlocking within 30 seconds, it will
return to the lock mode.
• If you unlocked the door with the
door handle, the doors cannot be
locked with the sensor within 2
seconds.
5-10
05
Opening the liftgate Remotely moving vehicle forward or
To open the liftgate: reverse (if equipped)
1. Make sure you have the smart key in With the smart key, the driver can move
your possession. the vehicle forward or reverse using the
Forward or Reverse button on the smart
2. Press either the liftgate open/close key.
button on the vehicle or press and
hold the liftgate open button on the For more details, refer to “Remote
smart key for more than one second. Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)” section in
The hazard warning lights will blink chapter 7.
two times and the liftgate will open.
Panic alarm
Remotely starting vehicle The horn sounds and the hazard warning
(if equipped) lights blink for about 30 seconds if this
You can start the vehicle using the button is pressed for more than 0.5
Remote Start button on the smart key. seconds. To stop the horn and lights,
press any button on the transmitter.
To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button on the Start-up
smart key within 32 feet (10 m) from
You can start the vehicle without
the vehicle.
inserting the key.
2. Press the Remote Start button for
For more details, refer to the “Engine
more than 2 seconds within 4 seconds
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6.
after pressing the door lock button.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the engine will start. Information
4. To turn off the remote start function, If the smart key is not moved for some
press the Remote Start button once. time, the detection function for smart key
operation will pause. Lift the smart key to
activate the detection again.
Information
• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the NOTICE
remote start function to start.
To prevent damaging the smart key:
• The engine turns off if you get on the
vehicle without a registered smart key. • Keep the smart key in a cool,
dry place to avoid damage or
• The engine turns off if you do not get malfunction. Exposure to moisture
on the vehicle within 10 minutes after or high temperature may cause
remotely starting the vehicle. the internal circuit of the smart key
• The Remote Start button may not to malfunction which may not be
operate if the smart key is not within 32 covered under warranty.
feet (10 m). • Avoid dropping or throwing the
• The vehicle will not remotely start if the smart key.
engine hood or liftgate is opened. • Protect the smart key from extreme
• Do not idle the engine for a long period. temperatures.
5-11
Convenient features
Mechanical key Loss of a smart key

If the Smart Key does not operate A maximum of two smart keys can
normally, you can lock or unlock the be registered to a single vehicle. If
driver’s door by using the mechanical you happen to lose your smart key,
key. it is recommended that you should
To remove the mechanical key from the immediately take the vehicle and
smart key FOB: remaining key to your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if
necessary.
Smart key precautions

The smart key may not work if any of the
following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two
OFE048007 way radio system or a mobile phone.
Press and hold the release button (1) and • Another vehicle’s smart key is being
remove the mechanical key (2). Insert the operated close to your vehicle.
mechanical key into the key hole on the
If the smart key does not work correctly,
door.
open and close the door with the
To reinstall the mechanical key, put the mechanical key. If you have a problem
key into the hole and push it until a click with the smart key, it is recommended to
sound is heard. contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity to
your mobile phone, the signal could be
blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
operational signals. This is specifically
relevant when the phone is active such
as making and receiving calls, text
messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. When possible, avoid keeping the
smart key and your mobile phone in the
same location such as a pants or jacket
pocket in order to avoid interference
between the two devices.
5-12
05
Information Battery replacement
This device complies with Part 15 of the If the Smart Key is not working properly,
FCC rules. try replacing the battery with a new one.
Operation is subject to the following three Battery Type: CR2032
conditions: To replace the battery:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
operation.
ODN8059266
NOTICE If the Smart Key is not working properly,
• Keep the smart key away from try replacing the battery with a new one.
electromagnetic materials that Remove the smart key cover by turning
blocks electromagnetic waves to the the screwdriver clockwise by inserting
key surface. the screwdriver (-) into the hole.
• Always have the smart key with Battery Type: CR2032
you when leaving the vehicle. If the
To replace the battery:
smart key is left near the vehicle, the
vehicle battery may be discharged. 1. Remove the mechanical key.
2. Use a slim tool to pry open the rear
cover of the smart key.
3. Remove the old battery and insert the
new battery. Make sure the battery
position is correct.
4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart
key.
If you suspect your smart key might have
sustained some damage, or you feel
your smart key is not working correctly,
it is recommended that you contact an
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
according to your local law(s) or
regulations.
5-13
Convenient features
Immobilizer system WARNING

The immobilizer system helps protect In order to prevent theft of your
your vehicle from theft. If an improperly vehicle, do not leave spare keys
coded key (or other device) is used, the anywhere in your vehicle. Your
engine’s fuel system is disabled. immobilizer password is a customer
When the Engine Start/Stop button unique password and should be kept
is pressed to the ON position, the confidential.
immobilizer system indicator should
come on briefly, then go off. If the
indicator starts to blink, the system does
NOTICE
not recognize the coding of the key. The transponder in your key is an
Press the Engine Start/Stop button to important part of the immobilizer
the OFF position, then press the Engine system. It is designed to give years
Start/Stop button to the ON position of trouble-free service, however you
again. should avoid exposure to moisture,
static electricity and rough handling.
The system may not recognize your Immobilizer system malfunction could
key’s coding if another immobilizer key occur.
or other metal object (i.e., key chain) is
near the key. The engine may not start
because the metal may interrupt the Information
transponder signal from transmitting
This device complies with Part 15 of the
normally.
FCC rules.
If the system repeatedly does not
Operation is subject to the following three
recognize the coding of the key, it is
conditions:
recommended that you contact your
HYUNDAI dealer. 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
Do not attempt to alter this system 2. This device must accept any
or add other devices to it. Electrical interference received, including
problems could result that may make interference that may cause undesired
your vehicle inoperable. operation.
5-14
05
Hyundai Digital Key Digital key (smartphone) NFC
Digital Key Application function
To use Hyundai Digital Key mobile app, You can use the Digital Key NFC (Near
you should install Hyundai digital key Field Communication) function after turn
application. Search ‘Hyundai digital key’ your smartphone NFC settings on. And
in the Google Play Store and download you should unlock & turn on smartphone
the app. Please refer to the detailed screen to use it.
manual of the digital key app. The option ÃÃ To change the NFC mode of the
can be found under the following app smartphone, please refer to the
menu: smartphone manual or contact
Menu → Application Info → Tutorial to the customer service center of
smartphone manufacturers.
Please note the manual before using the
app.
ÃÃ This service is only available for
Android smartphones. Please confirm
supported/compatible devices on our
website.
WARNING
For used vehicle
If any of the digital key (smartphone key
or card key) is already registered when
you press ON button after unlocking the
doors, the message ‘Digital key(s) active’
appears on the instrument cluster once.
If you buy a used vehicle, you should
confirm the message and delete the
registered smartphone key and card key.
In addition, please notify the Hyundai
Customer Care Center.
If the card key does not work properly,
please delete the card key and register
the smartphone key and re-register the
card key.
For vehicle maintenance

If you need to have your Digital Key
System repaired or replaced please
ensure you Smartphone Key is still active.
You may have to pair your phone again.
In the case, re-initialize your Digital Keys
using the Hyundai Digital Key mobile app.
5-15
Convenient features
Digital key (smartphone) Information

The [Save] button will be disabled if the
digital key (Smartphone key) is already
saved.
Please refer to “Digital Key Delete” in this
manual and follow the digital key delete
procedure in your car before Digital key
save.
Please refer to the ‘Tutorial’ on your
Digital key app and delete the previous
saved key in your smartphone before save.
ODN8A059129
3. Select the vehicle to save on your

Digital key application and activate
the save mode.
ÃÃ Save mode is available only on
the vehicle owner’s Digital key
application.
4. Place the backside of smartphone
onto the wireless charging pad(in-
vehicle authentication pad).
The saving process will begin
ODN8A059240 automatically.
Hyundai Digital Key (Smartphone) 5. Once the digital key save is complete,
Pairing a message will be shown on the
infotainment screen or cluster.
1. Turn the vehicle on with the Smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key 6. Remove the smartphone from the pad
inside the vehicle during digital key and complete the saving process.
registration.
2. Register your Digital key from the
vehicle user setting menu as follows.
ÃÃ With Navigation screen :
From the infotainment screen menu,
go to [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key]
- [Smart Phone Key] then select the
[Save] from submenu.
ÃÃ Without navigation screen :
From cluster menu, go to [Digital Key]
- [Smart Phone Key] and select [Save].
OTM050022
[B] : Wireless Charging Pad (In-vehicle Authentication

Pad)
5-16
05
3. Once the digital key delete is
complete, a message will be shown
on the infotainment screen or cluster.
4. Go to [Initialize Digital Key] menu on
the digital key application and select
the vehicle to delete the digital key
information.
• Open the Hyundai Digital Key app →
Menu → Initialize Digital Key
ÃÃ If the saved digital key information
ODN8A059129 in your car is deleted due to vehicle
maintenance, the digital key in your
smartphone should be deleted as well.
ÃÃ For more information, please refer to
the ‘Tutorial’ on your Digital key app.
CAUTION
• If the smartphone is removed
from the interior authentication
pad during enrollment, the saving
process will be cancelled.
ODN8A059130 • If the infotainment or instrument
Hyundai Digital Key (Smartphone Key) cluster screen is changed during
Deletion enrollment, the saving process will
1. Turn the vehicle on with the Smart be cancelled.
key and make sure to keep the smart • If the vehicle is turned off during
key inside the vehicle during delete enrollment, the saving process will
process. be cancelled.
2. Delete your Digital key from the • If the gear is shifted, the saving
vehicle user setting menu as follows. process will be cancelled.
ÃÃ With Navigation screen : • If you try to save the smartphone
From the infotainment screen menu, which is not logged in with the
go to [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key] vehicle owner’s ID or if you try to
- [Smart Phone Key] then select the save the Card key, the saving process
[Delete] from submenu. will not begin.
ÃÃ Without navigation screen : • If the NFC setting on your
From cluster menu, go to [Digital smartphone is off, the saving process
Key] - [Smart Phone Key] and select will not begin.
[Delete]. • If the smartphone screen is changed
to off or locked status, the saving
process will be cancelled.
Information
• If there is no Smart key during the
The [Delete] button will be disabled if there save process, the saving process will
is no digital key (Smartphone key) saved. not begin.
5-17
Convenient features
Set up main vehicle

You can manage multiple digital keys
from the Digital key app. From the list of
digital keys you own, select the vehicle
you want to make your priority vehicle.
For more information, please refer to
OTMA050020
[1] : Door handle authentication pad

NFC door lock/unlock
You should contact your smartphone’s
NFC antenna(backside of phone) to door
handle authentication pad (1) marked
position near by the lock button) of
driver’s (or front passenger’s) outside
door for 2 seconds to lock or unlock the
doors. If the Two Press Unlock feature
is applied (press twice for unlocking),
driver’s seat door will be unlocked by
contacting the digital key (smartphone
key). In this state, if you contact one
more time within 4 seconds, all the doors
unlock. Please make sure the doors are
locked. If you do not open any of the
doors after unlocking, it automatically
re-lock after 30 seconds.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
when you contact NFC antenna in the
smartphone to the door handle pad if
any of the following occurs:
• The Proximity / Smart Key is in the
vehicle.
• The POWER button is in ACC or ON
position.
• Any of the doors, hood and trunk is
opened.
If the smartphone digital key does not
work, please remove the smartphone
more than 4 inches (0.1 m) from the door
handle authentication pad and try it
again.
5-18
05
After unlock the door or start up the The solution allows for offline mode usage
vehicle with digital key, even though when the mobile data connection of the
the driver tries to lock the doors by the smartphone is weak. When you are in the
central door lock switch, the door lock place where the mobile data connection
will be once locked and immediately of your smartphone is available and
released at the moment of door closed. place your smartphone on the interior
authentication pad (wireless charger) and
Start-up with Digital Key start up your vehicle or contact the digital
key on the door handle to lock or unlock
1. After placing your registered
the door, the remote renewal of security
smartphone onto the interior
information starts automatically. Even
authentication pad (wireless charger),
though the engine is turned on, please
step on the brake and press the
wait until the remote renewal process
Engine Start/Stop button.
is completed and wireless charger is
2. After start-up, the digital key data converted to charging mode.
will be automatically updated. It
takes 5 to 20 seconds, after that,
the smartphone can be go into the CAUTION
wireless charging mode automatically. The engine can be turned on if the
Once the engine started, you can registered smartphone or card key is
remove the smartphone from the pad. placed on the interior authentication
pad (wireless charger). Do not leave
unsupervised children or people who
are not aware of the system since it
can result in serious injury or death.
Always have the registered digital key
(smartphone) or card key with you to
prevent vehicle theft when leaving the
vehicle.
For more information, refer to the
Engine Start/Stop button in chapter 6.
OTM050022
[B] : W
ireless Charging Pad (In-vehicle Authentication
Pad)
Information
After reconnecting the vehicle battery
power supply or charging the battery, it
may take time to operate due to remote
renewal of security information. When you
lock or unlock the door with NFC, please
contact and hold your smartphone on the
door handle until it works.
5-19
Convenient features
Remote Control with Digital Key CAUTION

To use the remote control function with
your android smartphone, Bluetooth • If metallic window tint was applied
must be turned on. to your vehicle, it may cause
bad Bluetooth connection or
performance degradation of the
Remote Control Connection with Digital digital key.
Key
• If multiple users operate the remote
1. Open Hyundai digital key application control function simultaneously, the
on the smartphone. Select the connection between the digital key
vehicle to activate the remote control and the vehicle might result in failed
function as a main vehicle. commands. Please connect and
2. Approach with the activated operate the remote control function
smartphone app to your vehicle only the necessary user.
and you can check whether the • When using the remote control
connection is available. If it enables operation, the driver (the remote
your smartphone to connect, connect control user) should leave the vehicle
with your vehicle by pressing the after confirming the door lock (the
connect button. The remote control chime sounds once and the hazard
function is activated after completing warning lights blink).
the process.
• The remote functions of the Digital
Key app enables the vehicle to be
Remote Control Operation with Digital
controlled from a set distance. If
Key
the digital key or the vehicle goes
You can execute the remote control beyond the operable distance, the
operation including door lock/unlock, remote control function might be
panic on/off, remote start / remote disconnected or cancelled.
stop and trunk opening. The icon for
• If the digital key (smartphone) is
each function will be highlighted and
connected with the vehicle for the
alarm/vibration also provided when the
remote control, the driver with the
operation is performed.
key goes far away from the vehicle,
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle the function might not work.
using the Hyundai digital key app if any
• If the remote control operation
of the following occurs:
is executed where the mobile
• The POWER button is in ACC or ON connection is weak, Bluetooth
position. connection is poor due to several
• Any doors are open. Bluetooth devices or there is an
When the smartphone and the vehicle object such as metal or concrete, it
are connected by the Bluetooth function might be delayed or the operable
but the remote control command distance might decrease. You should
cannot be received over 5 minutes, the not cover the smartphone with your
remote control connection is cancelled hand or place other devices which
automatically. can cause frequency interference. It
may result in poor performance.
• If the remote control function is not
available, please use NFC function to
lock or unlock the doors.
5-20
05
Remote Start with Digital Key Smartphone change/App deletion
• When the shift button of your vehicle If you change your smartphone or delete
is in P (Park) and all of the doors the Hyundai Digital Key App, please refer
including trunk and hood is locked to the following to set up your Digital
and the vehicle is off, press the Door Key:
Lock button in the Hyundai Digital
Key app then press the Remote Start Smartphone Change/ Reset
button within 4 seconds.
If you change or reset the smartphone,
You can confirm the engine is on if the
the registered digital key in your previous
hazard warning lights blinks two times
smartphone may not be used. Please
and the chime sounds.
refer to following procedure to use the
• If you want to turn off the engine, digital key.
press Remote Engine Stop. Air
1. Install the digital key application and
Conditioner / Heating system
log in.
maintains the same status as when
you last used the vehicle. 2. If you are the owner, retry the Digital
key save process.
• Unless you put the registered digital
key(smartphone) on the interior 3. If you are the sharer, need to re-share
authentication pad (wireless charger) the key from owner.
when the remote start function is on,
the engine will turn off. App delete & reinstall/ Delete App data
• If you do not get on the vehicle within You can re-download the digital key
10 minutes after the engine turns on, from server in these cases as follow
the vehicle will turn off. procedure.
For more information, refer to the Engine 1. Reinstall the application and log in.
Start/Stop button in chapter 6. 2. Input the PIN number for user
verification.
Vehicle information Display 3. If PIN is correct, digital key data
The digital key application displays will be re-downloaded to your
the vehicle information such as smartphone and you can use it
driving or door conditions through the without any further registration or
communication with the vehicle. sharing.
• How to check : Select the vehicle
what you want to check and touch Smartphone operability with Digital Key
the vehicle image, then vehicle The digital key application may not
information display page will be be available to old type smartphones.
shown. Please check the available smartphone
• Contents : accumulated odometer, models with your dealer. NFC antenna
latest fuel economy, driving range, position on the smartphone can be
fuel remaining, tire pressure, doors confirmed on each smartphone’s manual
lock/unlock status and last data or contact to customer service center of
updated time. the smartphone manufacture.
ÃÃ Displayed vehicle date could be
differed from the current vehicle
condition.
ÃÃ For more information, please refer to
5-21
Convenient features
CAUTION • If the remote control function is not

activated, please use NFC function to
• Do not leave the registered digital lock or unlock the doors
key (smartphone) and card key in • You should be careful not to
your vehicle. Please carry around press the remote control button
your keys all the times. on the digital key (smartphone)
• If you happen to lose your digital accidentally.
key (smartphone) or card key • If the digital key (smartphone) is
registered as a main user’s key, you discharged or defective or you
should immediately delete the key cannot use the digital key since the
on the vehicle’s key menu. For more vehicle battery is discharged, use the
information, refer to the Digital Key inside door lock button to lock all of
Deletion in this chapter. the doors.
• If you registered your digital key
(smartphone) or card key in the
vehicle, a message appears on the CAUTION
instrument cluster and let you know • Hyundai digital key app on the
the key is registered. smartphone and card key may not
(Message: Digital key(s) active.) work if any of the following occurs:
• If you buy a used vehicle, you should -- Hyundai digital key app on the
confirm the message and delete the smartphone is deleted. (Required
registered smartphone key and card to reinstall the app)
key. In this case, you should carry
your smart key. -- Account log in information of
Hyundai digital key app is expired.
• If you keep place the NFC card (Required to re-log in)
of the digital key on the interior
authentication pad (wireless -- When you try to log in to another
charger) while driving, it may cause a smartphone instead of the
malfunction of the NFC card. registered smartphone with same
user account.
• You should remove your NFC card
of the digital key on the interior -- Smartphone rooting or app
authentication pad after turning on hacking is detected.
the engine. -- Smartphone battery or the vehicle
• Hyundai digital key app may not battery is discharged.
work properly when the NFC or -- Smartphone’s screen is off or
Bluetooth communication between locked.
smartphone and car is not good. -- NFC or Bluetooth is turned off on
• If the remote control operation the smartphone settings.
is executed where the mobile -- Smartphone’s mobile network
connection is weak, Bluetooth setting is off or airplane mode is
connection is poor due to lots of activated.
Bluetooth devices or there is an
-- A credit card is overlapped in the
object such as metal or concrete, it
back of your smartphone or metal
might be delayed or the operable
or thick case is used.
distance might decrease. Especially,
you should not cover the smartphone -- Use the card key with insert it
with your hand or place other into the wallet or card holder or
devices which can cause frequency overlapping with other cards.
interference. It may result in poor
performance.
5-22
05
-- If you use a smart phone cover that Digital key (Card key)
uses wireless communication or is
made of metal, the digital key NFC
function may not work properly.
Remove the smart phone cover
before using the digital key NFC
function.
• The vehicle may not be controlled by
the smartphone if any of the following
occurs:
-- Basic and necessary functions of
the smartphone manufacturer are
operating. (General call, urgent ODN8A059243
call, audio or NFC payment)
-- Wireless earphone is operating.
(General call, urgent call or audio)
-- The digital key app function such
as basic setting or app launching
is limited by prior policy according
to the manufacturer while using a
smartphone produced by domestic
and foreign manufactures.
ÃÃ If you change the smartphone
number, you should modify the user ODN8A059131
account information on the HYUNDAI
customer web site to use the digital Digital key (Card key) save
key app. 1. Install Hyundai digital key app in
ÃÃ If the vehicle owner changes main user’s smartphone and register
the smartphone device, the new the digital key (smartphone). Please
smartphone should be registered in refer to the registration method of the
the car after deleting the registered digital key (smartphone).
digital key(smartphone). 2. Using the [Pair Card Key] menu on
ÃÃ If a sharer changes or reset the the digital key application, you can
smartphone, the key should be reactivate the Card Key registration
shared from owner. mode.
ÃÃ Some of the old smartphone may ÃÃ NFC authentication : enter the NFC
not work properly. Please check the authentication menu and contact
available smartphone models with the smartphone on the outside door
your dealer. handle.
ÃÃ NFC antenna position on the ÃÃ Bluetooth authentication : enter the
smartphone can be confirmed Bluetooth authentication menu and
on each smartphone’s manual or press the [OK] button for activation.
contact to customer service center If you activate the registration mode,
of the smartphone manufacture. you should complete the Card saving
process with in 5 minutes.
ÃÃ If you have not registered the digital
key (smartphone), please register the
digital key (card key) with two smart
keys.
5-23
Convenient features
ÃÃ
3. Register the NFC card key on the
User’s Settings menu after turning on
the vehicle.
ÃÃ With Navigation screen : From the
infotainment screen menu, go to
[Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key] -
[Card Key] then select the [Save] from
submenu.
ÃÃ Without navigation screen : From
cluster menu, go to [Digital Key] - ODN8A059243
[Card Key] and select [Save].
The [Save] button will be disabled if
the digital key (Card key) is already
saved.
Please refer to “Digital Key Delete” in
this manual and follow the digital key
delete procedure in your car before
Digital key save.
4. Place the NFC card key onto the
interior authentication pad (wireless
charger). The saving process will
ODN8A059132
begin automatically.
5. If the key is enrolled, the message Digital key (Card key) deletion
will be displayed on the infotainment You should have the smart key to delete
screen or instrument cluster. the digital key (card key) so please carry
around the key.
1. Get on the vehicle with the smart key.
• Once the card key registration mode
is activated, the process should be 2. Delete the NFC card key on the User’s
completed within 5 minutes. After Settings menu after turning on the
then, you should reactivate once engine.
again for registration. ÃÃ With Navigation screen : From the
• For the digital key(card key) saving, infotainment screen menu, go to
the smart key(fob) must be exist inside [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key] -
of vehicle. [Card Key] then select the [Delete]
from submenu.
• Once a Card key is registered, it
cannot be reuse onto another vehicle. ÃÃ Without navigation screen : From
cluster menu, go to [Digital Key] -
[Card Key] and select [Delete].
If there is no saved digital key(card key),
[Delete] menu will not be activated.
5-24
05
• To delete the saved digital key (card
key), the smart key must be exist
inside the vehicle.
• The deleted digital key (card key) can
be re-registered before registering a
new digital key (card key).
• If you try to register a new digital key
(card key), the previously registered
digital key (card key) cannot be used
again.
OTMA050020
[1] : Door handle authentication pad

NFC door lock/unlock
You should contact digital key (card key)
to door handle authentication pad (1,
marked position near by the lock button)
of driver’s (or front passenger’s) outside
door for 2 seconds to lock or unlock the
doors. If the Two Press Unlock feature
is applied (press twice for unlocking),
driver’s seat door will be unlocked by
contacting the digital key (card key). In
this state, if you contact one more time
within 4 seconds, all the doors unlock.
Inoperable condition
If you do not contact the digital key (card
key) to the center of the door handle
authentication pad accurately., it may
not work. In addition, if you overlap and
use the key with NFC-enabled cards such
as transportation card or credit card, it
does not work.
Note that if you try to lock your vehicle
with digital key (card key) in following
cases, the doors will not be locked and
chime will sound for 3 seconds.
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The POWER button is in ACC or ON
position.
• Any of the doors, hood and trunk are
open
5-25
Convenient features
If the digital key (card key) does not Start-up with Card key
work, please detach the key around After placing your registered card key
4 inches (0.1 m) from the handle onto the interior authentication pad
authentication pad and retry to contact. (wireless charger), step on the brake and
The card key may be damaged by the press the Engine Start/Stop button.
impact. It would not work properly if
the key is damaged. You should buy a
new card and register again. Long-time WARNING
exposure to high temperature may cause • If you do not place the digital key
the card key to malfunction. Please be (card key) onto the center of the
careful not to expose the key to direct interior authentication pad (wireless
sunlight or high temperature. charger) exactly, the card key may
After unlock the door or start up the not be recognized. If the engine is
vehicle with digital key, even though not turned on, adjust and place the
the driver tries to lock the doors by the key again.
central door lock switch, the door lock • If you overlap and use the key
will be once locked and immediately with NFC-enabled cards such as
released at the moment of door closed. transportation card or credit card,
the card key may not be recognized.
• If the digital key (card key) does not
work, please detach the key around
4 inches (0.1 m) from the handle
authentication pad and retry to
contact.
• The card key may be damaged due to
impact. It would not work properly if
the key is damaged. You should buy a
new card and register again.
For more information, refer to the
Engine Start/Stop button in chapter 6.
5-26
05
Type A

CAUTION
If you uncheck Enable digital keys, it is
impossible to lock or unlock the doors
or start up the vehicle with digital keys
such as smartphone and card key. If
you check Enable digital keys again, the
registered digital keys(smartphone and
card key) are available. Even though
you stop the digital key function, the
registered keys (smartphone and card
ODN8A059133 key) are not deleted.
Type B

Personalized profile and vehicle
settings
Connect the registered digital key with
personalized profile. Then in case you
lock or unlock the door with the digital
key NFC function or unlock the door
remotely by digital key application
Bluetooth connection, the vehicle
will play the personalized user profile
settings. Profile connection and
ODN8A059247 personalization are available for Driver 1
Digital key application/cancellation and Driver 2.
If you do not want to use the digital key

(smartphone and card key), you can
disable the function temporarily. You
should have the smart key when you
change the settings
ÃÃ With Navigation screen :
From the infotainment screen menu,
go to [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key]
- [Enable Digital Keys] (deselect)
ÃÃ Without navigation screen :
From cluster menu, go to [Digital Key]
- [Enable Digital Keys] (deselect)
Information
For the digital key disable, the smart key
must be exist inside the car. For the digital
key enable, the smart key does not need.
5-27
Convenient features
Profile link/unlinked PRECAUTION for vehicle profile link and

Profile link unlink
1. Select Setup → User Profile → When you link or unlink the profile of
Profile Settings → Link Digital Key digital key, you should be careful of the
(Smartphone) on the infotainment following.
system menu. • Profile link is possible to use with the
2. Unlock and place your smartphone on digital key. (Infotainment Vehicle
the wireless charger according to a Settings Mode → Digital Key → Enable
message and it automatically starts to Digital Keys)
interwork. • Profile link information remains even
3. It begins the profile link with a when you set the digital key function
message. disable.
4. If you select Link, the registered • Only the smart phone with digital key
phone number’s digital key and the app enables you to link your profile.
user’s profile are linked. (Impossible to link with NFC card)
5. The interconnection process is • Profile link works only when the
completed with a message. smart phone and the digital key are
registered to the vehicle. The smart
phone with another vehicle’s digital
Profile unlink
key cannot link profile.
1. Select Digital Key information on
• If you remove the smart phone
infotainment Vehicle Settings menu. It
from the wireless charger before
is possible to unlink only if the profile
completing the profile link, it does not
is interconnected.
work.
2. Profile unlink is completed with a
• To unlink the profile, the smart phone
message.
does not need to be on the wireless
charger.
Information
If you connect both Driver 1 and Driver 2
with a single smartphone, the smartphone
digital key always works as Driver 1.
If you unlink the Driver 1, personalization
function will operate as Driver 2.
5-28
05
Vehicle personalization operation Precaution for digital key profile link and
The personalization function linked with unlink
digital key works as following conditions: Profile operation according to door lock/
• Contact the driver’s door handle with unlock system is as follows.
the profile linked smart phone to lock
or unlock the doors (Personalization Personalization
Item
does not operate when locking or Operation
unlocking the front passenger door.) Initial value Guest
• Remote door unlock with the profile Profile linked
linked smartphone digital key app. smart phone Linked profile
The profile linked with digital key can be key
changed manually in the infotainment Profile unlinked
system setup screen. smart phone
key Recently activated
profile
NFC card key
Smart key
• The personalization function using
the digital key can be operated
after linking the digital key on the
infotainment system profile menu.
• You should use the personalization
function during stopping your vehicle
safely.
5-29
Convenient features
Vehicle personalization with digital key

The available personalization function in the vehicle is as follows.
System Personalization Item

Position adjustment of image, Information display
HUD
selection, Size and color of speedometer
Lamp Blink number of one-touch signal lamps

Information display on the cluster, Voice volume,
Cluster
Welcome sound
USM
Seat position, O/S mirror position, Easy Access
Seat/Mirror
Intelligent driving posture assist (Smart IMS)
Door Automatic door lock/unlock, Two Press Unlock

Preferred volume of the navigation system, Recent
Navigation
destination
AVN User preset My menu list settings, Radio preset
Phone Bluetooth preferential connect
connectivity CarPlay/Android Auto/MirrorLink On/Off
Latest operation setup of the following functions:
Operating
Air conditioning Temperature, AUTO, air flow direction, air volume,
condition
air conditioner, air intake control, SYNC, Front
windshield defroster, OFF
For more information of personalization, refer to the infotainment system manual.
CAUTION
If you leave the digital key after locking or unlocking the doors or starting up the
vehicle with the smart key, the doors can be locked by the central door lock. Please
carry around the digital key all the time.
5-30
05
Door locks
Operating door locks from Remote key
outside the vehicle
Mechanical key
Remote key

OTMA050015MX
To lock the doors, press the Door Lock

button (1) on the remote key.
OTM048001L
To unlock the doors, press the Door
Unlock button (2) on the remote key.
Smart key

Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.
OTM050083
[A] : Unlock, [B] : Lock
First, pull the outside door handle (1)
and push the hook (2) located inside
of outside door handle by using the
mechanical key. And remove the cover
(3).
Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to lock and toward the front of
the vehicle to unlock.
If you lock/unlock the driver’s door with
a key, a driver’s door will lock/unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.
5-31
Convenient features
Smart key Operating door locks from inside

the vehicle
With the door lock button
OTM048000
To lock the doors, press the button on

the outside door handle while carrying OTM048003
the smart key with you or press the door
• To unlock a door, push the door lock
lock button on the smart key.
button (1) to the “Unlock” position.
To unlock the doors, press the button on The red mark (2) on the door lock
the outside door handle while carrying button will be visible.
the smart key with you or press the door
• To lock a door, push the door lock
unlock button on the smart key.
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the
Once the doors are unlocked, they may door is locked properly, the red mark
be opened by pulling the door handle. (2) on the door lock button will not be
When closing the door, push the door by visible.
hand. Make sure that doors are closed • To open a door, pull the door handle
securely. (3) outward.
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
Information key is in the ignition switch and any
front door is open.
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work • Doors cannot be locked if the smart
properly due to freezing conditions. key is in the vehicle and any door is
open.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
system may stop operating temporarily
in order to protect the circuit and
prevent damage to system components.
5-32
05
Information With the central door lock/unlock
switch
If a power door lock ever fails to function
while you are in the vehicle try one or
more of the following techniques to exit:
Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and manual)
while simultaneously pulling on the door
handle.
Operate the other door locks and handles.
Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door from
outside.
OTM050215
When pressing the ( ) portion (1) on the

switch, all vehicle doors will lock.
• If any door is opened, the doors will
not lock even though the lock button
(1) of the central door lock switch is
pressed.
• If the smart key is in the vehicle and
any door is opened, the doors will
not lock even though the lock button
(1) of the central door lock switch is
pressed.
When pressing the ( ) portion (2) on the
switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.
5-33
Convenient features
WARNING CAUTION
• The doors should always be fully Opening a door when something is
closed and locked while the approaching may cause damage or
vehicle is in motion. If the doors injury. Be careful when opening doors
are unlocked, the risk of being and watch for vehicles, motorcycles,
thrown from the vehicle in a crash is bicycles or pedestrians approaching the
increased. vehicle in the path of the door.
• Do not pull the inner door handle of
the driver’s or passenger’s door while WARNING
the vehicle is moving.
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time
while the weather is very hot or cold,
WARNING there are risks of injuries or danger to
Do not leave children or animals life. Do not lock the vehicle from the
unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed outside when someone is in the vehicle.
vehicle can become extremely hot,
causing death or serious injury to
unattended children or animals who
cannot escape the vehicle. Children
might operate features of the vehicle
that could injure them, or they could
encounter other harm, possibly from
someone gaining entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases
the potential risk to you or others from
someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while
depressing the brake, shift the gear
to the P (Park) position, engage the
parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position,
close all windows, lock all doors, and
always take the key with you.
5-34
05
Auto door lock/unlock features Child-protector rear door locks
Your vehicle is equipped with features (if equipped)
that will automatically lock or unlock
your vehicle based on settings you select
in the infotainment system screen.
Auto LOCK Enable on speed

When this feature is set in the
infotainment system screen, all the doors
will be locked automatically when the
vehicle exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).
Auto LOCK Enable on shift

When this feature is set in the
infotainment system screen, all the doors OTM048005
will be locked automatically when the The child safety lock is provided to help
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the prevent children seated in the rear from
engine is running. accidentally opening the rear doors. The
rear door safety locks should be used
Auto UNLOCK On Shift to P whenever children are in the vehicle.
When this feature is set in the The child safety lock is located on the
infotainment system screen, all the doors edge of each rear door. When the child
will be unlocked automatically when the safety lock is in the lock position, the
vehicle is shifted back into P (Park) while rear door will not open if the inner door
the engine is running. handle is pulled.
Auto UNLOCK Vehicle off To lock the child safety lock, insert a
small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or
When this feature is set in the similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the
infotainment system screen, all the doors lock position as shown.
will be unlocked automatically when the
To allow a rear door to be opened from
vehicle is turned off.
inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety
lock.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
WARNING
Additional unlock safety feature air If children accidently open the rear
bag deployment doors while the vehicle is in motion,
As an additional safety feature, all doors they could fall out of the vehicle. The
will be automatically unlocked when an rear door safety locks should always
impact causes the air bags to deploy. be used whenever children are in the
vehicle.
5-35
Convenient features
Electronic child safety lock (if • If the power is supplied again after
equipped) removing the battery or battery is
discharged while the electronic child
safety lock button is in the LOCK
position, press the button once more
to match the state of the indicator on
the electronic child safety lock button
and actual status of the electronic
child safety lock function.
• If the airbag is activated while the
electronic child safety lock button
is in the LOCK position (indicator
light ON), the rear doors will unlock
automatically.
OTM050084L
• Vehicles equipped with the electronic
When the electronic child safety lock child safety lock feature is not
button is pressed and the indicator provided with a manual child safety
light on the button illuminates, the rear lock.
doors cannot be opened from inside the
vehicle.
• The rear door window cannot be WARNING
opened or closed while the electronic If children accidentally opens the rear
child safety lock button is in the LOCK door while the vehicle is in motion, they
position (indicator light ON). could fall out of the vehicle. Electronic
For more details, refer to “Windows” child safety lock should always be used
section in this chapter. whenever children are in the vehicle.
• Electronic child safety lock does not
automatically turn on unless the driver
presses the electronic child safety
lock button.
• If 3 minutes passes after the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the
OFF or ACC, the indicator on the
button turns off, and the driver cannot
turn off electronic child safety lock by
pressing the button. To turn off the
function, press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position, and then
press the electronic child safety lock
button.
5-36
05
NOTICE Safe Exit Assist (if equipped with
Child safety lock failure / Child safety electronic child safety lock)
lock error Safe Exit Assist helps prevent the rear
Type A
Type B

occupant from opening the rear door.
When an approaching vehicle from the
rear area is detected after the vehicle
stops, the rear doors will not unlock even
when the driver tries to unlock the rear
doors using the electronic child safety
lock button.
For more details, refer to “Safe Exit
Assist (SEA)” section in chapter 7.
OJX1059018L OJX1059254L
When electronic child safety lock does

not work even though the button is
pressed, the message will be displayed
and an alarm will sound. If this occurs,
we recommend that the vehicle be
dealer.
5-37
Convenient features
Theft-alarm system
This system helps to protect your vehicle
and valuables. The horn will sound and
Information
the hazard warning lights will blink • Do not lock the doors until all
continuously if any of the following passengers have left the vehicle. If the
occur: remaining passenger leaves the vehicle
-- A door is opened without using the when the system is armed, the alarm
smart key. will be activated.
-- The liftgate is opened without using • If the vehicle is not disarmed with the
the smart key. smart key, open the doors by using the
mechanical key and start the engine by
-- The engine hood is opened. directly pressing the Engine Start/Stop
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then button with the smart key.
the system resets. To turn off the alarm, • If the system is disarmed by unlocking
unlock the doors with the smart key. the vehicle, but neither a door or the
The Theft Alarm System automatically liftgate is opened within 30 seconds, the
sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors will relock and the system will
doors and the liftgate. For the system to rearm automatically.
activate, you must lock the doors and
the liftgate from outside the vehicle with
the smart key or by touching the touch Information
sensor on the outside of the door handle
with the smart key in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to indicate the
system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening
any door, the liftgate, or the hood
without using the smart key will cause
the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the
hood, the liftgate, or any door is not fully
OHI038181L
closed. If the system will not set, check
the hood, the liftgate, or the doors are Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm
fully closed. system will have a label attached to the
vehicle with the following words:
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. 1. WARNING
2. SECURITY SYSTEM
5-38
05
Integrated memory system (IF EQUIPPED)
Information
• If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
• If integrated memory system does not
operate normally, we recommend that
you have the system inspected by an
Storing memory positions

1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine
OTM050087
Start/Stop button is in the ON
Integrated Memory System for the position.
driver’s seat is provided to store and
2. Adjust the driver’s seat position,
recall the following memory settings with
side view mirror position, steering
a simple button operation.
wheel position, instrument panel
• Driver’s seat position illumination intensity and head-up
• Side View mirror position display height/brightness to the
desired position.
3. Press the SET button. The system
WARNING will beep once and notify you ‘Press
Never attempt to operate the button to save settings’ on the cluster
integrated memory system while the LCD display.
vehicle is moving. 4. Press one of the memory buttons (1
This could result in loss of control, and or 2) within 4 seconds. The system
an accident causing death, serious will beep twice when the memory has
injury, or property damage. been successfully stored.
5. ‘Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved’ will
appear on the cluster LCD display. The
message appears only for the driver’s
seat position memory setting.
5-39
Convenient features
Recalling memory positions Resetting the system

1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine Take the following procedures to reset
Start/Stop button is in the ON integrated memory system, when it does
position. not operate properly.
2. Press the desired memory button (1
or 2). The system will beep once, and Resetting integrated memory
then the driver’s seat position, side system
view mirror position, steering wheel 1. Stop the vehicle and open the driver’s
position, instrument panel illumination door with the Engine Start/Stop
intensity and head-up display height/ button in the ON position and the
brightness will automatically adjust to vehicle shifted to P (Park).
the stored positions. 2. Adjust the driver’s seat and seatback
3. ‘Driver 1 (or 2) settings applied’ will to the foremost position.
appear on the cluster LCD display. 3. Press the SET button and push
forward the driver’s seat movement
Information switch over 2 seconds simultaneously.
• If you press the SET button or the While resetting integrated memory
corresponding button which the system
setting is being recalled, the setting will
temporarily deactivate. If you press the 1. Resetting starts with a notification
other buttons, the setting of the pressed sound.
button will activate. 2. The driver’s seat and seatback is
For example, if you press the SET adjusted to the rearward position with
button or number 1 button with the the notification sound.
number 1 setting in operation, the 3. The driver’s seat and seatback is
setting will temporarily deactivate. If re-adjusted to the default position
you press the number 2 button, the (central position) with the notification
number 2 setting will activate. sound.
• If you adjust the seat, rearview mirror,
steering wheel, instrument panel However, in the following cases, the
illumination or head-up display while resetting procedure and the notification
recalling the stored positions, the pre- sound may stop.
set settings will become ineffective. • The memory button is pressed.
• The seat control switch is operated.
• The gear is shifted out of P (Park).
• The driving speed exceeds
2 mph (3km/h).
• The driver’s door is closed.
5-40
05
NOTICE Easy access function
• While integrated memory system The system will move the driver’s seat
is being reset, if the resetting automatically as follows:
and notification sound stops • With remote key
incompletely, restart the resetting
procedure again. -- It will move the driver’s seat
rearward when the ignition key is
• Make sure that there is no objects removed.
around the driver’s seat in advance
of resetting the integrated memory -- It will move the driver’s seat forward
system. when the ignition key is inserted.
• With smart key
-- It will move the driver’s seat
rearward when the Engine Start/
Stop button is pressed to the OFF
position.
-- It will move the driver’s seat forward
when the Engine Start/Stop button
is pressed to the ACC or START
position.
You can activate or deactivate the Easy
Access Function from the User Settings
mode on the LCD display. ‘Convenience
→ Seat Easy Access → Off/Normal/
Extended’.
For more details, refer to “LCD Display”

In chapter 4.
CAUTION
Driver should be cautious when using
this function to assure no injury to
passenger or child on the back seat.
In case of emergency the driver has to
stop movement of front seat (when easy
access feature is activated) by pressing
SET button or any of the driver seat
control switches.
5-41
Convenient features
Steering wheel
Electric Power Steering (EPS) Information
The system assists you with steering the The following symptoms may occur during
vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or normal vehicle operation:
if the power steering system becomes
inoperative, you may still steer the • The steering effort may be high
vehicle, but it will require increased immediately after pressing the Engine
steering effort. Start/Stop button to the ON position.
Should you notice any change in the This happens as the system performs
effort required to steer during normal the EPS system diagnostics. When the
vehicle operation, we recommend that diagnostics are completed, the steering
you have the system checked by an wheel effort will return to its normal
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. condition.
• When the battery voltage is low, you
might have to put more steering effort.
CAUTION However, it is a temporary condition so
If Electric Power Steering does not that it will return to normal condition
operate normally, the warning light after charging the battery.
and the message ‘Check motor driven • A click noise may be heard from the
power steering’ will illuminate on the EPS relay after the Engine Start/Stop
instrument cluster. You may steer the button is in the ON or OFF position.
vehicle, but it will require increased • Motor noise may be heard when the
steering efforts. We recommend that vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving
you take your vehicle to an authorized speed.
HYUNDAI dealer or to a service station
and have the system checked as soon as • When you operate the steering wheel
possible. in low temperatures, abnormal noise
may occur. If the temperature rises, the
noise will disappear. This is a normal
condition.
• When an error is detected from EPS,
the steering effort assist function will
not be activated in order to prevent
fatal accidents. Instrument cluster
warning lights may be on or the
steering effort may be high. If these
symptoms occur, drive the vehicle
to a safe area as soon as it is safe to
do so. We recommend that you have
the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
5-42
05
Tilt / Telescopic steering Information
When adjusting the steering wheel to a Sometimes the lock release lever may not
comfortable position, adjust the steering engage completely. This may occur when
wheel so that it points toward your chest, the gears of the locking mechanism do not
not toward your face. Make sure you can completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down
see the instrument cluster warning lights on the lock-release lever, readjust the
and gauges. After adjusting, push the steering wheel again, and then pull back
steering wheel both up and down to be up on the release lever to lock the steering
certain it is locked in position. wheel in place.
Always adjust the position of the steering
wheel before driving. Heated steering wheel
(if equipped)
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while
driving. This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
OTM050009
When the ignition switch is in the ON

position or when the engine is running,
press the heated steering wheel button
OTM050008
to warm the steering wheel.
To adjust the steering wheel angle and The indicator on the button will
height: illuminate.
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1). To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button again. The indicator on
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the the button will turn off.
desired angle (2) and distance
forward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock
the steering wheel in place.
5-43
Convenient features
• Auto Comfort Control (for driver’s Horn

seat) (if equipped)
-- The heated steering wheel
automatically controls the steering
wheel temperature depending on
the ambient temperature and the
set climate control temperature
when the engine is running. If the
heated steering wheel switch is
pushed, the heated steering wheel
will have to be controlled manually.
To use this function, it must be
activated from the Settings menu in OTM050088
the AVN system screen. To sound the horn, press the area
-- The heated steering wheel defaults indicated by the horn symbol on your
to the OFF position whenever the steering wheel (see illustration). The
ignition switch is ON. However, if horn will operate only when this area is
the Auto Comfort Control function pressed.
is ON, the heated steering wheel
will turn on and off depending on
the ambient temperature and the NOTICE
set climate control temperature. Do not strike the horn severely to
For more details, we recommend that operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not
you contact an authorized HYUNDAI press on the horn with a sharp-pointed
dealer. object.
Information
The heated steering wheel will turn off
automatically approximately 30 minutes
after the heated steering wheel is turned
on.
NOTICE
Do not install any cover or accessory
on the steering wheel. This cover or
accessory could cause damage to the
heated steering wheel system.
5-44
05
Mirrors
Inside rearview mirror Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM)
Before driving your vehicle, check to (if equipped)
see that your inside rearview mirror is
properly positioned. Adjust the rearview
mirror so that the view through the rear
window is properly centered.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in the
rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear
headrests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear window. OTM050019
[A] : Indicator
WARNING Some vehicles come equipped with an

electrochromic mirror that helps control
To prevent serious injury during an glare while driving at night or under low
accident or deployment of the air bag, light driving conditions.
do not modify the rearview mirror and
do not install a wide mirror. When the engine is running, the glare is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the rearview mirror. The
WARNING sensor detects the light level around the
vehicle, and automatically adjusts to
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. control the headlamp glare from vehicles
This may cause loss of vehicle control behind you.
Whenever the the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse), the mirror will automatically
NOTICE go to the brightest setting in order to
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper improve the driver’s view behind the
towel or similar material dampened vehicle.
with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass
cleaner directly on the mirror as this
may cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.
5-45
Convenient features
Day/night rearview mirror

(if equipped)
OTMA050002
(1) HomeLink Channel 1

OTM050018 (2) HomeLink Channel 2
[A]: Day, [B]: Night (3) HomeLink Channel 3
Make this adjustment before you start (4) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
driving and while the day/night lever is in Closing or Closed
the day position.
(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
Pull the day/night lever towards you to
(6) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
reduce glare from the headlamps of the
Opening or Opened
vehicles behind you during night driving.
(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator
Remember that you lose some rearview
clarity in the night position.
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Safety™
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with (NVS®) Mirror (if equipped)
HomeLink® system (if equipped) The NVS® Mirror automatically reduces
Your vehicle may be equipped with glare by monitoring light levels in the
a Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror front and the rear of the vehicle. Any
with an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless object that obstructs either light sensor
Control System. will degrade the automatic dimming
control feature.
During nighttime driving, this feature
will automatically detect and reduce For more information regarding NVS®
rearview mirror glare. The HomeLink® mirrors and other applications, please
Universal Transceiver allows you to refer to the Gentex website:
activate your garage door(s), electric www.gentex.com
gate, home lighting, etc.
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehicles
traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position
each time the vehicle is started.
5-46
05
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control 1. Programming HomeLink®
System The following steps show how to
The HomeLink® Wireless Control System program HomeLink. If you have any
provides a convenient way to replace questions or are having difficulty
up to three hand held radio-frequency programming your HomeLink buttons,
transmitters used to activate compatible refer to the HomeLink website or call the
devices such as gate operators, garage HomeLink customer support toll-free
door openers, entry door locks, security number. Do this before going back to the
systems, and home lighting. dealer who sold you the car.
• Visit the HomeLink website at: www.
NOTICE homelink.com. Then at the top of the
page, choose your vehicle make. Then
HomeLink® operates while the ignition watch the You Tube video, and/or
switch is in the ACC or ON position access additional website information.
for safety reasons. It is to prevent
unintentional security problems from • If you choose to access the website
happening when the vehicle is parked via your cell phone, scan the QR code.
outside the garage.
WARNING
Before programming HomeLink® to a
garage door opener or gate operator,
make sure people and objects are out • Or call HomeLink customer support
of the way of the device to prevent at 1-800-355-3515 (Please have the
potential harm or damage. Do not vehicle make/model and the opener
use the HomeLink® with any garage device make/model readily available.)
door opener that lacks the safety
stop and reverse features required
by U.S. federal safety standards (this
includes any garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door that cannot detect an
object - signaling the door to stop and
reverse - does not meet current U.S.
federal safety standards. Using a garage
door opener without these features
increases the risk of serious injury or
death.
For more information, contact
HomeLink® at www.homelink.com, or
call Home-Link customer support at
1-800-355-3515.
It is also recommended that a new
battery be replaced in the handheld
transmitter of the device being trained
to HomeLink® for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio
frequency.
5-47
Convenient features
1) Programming Preparation
OTMA050005
OTMA050003 2. Position the garage door opener

1. When programming a garage door remote 1 – 3 inches (2 – 8cm) away
opener, it is advised to park the from the HoleLink buttons.
vehicle outside of the garage. 3. While the HomeLink indicator light (7)
2. It is recommended that a new battery is flashing orange, press and hold the
be placed in the handheld transmitter hand-held remote button. Continue
of the device being programmed to pressing the handheld remote button
HomeLink for quicker training and until the HomeLink indicator light (7)
accurate transmission of the radio- light changes from orange to green.
frequency signal. You may now release the handheld
remote button.
3. Place the ignition switch to the ACC
(Accessory) position for programming 4. Wait until your garage door comes
of HomeLink. to a complete stop, regardless of
position, before proceeding to the
next steps.
2) Programming a New HomeLink®
5. Press and release the HomeLink
button you are programming and
observe the indicator light.
• If the indicator light remains solid
green, your device should operate
when the HomeLink button is
pressed. At this point, if your device
operates, programming is complete.
• If the indicator light rapidly
flashes green, firmly press, hold
for two seconds and release the
OTMA050004 HomeLink button up to three times
in a row slowly to complete the
1. Press and release the HomeLink
programming process. Do not press
button (1), (2) or (3), you would like
the HomeLink button rapidly. At
to program. The HomeLink indicator
this point if your device operates,
light (7) will flash orange slowly (if
programming is complete. If the
not, perform the steps of “Erasing
device does not operate, continue
HomeLink Buttons” section, and start
with step 6.
over).
5-48
05
6. At the garage door opener motor, 3) Two-Way Communication
(security gate motor, etc.) locate the Programming (For select garage door
“Learn”, “Smart”, “Set” or “Program” openers)
button. This can usually be found If your garage door opener has the
where the hanging antenna wire is ‘myQ’ logo on its side, your opener
attached to the motor-head unit (see likely has Two-Way Communication
the device’s manual to identify this capability. HomeLink has the capability
button). The name and color of the to establish Two-Way Communication
button may vary by manufacturer. with your garage door opener. HomeLink
can receive and display “closing”
or “opening” status messages from
compatible garage door openers. At
any time, Home-Link can also recall
and display the last recorded status
communicated by the garage door
opener to indicate your garage door
being “closed” or “opened”.
To check if your garage door opener is
compatible with this feature, refer to
www.homelink.com/compatible/Two-
way-Communication. If your garage
door opener has this functionality, AND
ODL3A040504 the Two-Way Communication indicators
ÃÃ A ladder and/or second person may (4), (6) in the mirror appear while the
simplify the following steps. garage door is opening/closing, then
no further steps are needed. Two-Way
7. Firmly press and release the “Learn”, Communication Programming is already
“Smart”, “Set” or “Program” button. complete. However, if your garage door
You now have up to 30 seconds in opener has this functionality, AND the
which to complete the next step. Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press, (6) in the mirror DO NOT appear while
hold for two seconds and release, the garage door is opening/closing, use
the HomeLink button up to three the following instructions to enable this
times in a row slowly. Do not press functionality.
the HomeLink button rapidly. As soon 1. In your vehicle, press and hold the
as you see the garage door start to programmed HomeLink button for 2
move, stop pressing any buttons seconds, then release. Confirm that
until a few seconds after the garage the garage door is moving. AFTER it
door has come to a complete stop, stops, you will have one minute to
regardless of position. At this point, complete the following steps:
programming is complete and your
device should operate when the ÃÃ A ladder and/or second person may
HomeLink button is pressed and simplify the following steps.
released.
5-49
Convenient features
2. On your garage door opener in your 4) Canadian Programming

garage, locate the “Learn” button Canadian radio-frequency laws require
(usually near where the hanging transmitter remote signals to “time-
antenna wire is attached to the garage out” (or quit) after a couple seconds of
door opener). If there is difficulty transmission, which may not be long
locating this button, reference the enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal
device’s owner’s manual. during programming.
3. Press and release the “Learn” button. If you live in Canada or you are having
4. A light on your garage door opener difficulties programming a gate operator
may flash, and your Two-Way or garage door opener by using the
Communication indicators (4), (6) in programming procedures, replace
your vehicle may flash, confirming “Programming a New HomeLink Button”
completion of the process. step 3 with the following:
5. Return to the vehicle and firmly While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
press and release the programmed flashing orange, press and release (“cycle”)
HomeLink button to activate your device’s handheld remote every two
your garage door. The Two-Way seconds until the HomeLink indicator light
Communication indicators (4), (6) (7) changes from orange to green. You may
flash in orange when the door is now release the hand-held remote button.
moving. Do not make any additional Then proceed with “Programming a New
button presses until AFTER the garage HomeLink Button” step 4.
door has come to a complete stop.
6. Your Two-Way Communication
programming is now complete.
Information
If your garage door opener has Two-
Way Communication functionality,
it is possible for HomeLink to stop
functioning the garage door shortly
after initial programming, IF the Two-
Way Communication Programming
wasn’t properly completed. This
usually happens after the first 10 times
a programmed HomeLink button is
pressed. If you experience this, completing
the “Programming a New HomeLink
Button” and “Two-Way Communication
Programming” will restore door
operation.
5-50
05
2. Operating HomeLink®
1) Operating HomeLink®
OTMA050007
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as

OTMA050004
below, if your garage door opener
has Two-Way Communication
1. Press and release the desired functionality.
programmed HomeLink button (1, 2
or 3). • If the indicator (4) flashes in Orange,
it indicates that the garage door is
“Closing”.
Information • The indicator (4) turns solid green
The HomeLink indicator (7) should once the garage door has closed.
light green, solid or flashing, and your • If the indicator (6) flashes in Orange,
programmed device should operate. it indicates that the garage door is
If your device does not operate, the “Opening”.
HomeLink programming was not • The indicator (6) turns solid green
successful, and you’ll need to reprogram once the garage door has fully
the button. opened.
• If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
2) Two-Way Communication Display turn to green, it indicates that the
Behavior last status of garage door was not
received properly. The HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last known
status of the garage door for a few
seconds.
OTMA050006
1. Press and release one of the

programmed HomeLink buttons (1, 2
or 3).
5-51
Convenient features
3) Recalling Garage Door Status 2) The following instructions will erase

HomeLink mirror with Two-Way ALL HomeLink® programming from
Communication provides a way to view ALL buttons:
the last stored message from the garage
door opener. In order to recall the last
known status of the last activated device,
press the buttons “1 and 2” OR “2 and 3”
simultaneously.
• If the indicator (4) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last
activated device was “closed”
properly.
• If the indicator (6) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last
OTMA050008
activated device was “open” properly.
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and (3)
simultaneously.
3. Erasing HomeLink® Buttons
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
1) Erasing and Reprogramming a Single illuminate solid Orange for about 10
HomeLink® Button: seconds.
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink 3. Release the buttons once the
button you want to re-program. DO HomeLink indicator light (7) changes
NOT release the button. to Green and flashes rapidly.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will 4. Now all three HomeLink buttons
illuminate solid green. Release the (1), (2) and (3) are cleared of any
button as soon as the HomeLink programming.
indicator light (7) begins to flash
orange, usually about 20 seconds.
3. Proceed with the steps in the Information
“Programming a New HomeLink HomeLink® and the HomeLink® House
Button” section. logo are registered trademarks of Gentex
Corporation.
Information The myQ logo is a registered trademark of
The Chamberlain Group, Inc.
If you do not complete the re-
programming of a new device to the
button, it will revert to the previously
stored programming.
5-52
05
FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada) FCC (Htats-Unis) et ISED (Canada)
This device complies with FCC rules Cet appareil est conforme aux
part 15 and Innovation, Science, and règlements de la FCC, section 15, et
Economic Development Canada RSS- au CNR-210 d’Innovation, Sciences et
210. Operation is subject to the following Dhveloppement économique Canada. Le
two conditions: (1) This device may not fonctionnement est assujetti aux deux
cause harmful interference, and (2) This conditions suivantes : (1) cet appareil ne
device must accept any interference that doit pas causer d’interférences nuisibles
may be received including interference et (2) cet appareil doit accepter toute
that may cause undesired operation. interférence reçue, y compris celle qui
WARNING: The transmitter has been pourrait entraîner un dysfonctionnement.
tested and complies with FCC and MISE EN GARDE : L’émetteur a subi des
ISED rules. Changes or modifications tests et est conforme aux règlements de
not expressly approved by the party la FCC et d’ISDE. Les changements ou
responsible for compliance could void modifications non approuvés explicitement
the user’s authority to operate the par la partie responsable de la conformité
device. pourraient rendre caduque l’autorisation de
This equipment complies with FCC l’utilisateur de se servir du dispositif.
and ISED radiation exposure limits set Cet appareil est conforme aux limites
forth for an uncontrolled environment. d’exposition aux radiations de la FCC et
End Users must follow the specific d’ISDE établies pour un environnement
operating instructions for satisfying RF non contrôlé. Les utilisateurs finaux doivent
exposure compliance. This transmitter respecter les instructions d’utilisation
must be at least 20cm from the user and spécifiques pour satisfaire aux exigences
must not be co-located or operating in de conformité aux expositions de RF.
conjunction with any other antenna or L’émetteur doit se trouver à 20 cm au
transmitter. minimum de l’utilisateur et ne doit pas
être situé au même endroit que tout autre
émetteur ou antenne ni fonctionner avec
un autre émetteur ou antenne.
Méjico
La operación de este equipo está sujeta
a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es
posible que este equipo o dispositivo
pueda no causar interferencia dañina, y
(2) este dispositivo o dispositivos deben
aceptar cualquier interferencia, que
incluye la interferencia que puede causar
su operación no deseada.
5-53
Convenient features
HomeLink 5 Programing Flow Chart
OOS040475N
5-54
05
Side View mirrors WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side view
mirrors while driving. This may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror face;
this may damage the surface of the
glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
OTM048015 not adjust the mirror by force. Use an
Your vehicle is equipped with both left- approved spray de-icer (not radiator
hand and right-hand side view mirrors. antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft
The mirrors can be adjusted remotely cloth with very warm water, or move
with the mirror adjustment control the vehicle to a warm place and
switch. The side view mirrors can be allow the ice to melt.
folded to help prevent damage when • Do not clean the mirror with harsh
going through an automatic car wash or abrasives, fuel or other petroleum
when passing through a narrow street. based cleaning products.
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
Use the inside rear view mirror or look
back directly to determine the actual
distance of other vehicles prior to
changing lanes.
Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors
to your desired position before you begin
driving.
5-55
Convenient features
Adjusting the side view mirrors Folding the side view mirror
OTM050089 OTM048430L
1. Move the lever (1) either to the L (left Manual type

side) or R (right side) to select the side To fold the side view mirror, grasp the
view mirror you would like to adjust. housing of the mirror and then fold it
2. Use the mirror adjustment control (2) toward the rear of the vehicle.
to position the selected mirror up,
down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, move the lever (1)
to the middle to prevent inadvertent
adjustment.
NOTICE
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting
angles, but the motor continues to
operate while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer than OTM050090
necessary, because this can damage Electric type
the motor.
The side view mirror can be folded or
• Do not attempt to adjust the side unfolded by pressing the switch.
view mirrors by hand, because this
can damage the motor.
5-56
05
• If ‘Convenience → Welcome mirror/ Reverse parking aid (if equipped)
light → On door unlock’ is selected in
the User Settings mode on the LCD
display, the outside mirror will fold or
unfold automatically as follows:
-- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the smart key.
-- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the button on the outside door
handle.
• If ‘Convenience → Welcome OTM050020
mirror/light → On door unlock’ and
‘Convenience → Welcome mirror/light When the gear is shifted to the R
→ On driver approach’ is selected in (Reverse) position, the side view mirror(s)
the User Settings mode on the LCD will rotate downwards to aid with driving
display, the outside mirror will unfold in reverse.
automatically when you approach the The position of the side view mirror
vehicle (all doors closed and locked) switch (1) determines whether or not the
with a smart key in possession. mirrors will move:
Left/Right : When either the L (Left) or
NOTICE R (Right) switch is selected,
both side view mirrors will
The electric type side view mirror
move.
operates even though the ignition
switch is in the OFF position. However, Neutral : When neither switch is
to prevent unnecessary battery selected, the outside rearview
discharge, do not adjust the mirrors mirrors will not move.
longer than necessary while the engine
is not running. The side view mirrors will automatically
revert to their original positions if any of
NOTICE the following occur:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is
Do not fold the electric type side view pressed to either the OFF position or
mirror by hand. It could cause motor the ACC position.
failure.
• The gear is shifted to any position
except R (Reverse).
• The side view mirror adjustment
button is not selected.
5-57
Convenient features
Windows
OTMA050018
(1) Driver’s door power window switch (5) Window opening and closing
(2) Front passenger’s door power (6) Automatic power window*
window switch* (7) Power window lock switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch* * : if equipped
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch*
5-58
05
Power windows Auto up/down window (if equipped)
The ignition switch must be in the Pressing or pulling up the power window
ON position to be able to raise or switch momentarily to the second
lower the windows. Each door has a detent position (6) completely lowers or
Power Window switch to control that lifts the window even when the switch
door’s window. The driver has a Power is released. To stop the window at the
Window Lock switch which can block desired position while the window is in
the operation of passenger windows. operation, pull up or press down and
The power windows will operate for release the switch.
approximately 3 minutes after the
ignition switch is placed in the ACC or Resetting the power windows
OFF position. However, if the front doors If the power windows do not operate
are opened, the Power Windows cannot normally, the automatic power window
be operated even within the 3 minutes system must be reset as follows:
period.
1. Press the ignition switch to the ON
position.
Window opening and closing
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, we recommend
that the system be inspected by an
OTM050213
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
first detent position (5). Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the window
switch when you want the window to
stop.
5-59
Convenient features
Automatic reverse (if equipped) WARNING

Make sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before closing
the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle
damage.
Objects less than 0.16 in (4 mm) in
diameter caught between the window
glass and the upper window channel
may not be detected by the automatic
reverse window and the window will
not stop and reverse direction.
OTM050091
Power window lock button
If a window senses any obstacle while it
is closing automatically, it will stop and
lower approximately 12 in. (30 cm) to
allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then lower
approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds
after the window is lowered by the OTM050092L
automatic window reverse feature,
the automatic window reverse will not The driver can disable the power window
operate. switches on the rear passenger doors by
pressing the power window lock button.
When the power window lock button is
Information pressed:
The automatic reverse feature is only • The driver’s master control can
active when the “Auto Up” feature is used operate all the power windows.
by fully pulling up the switch to the second • The front passenger’s control can
detent. operate the front passenger’s power
window.
NOTICE • The rear passenger’s control cannot
Do not install any accessories on the operate the rear passengers’ power
windows. The automatic reverse window.
feature may not operate.
5-60
05
ÃÃ If the power window lock button is
operated (indicator turns on), rear
passenger cannot open the rear door
(if equipped with the Electronic Child
Safety Lock System).
For more details, refer to “Electronic

Child Safety Lock System” system in this
chapter.
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the
power windows. Keep the driver’s
door power window lock button in the
LOCK position. Serious injury or death
can result from unintentional window
operation by a child.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open
or close two windows or more at the
same time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver’s door and the
individual door window switch in
opposite directions at the same time.
If this is done, the window will stop
and cannot be opened or closed.
5-61
Convenient features
PANORAMIC sunroof (if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with a WARNING
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof control switch located • Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade
on the overhead console. while driving. This could result in loss
of control and an accident that may
cause, serious injury, or property
damage.
• Make sure heads, hands, arms or
any other body parts or objects are
out of the way before operating the
sunroof.
• Do not extend your head, arms or
body outside the sunroof while
driving, to avoid serious injury.
• Do not leave the engine running
OTM050226L and the key in your vehicle with
The ignition switch must be in the ON unsupervised children. Unattended
position before you can open or close the children could operate the sunroof,
sunroof. which could result in serious injury.
The sunroof can be operated for • Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
approximately 3 minutes after the may cause injury or vehicle damage.
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC • Do not operate the sunroof while
or LOCK (OFF) position. However, if the using the roof rack to transport
front door is opened, the sunroof cannot cargo. This may cause the cargo to
be operated even within the 3 minute come loose and distract the driver.
period.
• Do not extend any luggage outside
the sunroof while driving.
Information
• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof NOTICE
may not work properly due to freezing • Do not continue to move the sunroof
conditions. control switch after the sunroof
• After the vehicle is washed or in a is fully opened, closed, or tilted.
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any Damage to the motor or system
water that is on the sunroof before components could occur.
operating it. • Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or
snow may wet the interior of the
vehicle. Also, leaving the sunroof
open when the vehicle is unattended
may invite theft.
5-62
05
Sunshade Sliding the sunroof
OTM050023 OTM050024
To open the sunshade: When the sunshade is closed:

Pull the sunroof control switch backward If you pull the sunroof control switch
to the first detent position. backward past the second detent, the
sunshade will slide all the way open and
To close the sunshade: then the sunroof glass will slide all the
way open.
Push the sunroof control switch forward
to the first detent position.
When the sunshade is opened:
To stop the sunshade at the desired If you pull the sunroof control switch
position while the sunroof is operating, backward, the sunroof glass will slide all
push the sunroof control switch the way open.
backward or forward and release the
control switch. To stop the sunroof at the desired
position while the sunroof is operating,
push the sunroof control switch
Information backward or forward and release the
• Activating the control switch to the first control switch.
detent requires only a very light touch.
• Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as Information
material characteristic are normal.
Only the front glass of the sunroof opens
and closes.
CAUTION
Do not pull or push the sunshade by
hand as such action may damage the
sunshade or cause it to malfunction.
5-63
Convenient features
Tilting the sunroof Closing the sunroof
OTM050025 OTM050027
When the sunshade is closed: To close the sunroof glass:

If you push the sunroof control switch Push the sunroof control switch forward
upwards, the sunshade will slide all the to the first detent position.
way open and then the sunroof glass will
tilt open. To close the sunroof glass and sunshade:
Push the sunroof control switch
When the sunshade is opened: forward to the second detent position.
If you push the sunroof control switch The sunroof glass will close, then the
upwards, the sunroof glass will tilt open. sunshade will close automatically.
To stop the sunroof at the desired To stop the sunroof at the desired
position while the sunroof is operating, position while the sunroof is operating,
push the sunroof control switch push the sunroof control switch
backward or forward and release the backward or forward and release the
control switch. control switch.
CAUTION
Close the sunroof when driving in
dusty environments. Dust may cause a
malfunction of the vehicle system.
5-64
05
Automatic reverse NOTICE
• Periodically remove any dirt that may
accumulate on the sunroof guide
rail or between the sunroof and roof
panel which can make a noise.
• Do not try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing
or when the sunroof is covered with
snow or ice, otherwise the motor
could be damaged. In cold and wet
climates, the sunroof may not work
properly.
ODH043039
If the sunroof senses any obstacle while Resetting the sunroof

it is closing automatically, it will reverse In some circumstances resetting the
direction then stop to allow the object to sunroof operation may need to be
be cleared. performed. Some instances where
The auto reverse function does not work resetting the sunroof may be required
if a small obstacle is between the sliding include:
glass and the sunroof sash. -- When the 12V battery is either
You should always check that all disconnected or discharged
passengers and objects are away from -- When the sunroof fuse is replaced
the sunroof before closing it.
-- If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/
CLOSE operation is not functioning
WARNING properly
• Small objects that can get caught
between the sunroof glass and Sunroof resetting procedure:
the front glass channel may not be 1. It is recommended to perform the
detected by the automatic reverse reset procedure with the vehicle
system. In this case, the sunroof engine running. Start the vehicle in
glass will not detect the object and P (Park).
reverse direction. 2. Make sure the sunshade and sunroof
• Make sure heads, other body parts is in the fully closed position. If the
or other objects are safely out of the sunshade and sunroof is open, push
way before closing the sunroof to the control switch forward until the
avoid injuries or vehicle damage. sunshade and sunroof is fully closed.
3. Release the control switch when the
sunshade and sunroof is fully closed.
WARNING
4. Push the control switch forward about
• In order to prevent accidental 10 seconds until the sunroof moves
operation of the sunroof, especially slightly.
by a child, do not let a child operate
the sunroof. 5. Release the control switch.
• Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause vehicle damage.
5-65
Convenient features
6. Within 3 seconds, push and hold Sunroof open warning

the control switch forward until the
sunshade and sunroof operates as
follows:
Sunshade Open → Glass Open → Glass
Close → Sunshade Close
Do not release the switch until the

operation is completed.
If you release the control switch during
operation, start the procedure again from
step 2.
OTM048118
7. Release the sunroof control switch • If the driver turns off the engine
after all steps have completed. The when the sunroof is not fully closed,
sunroof system has been reset. the warning chime will sound for a
few seconds and the sunroof open
warning will appear on the LCD
Information display.
If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle • If the driver turns off the engine and
battery is disconnected or discharged, or opens the door when the sunroof is
the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may not fully closed, the open sunroof
not operate normally. warning will appear on the LCD
For more detailed information, we display until the door is closed or the
recommend that you contact an sunroof is fully closed.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.
5-66
05
Exterior features
Hood Closing the hood
Opening the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check in and
around the engine compartment to
ensure the following:
-- Any tools or other loose objects
are removed from the engine room
area or hood opening area
-- All glove, rags, or other
combustible material is removed
from the engine compartment
-- All filler caps are tightly and
correctly installed
OTM050032
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 12 in. (30 cm) from the
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking closed position) and push down to
brake. securely lock in place. Then double
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the check to be sure the hood is secure.
hood. The hood should pop open If the hood can be raised slightly, it is
slightly. not securely locked. Open it again and
close it with more force.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure
all obstructions are removed from
around the hood opening.
• Always double check to be sure that
the hood is firmly latched before
driving away. Check there is no
hood open warning light or message
displayed on the instrument cluster.
OTM050069
Driving with the hood opened may
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the cause a total loss of visibility, which
hood slightly, push up the secondary might result in an accident.
latch (1) inside of the hood center and • Do not move the vehicle with the
lift the hood. hood in the raised position, as vision
After the hood has been lifted halfway, is obstructed, which might result in
it will raise completely by itself. an accident, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
5-67
Convenient features
Liftgate Closing the liftgate

Opening the liftgate
OTM050038
OTM050047 Lower the liftgate lid and press down

Make sure the vehicle is in P (Park) and until it locks. To be sure the liftgate lid is
set the parking brake. securely fastened, always check by trying
to pull it up again without pressing the
Then do one of the following: liftgate handle button.
1. Unlock all doors with the Door Unlock
button on your remote key or smart
key. Press the liftgate handle button WARNING
and open the liftgate. Always keep the liftgate lid completely
2. Press and hold the liftgate open closed while the vehicle is in motion. If
button on the remote key or smart it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust
key. Press the liftgate handle button gases containing carbon monoxide
and open the liftgate. (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious
3. With the Smart Key in your illness or death may result.
possession, press the liftgate handle
button and open the liftgate. NOTICE
To prevent damage to the liftgate lift
cylinders and the attached hardware,
always close the liftgate before driving.
Information
In cold and wet climates, liftgate lock
and liftgate mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
5-68
05
WARNING Emergency liftgate safety release
OTM050042
OTM050041
Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that Your vehicle is equipped with the
supports the liftgate. Be aware that emergency liftgate safety release lever
the deformation of the part may cause located on the bottom of the liftgate.
vehicle damage and a risk of injury. When someone is inadvertently locked
in the luggage compartment. The liftgate
can be opened by doing as follows:
WARNING 1. Remove the cover.
• NEVER allow anyone to occupy the 2. Push the release lever to the right by
luggage compartment of the vehicle a key.
at any time. If the liftgate is partially 3. Push up the liftgate.
or totally latched and the person
is unable to get out, serious injury
or death could occur due to lack WARNING
of ventilation, exhaust fumes and • For emergencies, be fully aware
rapid heat build-up, or because of of the location of the emergency
exposure to cold weather conditions. liftgate safety release lever in the
The luggage compartment is also vehicle and how to open the liftgate
a highly dangerous location in the if you are accidentally locked in the
event of a crash because it is not a luggage compartment.
protected occupant space but is a
part of the vehicle’s crush zone. • No one should be allowed to occupy
the luggage compartment of the
• Your vehicle should be kept locked vehicle at any time. The luggage
and keys should be kept out of compartment is a very dangerous
the reach of children. Parents location in the event of a crash.
should teach their children about
the dangers of playing in luggage • Use the release lever for
compartments. emergencies only. Use with extreme
caution, especially while the vehicle
is in motion.
5-69
Convenient features
Power liftgate (if equipped) Opening the power liftgate

The power liftgate open/close button
automatically opens and closes the
liftgate.
Before using the power liftgate

The power liftgate operates when the
gear is in P (Park) with the Engine Start/
Stop button in the ON position. However,
the liftgate will operate regardless of the
gear position when the engine is off.
For safety, before attempting to open or OTM050046
close the liftgate, make sure the vehicle
is in P (Park). The power liftgate will open
automatically by doing one of the
following:
WARNING • Press the liftgate button on the
• Never leave children unattended remote key or smart key for
in your vehicle. Children might approximately one second.
operate the power liftgate. Doing so
could result in injury to themselves
or others, and could damage the
vehicle.
• Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
operating the power liftgate. Wait
until the liftgate is opened fully and
stopped before loading or unloading
cargo or passengers from the
vehicle.
OTM050050
NOTICE • Press the power liftgate button for

Do not close or open the power approximately one second.
liftgate manually. This may cause For emergency stop while operating,
damage to the power liftgate. If it is press the power liftgate button shortly.
necessary to close or open the power
liftgate manually when the battery is
discharged or disconnected, do not
apply excessive force.
5-70
05
OTM050036 OTM050049
• Press the liftgate handle switch (1) • Press the power liftgate inner button
carrying the smart key with you. when the liftgate is opened.
• If all door is unlock, you can open the The liftgate will close automatically.
liftgate without the smart key.
Closing the power liftgate
OTM050046
• Press the power liftgate button for

approximately one second when the
liftgate is opened.
The liftgate will close automatically.
For emergency stop while operating,
press the power liftgate button shortly.
5-71
Convenient features
Automatic reverse Non-operating conditions of the

power liftgate
• The power liftgate does not open
when the vehicle is in motion.
The chime will sound if you drive with
the liftgate opened. Stop your vehicle
immediately at a safe place and check
if your liftgate is opened.
• Operating the power liftgate more
than 5 times continuously could
cause damage to the operating motor.
If this occurs, the power liftgate
OTM050053
system enters into thermal protection
During power opening or closing if the mode to prevent the motor from
power liftgate senses any obstacle, the overheating. In thermal protection
power liftgate will stop and move in the mode, the power liftgate will not
opposite direction. operate. If any of the power liftgate
The auto reverse function may not work buttons are pressed to try to open the
if objects are too soft or thin, or if the liftgate, the chime will sound 3 times
liftgate is almost fully closed near the but the liftgate will not operate.
latched position. Allow the power liftgate system
Caution should be taken to prevent any to cool for about 1 minute before
objects from obstructing the liftgate operating the system again.
opening.
If the automatic reverse feature operates
more than two times while attempting
to open or close the liftgate, the power
liftgate may stop at that position.
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object
or part of your body in the path of
the power liftgate to make sure the
automatic reverse function operates.
NOTICE
Do not put heavy objects on the power
liftgate before you operate the power
liftgate. Additional weight may damage
the operation of the system.
5-72
05
Resetting the power liftgate WARNING
OTM050222L
OTM050041
If the battery has been discharged or Do not hold on to or try to pull on
disconnected, or if the power liftgate the liftgate strut. Be aware that the
fuse has been replaced or removed, reset deformation of the liftgate strut may
the power liftgate by performing the cause vehicle damage and risk of injury.
following procedure:
1. Put the gear in P (Park). Setting the power liftgate
2. Press the power liftgate inner button Power liftgate opening speed
(B) and the power liftgate handle
switch (A) simultaneously for more To adjust the power liftgate opening
than 3 seconds. The chime will sound. speed, go to User Settings mode and
select ‘Door → Power liftgate Opening
3. Close the liftgate manually. Speed → Fast/Normal’ on the LCD display.
If the power liftgate does not work -- If power liftgate function turns off,
properly after the above procedure, we you can not adjust the power liftgate
recommend that the system be checked speed.
-- Initial speed of Power liftgate is set as
“Fast”.
Information
If the power liftgate does not operate
normally, check again if the gear position
is in right position.
5-73
Convenient features
Power liftgate opening height Emergency liftgate safety release
OTM050049 OTM050042
The driver may set the height of a fully Your vehicle is equipped with the
opened liftgate by following the below emergency liftgate safety release lever
instruction. located on the bottom of the liftgate
1. Position the liftgate manually to the inside the vehicle.
height you prefer. To unlock and open the liftgate manually
2. Press the power liftgate inner switch from inside the luggage compartment,
for more than 3 seconds. perform the following procedure:
3. Close the liftgate manually after 1. Remove the cover.
hearing the buzzer sound. 2. Push the release lever to the right.
3. Push the liftgate outward and upward.
The liftgate will open to the height the
driver has set up.
WARNING
WARNING • Be aware of the location of the
emergency liftgate safety release
Always keep the liftgate completely lever in your vehicle and know how
closed while the vehicle is in motion. If to open the liftgate using the safety
it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust release lever.
gases containing carbon monoxide
• No one should be allowed to occupy
(CO) may enter the vehicle and serious
the luggage compartment of the
illness or death may result.
vehicle at any time. The luggage
compartment is a very dangerous
WARNING location in the event of a crash.
Occupants should never ride in the • Use the release lever for emergencies
rear cargo area where no restraints are only. Use extreme caution, especially
available. To avoid injury in the event of while the vehicle is in motion.
an accident or sudden stops, occupants
should always be properly restrained.
5-74
05
Smart liftgate (if equipped) Information
The smart liftgate will NOT operate when:
• A door is not locked or closed.
• The smart key is detected within
15 seconds from when the doors were
closed and locked.
• The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and within 60 in. (1.5
m) from the front door handles. (for
vehicles equipped with Welcome Light).
OTM050056 • The smart key is in the vehicle.
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the liftgate can be opened with hands- 1. Settings
free activation using the smart liftgate
To activate the Smart Liftgate, go to
system.
User Settings Mode and select Smart
Liftgate on the LCD display.
Using smart liftgate
2. Detect and Alert
The hands-free smart liftgate system
can be opened automatically when the The smart liftgate detecting area
following conditions are met: extends approximately 20~40 in.
(50~100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you
• The smart liftgate option is enabled in are positioned in the detecting area
the Settings menu in the infotainment and are carrying the smart key, the
system screen. hazard warning lights will blink and
• The smart liftgate is activated and the chime will sound to alert you that
ready 15 seconds after all the doors the smart liftgate will open.
are closed and locked.
• The smart liftgate will open when
the smart key is detected in the area
behind the vehicle for 3 seconds.
5-75
Convenient features
If you press any button on the smart key

Information during the Detect and Alert stage, the
Do not approach the detecting area if you smart liftgate will be deactivated.
do not want the liftgate to open. If you Make sure to be aware of how to
have unintentionally entered the detecting deactivate the smart liftgate for
area and the hazard warning lights and emergency situations.
chime starts to operate, move away from
the area behind the vehicle with the smart • If you press the door unlock button
key. The liftgate will remain closed. (2), the smart liftgate will be
deactivated temporarily. But, if you do
3. Automatic opening not open any door for 30 seconds, the
smart liftgate will be activated again.
After the hazard warning lights blink
and the chime sounds 6 times, the • If you press the liftgate open button
smart liftgate will open. (3) for more than 1 second, the liftgate
opens.
Deactivating smart liftgate • The smart liftgate will still be activated
if you press the door lock button (1) or
Type A
Type B

liftgate open/close button (3) on the
smart key as long as the smart liftgate
is not already in the Detect and Alert
stage.
• In case you have deactivated the
smart liftgate by pressing the smart
key button and opened a door, the
smart liftgate can be activated again
by closing and locking all doors.
OTMA050009 OTMA050010
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open (Liftgate)
Liftgate open / close (Power liftgate)
5-76
05
Detecting area Fuel filler door
Opening the fuel filler door
OTM050060
• The smart liftgate detecting area OTM050063L

extends approximately 20~40 in. 1. Turn the engine off.
(50~100 cm) behind the vehicle. If
you are positioned in the detecting 2. Ensure Driver’s door is unlocked.
area and are carrying the smart key, 3. Press the rear center edge of the fuel
the hazard warning lights will blink filler door.
and the chime will sound for about 3
seconds to alert you that the liftgate
will open.
• The alert stops once the smart key is
moved outside of the detecting area
within the 3 second period.
Information
• Smart liftgate may not operate
properly if any of the following occur:
-- The smart key is close to a radio OTM048041
an airport which can interfere with 4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to
normal operation of the transmitter. access the fuel tank cap.
-- The smart key is near a mobile two 5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn
way radio system or a mobile phone. it counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside
-- Another vehicle’s smart key is being the tank equalizes.
operated close to your vehicle.
6. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
• Smart liftgate detecting area may
change when:
-- The vehicle is parked on an incline
or slope.
-- One side of the vehicle is raised or
lowered relative to the opposite side.
5-77
Convenient features
Information Closing the fuel filler door

The fuel filler door will unlock when 1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
Driver’s door is unlocked. clockwise until it “clicks” one time.
To unlock fuel filler door: 2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
• Press the unlock button on your smart
key
• Press the Central Door unlock button Information
on armrest trim of driver’s door Make the vehicle door to LOCK position
and the fuel filler door completely closed
The fuel filler door will lock when Driver’s in order to lock the fuel filler door.
door is locked. If the fuel filler door is not completely
To lock fuel filler door: closed, the fuel filler door will not be
• Press the lock button on your smart key locked.
• Press the Central Door lock button on
armrest trim of driver’s door CAUTION
ÃÃ All doors will automatically lock after Keep the door into LOCK position when
the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph. Fuel the vehicle is being washed (i.e. high
filler door is also locked when vehicle pressure washer, automatic car washer,
speed exceeds 9 mph. etc.)
Information WARNING
If the fuel filler door does not open Automotive fuel is highly flammable
because ice has formed around it, tap and explosive. Failure to follow these
lightly or push on the door to break the guidelines may result in SERIOUS
ice and release the door. Do not pry on the INJURY or DEATH:
door. If necessary, spray around the door • Read and follow all warnings posted
with an approved deicer fluid (do not use at the gas station.
radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to
a warm place and allow the ice to melt. • Before refueling, note the location
of the Emergency Fuel Shut-Off, if
available, at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you
should eliminate the potential build-
up of static electricity by touching
a metal part of the vehicle, a safe
distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas source,
with your bare hand.
• Do not use mobile phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors and cause a fire.
5-78
05
• Do not get back into a vehicle • Do not over-fill or top-off your
once you have begun refueling. vehicle tank, which can cause fuel
You can generate a buildup of spillage.
static electricity by touching, • If a fire breaks out during refueling,
rubbing or sliding against any item leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and
or fabric capable of producing immediately contact the manager
static electricity. Static electricity of the gas station and then contact
discharge can ignite fuel vapors the local fire department. Follow any
causing a fire. If you must re-enter safety instructions they provide.
the vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous • If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
static electricity discharge by cover your clothes or skin and thus
touching a metal part of the vehicle, subject you to the risk of fire and
away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle burns. Always remove the fuel cap
or other fuel source, with your bare carefully and slowly. If the cap is
hand. venting fuel or if you hear a hissing
sound, wait until the condition stops
• When using an approved portable before completely removing the cap.
fuel container, be sure to place the
container on the ground prior to • Always check that the fuel cap is
refueling. Static electricity discharge installed securely to prevent fuel
from the container can ignite fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact Information
between your bare hand and the Make sure to refuel your vehicle according
vehicle should be maintained until to the “Fuel Requirements” section in
the filling is complete. suggested in chapter 1.
• Use only approved portable plastic
fuel containers designed to carry and
store fuel. NOTICE
• When refueling, always shift the • Do not spill fuel on the exterior
gear to the P (Park) position, set surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of
the parking brake, and press the fuel spilled on painted surfaces may
Engine Start/Stop button to the damage the paint.
OFF position. Sparks produced by • If the fuel filler cap requires
electrical components related to the replacement, we recommend that
engine can ignite fuel vapors causing you use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap
a fire. or the equivalent specified for your
• Do not use matches or a lighter and vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap
do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette can result in a serious malfunction of
in your vehicle while at a gas station, the fuel system or emission control
especially during refueling. system.
5-79
Convenient features
Head-Up Display (HUD) (if equipped)

Head-up display information
OTMA050019
The Head-Up Display is an optional OTMA050016

feature that allows the driver to view
information projected onto a transparent 1. Turn by Turn (TBT) navigation
screen while still keeping your eyes 2. Traffic
safely on the road ahead while driving. 3. Speedometer
4. SCC set speed
Head-up display settings
5. SCC Vehicle distance
6. Highway Driving Assist
7. Lane Following Assist
8. Lane Safety
9. Blind-Spot Safety
10. Highway Auto Speed Change
Information
If you select Turn By Turn (TBT)
OIK047152N navigation information as Head-Up
Display contents, the Turn By Turn
• Head-up display can be enabled from (TBT) navigation information will not be
the Settings menu in the User Settings displayed in the instrument cluster LCD
mode on the instrument cluster LCD display.
display. Select:
-- Setup → Head-Up Display → Enable
Head-Up Display
• After turning on the head-up
display, you can change the settings
of ‘Display Height’ and ‘Content
Selection’ of the Head-Up Display.
5-80
05
Precautions while using the • For your safety, make sure to stop the
head-up display vehicle before adjusting the settings.
• It may sometimes be difficult to read • Do not tint the front windshield glass
information on the Head-Up Display in or add other types of metallic coating.
the following situations. Otherwise, the Head-Up Display
image may be invisible.
-- The driver is improperly positioned
in the driver’s seat • Do not place any accessories on the
crash pad or attach any objects on the
-- The driver wears polarizing-filter windshield glass.
sunglasses
• When replacing the front windshield
-- An object is located above the glass, replace it with a windshield
head-up display cover glass designed for Head-Up Display
-- The vehicle is driven on a wet road operation. Otherwise, duplicated
-- Any improper lighting accessory is images may be displayed on the
installed inside the vehicle, or there windshield glass.
is incoming light from outside of the
vehicle
WARNING
-- The driver wears glasses
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
-- The driver wears contact lenses warnings on the Head-Up Display are
When it is difficult to read the Head- supplemental. Do not solely depend on
Up Display information, adjust the them to change lanes. Always take a
image height or brightness level from look around before changing lanes.
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen.
5-81
Convenient features
Lighting
Exterior lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of the
following positions:
OTM050098
AUTO headlamp position

The position lamp and headlamp will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of daylight as
measured by the ambient light sensor (1)
Oad045402 at the upper end of the windshield glass.
1. OFF position
Even with the AUTO headlamp feature
2. AUTO headlamp position
in operation, it is recommended to
3. Position lamp position manually turn ON the headlamps when
4. Headlamp position driving at night or in a fog, driving in the
rain, or when you enter dark areas, such
Daytime Running Light (DRL) as tunnels and parking facilities.
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front NOTICE
of your vehicle during the day, especially • Do not cover or spill anything on the
after dawn and before sunset. sensor (1) located at the upper end of
the windshield glass.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated • Do not clean the sensor using
lamp OFF when : a window cleaner, the cleanser
• The headlamps are ON. may leave a light film which could
• The parking brake is applied. interfere with sensor operation.
• The vehicle is turned off. • If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the AUTO
headlamp system may not work
properly.
5-82
05
High beam operation
OIG046412
Position lamp position ( ) OOS047407N

The position lamp, license plate lamp To turn on the high beam headlamp,
and instrument panel lamp are turned push the lever away from you. The lever
ON. will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light when
the headlamp high beams are switched
on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull
the lever towards you. The low beams
will turn on.
OIG046413
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, position lamp, license
plate lamp and instrument panel lamp
are turned ON.
OIG046414
Information
To flash the high beam headlamp, pull
The ignition switch must be in the ON the lever towards you, then release the
position to turn on the headlamp. lever. The high beams will remain ON as
long as you hold the lever towards you.
5-83
Convenient features
Turn signals and lane change signals Battery saver function

The purpose of this feature is to prevent
the battery from being discharged.
The system automatically turns off the
position lamp when the driver turns the
vehicle off and opens the driver-side
door.
With this feature, the position lamps will
turn off automatically if the driver parks
on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on when
the vehicle is turned off, perform the
OIG046417
following:
To signal a turn, push down on the lever (1) Open the driver-side door.
for a left turn or up for a right turn in
position (A). (2) Turn the position lamps OFF and ON
again using the headlamp switch on
If an indicator stays on and does not flash the steering column.
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out and will
require replacement.
One touch turn signal

To use One Touch Turn Signal push the
turn signal lever up or down to position
(B) and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or
7 times.
You can enable the One Touch Turn
Signal function or choose the number
of blinking by selecting ‘Setup → User
Settings → Lights → One Touch Turn Signal
→ Off/3 flashes/5 flashes/7 flashes’ in the
instrument panel LCD cluster.
5-84
05
Headlamp delay function Traffic change (if equipped)
(if equipped) The low beam light distribution is
If you place the ignition switch to the asymmetric. If you go abroad to a
ACC position or the OFF position with country with opposite traffic direction,
the headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/ this asymmetric part will dazzle
or position lamps) remain on for about oncoming car driver.
5 minutes. However, if the driver’s door To prevent dazzle, ECE regulation
is opened and closed, the headlamps demand several technical solutions (ex.
are turned off after 15 seconds. Also, automatic change system, adhesive
with the vehicle off if the driver’s door is sheet, down aiming). These headlamps
opened and closed, the headlamps (and/ are designed not to dazzle opposite
or position lamps) are turned off after 15 drivers.
seconds.
You can activate or deactivate the Traffic
The headlamps (and/or position lamps) Change feature from the User Settings
can be turned off by pressing the lock mode on the LCD display. Go to ‘Lights →
button on the remote key or smart key Travel Mode’.
twice or turning the headlamp switch to
the OFF or AUTO position. For more details, refer to “LCD Display”
In chapter 4.
You can enable the headlamp delay
function by selecting ‘Setup → User
Settings → Lights → Headlight Delay.
NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle through
another door besides the driver
door, the battery saver function
does not operate and the headlamp
delay function does not turn OFF
automatically.
This may cause the battery to
discharge. To avoid battery discharge,
turn OFF the headlamps manually from
the headlamp switch before exiting the
vehicle.
5-85
Convenient features
High Beam Assist (HBA)

NOTICE
Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of High Beam Assist.
For more details on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.
System settings
OIK047090 With the engine on, select ‘Lights → High
High Beam Assist will automatically Beam Assist (or HBA (High Beam Assist))’
adjust the headlamp range (switches from the Settings menu to turn on High
between high beam and low beam) Beam Assist and deselect to turn off the
depending on the brightness of detected system.
vehicles and certain road conditions.
Detecting sensor (Front view WARNING

camera) For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
OTM070001
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect ambient light
and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
5-86
05
System operation • When High Beam Assist is operating,
Display and control high beam switches to low beam if
any of the following conditions occur:
• After selecting ‘High Beam Assist’
in the Settings menu, High Beam - When the headlamp of an
Assist will operate by following the oncoming vehicle is detected.
procedure below. - When the tail lamp of a vehicle in
- Place the headlamp switch in front is detected.
the AUTO position and push - When the headlamp or tail lamp of a
the headlamp lever towards the motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
instrument cluster. The High Beam - When the surrounding ambient light
Assist ( ) indicator light will is bright enough that high beams
illuminate on the cluster and the are not required.
system will be enabled.
- When streetlights or other lights are
- When the system is enabled, high detected.
beam will turn on when vehicle
speed is above 25mph (40km/h). System malfunction and
When vehicle speed is below 15mph
(25km/h), high beam will not turn
limitations
on. System malfunction
- The High Beam ( ) indicator light Type A
Type B

will illuminate on the cluster when
high beam is on.
• When High Beam Assist is operating, if
the headlamp lever or switch is used,
the system operates as follow:
- If the headlamp lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is off, the high beam will turn on
without High Beam Assist canceled.
When you let go of the headlamp OTM050218N OTM050218L
lever, the lever will move to the
middle and the high beam will turn When High Beam Assist is not working
off. properly, the ‘Check High Beam Assist
(HBA) system’ or ‘Check HBA (High
- If the headlamp lever is pulled Beam Assist system’ warning message
towards you when the high beam is will appear and warning light will
on by High Beam Assist, low beam illuminate on the cluster. We recommend
will be on and the system will turn that the system be inspected by an
off. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- If the headlamp switch is placed
from AUTO to another position
(headlamp/position/off), High
Beam Assist will turn off and the
corresponding lamp will turn on.
5-87
Convenient features
Limitations of the system WARNING

High Beam Assist may not work properly • At times, High Beam Assist may not
in the following situations: work properly. It is the responsibility
• Light from a vehicle is not detected of the driver for safe driving
because of lamp damage, or because practices and always check the road
it is hidden from sight, etc. conditions for your safety.
• Headlamp of a vehicle is covered with • When High Beam Assist does
dust, snow or water. not operate normally, change
• A vehicle’s headlamps are off but the the headlamp position manually
fog lamps are on and etc. between high beam and low beam.
• There is a lamp that has a similar
shape as a vehicle’s lamp.
• Headlamps have been damaged or
not repaired properly.
• Headlamps are not aimed properly.
• Driving on a narrow curved road,
rough road, uphill or downhill.
• Vehicle in front is partially visible on a
crossroad or curved road.
• There is a traffic light, reflecting sign,
flashing sign or mirror ahead.
• There is a temporary reflector or flash
ahead (construction area).
• The road conditions are bad such as
being wet, iced or covered with snow.
• A vehicle suddenly appears from a
curve.
• The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or
is being towed.
• Light from a vehicle is not detected
because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog,
snow, etc.
For more details on the limitations

5-88
05
INTERIOR LIGHTS
WARNING Front lamps
Do not use the interior lights when
driving in the dark. The interior lights
may obscure your view and cause an
accident.
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the vehicle is
turned off or the battery will discharge.
Interior lamp AUTO cut OTM050227L
The interior lamps will automatically go Front map lamp ( ):

off approximately 10 minutes after the Touch either icons to turn the map lamp
vehicle is turned off and the doors are on or off. This light produces a spot
closed. If a door is opened, the lamp beam for convenient use as a map lamp
will go off 40 minutes after the vehicle at night or as a personal lamp for the
is turned off. If the doors are locked by driver and the front passenger.
the smart key and the vehicle enters the
armed stage of the theft alarm system, Door lamp ( ):
the lamps will go off five seconds later.
The front or rear room lamps come on
when the front or rear doors are opened.
When doors are unlocked by the smart
key, the front and rear lamps come on
for approximately 30 seconds as long as
any door is not opened. The front and
rear room lamps go out gradually after
approximately 30 seconds when the
door is closed. However, if the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
or all doors are locked, the front and rear
lamps will turn off. If a door is opened
with the ignition switch in the ACC
position or the OFF position, the front
and rear lamps will stay on for about 20
minutes.
Room lamp ( )
Press the button to turn ON the room
lamp for the front/rear seats.
5-89
Convenient features
Rear lamps Vanity mirror lamp

Type A

OTM048076 OTM050200
Type B
Push the switch to turn the light on or off.
• : The lamp will turn on if this
button is pressed.
• : The lamp will turn off if this
button is pressed.
OTM048409
Rear room lamp switch :

Press this button to turn the room lamp
on and off.
5-90
05
Luggage compartment lamp Puddle lamp
OTM050079 OTM050080
• ON : The luggage compartment lamp

stays on at all times. Welcome light
• DOOR : The luggage compartment When all doors (and liftgate) are closed
lamp comes on when the liftgate is and locked, the puddle lamp will turn on
opened. for 15 seconds if the door is unlocked by
the smart key or when you put your hand
• OFF : The luggage compartment lamp
in the outside door handle with the smart
is off.
key in possession.
For more details, refer to “Welcome
System” in this chapter.
Escort light
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the OFF position and the driver’s door is
opened, the puddle lamp will turn on for
30 seconds. If the driver’s door is closed
within the 30 second period, the puddle
lamp will turn off after 15 seconds. If the
driver’s door is closed and locked, the
puddle lamp will turn off immediately.
The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will turn
on only the first time the driver’s door is
opened after the engine is turned off.
5-91
Convenient features
Welcome system Headlamp and position lamp

When the headlamp (lamp switch in the
headlamp or AUTO position) is on and
all doors (and liftgate) are locked and
closed, the position lamp and headlamp
will come on for 15 seconds when the
door unlock button is pressed on the
remote key or smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button, the position lamp and
headlamp will turn off immediately.
OTM050075 Interior lamp

Welcome system helps keep the driver When the interior lamp switch is in the
visible by turning on vehicle lights when position and all doors (and liftgate)
the driver approaches the vehicle. are closed and locked, the room lamp
will come on for 30 seconds if any of the
Puddle lamp and door handle lamp below is performed.
When all the doors (and liftgate) are -- When the door unlock button is
closed and locked, the puddle lamp pressed on the remote key or smart
and door handle lamp will turn on for key.
approximately 15 seconds if any of the -- When you put your hand in the
below is performed. outside door handle while carrying the
1. If ‘Convenience → Welcome mirror/ smart key.
light → On door unlock’ is selected in
the User Settings mode on the LCD At this time, if you press the door lock
display, or unlock button on the smart key the
• the lamps will turn on when the lamps will turn off immediately.
door lock button is pressed on the
smart key.
• the lamps will turn on when the
button of the outside door handle
is pressed with the smart key in
possession.
2. If both ‘Convenience → Welcome
mirror/light → On door unlock’ and
‘Convenience → Welcome mirror/light
→ On driver approach’ is selected in
the User Settings mode on the LCD
display, the lamps will turn on when
the vehicle is approached with the
smart key in possession.
You can activate or deactivate Welcome

Light function from the User Settings
mode on the LCD display.
5-92
05
Wipers and washers
Front windshield wiper/washer
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition
switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever down (V)
or up (MIST) and release
it. The wipers will operate
continuously if the lever is
held in this position.
OFF : Wipers are not in operation.
OTLE045161
INT : Wipers operate intermittently
Rear windshield wiper/washer
at the same wiping intervals.
Use this mode in light rain
or mist. To vary the speed
setting, turn the speed
control knob.
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
Information
OTLE045508
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
A. Wiper speed control (front) windshield for about 10 minutes, or until
• MIST – Single wipe the snow and/or ice is removed before
• OFF – Off using the windshield wipers to ensure
proper operation.
• INT – Intermittent wipe
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice
AUTO* – Auto control wipe before using the wiper and washer, it may
• LO– Low wiper speed damage the wiper and washer system.
• HI – High wiper speed
B. Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
C. Wash with brief wipes (front)
D. Rear wiper control*
• HI – High wiper speed
• LO– Low wiper speed
• OFF – Off
E. Wash with brief wipes (rear)
* : if equipped
5-93
Convenient features
AUTO (Automatic) control WARNING

(if equipped)
To avoid personal injury from the
The rain sensor located on the upper windshield wipers, when the engine
end of the windshield glass senses is running and the windshield wiper
the amount of rainfall and controls the switch is placed in the AUTO mode:
wiping cycle for the proper interval.
• Do not touch the upper end of the
The wiper operation time will be windshield glass facing the rain
automatically controlled depends on sensor.
rainfall.
• Do not wipe the upper end of the
When the rain stops, the wiper stops. windshield glass with a damp or wet
To vary the sensitivity setting, turn the cloth.
sensitivity control knob. • Do not put pressure on the
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode windshield glass.
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position, the wiper will operate
once to perform a self-check of the NOTICE
system. Set the wiper to the OFF (O) • When washing the vehicle, set the
position when the wiper is not in use. wiper switch in the OFF (O) position
to stop the auto wiper operation. The
wiper may operate and be damaged
if the switch is set in the AUTO mode
while washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to system components
could occur and may not be covered
by your vehicle warranty.
• Because of using a photo sensor,
temporary malfunction could occur
according to sudden ambient light
change made by stone and dust
while driving.
5-94
05
Front windshield washers WARNING
When the outside temperature is below
freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield
using the defroster to help prevent
the washer fluid from freezing on the
windshield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an accident and
NOTICE
OTLE045164 washer pump, do not operate the
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently washer when the fluid reservoir is
toward you to spray washer fluid on the empty.
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 • To prevent possible damage to the
cycles. The spray and wiper operation wipers or windshield, do not operate
will continue until you release the lever. If the wipers when the windshield is
the washer does not work, you may need dry.
to add washer fluid to the washer fluid • To prevent damage to the wiper
reservoir. arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
wipers and washer system, use anti-
freezing washer fluids in the winter
season or cold weather.
5-95
Convenient features
Rear window wiper and washer Auto rear wiper (if equipped)
The rear wiper will operate while the
vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper
ON by selecting the function from the
Settings menu on the LCD display.
Select:
-- Setup → User Settings → Convenience
→ Auto Rear Wiper (in R)
OTLE045165
The rear window wiper and washer

switch is located at the end of the wiper
and washer switch lever. Turn the switch
to the desired position to operate the
rear wiper and washer.
HI – High wiper speed
LO – Low wiper speed
OFF – Off
OTLE045166
Push the lever away from you to spray

rear washer fluid and to run the rear
wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper
operation will continue until you release
the lever.
5-96
05
Manual climate control system (if equipped)
OTM050121L
1. Fan speed control knob 6. Air conditioning button

2. Temperature control knob 7. Air intake control button
3. Mode selection button
4. Front windshield defroster button
5. Rear window defroster button
5-97
Convenient features
Heating and air conditioning 3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.
1. Start the engine.
4. Set the air intake control to the
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
outside (fresh) air position.
To improve the effectiveness of
5. Set the fan speed control to the
heating and cooling, select:
desired speed.
-- Heating:
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
-- Cooling: air conditioning system on.
Mode selection (3)
The actual shape of air conditioner may differ from the illustration.
OTMA050100
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation
system.
5-98
05
Floor/Defrost-Level
Face-Level (B, C, E)
(A, C, D, E, F, G)
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each outlet floor and the windshield with a small
can be controlled to direct the air amount directed to the side window
discharged from the outlet. defrosters.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G) Front defroster (A, D)
Air flow is directed towards the face and Most of the air flow is directed to the
the floor. windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
A/C MAX-Level (B, D) (if equipped)

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F, G)
To operate the A/C MAX, turn the
temperature control knob to extreme
Most of the air flow is directed to the left. Air flow is directed toward the upper
floor, with a small amount of the air body and face.
being directed to the windshield and side In this mode, the air conditioning and the
window defrosters. recirculated air position will be selected
automatically.
After the interior has cooled sufficiently,
whenever possible, move the
temperature knob away from A/C MAX
and press the A/C button.
5-99
Convenient features
Front
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from the
passenger compartment will
be drawn through the heating
system and heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
Outside (fresh) air position

Type A

OTM050124 With the outside (fresh) air
Rear
position selected, air enters
the vehicle from outside
and is heated or cooled
Type B
according to the function
selected.
Information
OTM048308 Using the system in the fresh air position is
Instrument panel vents recommended.
The outlet vents can be opened or closed Prolonged operation of the heater in the
separately using the vent control lever. recirculated air position (without air
If you move the vent control lever to the conditioning selected) can cause fogging of
left end, the outlet vents can be closed. the windshield and side windows and the
air within the passenger compartment will
Temperature control become stale.
The temperature will increase by turning In addition, prolonged use of the air
the knob to the right. The temperature conditioning with the recirculated air
will decrease by turning the knob to the position selected will result in excessively
left. dry air in the passenger compartment.
Air intake control

This is used to select outside (fresh) air
position or recirculated air position. To
change the air intake control position,
press the control button.
5-100
05
WARNING System operation
• Continued climate control system
Ventilation
operation in the recirculated air 1. Set the mode to the position.
position may allow humidity to 2. Set the air intake control to the
increase inside the vehicle which outside (fresh) air position.
may fog the glass and obscure 3. Set the temperature control to the
visibility. desired position.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air 4. Set the fan speed control to the
conditioning or heating system on. It desired speed.
may cause serious harm or death due
to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
Heating
• Continued climate control system 1. Set the mode to the position.
operation in the recirculated air 2. Set the air intake control to the
position can cause drowsiness outside (fresh) air position.
or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle 3. Set the temperature control to the
control. Set the air intake control desired position.
to the outside (fresh) air position as 4. Set the fan speed control to the
much as possible while driving. desired speed.
Fan speed control 5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
Turn the knob to the right to increase equipped) on.
the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob
to the left to decrease fan speed and If the windshield fogs up, set the mode
airflow. to the or position.
Setting the fan speed control knob to the
Operation Tips
“0” position turns off the fan.
• To help keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
NOTICE ventilation system, temporarily set the
Operating the fan speed when the air intake control to the recirculated
ignition switch is in the ON position air position. Be sure to return the
could cause the battery to discharge. control to the fresh air position when
Operate the fan speed when the engine the irritation has passed to keep fresh
is running. air in the vehicle. This will help keep
the driver alert and comfortable.
Air conditioning (A/C) (if equipped) • To prevent interior fog on the
Press the A/C button to turn the air windshield, set the air intake control
conditioning system on (indicator light to the fresh air position and fan speed
will illuminate). Press the button again to to the desired position, turn on the air
turn the air conditioning system off. conditioning system, and adjust the
temperature control to the desired
temperature.
5-101
Convenient features
Air conditioning NOTICE

HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are • When using the air conditioning
filled with R-134a or R-1234yf refrigerant. system, monitor the temperature
1. Start the engine. Push the air gauge closely while driving up
conditioning button. hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high.
2. Set the mode to the position.
Air conditioning system operation
3. Set the air intake control to the may cause engine overheating.
outside air or recirculated air position. Continue to use the fan but turn the
4. Adjust the fan speed control and air conditioning system off if the
temperature control to maintain temperature gauge indicates engine
maximum comfort. overheating.
• When opening the windows in humid
weather air conditioning may create
Information water droplets inside the vehicle.
Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or Since excessive water droplets
R-1234yf according to the regulation in may cause damage to electrical
your country at the time of production. equipment, air conditioning should
You can find out which air conditioning only be used with the windows
refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on closed.
the label located inside of the hood. Refer
to chapter 8 for the location of the air
conditioning refrigerant label.
NOTICE
• The refrigerant system should only
be serviced by trained and certified
technicians to insure proper and safe
operation.
• The refrigerant system should be
serviced in a well-ventilated place.
• The air conditioning evaporator
(cooling coil) shall never be repaired
or replaced with one removed from
a used or salvaged vehicle and new
replacement MAC evaporators shall
be certified (and labeled) as meeting
SAE Standard J2842.
5-102
05
Air conditioning system operation tips System maintenance
• If the vehicle has been parked in Cabin air filter
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside air
position.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air OIK047401L
conditioning system with the windows [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
and sunroof closed. [C] : Cabin air filter, [D] : Blower
• Use the air conditioning system every [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
month for a few minutes to ensure The cabin air filter is installed behind
maximum system performance. the glove box. It filters the dust or other
• If you operate the air conditioner pollutants that enter the vehicle through
excessively, the difference between the heating and air conditioning system.
the temperature of the outside air and We recommend that the cabin air filter
that of the windshield could cause be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
the outer surface of the windshield to dealer according to the maintenance
fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this schedule.
case, set the mode selection knob to
If the vehicle is being driven in severe
the position and set the fan speed
conditions such as dusty or rough roads,
control knob to the lowest speed
more frequent climate control filter
setting.
inspections and changes are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
we recommend the system be checked
at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-103
Convenient features
Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the
performance of the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, we
recommend that the system be inspected by
OTM050040L
NOTICE Air Conditioning refrigerant label
It is important that the correct type and You can find out which air conditioning
amount of oil and refrigerant is used. refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
Otherwise, damage to the compressor the label located inside of the hood.
and abnormal system operation may
occur. To prevent damage, the air Example

conditioning system in your vehicle
should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is
mildly flammable and
operated at high pressure,
the air conditioning system OHYK059001
should only be serviced Each symbols and specification on

by trained and certified the air conditioning refrigerant label is
technicians. It is important represented as below:
that the correct type and 1. Classification of refrigerant
amount of oil and refrigerant
are used. 2. Amount of refrigerant
All refrigerants should be reclaimed 3. Classification of compressor lubricant
with proper equipment. 4. Caution
Venting refrigerants directly to the 5. Flammable refrigerant
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
6. To require registered technician to
and environment. Failure to heed these
service air conditioning system
warnings can lead to serious injuries.
5-104
05
Automatic climate control system (if equipped)
OTMA050101
1. Driver’s temperature control knob 7. SYNC button

2. Passenger’s temperature control knob 8. OFF button
3. AUTO (automatic control) button 9. Fan speed button
4. Front windshield defroster button 10. Mode selection button
5. Rear window defroster button 11. Climate control button
6. Air conditioning button 12. Air intake control button
5-105
Convenient features
Automatic heating and air

conditioning
The Automatic Climate Control System
is controlled by setting the desired
temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button. (3)
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by the temperature
setting you select.
OTM050052
2. Turn the temperature control knob
(1, 2) to the desired temperature. If
the temperature is set to the lowest Information
setting (Lo), the air conditioning
system will operate continuously. Never place anything near the sensor to
After the interior has cooled ensure better control of the heating and
sufficiently, adjust the knob to cooling system.
a higher temperature set point
whenever possible. Manual heating and air
conditioning
To turn the automatic operation off, The heating and cooling system can be
select any button of the following: controlled manually by pushing buttons
-- Mode selection button other than the AUTO button. In this case,
-- Front windshield defroster button the system works sequentially according
(Press the button one more time to the order of buttons selected. When
to deselect the front windshield pressing any button except the AUTO
defroster function. The ‘AUTO’ sign button while using automatic operation,
will illuminate on the information the functions not selected will be
display once again.) controlled automatically.
-- Fan speed control button 1. Start the engine.
The selected function will be 2. Set the mode to the desired position.
controlled manually while other For improving the effectiveness of
functions operate automatically. heating and cooling, select:
For your convenience and to improve -- Heating:
the effectiveness of the climate control, -- Cooling:
use the AUTO button and set the 3. Set the temperature control to the
temperature to 73°F (23°C). desired position.
outside (fresh) air position.
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button to convert to
full automatic control of the system.
5-106
05
Mode selection (12)
OTMA050100
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation
system.
5-107
Convenient features
Front

Face-Level (B, C, E)
Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air
discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G) OTM050124

Rear

Air flow is directed towards the face and

the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F, G)
Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and side OTM050201
window defrosters. Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or closed
Floor/Defrost-Level separately using the vent control lever.
(A, C, D, E, F, G) If you move the vent control lever to the
left end, the outlet vents can be closed.
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
5-108
05
Temperature control Adjusting the driver and passenger side
temperature individually
• Press the “SYNC” button again to
adjust the driver and passenger side
temperature individually. The button
indicator will turn off.
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Centigrade.
To change the temperature unit from °C
OTM050103
to °F or °F to °C :
The temperature will increase by pushing -- Automatic climate control system
the knob upward. The temperature Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
will decrease by pushing the knob while pressing the OFF button.
downward.
-- Instrument cluster
Go to User Settings Mode → Units →
Temperature Unit.
The temperature unit on both the cluster
LCD display and the climate control
screen will change.
OTM050108
Adjusting the driver and passenger side

temperature equally
• Press the “SYNC” button to adjust
the driver and passenger side
temperature equally.
The passenger side temperature will
be set to the same temperature as the
driver side temperature.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and
passenger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
5-109
Convenient features
Air intake control Information

This is used to select the outside (fresh) Using the system in the fresh air position is
air position or recirculated air position. recommended.
To change the air intake control position, Prolonged operation of the heater in the
push the control button. recirculated air position (without air
conditioning selected) can cause fogging of
Recirculated air position the windshield and side windows and the
With the recirculated air air within the passenger compartment will
position selected, air from the become stale.
passenger compartment will In addition, prolonged use of the air
be drawn through the heating conditioning with the recirculated air
system and heated or cooled position selected will result in excessively
according to the function dry air in the passenger compartment.
selected.
Outside (fresh) air position WARNING

Type A

With the outside (fresh) air • Continued climate control system
position selected, air enters operation in the recirculated air
the vehicle from outside position may allow humidity to
and is heated or cooled increase inside the vehicle which
according to the function may fog the glass and obscure
Type B
visibility.
selected.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
conditioning or heating system on. It
may cause serious harm or death due
to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
• Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air
position can cause drowsiness
or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle
control. Set the air intake control
to the outside (fresh) air position as
much as possible while driving.
5-110
05
Fan speed control System operation
The fan speed can be set as desired by Ventilation
pushing the fan speed control button. 1. Set the mode to the position.
More air is delivered with higher fan 2. Set the air intake control to the
speeds. outside (fresh) air position.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan. 3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
NOTICE 4. Set the fan speed control to the
Operating the fan when the ignition desired speed.
switch is in the ON position could cause
the battery to discharge. Operate the Heating
fan when the engine is running. 1. Set the mode to the position.
Air conditioning outside (fresh) air position.
Push the A/C button to turn the air 3. Set the temperature control to the
conditioning system on (indicator light desired position.
will illuminate).
Push the button again to turn the air desired speed.
conditioning system off.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
OFF mode turn the air conditioning system on.
Push the OFF button to turn the climate If the windshield fogs up, set the mode
control system off. However, you can still to the or position.
operate the mode and air intake buttons
as long as the ignition switch is in the ON Operation Tips
position. • To help keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the recirculated
air position. Be sure to return the
control to the fresh air position when
the irritation has passed to keep fresh
air in the vehicle. This will help keep
the driver alert and comfortable.
• To prevent interior fog on the
windshield, set the air intake control
to the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the air
conditioning system, and adjust the
temperature control to the desired
temperature.
5-111
Convenient features
Air conditioning NOTICE

HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are • When using the air conditioning
filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. system, monitor the temperature
1. Start the engine. Push the air gauge closely while driving up
conditioning button. hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high.
2. Set the mode to the position.
Air conditioning system operation
3. Set the air intake control to the may cause engine overheating.
outside air or recirculated air position. Continue to use the fan but turn the
4. Adjust the fan speed control and air conditioning system off if the
temperature control to maintain temperature gauge indicates engine
maximum comfort. overheating.
• When opening the windows in humid
weather air conditioning may create
Information water droplets inside the vehicle.
Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or Since excessive water droplets
R1234yf according to the regulation in may cause damage to electrical
your country at the time of production. equipment, air conditioning should
You can find out which air conditioning only be used with the windows
refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on closed.
the label located inside of the hood. Refer
to chapter 8 for the location of the air
conditioning refrigerant label.
NOTICE
• The refrigerant system should only
be serviced by trained and certified
technicians to insure proper and safe
operation.
• The refrigerant system should be
serviced in a well-ventilated place.
• The air conditioning evaporator
(cooling coil) shall never be repaired
or replaced with one removed from
a used or salvaged vehicle and new
replacement MAC evaporators shall
be certified (and labeled) as meeting
SAE Standard J2842.
5-112
05
Air conditioning system operation tips System maintenance
• If the vehicle has been parked in Cabin air filter
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside air
position.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air OIK047401L
conditioning system with the windows [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
and sunroof closed. [C] : Cabin air filter, [D] : Blower
• Use the air conditioning system every [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
month for a few minutes to ensure The cabin air filter is installed behind
maximum system performance. the glove box. It filters the dust or other
• If you operate the air conditioner pollutants that enter the vehicle through
excessively, the difference between the heating and air conditioning system.
the temperature of the outside air and We recommend that the cabin air filter
that of the windshield could cause be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
the outer surface of the windshield to dealer according to the maintenance
fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this schedule. If the vehicle is being driven
case, set the mode selection button to in severe conditions such as dusty or
the position and set the fan speed rough roads, more frequent climate
control knob to the lowest speed control filter inspections and changes are
setting. required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
we recommend the system be checked
at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-113
Convenient features
Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the
performance of the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, we
recommend that the system be inspected by
OTM050040L
NOTICE Air Conditioning refrigerant label
It is important that the correct type and You can find out which air conditioning
amount of oil and refrigerant is used. refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
Otherwise, damage to the compressor the label located inside of the hood.
and abnormal system operation may
occur. To prevent damage, the air Example

conditioning system in your vehicle
should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is
mildly flammable and
operated at high pressure,
the air conditioning system OHYK059001
should only be serviced Each symbols and specification on

by trained and certified the air conditioning refrigerant label is
technicians. It is important represented as below:
that the correct type and 1. Classification of refrigerant
amount of oil and refrigerant
are used. 2. Amount of refrigerant
All refrigerants should be reclaimed 3. Classification of compressor lubricant
with proper equipment. 4. Caution
Venting refrigerants directly to the 5. Flammable refrigerant
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
6. To require registered technician to
and environment. Failure to heed these
service air conditioning system
warnings can lead to serious injuries.
5-114
05
Windshield defrosting and defogging
WARNING Manual climate control system
Windshield heating
To defog inside windshield
Do not use the position during
cooling operation in extremely humid
weather. The difference between the
temperature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause the outer
surface of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility could cause
an accident resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the mode
selection button to the position
and fan speed control knob to a lower
speed. OTM050115
1. Select any fan speed except “0”

• For maximum defrost performance,
position.
set the temperature control to the
highest temperature setting and 2. Select the desired temperature.
the fan speed control to the highest 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
setting. 4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected
• If warm air to the floor is desired while automatically. Additionally, the
defrosting or defogging, set the mode air conditioning (if equipped) will
to the floor-defrost position. automatically operate if the mode is
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice selected to the position.
from the windshield, rear window, If the air conditioning and outside
side view mirrors, and all side (fresh) air position are not selected
windows. automatically, press the corresponding
• Clear all snow and ice from the button manually.
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill
to improve heater and defroster
efficiency and to reduce the
probability of fogging up the inside of
the windshield.
NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still cold
after starting, then a brief engine warm
up period may be required for the
vented air flow to become warm or hot.
5-115
Convenient features
To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control

system
To defog inside windshield
OTM050126
1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position. OTM050116
2. Set the temperature to the extreme 1. Select the desired fan speed.
hot position. 2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air and air 4. The air-conditioning will turn on
conditioning (if equipped) will be according to the detected ambient
selected automatically. temperature, outside (fresh) air
position and higher fan speed will be
selected automatically.
If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh)
air position and higher fan speed are
not selected automatically, adjust the
corresponding button or knob manually.
If the position is selected, lower fan
speed is controlled to higher fan speed.
5-116
05
To defrost outside windshield Auto defogging system (only
for automatic climate control
system, if equipped)
Auto defogging help reduce the
possibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing the
moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is on.
Information
OTM050117 The auto defogging system may not
1. Set fan speed to the highest position. operate normally, when the outside
temperature is below 14°F(-10°C).
2. Set temperature to the extreme hot
(HI) position.
To cancel or set the Auto Defogging
3. Press the defroster button ( ). System, keep the front defroster button
4. The air-conditioning will turn pressed for 3 seconds. The “ADS OFF”
on according to the detected symbol will be shown in the climate
ambient temperature and outside display to inform you that the system
(fresh) air position will be selected is deactivated. To re-activate the auto
automatically. defogging system, follow the procedure
If the position is selected, lower fan mentioned above and the “ADS OFF”
speed is controlled to higher fan speed. symbol will disappear.
If the battery has been disconnected
or discharged, it resets to the auto
defogging status.
Information
For efficiency, do not select recirculated
air position while the Auto defogging
system is operating.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located
on the top of the windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur
and may not be covered by your vehicle
warranty.
5-117
Convenient features
Rear window defroster Information

• If there is heavy accumulation of snow
NOTICE on the rear window, brush it off before
To prevent damage to the rear window operating the rear defroster.
defroster conducting elements bonded • The rear window defroster
to the inside surface of the rear window, automatically turns off after
never use sharp instruments or window approximately 20 minutes or when the
cleaners containing abrasives to clean Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF
the window. position.
The defroster heats the Side view mirror defroster (if
window to remove frost, fog equipped)
and thin ice from the interior
and exterior of the rear If your vehicle is equipped with the Side
window, while the engine is view mirror defrosters, they will operate
running. at the same time you turn on the rear
window defroster.
• To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster
button located in the center control
panel. The indicator on the rear
window defroster button illuminates
when the defroster is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.
5-118
05
Climate control additional features
Auto defogging system When the Auto Defogging
System operates, the indicator
will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is detected
in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging
System will be enabled. The following
steps will be performed automatically:
Step 1) Air conditioning will turn ON.
Step 2) Air intake control will change to
Fresh mode.
Step 3) Mode will change to defrost to
direct airflow to the windshield.
OTM050039
Step 4) Fan speed will be set to MAX.
Auto defogging helps reduce the
possibility of fogging up the inside of the If the air conditioning is off or
windshield by automatically sensing the recirculation mode is manually selected
moisture on inside the windshield. while Auto Defogging System is ON, the
The auto defogging system operates Auto Defogging System indicator will
when the heater or air conditioning is on. blink 3 times to signal that the manual
operation has been canceled.
Information
The auto defogging system may not
operate normally, when the outside
temperature is below 14°F (10°C).
5-119
Convenient features
Turning the Auto Defogging System NOTICE

ON or OFF Do not remove the sensor cover located
Climate control system on the upper end of the windshield
Press the front windshield defroster glass.
button for 3 seconds when the Engine Damage to system parts could occur
Start/Stop button is in the ON position. and may not be covered by your vehicle
When the Auto Defogging System is warranty.
turned off, the ADS OFF symbol will blink
3 times and ADS OFF will be displayed on Auto dehumidify (if equipped)
the climate control information screen.
To increase cabin air quality and reduce
When the Auto Defogging System is windshield misting, recirculation mode
turned on, the ADS OFF symbol will blink switches off automatically after about 5
6 times without a signal. to 30 minutes, depending on the outside
temperature, and the air intake will
Infotainment system change to fresh mode.
Auto Defogging System can be turned
on and off by selecting ‘Setup → Turning Auto Dehumidify ON or OFF
Vehicle Settings → Climate → Defog/ Climate control system
Defrost Options → Auto Defog’ from the To turn the Auto Dehumidify feature
infotainment system screen. on or off, select Face level ( ) mode
For detailed information, refer to the and press the air intake control ( )
separately supplied infotainment button at least five times within three
system manual. seconds. When Auto Dehumidify is
turned on, the air intake control button
indicator will blink 6 times. When turned
Information off, the indicator will blink 3 times.
• When the air conditioning is turned
on by Auto Defogging System, if you Infotainment system
try to turn off the air conditioning, the Auto Dehumidify can be turned on and
indicator will blink 3 times and the air off by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings
conditioning will not be turned off. → Climate → Automatic Ventilation →
• To maintain the effectiveness and Auto Dehumidify’ from the infotainment
efficiency of the Auto Defogging system screen.
System, do not select Recirculation For detailed information, refer to the
mode while the system is operating. separately supplied infotainment
• When Auto Defogging System is system manual.
operating, fan speed adjustment,
temperature adjustment, and air intake
control selection are all disabled.
5-120
05
Recirculating air when washer Sunroof inside air recirculation
fluid is used (if equipped)
Recirculation mode automatically When the is sunroof opened, fresh
activates to reduce any objectionable mode will be automatically selected.
scent of the washer fluid from entering At this time, if you press the air intake
the cabin when the windshield washer is control button, recirculation mode will
used. be selected but will change back to fresh
mode after 3 minutes. When the sunroof
Turning Activate upon Washer Fluid is closed, the air intake position will
Use ON or OFF return to the original position that was
Climate control system selected.
To turn the Activate upon Washer Fluid Auto. Controls That Use Climate
Use feature on or off, select Floor level
( ) mode, and then press the air Control Settings (for driver’s
intake control ( ) button four times seat)
within two seconds while pressing the The temperature of the driver’s seat
A/C icon. warmer, air ventilated seat and heated
When Activate upon Washer Fluid Use steering wheel is automatically
ON is turned on, the air intake control controlled depending on the inside and
button indicator will blink 6 times. When outside temperature of the vehicle when
turned off, the indicator will blink 3 the engine is running.
times. To use these features, it must be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
Infotainment system infotainment system screen. Select:
Activate upon Washer Fluid Use can be -- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat →
turned on and off by selecting ‘Setup → Heated/Ventilated Features → Heated/
Vehicle Settings → Climate → Recirculate Ventilated Features → Auto. Controls
Air → Activate upon Washer Fluid Use That Use Climate Control Settings
(or Interlocking washer fluid)’ from the For more details on Auto Comfort
infotainment system screen. Control, refer to “Seat Warmers” and
For detailed information, refer to the “Air ventilation seats” section in chapter
separately supplied infotainment 3 and “Heated Steering Wheel” section
system manual. in chapter 5.
However, in cold weather to prevent

the windshield from fogging up, the
recirculation mode may not be selected.
5-121
Convenient features
Storage compartment
WARNING Center console storage
Never store cigarette lighters, propane
cylinders, or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These items
may catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures
for extended periods.
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment
covers closed securely while driving.
Items inside your vehicle are moving as OTM050037
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop To open:

or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the Press the button.
items may fly out of the compartment
and may cause an injury if they strike
the driver or a passenger.
Glove box
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartments.
OTM050223L
To open:
Pull the lever (1).
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after
use.
An open glove box door can cause
serious injury to the passenger in an
accident, even if the passenger is
wearing a seat belt.
5-122
05
Tray Luggage tray (if equipped)
Type A

OTM050034 OTM050202
Type B

WARNING
Do not place the heavy, sharp or
breakable objects in the tray. Such
objects can be thrown from the
tray in the event of a sudden stop
or an accident, possibly injuring the
passengers in the vehicle.
OTM050203
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector

triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in the box
for easy access.
• Grasp the handle on the top of the
cover and lift it.
5-123
Convenient features
Interior features
Cup holder WARNING
Front
• Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is in use to
prevent spilling your drink. If hot
liquid spills, you could be burned.
Such a burn to the driver could cause
accident.
• Do not place uncovered or unsecured
cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup
holder containing hot liquid while
the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may
OTM050030L
result in the event of a sudden stop
Rear
or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup holders.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
light and do not put them in a hot
vehicle. It may explode.
OTM050204
Cups or small beverages cups may be NOTICE

placed in the cup holders. • Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your drink.
If liquid spills, it may get into the
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system
and damage electrical/electronic
parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids do not
use hot air to blow out or dry the cup
holder. This may damage the interior.
5-124
05
Ashtray (if equipped) Sunvisor
OPDE046419 OTM048089
To use the ashtray, open the cover. To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun
To clean the ashtray: from the side window, pull it downward,
The plastic receptacle should be release it from the bracket (1) and swing
removed by lifting the plastic ashtray it to the side (2) towards the window.
receptacle upward after turning the To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
cover counterclockwise and pulling it sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
out. Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward
(4) as needed (if equipped). Use the
WARNING ticket holder (5) to hold tickets.
Putting lit cigarettes or matches in Close the vanity mirror cover securely
an ashtray with other combustible and return the sunvisor to its original
materials may cause a fire. position after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view
when using the sunvisor.
NOTICE
The tab (5) adjacent to the vanity mirror
on the sunvisor can be used for toll
road tickets or self parking tickets. Use
caution when inserting tickets into the
ticket holder to avoid damage. Refrain
from putting several tickets in the ticket
holder as this could also damage the
retaining tab.
5-125
Convenient features
Power outlet CAUTION

Front
To prevent damage to the power
outlets:
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods
of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12 volts electric accessories
which are less than 180 watts in
OTM050026 electric capacity.
Rear
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet. These devices may
cause excessive audio static and
malfunctions in other electronic
systems or devices used in your
OTM050031
vehicle.
The power outlet is designed to provide • Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
power for mobile telephones or other good contact is not made, the plug
devices designed to operate with vehicle may overheat and the fuse may open.
electrical systems. The devices should
draw less than 180 watts with the engine • Plug in battery equipped electrical/
running. electronic devices with reverse
current protection. The current
from the battery may flow into the
WARNING vehicle’s electrical/electronic system
and cause system malfunction.
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place
your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.)
into a power outlet or touch the power
outlet with a wet hand.
5-126
05
USB charger AC Inverter (if equipped)
Front

OTM050028 OTMA050011
Rear
The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W
electric power to operate electric
accessories or equipments.
Information
OTM050058
The USB charger is designed to recharge

batteries of small size electrical devices
using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be recharged
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ACC or ON (or START) position. OJX1070288L
The battery charging state may be • Rated voltage : AC 115 volts

monitored on the electrical device. • Maximum electric power : 150 watts
Disconnect the USB cable from the USB • In order to avoid an electrical system
port after use. failure, electric shock, etc., be sure to
• A smart phone or a tablet PC may read owner’s manual before use.
get warmer during the re-charging • Be sure to close the cover except the
process. It does not indicate any time of use.
malfunction with the charging system.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC, which
adopts a different re-charging
method, may not be properly re-
charged. In this case, use an exclusive
charger of your device.
• The charging terminal is only to
recharge a device. Do not use the
charging terminal either to turn ON
an audio or to play media In the
infotainment system.
5-127
Convenient features
WARNING NOTICE
To reduce a risk of serious or fatal • To help prevent the battery from
injuries: being discharged, do not use the
AC inverter while the engine is not
• Do not use a heated electric device running.
such as a coffeepot, toaster, heater,
iron, etc. • When not using the AC inverter,
make sure to close the AC inverter
• Do not insert foreign objects into the cover.
outlet and do not touch the outlet as
you may get shocked. • After using an electric accessory
or equipment, pull the plug out.
• Do not let children touch the AC Leaving the accessory or equipment
inverter. plugged in for a long time may cause
battery discharge.
• Do not use an electric accessory or
equipment the power consumption
of which is greater than 220
volts/200 watts.
• Some electric accessories or
equipment can cause electronic
interference. It may cause excessive
audio noise and malfunctions in
other electric systems or devices in
the vehicle.
• Do not use broken electric
accessories or equipment, which
may damage the AC inverter and
electrical systems of the vehicle.
• Do not use two or more electric
accessories or equipment at the
same time. It may cause damage to
the electrical systems of the vehicle.
• When the input voltage is lower,
outlet LED will blink and the AC
inverter will turn off automatically. If
the input voltage goes up to normal,
the AC inverter will turn on again.
5-128
05
Wireless smart phone charging To charge a cellular phone
system (if equipped) The wireless smart phone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
smart phones ( ). Read the label on
the smart phone accessory cover or
visit your smart phone manufacturer’s
website to check whether your smart
phone supports the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled smart phone
on the wireless charging unit.
1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless charging
OTM050022 unit. If not, the wireless charging
[A] : Indicator light, [B] : Charging pad process may be interrupted. Place
the smart phone on the center of the
On certain models, the vehicle comes charging pad.
equipped with a wireless smart phone
charger. 2. The indicator light is orange when the
smart phone is charging. The indicator
The system is available when all doors light will turn blue when phone
are closed, and when the Engine Start/ charging is complete.
Stop button is in the ACC or ON (or
START) position. 3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless
charging function from the Settings
menu on the instrument cluster.
Select:
-- Setup → User settings →
Convenience → Wireless Charging
If your smart phone is not charging:

-- Slightly change the position of the
smart phone on the charging pad.
-- Make sure the indicator light is
orange.
5-129
Convenient features
The indicator light will blink orange for 10 NOTICE

seconds if there is a malfunction in the
• The wireless smart phone charging
wireless charging system.
system may not support certain
In this case, temporarily stop the smart phones, which are not verified
charging process, and re-attempt to for the Qi specification ( ).
charge your smart phone again. • When placing your smart phone on
The system warns you with a message on the charging pad, position the phone
the LCD display if the smart phone is still in the middle of the mat for optimal
on the wireless charging unit after the charging performance. If your smart
vehicle is turned OFF and the front door phone is off to the side, the charging
is opened. rate may be less and in some cases
the smart phone may experience
For some manufacturer’s smart phones, higher heat conduction.
the system may not warn you even • In some cases, the wireless charging
though the smart phone is left on the may stop temporarily when the
wireless charging unit. This is due to the smart key is used, either when
particular characteristic of the smart starting the vehicle or locking/
phone and not a malfunction of the unlocking the doors, etc.
wireless charging.
• When charging certain smart
phones, the charging indicator may
Information not change to blue when the smart
phone is fully charged.
For some manufacturers’ cellular phones,
the system may not warn you even though • The wireless charging process may
the cellular phone is left on the wireless temporarily stop, when temperature
charging unit. This is due to the particular abnormally increases inside the
characteristic of the cellular phone and wireless smart phone charging
not a malfunction of the wireless charging. system. The wireless charging
process restarts, when temperature
falls to a certain level.
• The wireless charging process may
temporarily stop when there is
any metallic item, such as a coin,
between the wireless smart phone
charging system and smart phone.
5-130
05
• When charging some smart phones Clock
with a self-protection feature,
The clock can be set from the
the wireless charging speed may
infotainment system.
decrease and the wireless charging
may stop. For detailed information, refer to the
separately supplied infotainment
• If the smart phone has a thick cover,
system manual.
the wireless charging may not be
possible.
• If the smart phone is not completely WARNING
contacting the charging pad, Do not attempt to adjust the clock
wireless charging may not operate while driving. Doing so may result in
properly. distracted driving which may lead to
• Some magnetic items like credit an accident involving personal injury or
cards, phone cards or rail tickets may death.
be damaged if left with the smart
phone during the charging process. Coat hook
• When any smart phone without
a wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to the
vehicle discerning compatibility of
the object placed on the charging
pad. It does not affect your vehicle or
the smart phone in any way.
Information
OTM048095
If the Ignition switch is in the OFF
position, the charging also stops. These hooks are not designed to hold
large or heavy items.
Information
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
interference, and
operation.
5-131
Convenient features
WARNING WARNING
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
• Ensure to remove a protective
film attached on the carpet
before attaching a floor mat on
the front floor carpet. Otherwise,
the floor mat may move freely on
the protective film and it could
result in unintentional braking or
accelerating.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle’s
OTM048096 floor mat anchor(s) before driving
Do not hang other objects such the vehicle.
as hangers or hard objects except • Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp be firmly attached to the vehicle’s
or breakable objects in the clothes floor mat anchors.
pockets. In an accident or when the • Do not stack floor mats on top of one
curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat
vehicle damage or personal injury. on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only
a single floor mat should be installed
Floor mat anchor(s) in each position.
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. manufactured with driver’s side floor
The anchors on the front floor carpet mat anchors that are designed to
keep the floor mats from sliding forward. securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, HYUNDAI recommends that
WARNING the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use
Do not overlay additional mats or liners in your vehicle be installed.
over the floor mats. If using All Weather
mats, remove the carpeted floor mats
before installing them. Only use floor
mats designed to connect to the
anchors.
5-132
05
Side curtain (if equipped) Luggage net holder (if equipped)
Type A

OTM050206
To use the side curtain: OTM048098

1. Lift the curtain by the hook (1). Type B

2. Hang the curtain on both sides of the
hook.
CAUTION
• Always hang both sides of the
curtain on the hook. This could cause
damage to the side curtain if only
one side of the curtain is hooked.
• Do not let any foreign material get OTM048099
in between the vehicle and side
curtain. The side curtain may not be To keep items from shifting in the
lifted up. luggage compartment, you can use the 4
holders located in the luggage side trim
to attach the luggage net.
Make sure the luggage net is securely
attached to the holders in the luggage
board.
If necessary, we recommend that you
contact your authorized HYUNDAI dealer
to obtain a luggage net.
5-133
Convenient features
WARNING Using the cargo security screen

Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch
the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your
face and body out of the luggage net’s
recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net
when the strap has visible signs of wear
or damage.
Use the luggage net to keep only light
items from shifting in the luggage
compartment.
Cargo security screen (if OTM048412

equipped) 1. Pull the cargo security screen towards
the rear of the vehicle by the handle
(1).
2. Insert the guide pin (2) into the guide
(3).
Information
Pull out the cargo security screen with the
handle in the center to prevent the guide
pin from falling out of the guide.
OTM048411
When the cargo security screen is not in
Use the cargo security screen to cover use:
items stored in the cargo area.
1. Pull the cargo security screen
backward and up to release it from
the guides.
2. The cargo security screen will
automatically slide back in.
Information
The cargo security screen may not
automatically slide back in if the cargo
security screen is not fully pulled out. Pull
the cargo screen out all the way and then
slowly allow the screen to retract back in.
5-134
05
NOTICE Removing the cargo security screen
Since the cargo security screen may from the luggage tray
be damaged or malformed, do not put
luggage on it when it is used.
WARNING
• Do not place objects on the cargo
security screen. Such objects may be
thrown about inside the vehicle and
possibly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in the
luggage compartment. It is designed OJX1059271L
for luggage only. 1. Pull up the screen board.
• Maintain the balance of the vehicle
and locate the weight as forward as
possible.
Removing the cargo security screen
OJX1059272L
2. Push in the guide pin.
OTM048411
1. Push one side of the cargo screen

inward to compress the spring and
release the screen from the vehicle.
2. While the spring is compressed, pull
out the cargo security screen.
3. Open the luggage tray and keep the
cargo security screen in the tray.
OJX1059273L
3. While pushing the guide pin, pull out

the cargo security screen.
5-135
Convenient features
Exterior features
Roof side rails WARNING
• The following specification is the
maximum weight that can be loaded
onto the roof side rails. Distribute the
load as evenly as possible onto the
roof side rails and secure the load
firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in excess
of the specified weight limit on the
roof side rails may damage your
vehicle.
OTM050017 ROOF SIDE 220 lbs. (100 kg)
If your vehicle comes with roof side rails, RAILS EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
then roof side rails crossbars can be • The vehicle center of gravity will be
installed on top of your vehicle. higher when items are loaded onto
The roof side rails crossbars are an the roof side rails. Avoid sudden
accessory and are available at your starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt
HYUNDAI dealer. maneuvers or high speeds that may
result in loss of vehicle control or
NOTICE rollover resulting in an accident.
• Always drive slowly and turn corners
If the vehicle is equipped with a carefully when carrying items on the
sunroof, be sure not to position cargo roof side rails. Severe wind updrafts,
onto the roof side rails in such a way caused by passing vehicles or natural
that it could interfere with sunroof causes, can cause sudden upward
operation. pressure on items loaded on the
roof side rails. This is especially true
NOTICE when carrying large, flat items such
• When carrying cargo on the roof side as wood panels or mattresses. This
rails, take the necessary precautions could cause the items to fall off the
to make sure the cargo does not roof side rails and cause damage to
damage the roof of the vehicle. your vehicle or others around you.
• When carrying large objects on the • To prevent damage or loss of cargo
roof side rails, make sure they do while driving, check frequently
not exceed the overall roof length or before or while driving to make sure
width. the items on the roof side rails are
securely fastened.
5-136
05
Infotainment system
NOTICE Antenna
• If you install an aftermarket HID Shark fin antenna
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic devices may not function
properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand
cleaner, and air freshener from
contacting the interior parts
because they may cause damage or
discoloration.
USB Port
OTM049420
The shark fin antenna receives

transmitted data. (for example: AM/FM,
DAB, GPS)
Steering wheel remote controls
OTM050016
You can use an USB cable to connect

audio devices to the vehicle USB port.
Information
When using a portable audio device OTM050207
connected to the power outlet, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
use the portable audio device’s power
NOTICE
source. Do not operate multiple audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
5-137
Convenient features
VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -) (1) Infotainment system

• Rotate the VOLUME scroll up to For detailed information, refer to the
increase volume. separately supplied infotainment system
• Rotate the VOLUME scroll down to manual.
decrease volume.
Voice recognition
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up
or down and held for 0.8 second or more,
it will function in the following modes:
• RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button. It will SEEK until you
release the button.
• MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/RW button.
OTM050209
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up For detailed information, refer to the
or down, it will function in the following separately supplied infotainment
modes: system manual.
• RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
UP/DOWN button.
• MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN button.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to toggle
through Radio or Media modes.
MUTE ( ) (4)
• Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
Information
See additional information in supplied
5-138
05
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology How vehicle radio works
FM reception
OTM050208
OJF045308L
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast

from transmitter towers located around
your city. They are intercepted by the
radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal
is then received by the radio and sent to
your vehicle speakers.
When a strong radio signal has reached
your vehicle, the precise engineering
OTM050224L of your audio system ensures the best
(1) Call / Answer button possible quality reproduction. However,
in some cases the signal coming to your
(2) Call end button vehicle may not be strong and clear.
(3) Microphone This can be due to factors, such as
the distance from the radio station,
For detailed information, refer to the closeness of other strong radio stations
separately supplied infotainment or the presence of buildings, bridges or
system manual. other large obstructions in the area.
CAUTION
To avoid driver distractions, do not
excessively operate the device while
driving the vehicle which may lead to
an accident.
5-139
Convenient features
AM (MW, LW) reception FM radio station
OJF045309L OJF045310L
AM broadcasts can be received at FM broadcasts are transmitted at high

greater distances than FM broadcasts. frequencies and do not bend to follow
This is because AM radio waves are the earth’s surface. Because of this, FM
transmitted at low frequencies. These broadcasts generally begin to fade at
long, low frequency radio waves can short distances from the station. Also, FM
follow the curvature of the earth rather signals are easily affected by buildings,
than travelling straight out into the mountains, or other obstructions. These
atmosphere. can result in certain listening conditions
In addition, they curve around which might lead you to believe a
obstructions so that they can provide problem exists with your radio.
better signal coverage.
The following conditions are normal and
do not indicate radio trouble :
JBM004
• Fading - As your vehicle moves away

from the radio station, the signal will
weaken and sound will begin to fade.
When this occurs, we suggest that you
select another stronger station.
5-140
05
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals Using a cellular phone or a twoway
or large obstructions between the radio
transmitter and your radio can disturb When a cellular phone is used inside
the signal causing static or fluttering the vehicle, noise may be produced
noises to occur. Reducing the treble from the audio system. This does not
level may lessen this effect until the mean that something is wrong with the
disturbance clears. audio equipment. In such a case, use
the cellular phone at a place as far as
possible from the audio equipment.
NOTICE
When using a communication system
such as a cellular phone or a radio set
inside the vehicle, a separate external
antenna must be fitted. When a cellular
phone or a radio set is used with an
internal antenna alone, it may interfere
with the vehicle’s electrical system and
adversely affect safe operation of the
OJF045311L
vehicle.
• Station Swapping - As a FM signal
weakens, another more powerful WARNING
signal near the same frequency may
begin to play. This is because your Do not use a cellular phone while
radio is designed to lock onto the driving. Stop at a safe location to use a
clearest signal. If this occurs, select cellular phone.
another station with a stronger signal.
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
signals being received from several
directions can cause distortion or
fluttering. This can be caused by a
direct and reflected signal from the
same station, or by signals from two
stations with close frequencies. If this
occurs, select another station until the
condition has passed.
5-141
Convenient features
iPod®
iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple
Inc.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by HYUNDAI is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names are
those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
5-142
05
Infotainment System specifications
USB • Maximum length of folder/file names
Supported audio formats (Based on Unicode): 40 English or
Korean characters
• Audio file specification
• Supported characters for folder/
-- WAVeform audio format file names (Unicode support): 2,604
-- MPEG1/2/2.5 Audio Layer3 Korean characters, 94 alphanumeric
-- Windows Media Audio Ver 7.X/8.X characters, 4,888 Chinese characters
in common use, 986 special
• Bit rates characters
-- MPEG1 (Layer3): • Maximum number of folders: 1,000
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160
/192/224/256/320 kbps • Maximum number of files: 5,000
-- MPEG2 (Layer3):
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112 NOTICE
/128/144/160 kbps • Files that are not in a supported
-- MPEG2.5 (Layer3): format may not be recognised or
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112 played, or information about them,
/128/144/160 kbps such as the file name, may not be
-- WMA (High Range): displayed properly.
48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps • Only files with .mp3/.wma/.wav
• Bits Per Sample extensions can be recognised by the
system. If the file is not in supported
-- WAV (PCM(Stereo)): 24 bit format, change the file format by
-- WAV (IMA ADPCM): 4 bit using the latest encoding software.
-- WAV (MS ADPCM): 4 bit • The device will not support files
• Sampling frequency locked by DRM (Digital Rights
Management).
-- MPEG1: 44100/48000/32000 Hz
• For MP3/WMA compression files and
-- MPEG2: 22050/24000/16000 Hz WAV file, differences in sound quality
-- MPEG2.5: 11025/12000/8000 Hz will occur depending on the bitrate.
-- WMA: 32000/44100/48000 Hz (Music files with a higher bitrate
-- WAV: 44100/48000 Hz have a better sound quality.)
• Japanese or Simplified Chinese
characters in folder or file names
may not be displayed properly.
5-143
Convenient features
Trademarks
Supported USB storage devices Other trademarks and trade names are
• Byte/Sector: 64 kbyte or less those of their respective owners.
• Format system: FAT12/16/32 • The Bluetooth®
(recommended), exFAT/NTFS word mark and
logos are registered
trademarks owned
NOTICE by Bluetooth SIG,
• Operation is guaranteed only for a Inc. and any use
metal cover type USB storage device of such marks by
with a plug type connector. HYUNDAI is under
licence.
-- USB storage devices with a plastic
plug may not be recognised.
-- USB storage devices in memory
card types, such as CF card or SD
cards, may not be recognised.
• USB hard disk drives may not be
recognised.
• When you use a large capacity USB
storage device with multiple logical
drives, only files stored on the first
drive will be recognised.
• If an application program is loaded
on a USB storage device, the
corresponding media files may not
play.
• Use USB 2.0 devices for better
compatibility.
Bluetooth
• Bluetooth Power Class 2: -6 to 4 dBm
• Aerial power: Max 3 mW
• Frequency range: 2400 to 2483.5 MHz
• Bluetooth patch RAM software
version: 1
5-144
Driving your vehicle
6. Driving your vehicle

Before driving..................................................................................................... 6-4
Before entering the vehicle......................................................................................... 6-4
Before starting.............................................................................................................. 6-4
Ignition switch.................................................................................................... 6-5
Key ignition switch........................................................................................................6-5
Key ignition switch positions....................................................................................... 6-6
Starting the engine........................................................................................................ 6-7
Engine Start/Stop button..................................................................................6-9
Engine Stop/Start button positions........................................................................... 6-10
Starting the engine....................................................................................................... 6-11
Turning off the engine................................................................................................. 6-12
Remote start................................................................................................................ 6-13
Automatic transmission ...................................................................................6-14
Automatic transmission operation............................................................................. 6-14
LCD display message (button type)........................................................................... 6-19
Paddle shifter (Manual shift mode)........................................................................... 6-20
Good driving practices................................................................................................ 6-21
Dual clutch transmission................................................................................. 6-23
Dual clutch transmission operation...........................................................................6-23
Parking........................................................................................................................ 6-30
LCD display message (button type).......................................................................... 6-30
Paddle shifter (Manual shifter mode)........................................................................6-32
Good driving practices ...............................................................................................6-33
Braking system................................................................................................. 6-34
6
Power-assist brakes....................................................................................................6-34
Disc brakes wear indicator.........................................................................................6-34
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ..................................................................................6-35
Auto Hold (if equipped)..............................................................................................6-39
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS).................................................................................... 6-43
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............................................................................. 6-44
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................................................................6-47
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) .................................................................................. 6-48
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) .................................................................................. 6-48
Good braking practices............................................................................................... 6-51
Four wheel drive (4WD)................................................................................... 6-52
Four Wheel Drive (4WD) operation............................................................................6-53
Emergency precautions............................................................................................. 6-58
Reducing the risk of a rollover................................................................................... 6-59
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) .....................................................................................6-61
ISG system operation.................................................................................................. 6-61
ISG system off............................................................................................................. 6-64
Forced to restart engine............................................................................................ 6-64
ISG malfunction.......................................................................................................... 6-65
Drive mode integrated control system (2WD)...............................................6-66
Drive mode................................................................................................................. 6-66
Drive mode integrated control system (4WD) ..............................................6-69
Drive mode................................................................................................................. 6-69
Special driving conditions................................................................................6-72
Hazardous driving conditions.................................................................................... 6-72
Rocking the vehicle..................................................................................................... 6-72
Smooth cornering....................................................................................................... 6-73
Driving at night............................................................................................................ 6-73
Driving in the rain........................................................................................................ 6-73
Driving in flooded areas.............................................................................................. 6-74
Highway driving.......................................................................................................... 6-74
Reducing the risk of a rollover.................................................................................... 6-74
Winter driving................................................................................................... 6-75
Snow or icy conditions................................................................................................ 6-75
Winter precautions...................................................................................................... 6-77
Trailer towing.................................................................................................... 6-79
6 If you decide to pull a trailer?.................................................................................... 6-80
Trailer towing equipment.......................................................................................... 6-83
Driving with a trailer................................................................................................... 6-84
Maintenance when towing a trailer...........................................................................6-87
Vehicle load limit.............................................................................................6-88
The Loading Information Label................................................................................. 6-89
06
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and
death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.

If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows
immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the
oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, we recommend
that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous
practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle
out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the
vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at “Fresh” and fan
control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes
located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the liftgate open:

Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face”, and the fan
control set to high.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including
components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and
reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain
products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
6-3
Before driving
Before entering the vehicle WARNING
• Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
and outside lights are clean and DEATH, take the following precautions:
unobstructed.
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
• Remove frost, snow, or ice. passengers must be properly belted
• Visually check the tires for uneven whenever the vehicle is moving.
wear and damage. For more information, refer to “Seat
• Check under the vehicle for any sign Belts” section in chapter 3.
of leaks. • Always drive defensively. Assume
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind other drivers or pedestrians may be
you if you intend to back up. careless and make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of driving.
Before starting Driver distraction can cause
• Make sure the hood, the liftgate, and accidents.
the doors are securely closed and • Leave plenty of space between you
locked. and the vehicle in front of you.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel. WARNING
• Adjust the inside and side view NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.
mirrors.
Drinking or taking drugs and driving
• Verify all the lights work. is dangerous and may result in an
• Fasten your seat belt. Check that all accident and SERIOUS INJURY or
passengers have fastened their seat DEATH.
belts. Drunk driving is the number one
• Check the gauges and indicators contributor to the highway death
in the instrument panel and the toll each year. Even a small amount
messages on the instrument display of alcohol will affect your reflexes,
when the ignition switch is in the ON perceptions and judgment. Just
position. one drink can reduce your ability to
• Check that any items you are carrying respond to changing conditions and
are stored properly or fastened down emergencies and your reaction time
securely. gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence
of drugs is as dangerous or more
dangerous than driving under the
influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you drink or take
drugs and drive. If you are drinking or
taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been drinking
or taking drugs. Choose a designated
driver or call a taxi.
6-4
06
Ignition switch
WARNING WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or • NEVER turn the ignition switch to
DEATH, take the following precautions: the LOCK or ACC position while the
• NEVER allow children or any person vehicle is in motion except in an
who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to emergency.
touch the ignition switch or related This will result in the engine turning
parts. Unexpected and sudden off and loss of power assist for the
vehicle movement can occur. steering and brake systems. This may
• NEVER reach through the steering lead to loss of directional control and
wheel for the ignition switch, or any braking function, which could cause
other control, while the vehicle is in an accident.
motion. The presence of your hand • Before leaving the driver's seat,
or arm in this area may cause a loss always make sure the shift lever is
of vehicle control resulting in an in 1st gear (for manual transmission
accident. vehicle) or P (Park, for automatic
transmission vehicle) position, apply
Key ignition switch (if equipped) the parking brake, and turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Unexpected vehicle movement may
occur if these precautions are not
followed.
NOTICE
Never use aftermarket keyhole covers.
This may generate start-up failure due
to communication failure.
OTM060051L
[A] : LOCK, [B] : ACC
[C] : ON, [D] : START
Whenever the front door is opened, the
ignition switch will illuminate, provided
the ignition switch is not in the ON
position. The light will go off immediately
when the ignition switch is turned on or
go off after about 30 seconds when the
door is closed. (if equipped)
6-5
Key ignition switch positions

Switch
Action Notes
Position
To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position, push the key in at the ACC
position and turn the key towards the
LOCK position.
LOCK
The ignition key can be removed in
the LOCK position.
The steering wheel locks to protect
the vehicle from theft. (if equipped)
Some electrical accessories are If difficulty is experienced turning the
usable. The steering wheel unlocks. ignition switch to the ACC position,
ACC
turn the key while turning the steering
wheel right and left to release.
This is the normal key position when Do not leave the ignition switch in the
the engine has started. All features ON position when the engine is not
and accessories are usable. running to prevent the battery from
ON
The warning lights can be checked discharging.
when you turn the ignition switch
from ACC to ON.
To start the engine, turn the ignition The engine will crank until you release
switch to the START position. The the key.
START
switch returns to the ON position
when you let go of the key.
6-6
06
Starting the engine Information
• Do not wait for the engine to warm up
WARNING while the vehicle remains stationary.
• Always wear appropriate shoes when Start driving at moderate engine
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable speeds. (Steep accelerating and
shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, decelerating should be avoided.)
sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere • Always start the vehicle with your foot
with your ability to use the brake, on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator and clutch pedals. accelerator while starting the vehicle.
• Do not start the vehicle with the Do not race the engine while warming
accelerator pedal depressed. The it up.
vehicle can move which can lead to
an accident. NOTICE
• Wait until the engine rpm is normal. To prevent damage to the vehicle:
The vehicle may suddenly move if
the brake pedal is released when the • Do not hold the ignition key in the
rpm is high. START position for more than 10
seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before
trying again.
• Do not turn the ignition switch to
1. Make sure the parking brake is the START position with the engine
applied. running. It may damage the starter.
2. Make sure the shift lever/button is in • If traffic and road conditions permit,
P (Park). you may put the shift lever in the N
3. Depress the brake pedal. (Neutral) position while the vehicle
4. Turn the ignition switch to the START is still moving and turn the ignition
position. Hold the key (maximum of switch to the START position in an
10 seconds) until the engine starts and attempt to restart the engine.
release it. • Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the engine.
NOTICE
If the engine does not start within 10
seconds after preheating is completed,
turn the ignition switch once more
to the LOCK position and wait for 10
seconds. Then turn the ignition switch
to the ON position in order to preheat
the engine again.
6-7
NOTICE
Do not turn off the engine immediately
after it has been subjected to a heavy
load. Doing so may cause severe
damage to the engine or turbo charger
unit.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• Do not hold the ignition key in the
START position for more than 10
seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before
trying again.
• Do not turn the ignition switch to
the START position with the engine
running. It may damage the starter.
• If traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the vehicle
is still moving and turn the ignition
switch to the START position in an
attempt to restart the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the engine.
6-8
06
Engine Start/Stop button (if equipped)
WARNING
• NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop
button while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This will
result in the vehicle turning off and
loss of power assist for the steering
and brake systems. This may lead
to loss of directional control and
braking function, which could cause
an accident.
OTM060001 • Before leaving the driver’s seat,
Whenever the front door is opened, the always make sure the gear is in the
Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate P (Park) position, set the parking
and will go off 30 seconds after the door brake, press the Engine Start/Stop
is closed. button to the OFF position, and take
the Smart Key with you. Unexpected
vehicle movement may occur if these
WARNING precautions are not followed.
To turn the vehicle off in an emergency: • NEVER reach through the steering
Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop wheel for the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than two seconds OR button or any other control while the
Rapidly press and release the Engine vehicle is in motion. The presence
Start/Stop button three times (within of your hand or arm in this area
three seconds). may cause a loss of vehicle control
If the vehicle is still moving, you can
restart the vehicle without depressing
the brake pedal by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button with the gear in the N
(Neutral) position.
6-9
Engine Stop/Start button positions

Button
Action Notes
Position
To turn off the engine, press the If the steering wheel is not locked
Engine Start/Stop button with the properly when you open the driver’s
vehicle shifted to P (Park). door, the warning chime will sound.
Note if the Engine Start/Stop button
is pressed with the vehicle shifted to
D (Drive) or R (Reverse), the gear will
automatically shift to P (Park).
OFF
If the Engine Start/Stop button
is pressed with the gear shifted
to N (Neutral), the Engine Start/
Stop button will change to the ACC
position.
The steering wheel locks to protect
the vehicle from theft.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button • If you leave the Engine Start/Stop
when the button is in the OFF position button in the ACC position for more
without depressing the brake pedal. than one hour, the battery power will
Some of the electrical accessories are turn off automatically to prevent the
usable. battery from discharging.
ACC The steering wheel unlocks. • If the steering wheel doesn’t
unlock properly, the Engine Start/
Stop button will not work. Press
the Engine Start/Stop button while
turning the steering wheel right and
left to release.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop
while it is in the ACC position without button in the ON position when the
ON depressing the brake pedal. engine is not running to prevent the
The warning lights can be checked battery from discharging.
before the engine is started.
To start the engine, depress the brake If you press the Engine Start/Stop
pedal and press the Engine Start/ Stop button without depressing the brake
button with the gear shifted to the P pedal, the engine does not start and
START (Park) or the N (Neutral) position. the Engine Start/Stop button changes
For your safety, start the engine as follows:
with the gear shifted to the P (Park) OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC
position.
6-10
06
Starting the engine Starting the gasoline engine
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
WARNING 2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
• Always wear appropriate shoes when
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable 3. Make sure the shift lever/button is in
shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, P(Park).
sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere 4. Depress the brake pedal.
with your ability to use the brake and 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed. Information
The vehicle can move which can lead • Do not wait for the engine to warm up
to an accident. while the vehicle remains stationary.
• Wait until the engine rpm is normal. Start driving at moderate engine
The vehicle may suddenly move if speeds. Steep accelerating and
the brake pedal is released when the decelerating should be avoided.
rpm is high. • Always start the vehicle with your foot
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
Information Do not race the engine while warming
• The vehicle will start by pressing the it up.
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
Information
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,
and when it is far away from the driver, If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
the engine may not start. while the engine is pre-heating, the engine
may start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ACC or ON position, if any
door is open, the system checks for the
smart key. When the smart key is not
in the vehicle, the “ ” indicator
will blink and the warning 'Key not in
vehicle' will come on. When all doors
are closed, the chime will also sound for
about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in
the vehicle.
6-11
NOTICE
Do not turn off the engine immediately
after it has been subjected to a heavy
load. Doing so may cause severe
damage to the engine or turbo charger
unit.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If the engine stalls while you are in OTM060002
motion, do not attempt to shift the
gear to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions permit, Information
you may put the gear in N (Neutral) If the smart key battery is weak or the
while the vehicle is still moving and smart key does not work correctly, you
press the Engine Start/Stop button in can start the vehicle by pressing the
an attempt to restart the engine. Engine Start/Stop button with the smart
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to key in the direction of the picture above.
start the vehicle.
Turning off the engine
NOTICE 1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
To prevent damage to the vehicle: brake pedal fully.
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop 2. Make sure the shift lever/button is in
button for more than 10 seconds except P(Park).
when the stop lamp fuse is blown. 3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button
When the stop lamp fuse is blown, to the OFF position and apply the
you cannot normally start the engine. parking brake.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If you
are not able to replace the fuse, you
can start the engine by pressing and
holding the Engine Start/Stop button
for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/
Stop button in the ACC position.
For your safety always depress the
brake pedal before starting the vehicle.
6-12
06
Remote start (if equipped) To start the vehicle remotely:
Type A
1. Press the door lock button within 10 m
(32 feet) from the vehicle.
2. Press the remote start ( ) button for
over 2 seconds within 4 seconds after
locking the doors. The hazard warning
lights will blink.
3. To turn off the remote start function,
press the remote start ( ) button
once.
• The remote start ( ) button may not
operate if the smart key is not within
OTM060003
10 m (32 feet).
Type B

• The vehicle will not remotely start if
the engine hood or liftgate is opened.
• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
remote start function to start.
• The engine turns off if you get in the
vehicle without a registered smart key.
• The engine turns off if you do not get
in the vehicle within 10 minutes after
remotely starting the vehicle.
OTM060004 • Do not idle the engine for a long
period.
You can start the vehicle using the
Remote Start button of the smart key.
6-13
Automatic transmission (if equipped)
OTM060005
Automatic transmission operation

The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The Individual forward speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.
6-14
06
The indicator in the instrument cluster WARNING
displays the shift lever/button position
when the ignition switch is in the ON • Shifting into P (Park) while the
position. vehicle is in motion may cause you to
lose control of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped, always
WARNING make sure the shift lever is in P
To reduce the risk of serious injury or (Park), apply the parking brake, and
death: turn the engine off.
• ALWAYS check the surrounding • When parking on an incline, shift
areas near your vehicle for people, the gear to P (Park) and apply the
especially children, before shifting a parking brake to prevent the vehicle
vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). from rolling downhill.
• Before leaving the driver’s seat, • Do not use the P (Park) position in
always make sure the shift lever place of the parking brake.
is in the P (Park) position, then set
the parking brake, and place the R (Reverse)
ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF Use this position to drive the vehicle
position. Unexpected and sudden backward.
vehicle movement can occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• When using the paddle shifter NOTICE
(manual shift mode), do not use Always come to a complete stop before
engine braking (shifting from a shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
high gear to lower gear) rapidly on may damage the transmission if you
slippery roads. The vehicle may slip shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is
causing an accident. in motion.
When the vehicle is stopped in R
P (Park) (Reverse) or D (Drive) position, if you
Always come to a complete stop before open the driver’s door with the seat
shifting into P (Park). belt unfastened, the gear is shifted to P
To shift from P (Park), you must depress (Park) position automatically.
firmly on the brake pedal and make sure However when the vehicle moves in R
your foot is off the accelerator pedal. (Reverse) or D (Drive) position, if you
If you have done all of the above and open the driver’s door with the seat belt
still cannot shift the lever out of P unfastened, the gear may be not shifted
(Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in this to P (Park) position automatically for
chapter. (shift lever type) protecting the automatic transmission.
The shift lever/button must be in P (Park)
before turning the engine off.
6-15
N (Neutral) To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is

The wheels and transmission are not OFF (button type)
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a
stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop
with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park)
if you need to leave your vehicle for any
reason.
Always depress the brake pedal when
you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
another gear.
WARNING OTM060006
Do not shift into gear unless your foot is

firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into
gear when the engine is running at high
speed can cause the vehicle to move
very rapidly. You could lose control of
the vehicle and hit people or objects.
OTM060060L
If you want to stay in N (Neutral) after the

engine is OFF (in the ACC state), do the
following.
1. Turn off Auto Hold and release
Electronic Parking Brake when the
engine is running.
2. Push the N (neutral) button while
depressing the brake pedal.
3. When you take your foot off the brake
pedal, the message ‘Press and hold
OK button to stay in Neutral when
vehicle is Off’ (or 'Hold OK button to
stay in neutral gear position when
vehicle is Off') will appear on the
cluster LCD display.
6-16
06
4. Press and hold the OK button on D (Drive)
the steering wheel for more than 1 This is the normal driving position. The
second. transmission will automatically shift
5. When the message ‘Vehicle will stay in through an 8-gear sequence, providing
(N). Change gear to cancel’ (or ‘N will the best fuel economy and power.
stay engaged when the vehicle is Off’) To start the vehicle forward, push the D
will appear on the cluster LCD display, (Drive) button by depressing the brake
press the Engine Start/Stop button pedal with the engine ON. (button type)
while depressing the brake pedal.
Then depress the accelerator pedal
However, if you open the driver's smoothly.
door, the gear will automatically
shift to P (Park) and the Engine Start/ For extra power when passing another
Stop button will change to the OFF vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
position. accelerator fully. The transmission will
automatically downshift to the next
lower gear (or gears, as appropriate).
NOTICE When the vehicle is stopped in D (Drive)
With the gear in N (Neutral) the Engine position, if you open the driver’s door
Start/Stop button will be in the ACC with the seat belt unfastened, the gear is
position. Note that the doors cannot be shifted to P (Park) position automatically.
locked in the ACC position. The battery (button type)
may discharge if left in the ACC position However while the vehicle is moving in D
for a long period. (Drive) position, if you open the driver’s
door with the seat belt unfastened, the
gear may not shift to P (Park) position
automatically to protect the automatic
transmission.
The DRIVE MODE switch, located on the
shift lever console, allows the driver to
switch from NORMAL/COMFORT mode
to SPORT or ECO mode. (if equipped)
For more Details, refer to "Drive Mode

Integrated Control System" later in this
chapter.
6-17
Shift-lock system Parking

For your safety, the automatic Always come to a complete stop and
transmission has a shift-lock system continue to depress the brake pedal.
which prevents shifting the transmission Move the shift lever/button into the P
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the (Park) position, apply the parking brake,
brake pedal is depressed. and place the ignition switch in the
To shift the transmission from P (Park) LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key with
into R (Reverse): you when exiting the vehicle.
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition WARNING
switch in the ON position. When you stay in the vehicle with
3. Depress the brake pedal and push the the engine running, be careful not to
R (Reverse) button. (button type) depress the accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. The engine or exhaust
Ignition key interlock system system may overheat and start a fire.
(if equipped) The exhaust gas and the exhaust system
The ignition key cannot be removed are very hot. Keep away from the
unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) exhaust system components.
position. Do not stop or park over flammable
materials, such as dry grass, paper or
When the battery is discharged: leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.
The shift buttons will not function when
the battery is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to
move the shift button to N (Neutral) on a
level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from
another vehicle or from a another
battery to the jump-starting terminals
inside the engine compartment.
For more details, refer to “Jump
Starting” in chapter 7.
2. Release the parking brake with the
ignition switch in the ON position.
3. Shift the gear to the N(Neutral)
position refer to the “Stay in Neutral
when vehicle is Off” in this chapter.
6-18
06
LCD display message (button Press and hold the OK button on the
type) steering wheel to stay in Neutral
Shifting conditions not met. Reduce The warning message appears on
speed, then shift the LCD display, when pushing the
The warning message appears on the N(Neutral) button. If you want to stay
LCD display, when engine RPM is too N(Neutral) after turning off the engine,
high, or when driving speed is too fast to press and hold the “OK” button on the
shift the gear. steering wheel more than 1 second.
We recommend you decrease the engine Vehicle will stay in (N). Change gear
speed or slow down before shifting the to cancel
gear.
The warning message appears on the
Press brake pedal to change gear LCD display, when pushing the “OK”
button on the steering wheel after the
The warning message appears on the message (“Press and hold OK button
LCD display, when the brake pedal is not to stay in Neutral when vehicle is Off”)
depressed while shifting the gear. appears on the cluster LCD display. The
We recommend you to depress the brake gear stays in N(Neutral) position after
pedal and then shift the gear. turning off the engine.
Shift to P after stopping NEUTRAL engaged

The warning message appears on the The message appears on the LCD
LCD display, when the gear is shifted to P display, when the N (Neutral) position is
(Park) while the vehicle is moving. engaged.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park). Gear already selected
The message appears on the LCD
PARK engaged display, when pushing the current shift
The warning message appears on the button again.
LCD display, when the gear is shifted to P
(Park) while the vehicle is moving.
(Park).
6-19
Shift button held down Paddle shifter (Manual shift

The warning message appears on the mode)
LCD display, when the shift button is
pressed continuously or the shift button
does not properly operate. Clean the
surroundings of gear shift button.
If this message appears again, we
recommend you to have the vehicle
dealer.
Shifter system malfunction! Service

immediately
LCD display, when the transmission OTM058130L
or the shift button does not properly
operate in the P (Park) position. The paddle shifter is available when the
shift button is in the D (Drive) position or
In this case, we recommend you to the manual shift mode.
immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. With the shift lever/button in the D
position
Check shift controls
The paddle shifter will operate when the
The warning message appears on the vehicle speed is more than 6 mph.
LCD display, when there is a malfunction
with transmission shift button. Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
In this case, we recommend you to system changes from automatic mode to
immediately have the vehicle inspected manual shift mode.
In the manual shift mode, pull the [+]
or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or
down one gear.
To change back to automatic shift mode
from manual shift mode, do one of the
followings :
-- Pull the [+] paddle shifter for more
than one second
-- Press the D button.
6-20
06
The manual shift mode also changes Good driving practices
back to automatic shift mode in one of
• Never move the shift button from
following situations
P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
-- When the accelerator pedal is gently position with the accelerator pedal
depressed for more than 6 seconds depressed.
while driving
• Never move the shift lever/button into
-- When the vehicle stops P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
Information stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled
at the same time, gear shift may not occur. • Do not move the shift button to N
(Neutral) when driving. Doing so
may result in an accident because
of a loss of engine braking and the
transmission could be damaged.
• Driving uphill or downhill, Shift
to D (Drive) to drive forward or R
(Reverse) to drive backwards, and
check the gear position indicated
on the cluster before driving. If you
drive in the opposite direction of the
selected gear, the engine will turn
off and a serious accident might be
occurred due to the degraded brake
performance.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result
in the brakes overheating, brake wear
and possibly even brake failure.
• When driving with shifter paddles,
slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged if the engine rpms are
outside of the allowable range.
• Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.
6-21
• Exercise extreme caution when

driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and may cause
accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant
is significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than a
properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
posted speed limits.
6-22
06
Dual clutch transmission (if equipped)
OTM060005
Dual clutch transmission operation

The dual clutch transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically when the shift button is in the D
(Drive) position.
6-23
• The dual clutch transmission can be • When rapidly accelerating from a

thought of as an automatically shifting lower vehicle speed, the engine
manual transmission. It gives the rpm may increase dramatically as a
driving feel of a manual transmission, result of clutch slip as the dual clutch
yet provides the ease of a fully transmission selects the correct gear.
automatic transmission. This is a normal condition.
• When D (Drive) is selected, the • When accelerating from a stop on
transmission will automatically an incline, press the accelerator
shift through the gears similar to a smoothly and gradually to avoid any
conventional automatic transmission. shudder feeling or jerkiness.
Unlike a traditional automatic • When traveling at a lower vehicle
transmission, the gear shifting can speed, if you release the accelerator
sometimes be felt and heard as the pedal quickly, you may feel engine
actuators engage the clutches and the braking before the transmission
gears are selected. changes gears. This engine braking
• The dual clutch transmission feeling is similar to operating a
incorporates a wet-type dual clutch manual transmission at low speed.
mechanism, which allows for better • When driving downhill, you may wish
acceleration performance and to move the gear shift lever/button to
increased fuel efficiency while driving. Manual Shift mode and downshift to
But it differs from a conventional a lower gear in order to control your
automatic transmission because speed without using the brake pedal
it does not incorporate a torque excessively.
converter. Instead, the transition from
one gear to the next is managed by • When you turn the engine on and off,
clutch slip, especially at lower speeds. you may hear clicking sounds as the
system goes through a self-test. This
As a result, shifts are sometimes more is a normal sound for the dual clutch
noticeable, and a light vibration can transmission.
be felt as the transmission shaft speed
is matched with the engine shaft • During the first 1000 miles (1,500km),
speed. This is a normal condition of you may feel that the vehicle may not
the dual clutch transmission. be smooth when accelerating at low
speed. During this break-in period, the
• The wet-type clutch transfers torque shift quality and performance of your
more directly and provides a direct- new vehicle is continuously optimized.
drive feeling which may feel different
from a conventional automatic
transmission. This may be more
noticeable when launching the vehicle
from a stop or when traveling at low,
stop-and-go vehicle speeds.
6-24
06
WARNING DCT warning messages
To reduce the risk of serious injury or This warning message is displayed when
death: vehicle is driven slowly on a grade and
the vehicle detects that the brake pedal
• ALWAYS check the surrounding is not applied.
areas near your vehicle for people,
especially children, before shifting a
vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift button
is in the P (Park) position, then set
the parking brake, and place the
ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• Do not use aggressive engine braking
(shifting from a higher gear to a OOSH069010L
lower gear) on slippery roads. This Steep grade! Press brake pedal
could cause the tires to slip and may Driving up hills or on steep grades:
result in an accident.
• To hold the vehicle on an incline use
the foot brake or the parking brake.
NOTICE • When in stop-and-go traffic on an
• Always come to a complete stop incline, allow a gap to form ahead
before shifting into D (Drive) or R of you before moving the vehicle
(Reverse). forward. Then hold the vehicle on the
• Do not put the shift lever/button in N incline with the foot brake.
(Neutral) while driving. • If the vehicle is held or creeping
forward on an incline by applying
the accelerator pedal, the clutch and
WARNING transmission may overheat which
Due to transmission failure, you may can result in damage. At this time, a
not continue to drive and the position warning message will appear on the
indicator and the position indicator (D, LCD display.
P) on the instrument cluster will blink. • If the LCD warning is active, the foot
We recommend that you contact an brake must be applied.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have
the system checked. • Ignoring the warnings can lead to
damage to the transmission.
6-25
Type A
Type B

OOSH069012L OTMA060009 OOSH069013L
Transmission high temperature

• Under certain conditions, such as
repeated stop-and-go launches
on steep grades, sudden take off
or acceleration, or other harsh
driving conditions, the transmission
clutch temperatures will increase
excessively.
• When the clutch temperatures are too
high, the “Transmission temp. is high!
Stop safely” warning message will
OTMA060010
appear on the LCD display, a chime
will sound, and the transmission Transmission overheated
shifting may not be smooth. • If the vehicle continues to be driven
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe and the clutch temperatures reach
location, stop the vehicle with the the maximum temperature limit, the
engine running, apply the brakes and “Transmission Hot! Park with engine
shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow on” warning will be displayed. When
the transmission to cool. this occurs the clutch is disabled
• If you ignore this warning, the driving until the clutch cools to normal
condition may become worse. temperatures.
You may experience abrupt shifts, • The warning will display a time to wait
frequent shifts, or jerkiness. for the transmission to cool.
• When the message “Trans cooled. • If this occurs, pull over to a safe
Resume driving.” appears you can location, stop the vehicle with the
continue to drive your vehicle. engine running, apply the brakes and
• When possible, drive the vehicle shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow
smoothly. the transmission to cool.
6-26
06
• When the message “Trans cooled. R (Reverse)
Resume driving.” appears you can Use this position to drive the vehicle
continue to drive your vehicle. backward.
• When possible, drive the vehicle
smoothly. NOTICE
If any of the warning messages in the Always come to a complete stop before
LCD display continue to blink, for your shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
safety, we recommend that you contact may damage the transmission if you
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is
the system checked. in motion.
Transmission ranges When the vehicle is stopped in

R (Reverse) position, if you open
The indicator in the instrument cluster the driver’s door with the seat belt
displays the shift lever⁄button position unfastened, the gear is shifted to P (Park)
when the ignition switch is in the ON position automatically.
position.
However if the vehicle is moving in
P (Park) R(Reverse) position, if the driver's door
is opened with the seat belt unfastened,
Always come to a complete stop before the gear may not be shifted into P (Park)
shifting into P (Park). position automatically to protect the dual
To shift from P (Park), you must depress clutch transmission.
firmly on the brake pedal and make sure
your foot is off the accelerator pedal. N (Neutral)
The shift lever/button must be in P (Park) The wheels and transmission are not
before turning the engine off. engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a
WARNING stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop
with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park)
• Shifting into P (Park) while the if you need to leave your vehicle for any
vehicle is in motion may cause you to reason.
lose control of the vehicle.
Always depress the brake pedal when
• After the vehicle has stopped, always you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
make sure the shift lever/button is in another gear.
P (Park), apply the parking brake, and
turn the engine off.
• When parking on an incline, place WARNING
the shift lever/button in P (Park) and Do not shift into gear unless your foot is
apply the parking brake to prevent firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into
the vehicle from rolling downhill. gear when the engine is running at high
• For safety, always engage the speed can cause the vehicle to move
parking brake with the shift lever/ very rapidly. You could lose control of
button in the P (Park) position except the vehicle and hit people or objects.
for the case of emergency parking.
6-27
To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is 2. Push the N(Neutral) button by

OFF (button type) depressing the brake pedal. If the
message (“Press and hold the OK
button on the steering wheel to stay in
Neutral ”) appears on the cluster LCD
display, press and hold the OK button
on the steering wheel for more than 1
second.
3. When the message ‘Vehicle will stay in
(N). Change gear to cancel’ (or ‘N will
stay engaged when the vehicle is Off’)
will appear on the cluster LCD display,
press the Engine Start/Stop button
OTM060006 while depressing the brake pedal.
However, if you open the driver's
door, the gear will automatically
shift to P (Park) and the Engine Start/
Stop button will change to the OFF
position.
NOTICE
With the gear in N (Neutral) the Engine
Start/Stop button will be in the ACC
position. Note that the doors cannot
OTM040050 be locked in the ACC position or the
battery may discharge if left in the ACC
If you want to stay in N (Neutral) after the position for a long period.
engine is OFF (in the ACC state), do the
following.
1. Turn off Auto Hold and release
Electronic Parking Brake when the
engine is running.
6-28
06
D (Drive) Shift-lock system
This is the normal driving position. The For your safety, the automatic
transmission will automatically shift transmission has a shift-lock system
through a 8-gear sequence, providing which prevents shifting the transmission
the best fuel economy and power. from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R
To start the vehicle forward, push the D (Reverse) or D (Drive) unless the brake
(Drive) button by depressing the brake pedal is depressed.
pedal with the engine ON. Then depress To shift the transmission from P (Park)
the accelerator pedal smoothly. For extra into R (Reverse):
power when passing another vehicle or 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
driving uphill, depress the accelerator
fully. The transmission will automatically 2. Start the engine or place the ignition
downshift to the next lower gear (or switch in the ON position.
gears, as appropriate). When the vehicle 3. Depress the brake pedal and move the
is stopped in D (Drive) position, if you shift lever to R (Reverse). (shift lever
open the driver’s door with the seat belt type)
unfastened, the gear is shifted to P (Park) Depress the brake pedal and push the
position automatically. R (Reverse) button. (shift button type)
However when the vehicle moves in D
(Drive) position, if you open the driver’s When the battery is discharged:
door with the seat belt unfastened, The shift buttons will not function when
the gear may be not shifted to P (Park) the battery is discharged.
position automatically for protecting the
dual clutch transmission. In emergencies, do the following
to move the shift lever/button to N
The DRIVE MODE switch, located on (Neutral) on a level ground.
the shift lever/button console, allows
the driver to switch from NORMAL/ 1. Connect the battery cables from
COMFORT mode to SPORT or ECO mode. another vehicle or from a another
(if equipped) battery to the jump-starting terminals
inside the engine compartment.
For more details, refer to “Drive Mode
Integrated Control System” later in this For more details, refer to “Jump
chapter. Starting” in chapter 7.
2. Release the parking brake with the
ignition switch in the ON position.
3. Shift the gear to the N(Neutral)
position refer to the “Stay in Neutral
when vehicle is Off” in this chapter.
6-29
Parking LCD display message (button

Always come to a complete stop and type)
continue to depress the brake pedal. Shifting conditions not met. Reduce
Press the P (Park) button, apply the speed, then shift
parking brake, and place the ignition The warning message appears on the
switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Take LCD display, when engine RPM is too
the Key with you when exiting the high, or when driving speed is too fast to
vehicle. shift the gear.
We recommend you decrease the engine
WARNING speed or slow down before shifting the
When you stay in the vehicle with gear.
the engine running, be careful not to
depress the accelerator pedal for a long Press brake pedal to change gear
period of time. The engine or exhaust The warning message appears on the
system may overheat and start a fire. LCD display, when the brake pedal is not
The exhaust gas and the exhaust system depressed while shifting the gear.
are very hot. Keep away from the We recommend you to depress the brake
exhaust system components. pedal and then shift the gear.
Do not stop or park over flammable
materials, such as dry grass, paper or Shift to P after stopping
leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire. The warning message appears on the
(Park).
PARK engaged
(Park).
6-30
06
Press and hold the OK button on the Shift button held down
steering wheel to stay in Neutral The warning message appears on the
The warning message appears on LCD display, when the shift button is
the LCD display, when pushing the pressed continuously or the shift button
N(Neutral) button. If you want to stay does not properly operate. Clean the
N(Neutral) after turning off the engine, surroundings of gear shift button.
press and hold the “OK” button on the If this message appears again, we
steering wheel more than 1 second. recommend you to have the vehicle
Vehicle will stay in (N). Change gear dealer.
to cancel
The warning message appears on the Shifter system malfunction! Service
LCD display, when pushing the “OK” immediately
button on the steering wheel after the The warning message appears on the
message (“Press and hold OK button LCD display, when the transmission
to stay in Neutral when vehicle is Off”) or the shift button does not properly
appears on the cluster LCD display. The operate in the P (Park) position.
gear stays in N(Neutral) position after
turning off the engine. In this case, we recommend you to
immediately have the vehicle inspected
NEUTRAL engaged
The message appears on the LCD Check shift controls
display, when the N (Neutral) position is
engaged. The warning message appears on the
LCD display, when there is a malfunction
with transmission shift button.
Gear already selected
In this case, we recommend you to
The message appears on the LCD immediately have the vehicle inspected
display, when pushing the current shift by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
button again.
6-31
Paddle shifter (Manual shifter To change back to automatic shift mode

mode) from manual shift mode, do one of the
followings:
Pull the [+] paddle shifter for more than
one second Press the D button.
The manual shift mode also changes
back to automatic shift mode in one of
following situations
-- When the accelerator pedal is gently
depressed for more than 6 seconds
while driving
-- When the vehicle stops
OOSH069012L
The paddle shifter is available when the Information

shift button is in the D (Drive) position or If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled
the manual shift mode. at the same time, gear shift may not occur.
With the shift lever/button in the D

position
The paddle shifter will operate when the
vehicle speed is more than 6 mph.
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic mode to
manual shift mode.
In the manual shift mode, pull the [+]
or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or
down one gear.
6-32
06
Good driving practices WARNING
• Never move the shift lever/button To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any or DEATH:
other position with the accelerator
pedal depressed. • ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant
• Never move the shift lever/button into is significantly more likely to be
P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. seriously injured or killed than a
Be sure the vehicle is completely properly belted occupant.
stopped before you attempt to shift • Avoid high speeds when cornering or
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). turning.
• Do not move the shift lever/button • Do not make quick steering wheel
to N (Neutral) when driving. Doing movements, such as sharp lane
so may result in an accident because changes or fast, sharp turns.
of a loss of engine braking and the
transmission could be damaged. • The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
• Do not drive with your foot resting vehicle at highway speeds.
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result • Loss of control often occurs if two or
in the brakes overheating, brake wear more wheels drop off the roadway
and possibly even brake failure. and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
• Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on • In the event your vehicle leaves
placing the transmission in P (Park) to the roadway, do not steer sharply.
keep the vehicle from moving. Instead, slow down before pulling
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be • HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
especially careful when braking, posted speed limits.
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and may cause
accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
6-33
Braking system
Power-assist brakes • Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's
ability to safely slow down; the
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
vehicle may also pull to one side
that adjust automatically through normal
when the brakes are applied.
usage.
Applying the brakes lightly will
If the engine is not running or is turned indicate whether they have been
off while driving, the power assist for affected in this way. Always test your
the brakes will not work. You can still brakes in this fashion after driving
stop your vehicle by applying greater through deep water. To dry the
force to the brake pedal than typical. brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to
The stopping distance, however, will be heat up the brakes while maintaining
longer than with power brakes. a safe forward speed until brake
When the engine is not running, the performance returns to normal.
reserve brake power is partially depleted Avoid driving at high speeds until the
each time the brake pedal is applied. brakes function correctly.
Do not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted. Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new
WARNING pads are required, you will hear a high
pitched warning sound from your front
Take the following precautions: or rear brakes. You may hear this sound
• Do not drive with your foot resting come and go or it may occur whenever
on the brake pedal. This will create you depress the brake pedal.
abnormal high brake temperatures, Note that some driving conditions or
excessive brake lining and pad wear, climates may cause a brake squeal
and increased stopping distances. when you first apply (or lightly apply)
• When descending down a long or the brakes. This is normal and does not
steep hill, use the paddle shifter indicate a problem with your brakes.
and manually downshift to a
lower gear in order to control your NOTICE
speed without using the brake
pedal excessively. Applying the To avoid costly brake repairs, do not
brakes continuously will cause continue to drive with worn brake pads.
the brakes to overheat and could
result in a temporary loss of braking
performance. Information
Always replace brake pads as complete
front or rear axle sets.
6-34
06
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Emergency braking
Applying the parking brake If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking
is possible by pulling up and holding
the EPB switch. Braking is possible only
while you are holding the EPB switch.
However, braking distance will be longer
than normal.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH, do not operate the EPB
OTM060007
while the vehicle is moving except
in an emergency situation. It could
To apply EPB (Electronic Parking Brake): damage the brake system and lead to
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. an accident.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning Information
light comes on.
During emergency braking, the Parking
Brake warning light will illuminate to
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be indicate that the system is operating.
automatically applied when:
• Requested by other systems NOTICE
• The driver turns the vehicle off while
Auto Hold is operating. If you continuously notice a noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used for
emergency braking, we recommend
that you have the system checked by an
6-35
Releasing the parking brake Information

• For your safety, you can engage EPB
even though the Engine Stop/Start
button is in the OFF position (only if
battery power is available), but you
cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking brake
manually with the EPB switch when
you drive downhill or when backing up
the vehicle.
OTM060048L
To release EPB (Electronic Parking NOTICE

Brake): • If the Parking Brake warning light
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to is still on even though the EPB has
the ON or START position. been released, we recommend that
you have the system checked by an
2. Press the EPB switch while depressing
the brake pedal.
• Do not drive your vehicle with EPB
Make sure the Parking Brake warning
applied. It may cause excessive brake
light goes off.
pad and brake rotor wear.
• Satisfy the following conditions

1. Ensure seat belts are fastened and the
doors, hood and liftgate are closed.
2. With the engine running, depress the
brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to
R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual shift
mode.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning
light goes off.
6-36
06
Warning messages • NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch
the EPB switch. If EPB is released
unintentionally, serious injury may
occur.
• Only release EPB when you are
seated inside the vehicle with your
foot firmly on the brake pedal.
NOTICE
• Do not apply the accelerator pedal
OJX1069030L
while the parking brake is engaged.
If you depress the accelerator pedal
To release EPB, close the doors, hood and with EPB engaged, a warning will
liftgate and fasten the seatbelt sound and a message will appear.
• If you try to drive with EPB applied, a Damage to the parking brake may
warning will sound and a message will occur.
appear. • Driving with the parking brake on
• If the driver's seat belt is unfastened can overheat the braking system and
and the engine hood or liftgate is cause premature wear or damage
opened, a warning will sound and a to brake parts. Make sure EPB is
message will appear. released and the Parking Brake
• If there is a problem with the vehicle, warning light is off before driving.
a warning may sound and a message
may appear. Information
If the situation occurs, depress the brake
• A clicking sound may be heard while
pedal and release EPB by pressing the
operating or releasing the EPB. These
EPB switch.
conditions are normal and indicate that
EPB is functioning properly.
WARNING • When leaving your keys with a parking
• Whenever leaving the vehicle or attendant or assistant, make sure to
parking, always come to a complete inform him/her how to operate EPB.
stop and continue to depress the
brake pedal.
Shift the gear into P (Park), pull
up the EPB switch, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Take the Key with you when
leaving the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park)
with the parking brake set are at risk
for moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
6-37
EPB malfunction
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning
light illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop
button is pressed to the ON position and
goes off in approximately 3 seconds if
the system is operating normally.
If the EPB warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the Engine Start/Stop
button is pressed to the ON position,
OIK057079L
this indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.
AUTO HOLD deactivating. Press brake
pedal If this occurs, we recommend that
you have the system checked by an
When the conversion from Auto Hold to authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear. The EPB warning light may illuminate
when the ESC indicator comes on to
indicate that ESC is not working properly,
but it does not indicate a malfunction of
EPB.
NOTICE
• If the EPB warning light is still on,
we recommend that you have the
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the Parking Brake warning light
OJX1069028L OJX1069066L
does not illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
Parking brake automatically engaged / up, EPB may not be applied.
Parking brake automatically applied
• If the Parking Brake warning light
When EPB is applied while Auto Hold blinks when the EPB warning light is
is activated, a warning will sound and a on, press the switch, and then pull
message will appear. it up. Repeat this one more time.
If the EPB warning does not go off,
HYUNDAI dealer.
6-38
06
Parking brake warning light Auto Hold (if equipped)
Check the Parking Brake Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a
warning light by pressing the standstill even though the brake pedal is
Engine Stop/Start button to the not depressed after the driver brings the
ON position. vehicle to a complete stop by depressing
This light will be illuminated when the the brake pedal.
parking brake is applied with the Engine
Stop/Start button in the START or ON To apply:
position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is released and the Parking Brake
warning light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake warning light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while the engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle
OTM060010
immediately. If that is not possible,
use extreme caution while operating 1. With the driver’s door, engine hood
the vehicle and only continue to drive and liftgate (vehicle equipped with
the vehicle until you can reach a safe shift button) closed, then press the
location. AUTO HOLD switch. The white AUTO
HOLD indicator will come on and the
When the EPB (Electronic Parking system will be in the standby position.
Brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normally,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer by loading
the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and
have the system checked.
6-39
To cancel:
OTM060057L
2. When you stop the vehicle completely OTM060012

by depressing the brake pedal, Auto
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
Hold maintains the brake pressure
to hold the vehicle stationary. The 2. Press the AUTO HOLD switch.
indicator changes from white to The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.
green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
even if you release the brake pedal. WARNING
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be To prevent, unexpected and sudden
released. vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your
foot on the brake pedal to cancel the
To release: Auto Hold before you:
• If you depress the accelerator pedal -- Drive downhill.
with the gear in D(Drive) or Manual -- Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
shift mode or R(vehicle equipped (vehicle equipped with shift button)
with shift button), the Auto Hold will -- Park the vehicle.
be released automatically and the
vehicle will start to move. The AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from green
to white.
• If the vehicle is restarted using the
cruise control toggle switch (RES+
or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise
control is operating, Auto Hold will
be released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white.
WARNING
When Auto Hold is automatically
released by depressing the accelerator
pedal, always take a look around your
vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal
for a smooth start.
6-40
06
Information WARNING
• The Auto Hold does not operate when: • Depress the accelerator pedal slowly
-- The driver's door is opened when you start the vehicle.
-- The engine hood is opened • For your safety, cancel Auto Hold
when you drive downhill, back up the
-- The liftgate is opened (vehicle vehicle or park the vehicle.
equipped with shift button)
-- The gear is in P (Park)
NOTICE
-- EPB is applied
If there is a malfunction with the
• For your safety, the Auto Hold driver's door or engine hood open
automatically switches to EPB when: detection system, Auto Hold may not
-- The driver's door is opened work properly.
-- The engine hood is opened We recommend that you contact an
-- The vehicle is in a standstill for more authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
than 10 minutes
-- The vehicle is standing on a steep Warning messages
slope Type A
Type B

-- The vehicle moved several times
-- The liftgate is opened
In these cases, the Parking Brake
warning light comes on, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from green
to white, and a warning sound and a
message will appear to inform you that
EPB has been automatically engaged.
Before driving off again, depress the
brake pedal, check the surrounding OJX1069028L OJX1069066L
area near your vehicle and release the Parking brake automatically engaged /
parking brake manually with the EPB Parking brake automatically applied
switch.
When EPB is applied while Auto Hold
• While operating Auto Hold, you may is activated, a warning will sound and a
hear mechanical noise. However, it is message will appear.
normal operating noise.
NOTICE
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes
to yellow, Auto Hold is not working
properly. We recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-41
OOSH069024L OTM060049L
Deactivating AUTO HOLD... Press brake AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
pedal Close door, hood and liftgate.
When the conversion from Auto Hold to When you press the AUTO HOLD switch,
EPB is not working properly a warning if the driver's door and engine hood are
will sound and a message will appear. not closed, a warning will sound and a
When this message is displayed, Auto message will appear on the cluster LCD
Hold and EPB may not operate. For your display.
safety, depress the brake pedal. Press the AUTO HOLD switch after
closing the driver's door and hood.
OJX1069035L
Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO

HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal when
you release Auto Hold by pressing the
AUTO HOLD switch, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
6-42
06
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
WARNING do not attempt to modulate your brake
Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or pressure and do not try to pump your
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard
system will not prevent accidents as possible.
due to improper or dangerous driving When you apply your brakes under
maneuvers. Even though vehicle conditions which may lock the wheels,
control is improved during emergency you may hear sounds from the brakes,
braking, always maintain a safe or feel a corresponding sensation in the
distance between you and objects brake pedal. This is normal and it means
ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should your ABS is active.
always be reduced during extreme
road conditions. The braking distance ABS does not reduce the time or distance
for vehicles equipped with ABS or ESC it takes to stop the vehicle.
may be longer than for those without Always maintain a safe distance from the
these systems in the following road vehicle in front of you.
conditions. ABS will not prevent a skid that results
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds from sudden changes in direction, such
during the following conditions: as trying to take a corner too fast or
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered making a sudden lane change. Always
roads. drive at a safe speed for the road and
weather conditions.
• On roads where the road surface is
pitted or has different surface height. ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability.
Always steer moderately when braking
• Tire chains are installed on your hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel
vehicle. movement can still cause your vehicle to
The safety features of ABS or ESC veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
equipped vehicle should not be tested On loose or uneven road surfaces,
by high speed driving or cornering. This operation of the anti-lock brake system
could endanger the safety of yourself or may result in a longer stopping distance
others. than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system.
ABS is an electronic braking system that The ABS ( ) warning light will stay
helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows on for several seconds after the Engine
the driver to steer and brake at the same Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
time.
6-43
During that time, ABS will go through Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
self-diagnosis and the light will go off
if everything is normal. If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with your
ABS. We recommend that you contact an
possible.
WARNING
If the ABS ( ) warning light is on and
stays on, you may have a problem with
the ABS. Your power brakes will work
OTM060013
normally. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact your authorized Electronic Stability Control helps to
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. stabilize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers.
NOTICE ESC checks where you are steering and
where the vehicle is actually going. ESC
When you drive on a road having poor applies braking pressure to any one of
traction, such as an icy road, and apply the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the
your brakes continuously, ABS will be engine management system to assist the
active continuously and the ABS ( ) driver with keeping the vehicle on the
warning light may illuminate. Pull your intended path. It is not a substitute for
vehicle over to a safe place and turn the safe driving practices. Always adjust your
vehicle off. speed and driving to the road conditions.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning
light is off, then your ABS system is
normal. WARNING
Otherwise, you may have a problem Never drive too fast for the road
with your ABS system. We recommend conditions when cornering. ESC will not
that you contact an authorized prevent accidents.
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces can result in severe accidents.
Information
When you jump start your vehicle because
of a drained battery, the ABS ( )
warning light may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of the low
battery voltage. It does not mean your
ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery
recharged before driving the vehicle.
6-44
06
ESC operation ESC OFF condition
ESC ON condition To cancel ESC operation:
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position, ESC and the ESC
OFF indicator lights illuminate for • State 1
approximately three seconds. After both Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The
lights go off, ESC is enabled. ESC OFF indicator light and/or message
'Traction Control disabled' will illuminate.
When operating In this state, the traction control function
When ESC is in operation, the of ESC (engine management) is disabled,
ESC indicator light blinks: but the brake control function of ESC
(braking management) still operates.
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels, • State 2
you may hear sounds from the brakes, Press and hold the ESC OFF button
or feel a corresponding sensation in continuously for more than 3 seconds.
the brake pedal. This is normal and it The ESC OFF indicator light and/or
means your ESC is active. message 'Traction & Stability Control
• When ESC activates, the engine may disabled' illuminates and a warning
not respond to the accelerator as it chime sounds. In this state, both the
does under routine conditions. traction control function of ESC (engine
management) and the brake control
• If Cruise Control was in use when ESC function of ESC (braking management)
activates, Cruise Control automatically are disabled.
disengages. Cruise Control can be
reengaged when the road conditions If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
allow. See “Cruise Control System” to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC
section in chapter 7 (if equipped). remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle,
ESC will automatically turn on again.
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the engine
rpm (revolutions per minute) may
not increase even if you press the
accelerator pedal deeply. This is to
maintain the stability and traction of
the vehicle and does not indicate a
problem.
6-45
Indicator lights NOTICE

■ ESC indicator light (blinks) Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. Before replacing
tires, make sure all four tires and wheels
are the same size. Never drive the
vehicle with different sized wheels and
■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on) tires installed.
ESC OFF usage

When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used
briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in
When the Engine Start/Stop button is snow or mud, by temporarily stopping
pressed to the ON position, the ESC operation of ESC, to maintain wheel
indicator light illuminates, then goes off torque.
if the ESC system is operating normally. To turn ESC off while driving, press the
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC OFF button while driving on a flat
ESC is operating. road surface.
If the ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with NOTICE
the ESC system. When this warning light To prevent damage to the transmission:
illuminates we recommend that the
vehicle be checked by an authorized • Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. spin excessively while the ESC, ABS,
and Parking Brake warning lights
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on are displayed. The repairs would not
when ESC is turned off. be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do not
WARNING spin the wheel(s) excessively while
these lights are displayed.
When ESC is blinking, this indicates ESC
is active: • When operating the vehicle
on a dynamometer, make sure
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
accelerate. NEVER turn ESC off while illuminated).
the ESC indicator light is blinking or you
may lose control of the vehicle resulting
in an accident. Information
Turning ESC off does not affect ABS or
standard brake system operation.
6-46
06
Vehicle Stability Management VSM OFF condition
(VSM) To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC
Vehicle Stability Management is a OFF button. ESC OFF ( ) indicator light
function of the Electronic Stability will illuminate.
Control (ESC) system. It helps the vehicle To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF
stay stable when accelerating or braking button again. The ESC OFF indicator light
suddenly on wet, slippery and rough will go out.
roads where traction over the four tires
can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
If the ESC ( ) indicator light or EPS
WARNING ( ) warning light stays illuminated
Take the following precautions when or blinks, your vehicle may have a
using Vehicle Stability Management: malfunction with the VSM system.
• ALWAYS check the speed and the When the warning light illuminates
distance to the vehicle ahead. VSM we recommend that the vehicle be
is not a substitute for safe driving checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
practices. dealer as soon as possible.
• Never drive too fast for the road
conditions. VSM will not prevent NOTICE
accidents. Excessive speed in bad Driving with wheels and tires with
weather, on slippery and uneven different sizes may cause the VSM
roads can result in severe accidents. system to malfunction. Before replacing
tires, make sure all four tires and wheels
VSM operation are the same size. Never drive the
When operating vehicle with different sized tires and
wheels installed.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may activate ESC, you
may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel
a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means your
VSM is active.
Information
VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such as
gradient or incline.
• Driving in reverse.
• The ESC OFF indicator light is on.
• The EPS (Electric power steering)
warning light ( ) is on or blinks.
6-47
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) Downhill Brake Control (DBC)

Hill-Start Assist Control helps prevent
the vehicle from rolling backwards
when starting a vehicle from a stop on
a hill. The system operates the brakes
automatically for approximately 2
seconds and releases the brake after 5
seconds or when the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
WARNING
OTM060014
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting off Downhill Brake Control assists the driver
an incline. Hill-Start Assist Control to descend down a steep hill without
activates only for approximately 2 having to depress the brake pedal.
seconds. The system automatically applies the
brakes to maintain vehicle speed below
a certain speed and allows the driver
Information to concentrate on steering the vehicle
• Hill-Start Assist Control does not down hill.
operate when the gear is shifted to P The system is turned off whenever the
(Park) or N (Neutral). engine is turned off.
• Hill-Start Assist Control activates even Press the button to turn on the system
when the ESC (Electronic Stability and press the button again to turn it off.
Control) is off. However, it does not
activate, when ESC does not operate
normally.
6-48
06
System operation
Mode Indicator Description
Press the Downhill Brake Control button when vehicle

speed is under 37 mph (60 km/h). Downhill Brake
Standby Control will turn on and enter the standby mode. The
system does not turn on if vehicle speed is over 37 mph
Green light on (60 km/h).
In the standby mode, Downhill Brake Control will

activate under the following conditions:
• The hill is steep enough.
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is not depressed.
Activated • Vehicle speed is within 2~25 mph (4~40 km/h) range
(within 1.5~5 mph (2.5~8 km/h) when reversing).
Green light blink Within the activation speed range 2~25 mph (4~40
km/h), the driver can control the vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal or accelerator pedal.
Downhill Brake Control will turn off under the following

conditions:
• The Downhill Brake Control button is pressed again.
• Vehicle speed is over 37 mph (60 km/h).
Green light off
Deactivated
Downhill Brake Control will be deactivated but maintain
the standby mode under the following conditions:
• The hill is not steep enough.
• Vehicle speed is between 25~37 mph (40~60 km/h).
Green light on
The yellow warning light illuminates when the system
may have malfunctioned or may not work properly
System during activation. If this occurs, Downhill Brake Control
malfunction is deactivated. We recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
Yellow light on possible.
6-49
Information
• Downhill Brake Control may not
deactivate on steep inclines even though
the brake pedal or accelerator pedal is
depressed.
• Downhill Brake Control may not
always maintain vehicle speed at a
certain speed.
• Downhill Brake Control does not
operate when:
OJX1069039L
-- The gear is in P (Park).
Downhill Brake Control disabled. Control
vehicle speed (manually) -- ESC is activated.
When Downhill Brake Control is not • Noise or vibration may occur from the
working properly this warning message brakes when Downhill Brake Control is
will appear on the cluster LCD display activated.
and you will hear a warning sound. If • The rear stop light comes on when
this occurs, control vehicle speed by Downhill Brake Control is activated.
depressing the brake pedal.
WARNING
Always turn off Downhill Brake Control
on normal roads. The system might
activate inadvertently from the standby
mode when driving through speed
bumps or making sharp curves.
6-50
06
Good braking practices Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
WARNING is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as
Whenever leaving the vehicle or quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes
parking, always come to a complete may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
stop and continue to depress the brake To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
pedal. Shift the gear to the P (Park) lightly until the braking action returns to
position, then apply the parking brake, normal. If the braking action does not
and press the Engine Start/Stop button return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe
to the OFF position. to do so and we recommend that you
Vehicles parked with the parking brake call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
not applied or not fully engaged may assistance.
roll inadvertently and may cause injury DO NOT drive with your foot resting on
to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the brake pedal. Even light, but constant
the parking brake before exiting the pedal pressure can result in the brakes
vehicle. overheating, brake wear, and possibly
even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving slowly
enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off
the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped to prevent
the vehicle from rolling forward.
6-51
Four wheel drive (4WD) (if equipped)

Four Wheel Drive (4WD) delivers engine NOTICE
power to front and rear wheels for
• Do not drive in water if the level
maximum traction. 4WD is useful when
is higher than the bottom of the
extra traction is required, such as when
vehicle.
driving on, muddy, wet, or snow-covered
roads. • Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water. Depress
the brake pedal several times as you
WARNING move slowly until you feel normal
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY braking return.
or DEATH: • Shorten your scheduled
• Do not drive in conditions that maintenance interval if you drive in
exceed the vehicles intended off-road conditions such as sand,
design such as challenging off-road mud or water (see "Maintenance
conditions. Under Severe Usage Conditions"
section in chapter 9).
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning. • Always wash your vehicle thoroughly
after off road use, especially the
• Do not make quick steering wheel bottom of the vehicle.
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns. • Be sure to equip the vehicle with four
tires of the same size and type.
• The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your • Make sure that a full time 4WD
vehicle at highway speeds. vehicle is towed by a flat bed tow
truck.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
6-52
06
Four Wheel Drive (4WD) operation
Four Wheel Drive (4WD) mode selection
Transfer Selection Indicator
Description
mode button light
In the 4WD AUTO mode, under normal
operating conditions, onventional 2WD
vehicles. If the system determines
there is a need for four wheel drive, the
4WD AUTO engine’s driving power is distributed to
(4WD LOCK is all four wheels automatically.
deactivated) Use this mode when driving on normal
(not
illuminated) roads.
If you select the "Driving force
distribution" in the cluster, Driving force
distribution (4WD) state is displayed.
In the 4WD LOCK mode, the system is
deactivated when vehicle speed is over
37 mph (60 km/h) and the mode is shifted
to 4WD AUTO mode. If the vehicle speed
slows down to 37 mph (60 km/h), the
mode shifts back to the 4WD LOCK mode.
4WD LOCK
If 4WD Lock is activated, the driving force
distribution in the cluster is not displayed.
(illuminated)
Use this mode when driving up or down
steep inclines, driving off-road, driving on
sandy and muddy roads, etc. to maximize
traction
WARNING
If 4WD warning light ( ) stays on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may have a
malfunction with the 4WD system. When the 4WD warning light ( ) illuminates we
recommend that the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
6-53
CAUTION Auto Four Wheel Drive mode (normal

driving) (if equipped)
When driving on normal roads,
deactivate the 4WD LOCK mode by If the 4WD system determines there is a
pushing the 4WD LOCK button (4WD need for four wheel drive, the engine's
LOCK indicator light goes off). Driving driving power is distributed to all four
on normal roads with the 4WD LOCK wheels automatically.
mode, especially, when cornering
may cause mechanical noise or
vibration. The noise and vibration will
disappear when the 4WD LOCK mode is
deactivated. Prolonged driving with the
noise and vibration may damage some
parts of the power train.
NOTICE
• When the 4WD LOCK mode is
deactivated, a sensation may be felt
as the driving power is delivered
entirely to the front wheels.
6-54
06
Four Wheel Drive (4WD) selection
(if equipped)
OTMA060012
Selected mode Description

• Use this mode when driving on normal roads.
• Under normal operating conditions, the vehicle
Auto 4WD operates similar to conventional 2WD vehicles. If the
-
(Normal driving) system determines there is a need for four wheel
drive, the engine's driving power is distributed to all
four wheels automatically.
• Use this mode when driving on slippery roads.
SNOW • The engine’s driving power is properly distributed to
the wheels, to help start the vehicle stably on slippery
roads or keep tires from slipping.
Be sure to maintain Auto 4WD mode when driving on normal roads. If you drive with
the 4WD Lock mode on normal roads or curved roads, it may damage 4WD parts and
cause vibration and noise. However, vibration and noise are normal conditions that will
disappear when Auto 4WD mode is selected. Also, when the vehicle is changed from
4WD Lock to Auto 4WD, a sensation may be felt as driving power is delivered to the
rear wheels.
6-55
For safe 4WD operation Driving in sand or mud

Before driving • Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Make sure all passengers are wearing Operate the accelerator pedal slowly
seat belts. to ensure safe driving (wheel-slip
prevention).
• Sit upright and closer to the steering
wheel than usual. Adjust the steering • Keep sufficient distance between your
wheel to a position comfortable for vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
you to drive. • Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
Driving on snow-covered or icy roads • Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
• Start off slowly by applying the sudden brake applications, and sharp
accelerator pedal gently. turns to prevent getting stuck.
• Use snow tires or tire chains. • When the vehicle is stuck in snow,
sand or mud, the tires may not
• Keep sufficient distance between your operate.
vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
• This is to protect the transmission and
• Apply engine braking during not a malfunction.
deceleration by using the paddle
shifter (manual shift mode) and
manually selecting a lower gear. NOTICE
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, Moving the vehicle forcibly to get out
sudden brake applications, and sharp of mud or sand can cause damage/
turns to prevent skids. overheat of the engine or damage/
breakdown of the transmission,
differential or 4WD system as well as
Information damage to tires. If excessive wheel slip
When using Snow Tires, mount them on occurs after entering a sandy/muddy
all four wheels. road, the vehicle may fall into the sand/
mud. When it happens, put a stone or
If a full set of chains is not available for
a tree branch under the tire, and then
an 4WD vehicle when using tire chains,
try to pull out the vehicle, or try to get it
chains may be installed on the front wheels
unstuck by repeatedly moving forwards
only.
and backwards.
For more details on Snow Tires and Tire
Chains, refer to "Winter Driving" section
later in this chapter.
CAUTION
Mud or snow
If one of the front or rear wheels
begins to spin in mud, snow, etc. the
vehicle can sometimes be driven out by
engaging the accelerator pedal further;
however avoid running the engine
continuously at high rpm because doing
so could damage the AWD system.
6-56
06
• When the message “Trans cooled.
Resume driving” appears you can
continue to drive your vehicle.
• If the warning messages in the LCD
display continue to blink, for your
safety, have the system checked
by a professional workshop. We
recommends to visit an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Driving up or down hills

OTMA060009
• Driving uphill
-- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
-- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
-- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driving
downhill.
-- Drive slowly using engine braking
while driving downhill.
OTMA060010 -- Drive straight as possible.
Transmission overheated
• When driving on muddy and sandy WARNING
roads under the severe condition, the
transmission could be overheated. Exercise extreme caution driving up or
down steep hills. The vehicle may flip
• When the transmission is overheated,
over depending on the grade, terrain,
the safe protection mode engages
water and mud conditions.
and the “Transmission Hot! Park with
engine on: warning message will
appear on the LCD display with a WARNING
chime.
Do not drive across the contour of steep
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe hills. A slight change in the wheel angle
location, stop the vehicle with the can destabilize the vehicle, or a stable
engine running, apply the brakes and vehicle may lose stability if the vehicle
shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow stops its forward motion. Your vehicle
the transmission to cool. may roll over and lead to a serious injury
• If you ignore this warning, the driving or death.
condition may become worse.
You may experience abrupt shifts,
frequent shifts, or jerkiness. To return
to the normal driving condition, stop
the vehicle and apply the foot brake
or shift into P (Park). Then allow the
transmission to cool for a few minutes
with engine on, before driving off.
6-57
Driving through water Emergency precautions

• Try to avoid driving in deep standing Tires
water. It may stall your engine and When replacing tires, be sure to equip
clog your exhaust pipes. all four tires with the same size, type,
• Do not change gear while driving in tread patterns, brand and load-carrying
water. capacity.
CAUTION WARNING
Always drive slowly in water. If you Do not use tire and wheel with different
drive too fast, water may get into the size and type from the one originally
engine compartment and wet the installed on your vehicle. It can affect
ignition system causing your vehicle to the safety and performance of your
suddenly stop. vehicle, which could lead to steering
failure or rollover causing serious injury.
Additional driving conditions
• Become familiar with the off-road In an emergency situation, a compact
conditions before driving. spare tire (if equipped) or Tire Mobility
• Always pay attention when driving off- Kit (if equipped) may be used. But,
road and avoid dangerous areas. do not use the compact spare tire
continuously. Repair or replace the
• Drive slowly when driving in heavy original tire as soon as possible to avoid
wind. failure of the differential or 4WD system.
• Reduce vehicle speed when
cornering. The center of gravity
of 4WD vehicles is higher than WARNING
conventional 2WD vehicles, making Never start or run the engine while
them more likely to roll over when you an 4WD vehicle is raised on a jack.
rapidly turn corners. The vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
• Always hold the steering wheel firmly causing serious injury or death to you or
when you are driving off-road. those nearby.
WARNING
Do hold the steering wheel tightly
when you are driving off-road. You may
hurt your arm by a sudden steering
maneuver or from steering wheel
rebound due to an impact with objects
on the ground. You could lose control
of the steering wheel which may lead to
6-58
06
Towing WARNING
4WD vehicles must be towed with Keep away from the front of the vehicle
a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed while the vehicle is in gear on the
equipment with all the wheels off the dynamometer. The vehicle can jump
ground. For more details, refer to forward and cause serious injury or
"Towing" section in chapter 8. death.
Vehicle inspection
Reducing the risk of a rollover
• If the vehicle needs to be operated on
a vehicle lift do not attempt to stop Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is
any of the four wheels from turning. defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).
This could damage the 4WD system. SUV’s have higher ground clearance
and a narrower track to make them
• Never engage the parking brake while capable of performing in a wide variety
running the engine on a car lift. This of off-road applications. The specific
may damage the 4WD system. design characteristics give them a higher
center of gravity than ordinary vehicles
Dynamometer testing making them more likely to roll over if
An 4WD vehicle must be tested on a you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles
special four wheel chassis dynamometer. have a significantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles. Due to this
risk, driver and passengers are strongly
recommended to buckle their seat belts.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
is significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can make
to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all
possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers, do not load your roof rack
with heavy cargo, and never modify your
OTM060016L vehicle in any way.
[A] : Roll tester (Speedometer),
[B] : Temporary free roller
An 4WD vehicle should not be tested
on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll tester
must be used, perform the following
procedure:
1. Check the tire pressures
recommended for your vehicle.
2. Place the rear wheels on the roll tester
for a speedometer test as shown in
the illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the front wheels on the
temporary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
6-59
WARNING WARNING
Rollover Your vehicle is equipped with tires
As with other Sports Utility Vehicle designed to provide safe ride and
(SUV), failure to operate this vehicle handling capability. Do not use a size
correctly may result in loss of control, and type of tire and wheel that is
an accident or vehicle rollover. different from the one that is originally
installed on your vehicle. It can affect
• Utility vehicles have a significantly the safety and performance of your
higher rollover rate than other types vehicle, which could lead to steering
of vehicles. failure or rollover and serious injury.
• Specific design characteristics When replacing the tires, be sure to
(higher ground clearance, narrower equip all four tires with the tire and
track, etc.) give this vehicle a higher wheel of the same size, type, tread,
center of gravity than ordinary brand and load-carrying capacity.
vehicles. If you nevertheless decide to equip
• A SUV is not designed for cornering your vehicle with any tire/wheel
at the same speeds as conventional combination not recommended by
vehicles. HYUNDAI for off road driving, you
should not use these tires for highway
• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt
driving.
maneuvers.
• In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more likely to WARNING
die than a person wearing a seat belt. Jacked vehicle
Make sure everyone in the vehicle is
properly buckled up. While a full-time 4WD vehicle is being
raised on a jack, never start the engine
or cause the tires to rotate.
There is a danger that rotating tires
touching the ground could cause the
vehicle to fall off the jack and to jump
forward or rearward.
6-60
06
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) (if equipped)
Idle Stop and Go helps reduce fuel ISG system operation
consumption by automatically shutting Prerequisite for activation
down the engine, when the vehicle is
at a standstill (i.e. red stop light, stop ISG system operates in the following
sign, and traffic jam) subject to certain situations.
prerequisite conditions being satisfied as • The driver's seatbelt is fastened
listed below. • The driver's door and hood are closed
The engine is automatically started upon • The brake vacuum pressure is
satisfying the starting conditions. adequate
ISG system is always active, when the • The battery sensor is activated and
engine is running. the battery is sufficiently charged
• Outside temperature is not too low or
Information too high
When the engine is automatically started • The vehicle is driven over a constant
by ISG system, warning lights (i.e. ABS, speed and stops
ESC, ESC OFF, EPS, and parking brake • The climate control system satisfies
warning light) may illuminate for a few the conditions
seconds due to low battery voltage. • The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up
However, it does not indicate a • ISG related parts are working properly
malfunction with ISG system.
• The incline is gradual
• The steering wheel is turned less than
180 degrees and then the vehicle
stops
Information
If the ISG light (white) is turned on on the
instrument cluster and does not meet the
ISG system operating conditions, the ISG
system is not activated.
When the ISG light (yellow) is on while the
ISG system meets operating conditions, we
recommend that the system be inspected
6-61
Auto stop In the Auto Stop mode, if the engine

When ISG is on the engine will be hood is opened, ISG system will be
stopped automatically when both of the deactivated.
following occurs:
1. Vehicle speed decreases to 0 mph (0
km/h) full stop condition.
2. Brake pedal is depressed and gear is
in D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
The Auto Stop ( ) indicator illuminates
in green on the instrument cluster, when
the engine stops.
Information OTM060017
Idle stop cannot reoccur again until the When the system is deactivated, the ISG
vehicle speed goes above 3 mph (5 km/h) off button indicator will illuminate and
and then returns again to the automatic a message ‘Auto Stop is off. Shift to P or
stop conditions as previously mentioned. N to start engine manually’ appears on
the cluster LCD display with a warning
sound.
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal
and restart the engine manually.
Auto start
When the engine stops automatically by
ISG, the engine will restart if one of the
following is done.
-- Release the brake pedal.
-- When Auto Hold is activated, take
your foot off the brake pedal and then
depress the accelerator pedal.
-- While depressing the brake pedal,
shift the gear from N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) to R (Reverse) or P (Park).
-- While depressing the brake pedal,
shift the gear from N (Neutral) to D
(Drive).
The Auto Stop ( ) indicator goes to
white on the instrument cluster, when
the engine is restarted.
6-62
06
LCD display messages Type A
Type B

The messages are displayed on the
instrument cluster to help use ISG
system.
OJX1069071L OJX1069070L
Press brake pedal before driving on / Press

brake pedal for Auto Start
When the gear is shifted from N (Neutral)
OJX1069042L to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual
shift mode without the brake pedal
Auto Stop is Off. Shift to P or N to start
depressed, a message will appear on
engine
the cluster LCD display. To activate auto
When the system is deactivated, the ISG start, depress the brake pedal.
off button indicator will illuminate and
a message will appear on the cluster
LCD display with a warning sound in the
following situations.
-- When the engine hood is opened.
-- When ISG system is not working
normally.
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal
and restart the engine manually. For your
safety, restart the vehicle in the P (Park)
position.
OJX1069044
AUTO STOP elapsed time

time of engine stop by the Idle Stop and
Go system.
You may check AUTO STOP elapsed time
in the Utility view on the instrument
cluster.
Refer to “View Modes” section in
chapter 4.
6-63
ISG system off Forced to restart engine

The engine is automatically restarted in
the following situations.
• The brake vacuum pressure is low
• The engine has stopped for about 5
minutes
• The air conditioning is ON with the fan
speed set to a certain high level
• The front defroster is ON
• The battery is weak
OTM060017
• The cooling and heating performance
of the climate control system is
Press the ISG OFF button to turn off ISG unsatisfactory
system. The ISG OFF button indicator will
illuminate. To use the system, press the • The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) or R
ISG OFF button again. (Reverse) when Auto Hold is activated
• The door is opened or the seatbelt
is unfastened when Auto Hold is
activated
• The EPB switch is pressed when Auto
Hold is activated
The Auto Stop ( ) indicator blinks in
green for 5 seconds on the instrument
cluster when the engine is restarted.
WARNING
When the engine is in Idle Stop mode,
the engine may restart without the
driver taking any action. Before leaving
the vehicle or working on the engine
compartment, turn off the engine by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the OFF position.
6-64
06
ISG malfunction
ISG system may not operate when there
is a malfunction with the ISG sensors or
ISG system.
The following will occur, when there is a
malfunction with the ISG system:
• The Auto Stop ( ) indicator will
illuminate in yellow on the instrument
cluster.
• The light on the ISG OFF button will
illuminate.
We recommend that you contact an
NOTICE
OTMA060001
[A] : Battery sensor
If the AGM battery is reconnected or
replaced, ISG system will not operate
immediately. If you want to use the
system, the battery sensor needs to be
calibrated for approximately 4 hours
with the engine off.
After calibration, turn the engine on and
off 2 or 3 times.
6-65
Drive mode integrated control system (2WD)

(if equipped)
SPORT mode
SPORT mode provides sporty
but firm riding.
In SPORT mode, the fuel
efficiency may decrease.
• When SPORT mode is selected, the
SPORT indicator will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
OTM060058L COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is
Drive mode may be selected according desired, re-select SPORT mode.
to the driver's preference or road
condition. • When SPORT mode is activated:
-- The engine rpm will tend to remain
Drive mode raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
The mode changes whenever the DRIVE
MODE knob is rotated. -- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating
COMFORT mode
COMFORT mode provides smooth
driving and comfortable riding.
6-66
06
SMART mode Various driving situations, which you may
SMART mode selects the encounter in SMART mode
proper driving mode among • The driving mode automatically
ECO, COMFORT and SPORT changes to ECO mode after a certain
by judging the driver's period of time, when you gently
driving habits (i.e. mild or depress the accelerator pedal (Your
dynamic) from the brake pedal driving is categorized to be mild.).
depression or the steering • The driving mode automatically
wheel operation. changes from SMART ECO mode
• Press the DRIVE MODE button to to SMART COMFORT mode after a
activate SMART mode. When SMART certain period of time, when you
mode is activated, the indicator sharply or repetitively depress the
illuminates on the instrument cluster. accelerator pedal.
• The vehicle starts in SMART mode, • The driving mode automatically
when the engine was turned OFF in changes to SMART COMFORT mode
SMART mode. with the same driving patterns, when
• SMART mode automatically controls the vehicle starts to drive on an
gear shifting patterns, engine torque, upward slope of a certain angle. The
in accordance with the driver's driving driving mode automatically returns to
habits. SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle
enters a leveled road.
• The driving mode automatically
Information changes to SMART SPORT, when
• When you mildly drive the vehicle you abruptly accelerate the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving mode or repetitively operate the steering
changes to ECO mode to improve fuel wheel (Your driving is categorized
efficiency. However, the actual fuel to be sporty.). In this mode, your
efficiency may differ in accordance vehicle drives in a lower gear for
with your driving situations (i.e. abrupt accelerating/decelerating
upward/downward slope, vehicle and increases the engine brake
deceleration/acceleration). performance.
• When you dynamically drive the • You may still sense the engine brake
vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly performance, even when you release
decelerating or sharply curving, the the accelerator pedal in SMART
driving mode changes to SPORT mode. SPORT mode. It is because your
However, it may adversely affect fuel vehicle remains to be in a lower gear
economy. over a certain period of time for next
acceleration. Thus, it is a normal
driving situation, not indicating any
malfunction.
6-67

changes to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situations,
the driving mode sets to be either
in SMART ECO mode or in SMART
COMFORT mode.
Limitation of SMART mode

The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations. (The OFF indicator
illuminates in those situations.)
• The driver manually moves the shift
lever : It deactivates SMART mode.
The vehicle drives, as the driver
manually moves the shift lever.
• The cruise control is activated : The
cruise system may deactivate the
SMART mode. When a higher system
is set by the cruise system, it starts to
control vehicle speed and deactivates
SMART mode. (SMART mode is not
deactivated just by activing the cruise
system.)
• The transmission oil temperature is either
extremely low or extremely high : The
SMART mode can be active in most of
the normal driving situations. However,
an extremely high/ low transmission oil
temperature may temporarily deactivate
the SMART mode, because the
transmission condition is out of normal
operation condition.
6-68
06
Drive mode integrated control system (4WD)
(if equipped)
Drive mode SPORT mode
SPORT mode provides sporty
but firm riding.
In SPORT mode, the fuel
efficiency may decrease.
• When SPORT mode is selected, the
SPORT indicator will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is
OTMA060012
desired, re-select SPORT mode.
Drive mode may be selected according • When SPORT mode is activated:
to the driver's preference or road -- The engine rpm will tend to remain
condition. raised over a certain length of time
The mode changes whenever the DRIVE even after releasing the accelerator
knob is rotated. -- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating
COMFORT mode
COMFORT mode provides smooth
driving and comfortable riding.
6-69
SMART mode Various driving situations, which you may

SMART mode selects the encounter in SMART mode
proper driving mode among • The driving mode automatically
ECO, COMFORT and SPORT changes to ECO mode after a certain
by judging the driver's period of time, when you gently
driving habits (i.e. mild or depress the accelerator pedal (Your
dynamic) from the brake pedal driving is categorized to be mild.).
depression or the steering • The driving mode automatically
wheel operation. changes from SMART ECO mode
• Press the DRIVE MODE button to to SMART COMFORT mode after a
activate SMART mode. When SMART certain period of time, when you
mode is activated, the indicator sharply or repetitively depress the
illuminates on the instrument cluster. accelerator pedal.
• The vehicle starts in SMART mode, • The driving mode automatically
when the engine was turned OFF in changes to SMART COMFORT mode
SMART mode. with the same driving patterns, when
• SMART mode automatically controls the vehicle starts to drive on an
gear shifting patterns, engine torque, upward slope of a certain angle. The
in accordance with the driver's driving driving mode automatically returns to
habits. SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle
enters a leveled road.
Information changes to SMART SPORT, when
• When you mildly drive the vehicle you abruptly accelerate the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving mode or repetitively operate the steering
changes to ECO mode to improve fuel wheel (Your driving is categorized
efficiency. However, the actual fuel to be sporty.). In this mode, your
efficiency may differ in accordance vehicle drives in a lower gear for
with your driving situations (i.e. abrupt accelerating/decelerating
upward/downward slope, vehicle and increases the engine brake
deceleration/acceleration). performance.
• When you dynamically drive the • You may still sense the engine brake
vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly performance, even when you release
decelerating or sharply curving, the the accelerator pedal in SMART
driving mode changes to SPORT mode. SPORT mode. It is because your
However, it may adversely affect fuel vehicle remains to be in a lower gear
economy. over a certain period of time for next
acceleration. Thus, it is a normal
driving situation, not indicating any
malfunction.
changes to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situations,
the driving mode sets to be either
in SMART ECO mode or in SMART
COMFORT mode.
6-70
06
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations. (The OFF indicator
illuminates in those situations.)
• The driver manually moves the shift
lever : It deactivates SMART mode.
The vehicle drives, as the driver
manually moves the shift lever.
• The cruise control is activated : The
cruise system may deactivate the
SMART mode. When a higher system
is set by the cruise system, it starts to
control vehicle speed and deactivates
SMART mode. (SMART mode is not
deactivated just by activing the cruise
system.)
• The transmission oil temperature is either
extremely low or extremely high : The
SMART mode can be active in most of
the normal driving situations. However,
an extremely high/ low transmission oil
temperature may temporarily deactivate
the SMART mode, because the
transmission condition is out of normal
operation condition.
6-71
Special driving conditions

Hazardous driving conditions Rocking the vehicle
When hazardous driving elements If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
are encountered such as water, snow, free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn
ice, mud and sand, take the following the steering wheel right and left to clear
precautions: the area around your front wheels. Then,
• Drive cautiously and maintain a longer shift back and forth between R (Reverse)
braking distance. and a forward gear.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering. Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do
not race the engine.
• When your vehicle is stuck in
snow, mud, or sand, use second To prevent transmission wear, wait until
gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid the wheels stop spinning before shifting
unnecessary wheel spin. gears. Release the accelerator pedal
while shifting, and press lightly on the
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other accelerator pedal while the transmission
non-slip materials under the wheels to is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in
provide additional traction while the forward and reverse directions causes a
vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
or mud.
WARNING
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and excessive
Downshifting with an automatic wheel spin occurs, the temperature
transmission while driving on slippery in the tires can increase very quickly.
surfaces can cause an accident. The If the tires become damaged, a tire
sudden change in tire speed could blow out or tire explosion can occur.
cause the tires to skid. Be careful when This condition is dangerous - you and
downshifting on slippery surfaces. others may be injured. Do not attempt
this procedure if people or objects are
anywhere near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the
vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly
causing an engine compartment fire
or other damage. Try to avoid spinning
the wheels as much as possible to
prevent overheating of either the tires
or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle
to spin the wheels above 35 mph (56
km/h).
Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF
before rocking the vehicle.
6-72
06
NOTICE Driving in the rain
If you are still stuck after rocking the Rain and wet roads can make driving
vehicle a few times, have the vehicle dangerous. Here are a few things to
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid consider when driving in the rain or on
engine overheating, possible damage to slick pavement:
the transmission, and tire damage. See • Slow down and allow extra following
“Towing” section in chapter 8. distance. A heavy rainfall makes
it harder to see and increases the
Smooth cornering distance needed to stop your vehicle.
Avoid braking or gear changing in • Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if
corners, especially when roads are wet. equipped)
Ideally, corners should always be taken • Replace your windshield wiper blades
under gentle acceleration. when they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
Driving at night • Be sure your tires have enough tread.
Night driving presents more hazards than If your tires do not have enough tread,
driving in the daylight. Here are some making a quick stop on wet pavement
important tips to remember: can cause a skid and possibly lead to
• Slow down and keep more distance an accident. See “Tire Tread” section
between you and other vehicles, as it in chapter 9.
may be more difficult to see at night, • Turn on your headlamps to make it
especially in areas where there may easier for others to see you.
not be any street lights.
• Driving too fast through large puddles
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare can affect your brakes. If you must go
from other drivers’ headlamps. through puddles, try to drive through
• Keep your headlamps clean and them slowly.
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly • If you believe your brakes may be wet,
aimed headlamps will make it much apply them lightly while driving until
more difficult to see at night. normal braking operation returns.
• Avoid staring directly at the
headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You Hydroplaning
could be temporarily blinded, and it If the road is wet enough and you are
will take several seconds for your eyes going fast enough, your vehicle may
to readjust to the darkness. have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the water.
The best advice is SLOW DOWN when
the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as

the depth of tire tread decreases, refer
to “Tire Tread” section in chapter 9.
6-73
Driving in flooded areas Reducing the risk of a rollover

Avoid driving through flooded areas Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is
unless you are sure the water is no defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).
higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. SUV’s have higher ground clearance
Drive through any water slowly. Allow and a narrower track to make them
adequate stopping distance because capable of performing in a wide variety
brake performance may be reduced. of off-road applications. The specific
After driving through water, dry the design characteristics give them a higher
brakes by gently applying them several center of gravity than ordinary vehicles
times while the vehicle is moving slowly. making them more likely to roll over if
you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles
Highway driving have a significantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles. Due to this
Tires risk, driver and passengers are strongly
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. recommended to buckle their seat belts.
Under-inflation may overheat or damage In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
the tires. is significantly more likely to die than a
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, person wearing a seat belt.
which may reduce traction or fail the There are steps that a driver can make
braking operation. to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all
possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers, do not load your vehicle
Information with heavy cargo on the roof, and never
Never over-inflate your tires above the modify your vehicle in any way.
maximum inflation pressure, as specified
on your tires.
WARNING
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil Utility vehicles have a significantly
Driving at higher speeds on the highway higher rollover rate than other types of
consumes more fuel and is less efficient vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of
than driving at a slower, more moderate control:
speed. Maintain a moderate speed in • Take corners at slower speeds than
order to conserve fuel when driving on you would with a passenger vehicle.
the highway. • Avoid sharp turns and abrupt
Be sure to check both the engine coolant maneuvers.
level and the engine oil before driving. • Do not modify your vehicle in any
way that you would raise the center
Drive belt of gravity.
A loose or damaged drive belt may • Keep tires properly inflated.
overheat the engine. • Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.
WARNING
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
is significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt. Make sure
all passengers are wearing their seat
belts.
6-74
06
Winter driving
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other
problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following
suggestions:
Snow or icy conditions

You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of
you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may
cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install
tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include
tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper
cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle’s standard tires.
Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
We recommend that you use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F (7°C).
Refer to the below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for your vehicle.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use the same Inflation pressure
as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads
may not be as high as your vehicle’s original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer
for maximum speed recommendations.
6-75
Tire chains When using tire chains, attach them to

Type A

the drive wheels as follows.
2WD : Front wheels
4WD : All four wheels
If a full set of chains is not
available for an 4WD vehicle,
chains may be installed on the
front wheels only.
WARNING
The use of tire chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling:
OTM060025 • Drive less than 20 mph (30 km/h)
Type B
or the chain manufacturer’s
recommended speed limit,
whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel
braking.
OTM060045
Information
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are • Install tire chains only in pairs and on
thinner than other types of tires, they the front tires. It should be noted that
may be damaged by mounting some installing tire chains on the tires will
types of tire chains on them. Therefore, provide a greater driving force, but will
the use of snow tires is recommended not prevent side skids.
instead of tire chains. If tire chains must
be used, use genuine HYUNDAI Parts • Do not install studded tires without
and install the tire chain after reviewing first checking local and municipal
the instructions provided with the tire regulations for possible restrictions
chains. Damage to your vehicle caused against their use.
by improper tire chain use is not covered
by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty.
Fabric-type chains must be used on the
vehicle with 19”/20” tires.
6-76
06
Chain Installation Winter precautions
When installing tire chains, follow the Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
manufacturer’s instructions and mount
Your vehicle is delivered with high
them as tightly possible. Drive slowly
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
(less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with
cooling system. It is the only type of
chains installed. If you hear the chains
coolant that should be used because it
contacting the body or chassis, stop and
helps prevent corrosion in the cooling
tighten them. If they still make contact,
system, lubricates the water pump and
slow down until the noise stops. Remove
prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or
the tire chains as soon as you begin
replenish your coolant in accordance
driving on cleared roads.
with the maintenance schedule in
When mounting snow chains, park the chapter 9. Before winter, have your
vehicle on level ground away from traffic. coolant tested to assure that its freezing
Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning point is sufficient for the temperatures
Flasher and place a triangular emergency anticipated during the winter.
warning device behind the vehicle (if
available). Always place the vehicle in P Check battery and cables
(Park), apply the parking brake and turn
off the engine before installing snow Winter temperatures affect battery
chains. performance. Inspect the battery and
cables, as specified in chapter 9. The
battery charging level can be checked
NOTICE by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or in a
When using tire chains: service station.
• Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your Change to “winter weight” oil if
vehicle’s brake lines, suspension, necessary
body and wheels. In some regions during winter, it is
• Use SAE “S” class or wire chains. recommended to use the “winter
weight” oil with lower viscosity In
• If you hear noise caused by chains addition, replace the engine oil and filter
contacting the body, retighten the if it is close to the next maintenance
chain to prevent contact with the interval. Fresh engine oil ensures
vehicle body. optimum engine operation during the
• To prevent body damage, retighten winter months. For further information,
the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles refer to chapter 2. When you are not
(0.5~1.0 km). sure about a type of winter weight oil,
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles we recommend that you consult an
equipped with aluminum wheels. If authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
unavoidable, use a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.47 in.
(12mm) thick to prevent damage to
the chain’s connection.
6-77
Check spark plugs and ignition system Do not let your parking brake freeze
Inspect the spark plugs, as specified in Under some conditions your parking
chapter 8. If necessary, replace them. brake can freeze in the engaged position.
Also check all ignition wirings and This is most likely to happen when there
components for any cracks, wear-out, is an accumulation of snow or ice around
and damage. or near the rear brakes or if the brakes
are wet. When there is the risk that your
To prevent locks from freezing parking brake may freeze, temporarily
apply it with the gear in P (Park). Also,
To prevent the locks from being frozen,
block the rear wheels in advance, so the
spray approved de-icing fluid or glycerin
vehicle may not roll. Then, release the
into key holes. When a lock opening is
parking brake.
already covered with ice, spray approved
de-icing fluid over the ice to remove it.
When an internal part of a lock freezes, Do not let ice and snow accumulate
try to thaw it with a heated key. Carefully underneath
use the heated key to avoid an injury. Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and
Use approved window washer anti- interfere with the steering. When driving
freeze solution in system in such conditions during the severe
winter, you should check underneath
To prevent the window washer from
the vehicle on a regular basis, to ensure
being frozen, add authorized window
that the front wheels and the steering
washer anti-freeze solution, as specified
components is unblocked.
on the window washer container.
Window washer anti-freeze solution is
available from an authorized HYUNDAI Carry emergency equipment
dealer, and most vehicle accessory In accordance with weather conditions,
outlets. Do not use engine coolant or you should carry appropriate emergency
other types of anti-freeze solution, to equipment, while driving. Some of the
prevent any damage to the vehicle paint. items you may want to carry include tire
chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight,
emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper
cables, window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
Do not place objects or materials in the

engine compartment
Putting objects or materials in the engine
compartment may cause an engine
failure or combustion, because they may
block the engine cooling. Such damage
will not be covered by the manufacturer’s
warranty.
6-78
06
Trailer towing
If you are considering to tow with WARNING
your vehicle, you should first know
your country’s legal requirements. As Take the following precautions:
laws vary the requirements for towing • If you don’t use the correct
trailers, cars, or other types of vehicles equipment and/or drive improperly,
or apparatus may differ. When you are you can lose control of the vehicle
not sure about a type of winter weight when you are pulling a trailer. For
oil, we recommend that you consult an example, if the trailer is too heavy,
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. the braking performance may be
Remember that trailering is different reduced. You and your passengers
than just driving your vehicle by could be seriously or fatally injured.
itself. Trailering means changes in Pull a trailer only if you have followed
handling, durability, and fuel economy. all the steps in this section.
Successful, safe trailering requires • Before towing, make sure the
correct equipment, and it has to be used total trailer weight, GCW (Gross
properly. Damage to your vehicle caused Combination Weight), GVW (Gross
by improper trailer towing is not covered Vehicle Weight), GAW (Gross Axle
by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty. Weight) and trailer tongue load are
This section contains time-tested, all within the limits.
important trailering tips and safety • When you tow a trailer, make sure to
rules. Many of these are important for turn off the Idle Stop and Go system.
your safety and that of your passengers.
Please read this section carefully before
you pull a trailer.
6-79
If you decide to pull a trailer? Trailer weight

Here are some important points if you
decide to pull a trailer:
• Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a trailer hitch dealer about
sway control.
• Do not do any towing with your
vehicle during its first 1,200 miles
(2,000 km) in order to allow the
engine to properly break in. Failure to
heed this caution may result in serious Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight
engine or transmission damage.
• When towing a trailer, we OOSH069129L
recommend that you consult an What is the maximum safe weight of a
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for trailer? It should never weigh more than
further information on additional the maximum trailer weight with trailer
requirements such as a towing kit, etc. brakes. But even that can be too heavy.
• Always drive your vehicle at a It depends on how you plan to use your
moderate speed (less than 60 mph trailer. For example, speed, altitude,
(100 km/h)) or posted towing speed road grades, outside temperature and
limit. how often your vehicle is used to pull a
• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed trailer are all important. The ideal trailer
45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted weight can also depend on any special
towing speed limit, whichever is equipment that you have on your vehicle.
lower.
• Carefully observe the weight and load
limits provided in the following pages.
6-80
06
Tongue load WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Never load a trailer with more weight
in the rear than in the front. The front
should be loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load; the rear
should be loaded with approximately
40% of the total trailer load.
• Never exceed the maximum weight
limits of the trailer or trailer towing
Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight equipment. Improper loading can
result in damage to your vehicle and/
OOSH069130L or personal injury. Check weights
The tongue load is an important weight and loading at a commercial scale or
to measure because it affects the highway patrol office equipped with
total Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) of scales.
your vehicle. The trailer tongue should
weigh a maximum of 10% of the total
loaded trailer weight, within the limits Information
of the maximum trailer tongue load With increasing altitude the engine
permissible. performance decreases. From 1,000 m
After you’ve loaded your trailer, above sea level and for every 1,000 m
weigh the trailer and then the tongue, thereafter 10% of vehicle/trailer weight
separately, to see if the weights are (trailer weighter + gross vehicle weight)
proper. If they aren’t, you may be able must be deducted.
to correct them simply by moving some
items around in the trailer.
6-81
Reference weight and distance when towing a trailer

Smartstream Smartstream
Item G2.5 GDI G2.5 TGDI
A/T DCT
Maximum trailer Without brake system 1,653 (750) 1,653 (750)
weight
With brake system (PKG OPT) 2,000 (907) 2,000 (907)
lbs. (kg) With brake system (STD) 2,800 (1,270) 3,500 (1,588)
Maximum permissible static vertical load on the

coupling device 280 (127) 350 (159)
lbs. (kg)
Recommended distance from rear wheel center
to coupling point 49.1 (1,248)
inch (mm)
6-82
06
Trailer towing equipment • Any part of the rear number plate or
Hitches lighting devices of the vehicle must
not be obscured by the mechanical
coupling device.
If the rear number plate and/or
lighting devices can be obscured
partially by any part of the mechanical
coupling device, mechanical coupling
devices that can not be easily
removed or repositioned without use
of any tools, except an easily operated
(i.e. an effort not exceeding 20Nm)
release key which is supplied by the
manufacturer of the coupling device,
OTM060050L
are not permitted for use.
Please note that the mechanical
Information coupling device that is fitted and
not in use must always be removed
The mounting hole for hitches are located
or repositioned if the rear number
on both sides of the underbody behind the
plate and/or rear lighting devices
rear tires.
are obscured by any part of the
mechanical coupling device.
It’s important to have the correct hitch
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks • A HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory is
going by, and rough roads are a few available at an authorized HYUNDAI
reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. dealer.
Here are some rules to follow:
• Do you have to make any holes in
the body of your vehicle when you
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then
be sure to seal the holes later when
you remove the hitch. If you don’t seal
them, carbon monoxide (CO) from
your exhaust can get into your vehicle,
as well as dirt and water.
• The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches to them. Use only a frame-
mounted hitch that does not attach to
the bumper.
6-83
Safety chains Driving with a trailer

You should always attach chains between Towing a trailer requires a certain
your vehicle and your trailer. amount of experience. Before setting
Instructions about safety chains may out for the open road, you must get to
be provided by the hitch manufacturer know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with
or trailer manufacturer. Follow the the feel of handling and braking with the
manufacturer’s recommendation for added weight of the trailer. And always
attaching safety chains. Always leave just keep in mind that the vehicle you are
enough slack so you can turn with your driving is now longer and not nearly as
trailer. And, never allow safety chains to responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
drag on the ground. Before you start, check the trailer hitch
and platform, safety chains, electrical
Trailer brakes connector(s), lights, tires and brakes.
If your trailer is equipped with a braking During your trip, occasionally check
system, make sure it conforms to to be sure that the load is secure, and
your country’s regulations and that that the lights and trailer brakes are still
it is properly installed and operating working.
correctly.
If your trailer weighs more than the Distance
maximum trailer weight without trailer Stay at least twice as far behind the
brakes loaded, then it needs its own vehicle ahead as you would when driving
brakes and they must be adequate. Be your vehicle without a trailer. This can
sure to read and follow the instructions help you avoid situations that require
for the trailer brakes so you’ll be able heavy braking and sudden turns.
to install, adjust and maintain them
properly. Be sure not to modify your Passing
vehicle’s brake system.
You will need more passing distance up
ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,
WARNING because of the increased vehicle length,
you’ll need to go much farther beyond
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes the passed vehicle before you can return
unless you are absolutely certain that to your lane.
you have properly set up the brake
system. This is not a task for amateurs.
Use an experienced, competent trailer
shop for this work.
6-84
06
Backing up WARNING
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel Do not connect a trailer lighting system
with one hand. Then, to move the trailer directly to your vehicle’s lighting
to the left, move your hand to the left. To system. Use an approved trailer wiring
move the trailer to the right, move your harness. Failure to do so could result in
hand to the right. Always back up slowly damage to the vehicle electrical system
and, if possible, have someone guide and/or personal injury. We recommend
you. that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
Making turns
When you’re turning with a trailer, make Driving on hills
wider turns than normal. Do this so your Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs, before you start down a long or steep
road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you
jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in might have to use your brakes so much
advance. that they would get overheated and may
not operate efficiently.
Turn signals
On a long uphill grade, shift down and
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has reduce your speed to around 45 mph (70
to have a different turn signal flasher and km/h) to reduce the possibility of engine
extra wiring. The green arrows on your and transmission overheating.
instrument panel will flash whenever you
signal a turn or lane change. Properly If your trailer weighs more than the
connected, the trailer lights will also flash maximum trailer weight without trailer
to alert other drivers you’re about to turn, brakes and you have a automatic
change lanes, or stop. transmission, you should drive in D
(Drive) when towing a trailer.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows
on your instrument panel will flash for Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer when towing a trailer will minimize heat
are burned out. Thus, you may think build-up and extend the life of your
drivers behind you are seeing your transmission.
signals when, in fact, they are not. It’s
important to check occasionally to be
sure the trailer bulbs are still working.
You must also check the lights every time
you disconnect and then reconnect the
wires.
6-85
NOTICE Parking on hills

To prevent engine and/or transmission Generally, if you have a trailer attached
overheating: to your vehicle, you should not park your
• When towing a trailer on steep vehicle on a hill.
grades (in excess of 6%) pay close
attention to the engine coolant However, if you ever have to park your
temperature gauge to ensure the trailer on a hill, here’s how to do it:
engine does not overheat. If the 1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.
needle of the coolant temperature Turn the steering wheel in the
gauge moves towards “H” (HOT), direction of the curb (right if headed
pull over and stop as soon as it is down hill, left if headed up hill).
safe to do so, and allow the engine
to idle until it cools down. You may 2. Shift the gear to P (Park).
proceed once the engine has cooled 3. Set the parking brake and shut off the
sufficiently. vehicle.
• If you tow a trailer with the maximum 4. Place wheel chocks under the trailer
gross vehicle weight and maximum wheels on the down hill side of the
trailer weight, it can cause the wheels.
engine or transmission to overheat. 5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift
When driving in such conditions, to neutral, release the parking brake
allow the engine to idle until it cools and slowly release the brakes until the
down. You may proceed once the trailer chocks absorb the load.
engine or transmission has cooled
sufficiently. 6. Reapply the brakes and parking
brakes.
• When towing a trailer, your vehicle
speed may be much slower than the 7. Shift the gear to P (Park) when the
general flow of traffic, especially vehicle is parked on a uphill grade and
when climbing an uphill grade. Use in R (Reverse) on a downhill.
the right hand lane when towing a 8. Shut off the vehicle and release the
trailer on an uphill grade. Choose vehicle brakes but leave the parking
your vehicle speed according to the brake set.
maximum posted speed limit for
vehicles with trailers, the steepness
of the grade, and your trailer weight. WARNING
To prevent serious or fatal injury:
• Do not get out of the vehicle without
the parking brake firmly set. If you
have left the engine running, the
vehicle can move suddenly. You and
others could be seriously or fatally
injured.
• Do not apply the accelerator pedal to
hold the vehicle on an uphill.
6-86
06
Driving the vehicle after it has been NOTICE
parked on a hill To prevent vehicle damage:
1. With the gear in P (Park), apply your • Due to higher load during trailer
brakes and hold the brake pedal down usage, overheating might occur on
while you: hot days or during uphill driving.
• Start your engine; If the coolant gauge indicates
• Shift into gear; and over-heating, switch off the air
conditioner and stop the vehicle in a
• Release the parking brake. safe area to cool down the engine.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the • Do not switch off the engine while
brake pedal. the coolant gauge indicates over-
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of heating.
the chocks. (Keep the engine idle to cool down
4. Stop and have someone pick up and the engine)
store the chocks. • When towing check transmission
fluid more frequently.
Maintenance when towing a • If your vehicle is not equipped with
trailer an air conditioner, you should install
Your vehicle will need service more a condenser fan to improve engine
often when you regularly pull a trailer. performance when towing a trailer.
Important items to pay particular
attention to include engine oil,
transmission fluid, axle lubricant and
cooling system fluid. Brake condition
is another important item to frequently
check. If you’re trailering, it’s a good
idea to review these items before
you start your trip. Don’t forget to
also maintain your trailer and hitch.
Follow the maintenance schedule that
accompanied your trailer and check it
periodically. Preferably, conduct the
check at the start of each day’s driving.
Most importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
should be tight.
6-87
Vehicle LOAD LIMIT

Two labels on your driver’s door sill show GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
how much weight your vehicle was This is the maximum allowable weight
designed to carry: the Tire and Loading that can be carried by a single axle (front
Information Label and the Certification or rear). These numbers are shown on
Label. the Certification Label. The total load on
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
yourself with the following terms for
determining your vehicle’s weight GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
ratings, from the vehicle’s specifications
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual
and the Certification Label:
Cargo Weight plus passengers.
Base Curb Weight
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the weight of the vehicle
This is the maximum allowable weight
including a full tank of fuel and all
of the fully loaded vehicle (including
standard equipment. It does not
all options, equipment, passengers
include passengers, cargo, or optional
and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the
equipment.
Certification Label located on the driver’s
door sill.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added to
the Base Curb Weight, including cargo
and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)

This is the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.
6-88
06
The Loading Information Label 19 inch

••Type A
18 inch

••Type A
OTMA060004
OTMA060002
••
Type B
••
Type B
OTMA060005
OTMA060003
6-89
20 inch
Vehicle capacity weight
••Type A
5 persons : 903 lbs. (410 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum
combined weight of occupants and
cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a
trailer, the combined weight includes the
tongue load.
Seating capacity
Total : 5 persons (Front seat : 2 persons,
OTMA060006 Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
••
Type B number of occupants including a driver,
your vehicle may carry. However, the
seating capacity may be reduced based
upon the weight of all of the occupants,
and the weight of the cargo being carried
or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo, the
vehicle can carry.
OTMA060007 Towing capacity

The label located on the driver’s door With brake system (PKG OPT) : 2,000 lbs
sill gives the original tire size, cold (907 kg)
tire pressures recommended for your With brake system (STD) : 2,800 lbs
vehicle, the number of people that can (1,270 kg) (GDI) / 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg)
be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity (T-GDI)
weight.
Towing capacity is the maximum trailer
weight including its cargo weight, your
vehicle can tow.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle will
increase or decrease depending on the
weight and the number of occupants
and the tongue load, if your vehicle is
equipped with a trailer.
6-90
06
Steps for determining correct load WARNING
limit
Do not overload the vehicle as there
1. Locate the statement "The combined is a limit to the total weight, or load
weight of occupants and cargo should limit, including occupants and cargo,
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on the vehicle can carry. Overloading can
your vehicle's placard. shorten the life of the vehicle. If the
2. Determine the combined weight of GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts
the driver and passengers that will be on the vehicle can break, and it can
riding in your vehicle. change the handling of your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the These could cause you to lose control
driver and passengers from XXX kg or and result in an accident.
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example,
if the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and
luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity calculated in
Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
6-91
Example 1
≥ +
Maximum Load Passenger Weight Cargo Weight

(1400 lbs.) (150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.) (1100 lbs.)
(635 kg) (68 kg × 2 = 136 kg) (499 kg)
Example 2
≥ +

(1400 lbs.) (150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.) (650 lbs.)
(635 kg) (68 kg × 5 = 340 kg) (295 kg)
Example 3
≥ +

(1400 lbs.) (172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.) (540 lbs.)
(635 kg) (78 kg × 5 = 390 kg) (245 kg)
6-92
06
Certification label WARNING
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the front
or rear axle and vehicle capacity
weight. Exceeding these ratings
can affect your vehicle's handling
and braking ability, and cause an
accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can cause
OBH059070 heat buildup in your vehicle's tires
The certification label is located on the and possible tire failure, increased
driver's door sill at the center pillar and stopping distances and poor vehicle
shows the maximum allowable weight of handling-all of which may result in a
the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the crash.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, NOTICE
all occupants, fuel and cargo. Overloading your vehicle may cause
This label also tells you the maximum damage. Repairs would not be covered
weight that can be supported by the by your warranty. Do not overload your
front and rear axles, called Gross Axle vehicle.
Weight Rating (GAWR).
The total weight of the vehicle, including
all occupants, accessories, cargo, and WARNING
trailer tongue load must not exceed the If you carry items inside your vehicle
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or (e.g., suitcases, tools, packages, or
the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). anything else), they are moving as fast
To find out the actual loads on your front as the vehicle. If you have to stop or
and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the
station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure items will keep going and can cause
to spread out your load equally on both an injury if they strike the driver or a
sides of the centerline. passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of your
vehicle. Try to spread the weight
evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle above the tops of
the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured child
restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it.
6-93
Driver assistance system
7. Driver assistance system

Driving Safety
Forward Collision–Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)..................................... 7-2
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ........................................................................................7-18
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) ......................................................... 7-25
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) (if equipped)......................................................................... 7-39
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ............................................................................. 7-45
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ...............................................................................7-51
Driving Convenience
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) ..................................................................................... 7-53
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC) ................................................... 7-70
Lane Following Assist (LFA) ......................................................................................7-77
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) ..................................................................................7-81
Parking Safety
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ........................................................................................7-88
Surround View Monitor (SVM) ................................................................................ 7-92
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) .......................................... 7-97
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ........................................................... 7-108
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW).............................................. 7-111
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) ................................................7-115
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA).....................................................................7-123
Declaration of conformity ......................................................................................7-136
7
Forward Collision–Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor

fusion)
Basic function Detecting sensor
OJX1070255L OTM070001
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
designed to help detect and monitor the
vehicle ahead or help detect a pedestrian
or cyclist in the roadway and warn the
driver that a collision is imminent with
a warning message and an audible
warning, and if necessary, apply
emergency braking.
Junction Turning function (if equipped)
OTM070022
[1] : Front view camera,
[2] : Front radar
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
OJX1070257L
Junction Turning function will help avoid

a collision with an oncoming vehicle in
an adjacent lane when turning left at
a crossroad with the turn signal on by
applying emergency braking.
7-2
07
CAUTION • If unnecessary force has been
applied to the radar or around the
Take the following precautions to radar, Forward Collision-Avoidance
maintain optimal performance of the Assist may not properly operate
detecting sensor: even though a warning message
• Never disassemble the detecting does not appear on the cluster. We
sensor or sensor assembly, or apply recommend that the vehicle be
any impact on it. inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
• If the detecting sensors have been dealer.
replaced or repaired, we recommend • Use only genuine parts to repair or
that you have your vehicle inspected replace a damaged front radar cover.
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Do not apply paint to the front radar
• Never install any accessories or cover.
stickers on the front windshield, or
tint the front windshield.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
front view camera dry.
• Never place any reflective objects
(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard. Any light reflection may
prevent the system from functioning
properly.
• Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker,
film or a bumper guard, near the
front radar cover.
• Always keep the front radar and
cover clean and free of dirt and
debris.
Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized
water directly on the sensor or
sensor cover.
7-3
System settings WARNING

Setting functions for the system When the engine is restarted, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if ‘Off’ is selected
after the engine is restarted, the
driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
CAUTION
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, braking
is not assisted.
• The settings for Forward Safety
OTM070090N
include ‘Basic function’ and ‘Junction
Forward Safety Turning’ (if equipped).
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Forward Safety’ from the
Settings menu to set whether or not to Information
use each function. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
-- If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, the will turn off when ESC is turned off by
system will warn the driver with a pressing and holding the ESC OFF button
warning message and an audible for more than 3 seconds. The warning
warning depending on the collision light will illuminate on the cluster.
risk levels. Braking assist will be
applied depending on the collision
risk.
-- If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, the
system will warn the driver with a
warning message and an audible
warning depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking will not be assisted.
-- If ‘Off’ is selected, the system will
turn off. The warning light will
illuminate on the cluster.
The driver can monitor Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF
status from the Settings menu. If the
warning light remains ON when the
system is ON, we recommend that the
system be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
7-4
07
OTM070140N OTM070141N
Warning Timing Warning Volume

With the engine on, select ‘Driver With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Warning Timing’ from the Assistance → Warning Volume’ from the
Settings menu to change the initial Settings menu to change the Warning
warning activation time for Forward Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Low’ for
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, If you change the warning volume,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Normal’. If you the Warning Volume of other Driver
change the Warning Timing, the warning Assistance systems may change.
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
CAUTION
• The setting of the Warning Timing
and Warning Volume applies to
all functions of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
• Even though ‘Normal’ is selected for
Warning Timing, if the front vehicle
suddenly stops, the initial warning
activation time may seem late.
• Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing
when traffic is light and when driving
speed is slow.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing
and Warning Volume will maintain the
last setting.
7-5
System operation
Basic function
System warning and control
The basic function for Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist is to help warn and
control the vehicle depending on the
collision level: ‘Collision Warning’,
‘Emergency Braking’ and ‘Stopping
vehicle and ending brake control’.
OTM070144N
Emergency Braking
• To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Braking’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
and an audible warning will sound.
• If a vehicle is detected in front, the
system will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately 6~47
OTM070143N mph (10~75 km/h).
Collision Warning • If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected
• To warn the driver of a collision, the in front, the system will operate
‘Collision Warning’ warning message when your vehicle speed is between
will appear on the cluster and an approximately 6~40 mph (10~65
audible warning will sound. km/h).
• If a vehicle is detected in front, the • In emergency braking situation,
system will operate when your vehicle braking is assisted with strong braking
speed is between approximately 6~112 power by the system to help prevent
mph (10~180 km/h). collision with the vehicle, pedestrian
or cyclist ahead.
• If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected
in front, the system will operate
when your vehicle speed is between
approximately 6~53 mph (10~85
km/h).
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, braking
may be assisted.
7-6
07
Junction Turning function (if
equipped)
Junction Turning function will help warn
and control the vehicle depending on
the collision level: ‘Collision Warning’,
vehicle and ending brake control’
Left-hand drive
Right-hand drive

OTM070059L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
• When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings. OTM070008N OTM070200N
• Brake control will end after the vehicle Collision Warning
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds. • To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster and an
audible warning will sound.
• The system will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 6~19 mph (10~30 km/h)
and the oncoming vehicle speed is
between approximately 19~44 mph
(30~70 km/h).
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, braking
may be assisted.
7-7
Left-hand drive
Right-hand drive

OTM070009N OTM070201N OTM070059L
Emergency Braking Stopping vehicle and ending brake control

• To warn the driver that emergency • When the vehicle is stopped due
braking will be assisted, the to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
‘Emergency Braking’ warning carefully’ warning message will
message will appear on the cluster appear on the cluster.
and an audible warning will sound. For your safety, the driver should
• The system will operate when depress the brake pedal immediately
your vehicle speed is between and check the surroundings.
approximately 6~19 mph (10~30 km/h) • Brake control will end after the vehicle
and the oncoming vehicle speed is is stopped by emergency braking for
between approximately 19~44 mph approximately 2 seconds.
(30~70 km/h).
• In emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong braking
power by the system to help prevent
collision with the oncoming vehicle.
Information
If the driver's seat is on the left side,
Junction Turning function will operate
only when the driver turns left. If the
driver's seat position is on right side, the
function will operate only when you turn
right.
7-8
07
WARNING • Depending on the road and driving
conditions, Forward Collision-
Take the following precautions when Avoidance Assist may warn the driver
using Forward Collision-Avoidance late or may not warn the driver.
Assist: • During Forward Collision-Avoidance
• For your safety, change the Settings Assist operation, the vehicle may
after parking the vehicle at a safe stop suddenly injuring passengers
location. and shifting loose objects. Always
• With ‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’ have the seat belt on and keep loose
selected, when ESC is turned off by objects secured.
pressing and holding the ESC OFF • If any other system’s warning
button for more than 3 seconds, message is displayed or audible
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist warning is generated, Forward
will turn off automatically. In this Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
case, the system cannot be set message may not be displayed
from the Settings menu and the and audible warning may not be
warning light will illuminate on the generated.
cluster which is normal. If ESC is • You may not hear the warning sound
turned on by pressing the ESC OFF of Forward Collision-Avoidance
button, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
Assist will maintain the last setting.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Assist may turn off or may not
does not operate in all situations or operate properly or may operate
cannot avoid all collisions. unnecessarily depending on the road
• The driver should hold the conditions and the surroundings.
responsibility to control the vehicle.
Do not solely depend on Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather, WARNING
maintain a safe braking distance, and • Even if there is a problem with
if necessary, depress the brake pedal Forward Collision-Avoidance
to reduce driving speed or to stop Assist, the vehicle’s basic braking
the vehicle. performance will operate normally.
• Never deliberately operate Forward • During emergency braking,
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people, braking control by the system will
animal, objects, etc. It may cause automatically cancel when the
serious injury or death. driver excessively depresses the
• Forward Collision-Avoidance accelerator pedal or sharply steers
Assist may not operate if the driver the vehicle.
depresses the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
7-9
CAUTION System malfunction and

• Forward Collision-Avoidance
limitations
Assist operating speed range may System malfunction
reduce due to the conditions of Type A
Type B

the vehicle or pedestrian in front
or surroundings. Depending on the
speed, the system may only warn
the driver, or the system may not
operate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate under certain conditions
by judging the risk level based on
the condition of the oncoming
vehicle, driving direction, speed and
surroundings. OTM070094N OTM070094L
When Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check
Information Forward Safety system(s)’ warning
In a situation where collision is imminent, message will appear, and the and
braking may be assisted by Forward warning lights will illuminate on the
Collision-Avoidance Assist when braking cluster. We recommend that the system
is insufficient by the driver. be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
7-10
07
System disabled WARNING
• Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate.
may not properly operate in an
area (e.g. open terrain), where any
substance are not detected after
turning ON the engine.
OTM070093N OTM070095N
Limitations of the system
When the front windshield where the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
front view camera is located, front radar not operate normally, or the system
cover or sensor is covered with foreign may operate unexpectedly under the
material, such as snow or rain, it can following circumstances:
reduce the detecting performance and • The detecting sensor or the
temporarily limit or disable Forward surroundings are contaminated or
Collision-Avoidance Assist. damaged
If this occurs the ‘Forward Safety • The temperature around the front
system(s) disabled. Camera obscured’ or view camera is high or low
the ‘Forward Safety system(s) disabled. • The camera lens is contaminated due
Radar blocked’ warning message, to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
and the and warning lights will damaged glass, or stuck of foreign
illuminate on the cluster. material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
The system will operate normally when glass
when such snow, rain or foreign material • Moisture is not removed or frozen on
is removed. the windshield
If the system does not operate normally • Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
after obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign or the wiper is on
material) is removed, we recommend
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
• An object is placed on the dashboard
7-11
• Your vehicle is being towed • Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge

• The surrounding is very bright • Driving in large areas where there are
• The surrounding is very dark, such as few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert,
in a tunnel, etc. meadow, suburb, etc.)
• The brightness changes suddenly, for • Driving near areas containing metal
example when entering or exiting a substances, such as a construction
tunnel zone, railroad, etc.
• The brightness outside is low, and the • A material is near that reflects very
headlamps are not on or are not bright well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow • The cyclist in front is on a bicycle
made of material that does not reflect
• Only part of the vehicle, pedestrian or on the front radar
cyclist is detected
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with a unusually shaped • The vehicle in front is suddenly
luggage, trailer, etc. blocked by a obstacle
• The vehicle in front has no tail lights, • The vehicle in front suddenly changes
tail lights are located unusually, etc. lane or suddenly reduces speed
• The brightness outside is low, and the • The vehicle in front is bent out of
tail lamps are not on or are not bright shape
• The rear of the front vehicle is small • The front vehicle’s speed is fast or
or the vehicle does not look normal, slow
such as when the vehicle is tilted, • The vehicle in front steers in the
overturned, or the side of the vehicle opposite direction of your vehicle to
is visible, etc. avoid a collision
• The front vehicle’s ground clearance is • With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
low or high changes lane at low speed
• A vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist • The vehicle in front is covered with
suddenly cuts in front snow
• The bumper around the front radar is • You are departing or returning to the
impacted, damaged or the front radar lane
is out of position • Unstable driving
• The temperature around the front • You are on a roundabout and the
radar is high or low vehicle in front is not detected
• You are continuously driving in a circle
• The vehicle in front has an unusual
shape
• The vehicle in front is driving uphill or
downhill
7-12
07
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not • The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
fully detected, for example, if the clothing that easily blends into the
pedestrian is leaning over or is not background, making it difficult to
fully walking upright detect
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing • The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to
clothing or equipment that makes it distinguish from the similar shaped
difficult to detect as a pedestrian or structure in the surroundings
cyclist • You are driving by a pedestrian,
cyclist, traffic sign, structure, etc. near
the intersection
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a tollgate,
construction area, unpaved road,
partial paved road, uneven road,
speed bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees
or streetlights
OADAS044
• The adverse road conditions cause
The illustration above shows the image excessive vehicle vibrations while
the front view camera is capable of driving
detecting as a vehicle, pedestrian and
• Your vehicle height is low or high
cyclist.
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is pressure, etc.
moving very quickly
• Driving through a narrow road where
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is trees or grass are overgrown
short or is posing a low posture
• There is interference by
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front has electromagnetic waves, such as
impaired mobility driving in an area with strong radio
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is waves or electrical noise
moving intersected with the driving
direction
• There is a group of pedestrians,
cyclists or a large crowd in front
7-13
WARNING
• Driving on a curve
OADAS015
OADAS014
OADAS017 OADAS019
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

may detect a vehicle, pedestrian or
OADAS016 OADAS018 cyclist in the next lane or outside the
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist lane when driving on a curved road.
may not detect other vehicles, If this occurs, the system may
pedestrians or cyclists in front of you unnecessarily warn the driver and
on curved roads adversely affecting control the brake. Always check the
the performance of the sensors. This traffic conditions around the vehicle.
may result in no warning or braking
assist when necessary.
When driving on a curve, you must
maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, steer the vehicle
and depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
7-14
07
• Driving on a slope • Changing lanes
OADAS012
OADAS010 OADAS011 OADAS030

[A] : Your vehicle,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist [B] : Lane changing vehicle
may not detect other vehicles,
pedestrians or cyclists in front of When a vehicle moves into your lane
you while driving uphill or downhill from an adjacent lane, it cannot
adversely affecting the performance be detected by the sensor until it
of the sensors. is in the sensor's detection range.
This may result in unnecessary Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
warning or braking assist, or no may not immediately detect the
warning or braking assist when vehicle when the vehicle changes
necessary. lanes abruptly. In this case, you must
maintain a safe braking distance,
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly and if necessary, steer your vehicle
decrease when a vehicle, pedestrian and depress the brake pedal to
or cyclist ahead is suddenly reduce your driving speed in order to
detected. maintain a safe distance.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving uphill or downhill and
if necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to
7-15
• Detecting vehicle
OTM070147
If the vehicle in front of you has

cargo that extends rearward from
the cab, or when the vehicle in front
of you has higher ground clearance,
additional special attention is
required. Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not be able
to detect the cargo extending from
the vehicle. In these instances,
OADAS031 you must maintain a safe braking
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle, distance from the rearmost object,
[C] : Same lane vehicle and if necessary, steer your vehicle
and depress the brake pedal to
When a vehicle in front of you reduce your driving speed in order to
merges out of the lane, Forward maintain distance.
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
immediately detect the vehicle that
is now in front of you. In this case,
you must maintain a safe braking
distance, and if necessary, steer your
vehicle and depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
7-16
07
WARNING Information
• When you are towing a trailer or In some instances, FCA system
another vehicle, we recommend that may be cancelled when subjected to
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is electromagnetic interference.
turned off due to safety reasons.
may operate if objects that are
Information
similar in shape or characteristics to This device complies with Part 15 of the
vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists are FCC rules.
detected. Operation is subject to the following two
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist conditions:
does not operate on bicycles, 1. This device may not cause harmful
motorcycles, or smaller wheeled interference.
objects, such as luggage bags, 2. This device must accept any
shopping carts, or strollers. interference received, including
• Forward Collision-Avoidance interference that may cause undesired
Assist may not operate normally if operation.
interfered by strong electromagnetic
waves.
may not operate for 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the front
view camera is initialized.
7-17
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

Lane Keeping Assist is designed to help System settings
detect lane markings (or road edges) Setting functions for the system
while driving over a certain speed. The
system will warn the driver if the vehicle
leaves the lane without using the turn
signal, or will automatically assist the
driver’s steering to help prevent the
vehicle from departing the lane.
Detecting sensor
OTM070184N
Lane Safety
Assistance → Lane Safety’ from the
Settings menu to set whether or not to
use each function.
-- If ‘Assist’ is selected, the system
OTM070001 will automatically assist the driver’s
[1] : Front view camera steering when lane departure is
The front view camera is used as a detected to help prevent the vehicle
detecting sensor to detect lane markings from moving out of its lane.
(or road edges). -- If 'Warning Only' is selected, the
Refer to the picture above for the system will warn the driver with an
detailed location of the detecting sensor. audible warning when lane departure
is detected. The driver must steer the
vehicle.
CAUTION -- If ‘Off’ is selected, the system will turn
For more details on the precautions off. The indicator light will turn
of the front view camera, refer to off on the cluster.
WARNING
• If 'Warning Only' is selected, steering
is not assisted.
• Lane Keeping Assist does not control
the steering wheel when the vehicle
is driven in the middle of the lane.
• The driver should always be aware
of the surroundings and steer the
vehicle if ‘Off’ is selected.
7-18
07
Turning the system On/Off (Lane Safety Turning the system On/Off (Lane Driving
button) Assist button)
OTMA070001C OTM070063
With the engine on, press and hold With the engine on, press and hold the
the Lane Safety button located on Lane Driving Assist button located on the
the instrument panel to turn on Lane steering wheel to turn on Lane Keeping
Keeping Assist. The white indicator Assist. The white indicator light will
light will illuminate on the cluster. illuminate on the cluster.
Press and hold the button again to turn Press and hold the button again to turn
off the system. off the system.
If the engine is restarted, Lane Keeping If the engine is restarted, Lane Keeping
Assist will maintain the last setting. Assist will maintain the last setting.
Information CAUTION
When Lane Keeping Assist is turned off When the Lane Driving Assist button is
with the Lane Safety button, Lane Safety pressed shortly, Lane Following Assist
settings will turn off. will turn on and off.
7-19
System operation
Lane Keeping Assist will help warn and
control the vehicle with Lane Departure
Warning and Lane Keeping Assist.
Left
Right

OTM070141N
Warning Volume
Assistance → Warning Volume’ from the
Settings menu to change the Warning
Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Low’ for
Lane Keeping Assist. OTM070027 OTM070028
If you change the Warning Volume, Lane Departure Warning
the Warning Volume of other Driver • To warn the driver that the vehicle is
Assistance systems may be changed. departing from the projected lane in
front, the green indicator light
will blink on the cluster, the lane line
will blink on the cluster depending on
which direction the vehicle is veering,
and an audible warning will sound.
• The system will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 40~120 mph (60~200
km/h).
7-20
07
Lane Keeping Assist WARNING
• To warn the driver that the vehicle
is departing from the projected lane • The steering wheel may not be
in front, the green indicator assisted if the steering wheel is held
light will blink on the cluster, and the very tight or the steering wheel is
steering wheel will make adjustments steered over a certain degree.
to keep the vehicle inside the lane. • Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
• The system will operate when at all times. It is the responsibility of
your vehicle speed is between the driver to safely steer the vehicle
approximately 40~120 mph (60~200 and to maintain the vehicle in its
km/h). lane.
• The hands–off warning message
Type A
Type B
may appear late depending on road
conditions. Always have your hands
on the steering wheel while driving.
• If the steering wheel is held very
lightly, the hands–off warning
message may appear because the
system may not recognize that the
driver has their hands on the steering
wheel.
• If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may
OTM070037N OTM070037L
not work properly.
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
‘Place hands on the steering wheel’ (or
‘Keep hands on the steering wheel’)
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound in stages.
7-21
Information System malfunction and

• You may change settings from the
limitations
instrument cluster (User Settings) or System malfunction
infotainment system (Vehicle Settings), Type A
Type B

whichever option that is provided with
your vehicle. For more details, see
"User Settings" section in chapter 4, or
"Vehicle Settings" section in supplied
• When lane markings (or road edges)
are detected, the lane lines on the
cluster will change from grey to white
and the green indicator light will
illuminate.
OTM070035N OTM070035L
Lane undetected
Lane detected

When Lane Keeping Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA) system’ (or ‘Check LKA
(Lane Keeping Assist) system’) warning
message will appear and the yellow
indicator light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, we recommend
OTM070025 OTM070026
• Even though the steering is assisted by

Lane Keeping Assist, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than
when it is not.
7-22
07
Limitations of the system • There is a road edge without a lane
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate • There is a boundary structure in the
normally or may operate unexpectedly roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk,
under the following circumstances: curb, etc.
• The lane is contaminated or difficult • The distance to the front vehicle is
to distinguish because, extremely short or the vehicle in front
-- The lane markings (or road edge) is covering the lane marking (or road
is covered with rain, snow, dirt, oil, edge)
etc.
For more details on the limitations
-- The color of the lane marking (or
road edge) is not distinguishable
from the road
-- There are markings (or road edges)
on the road near the lane or the
markings (or road edges) on the WARNING
road looks similar to the lane Take the following precautions when
markings (or road edge) using Lane Keeping Assist:
-- The lane marking (or road edge) is • The driver should hold the
indistinct or damaged responsibility to safely drive and
-- The shadow is on the lane marking control the vehicle. Do not solely rely
(or road edge) by a median strip, on the system and drive dangerously.
trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc. • The operation of Lane Keeping
• There are more than two lane Assist can be cancelled or not
markings (or road edges) on the road work properly depending on road
• The lane number increases or conditions and surroundings. Always
decreases, or the lane markings (or be cautious while driving.
road edges) are crossing • Refer to “Limitations of the System”
• The lane markings (or road edges) are if the lane is not detected properly.
complicated or a structure substitutes • When you are towing a trailer or
for the lines, such as a construction another vehicle, we recommend that
area Lane Keeping Assist is turned off due
• There are road markings, such as to safety reasons.
zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings and • If the vehicle is driven at high speed,
road signs the steering wheel will not be
• The lane suddenly disappears, such as controlled. The driver must always
at the intersection follow the speed limit when using
the system.
• The lane (or road width) is very wide
or narrow
7-23
• If any other system’s warning

message is displayed or audible
warning is generated, Lane Keeping
Assist warning message may not be
displayed and audible warning may
not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning
sound of Lane Keeping Assist if the
surrounding is noisy.
• If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, steering may not be assisted
properly.
• Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the front view camera is
initialized.
• Lane Keeping Assist will not operate
when:
-- The turn signal or hazard warning
flasher is turned on
-- The vehicle is not driven in the
center of the lane when the system
is turned on or right after changing
a lane
-- ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
or VSM (Vehicle Stability
Management) is activated
-- The vehicle is driven on a sharp
curve
-- 35 mph (55 km/h) or above 130
mph (210 km/h)
-- The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes
-- The vehicle brakes suddenly
7-24
07
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (IF
EQUIPPED)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
is designed to help detect and monitor
approaching vehicles in the driver’s
blind spot area and warn the driver
of a possible collision with a warning
message and audible warning.
In addition, if there is a risk of collision
when changing lanes or driving forward
out of a parking space, the system will
help avoid a collision by applying the
brake.
OJX1079026
Blind-Spot Collision Assist helps detect

and informs the driver that a vehicle is
approaching at high speed from the blind
spot area.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the vehicle approaching at
high speed.
OJX1079256
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist

helps detect and inform the driver that a
vehicle is in the blind spot.
CAUTION
The detecting range may vary
depending on the speed of your vehicle.
However, even if there is a vehicle in
the blind spot area, the system may
not warn you when you pass by at high OJX1079027
speeds.
When changing lanes by detecting
the lane ahead, if the system judges
that there is a collision risk with an
approaching vehicle in the blind spot,
the system will help avoid a collision by
applying the brake.
7-25
Detecting sensor
OJX1079028
When you are driving forward out of OTM070001

a parking space, if the system judges
that there is a collision risk with an
approaching vehicle in the blind spot,
the system will help avoid a collision by
applying the brake.
Information
In the following text, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist will be referred as Blind-
Spot Safety system.
OTM070002
[2] : Rear corner radar
sensors.
7-26
07
CAUTION System settings
Take the following precautions to
Setting functions for the system
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
• Never disassemble the rear corner
radar or radar assembly, or apply any
impact on it.
• If there is impact on the rear
corner radar or near the radar,
even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster,
Blind-Spot Safety system may not
operate properly. We recommend
OTM070096N
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Blind-Spot Safety
• If the rear corner radars have been With the engine on, select ‘Driver
replaced or repaired, we recommend Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety’ from the
that the vehicle be inspected by an Settings menu to set whether or not to
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. use each function.
• Use only genuine parts to repair the -- If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, the
rear bumper where the rear corner system will warn the driver with a
radar is located. warning message, an audible warning
and braking assist will be applied
• Do not apply license plate frame or
depending on the collision risk levels.
objects, such as a bumper sticker,
film or a bumper guard near the rear -- If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, the
corner radar. system will warn the driver with a
warning message and an audible
• The system may not work properly
warning depending on the collision
if the bumper has been replaced, or
risk levels. Braking will not be assisted.
the surroundings of the rear corner
radar has been damaged or paint has -- If ‘Off’ is selected, the system will turn
been applied. off.
• If a trailer, carrier, etc. is installed,
it may adversely affect the
performance of the rear corner radar
or the system may not operate.

7-27
OTM070097N OTM070140N
When the engine is restarted with the Warning Timing

system off, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety System With the engine on, select ‘Driver
is Off’ message will appear on the Assistance → Warning Timing’ from the
cluster. Settings menu to change the initial
If you change the setting from ‘Off’ to warning activation time for Blind-Spot
‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’, the Safety system.
warning light on the side view mirror will When the vehicle is first delivered,
blink for three seconds. Warning Timing is set to ‘Normal’. If you
In addition, if the engine is turned on, change the Warning Timing, the warning
when the system is set to ‘Active Assist’ time of other Driver Assistance systems
or ‘Warning Only’, the warning light on may change.
the side view mirror will blink for three
seconds.
WARNING
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, braking
is not assisted.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, the driver should
always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot
Safety system will maintain the last
setting.
7-28
07
System operation
OTM070141N
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select ‘Driver OHY059034
Vehicle detection
Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Low’ for • To warn the driver a vehicle is
Blind-Spot Safety system. detected, the warning light on the
side view mirror and head-up display
If you change the Warning Volume,
(if equipped) will illuminate.
the warning volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change. • The system will operate when your
vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20
km/h) and the speed of the vehicle in
CAUTION the blind spot area is above 7 mph (10
• The setting of the Warning Timing km/h).
and Warning Volume applies to all
functions of the Blind-Spot Safety
system.
• Even though ‘Normal’ is selected
for Warning Timing, if the vehicles
approaches at high speed, the initial
warning activation time may seem
late.
when traffic is light and when driving
speed is slow.
7-29
Collision Warning
WARNING
• Collision warning will operate when
the turn signal is turned on in the • The detecting range of the rear
direction of the detected vehicle. corner radar is determined by a
standard road width, therefore, on a
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected from the narrow road, the system may detect
Settings menu, the collision warning other vehicles in the next next lane
will operate when your vehicle and warn you. In contrast, on a wide
approaches the lane the blind spot road, the system may not be able to
vehicle is detected. detect a vehicle driving in the next
• To warn the driver of a collision, the lane and may not warn you.
warning light on the side view mirror • When the hazard warning flasher is
and head-up display (if equipped) will on, the collision warning by the turn
blink. At the same time, an audible signal will not operate.
warning will sound.
• When the turn signal is turned off or
you move away from the lane, the Information
collision warning will be canceled If the driver's seat is on the left side, the
and the system will return to vehicle collision warning may occur when you
detection state. turn left. Maintain a proper distance with
the vehicles in the left lane. If the driver's
seat is on the right side, the collision
warning may occur when you turn right.
Maintain a proper distance with the
vehicles in the right lane.
7-30
07
WARNING
• Collision-Avoidance Assist will
be canceled under the following
circumstances:
-- Your vehicle enters the next lane
by a certain distance
-- Your vehicle is away from the
collision risk
-- The steering wheel is sharply
OTM070017N
steered
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while driving) -- The brake pedal is depressed
• To warn the driver of a collision, the -- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
warning light on the side view mirror is operating
will blink and a warning message will • After system operation or lane
appear on the cluster. At the same change, you must drive to the center
time, an audible warning will sound of the lane. The system will not
and warning light on the head-up operate if the vehicle is not driven in
display (if equipped) will blink. the center of the lane.
• The system will operate when your
vehicle speed is between 40~120
mph (60~200 km/h) and both lane
markings of the driving lane are
detected.
• Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
7-31
OTM070240N OTM070059L
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while Stopping vehicle and ending brake control

departing) • When the vehicle is stopped due
• To warn the driver of a collision, the to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
warning light on the side view mirror carefully’ warning message will
will blink and a warning message will appear on the cluster.
appear on the cluster. At the same For your safety, the driver should
time, an audible warning will sound depress the brake pedal immediately
and warning light on the head-up and check the surroundings.
display (if equipped) will blink.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
• The system will operate when your is stopped by emergency braking for
vehicle speed is below 2 mph (3 km/h) approximately 2 seconds.
and the speed of the vehicle in the
blind spot area is above 3 mph (5
km/h).
• Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
7-32
07
WARNING • Blind-Spot Safety system may warn
the driver late or may not warn the
Take the following precautions when driver depending on the road and
using Blind-Spot Safety system: driving conditions.
• For your safety, change the Settings • Driver should maintain control
after parking the vehicle at a safe of the vehicle at all times. Do not
location. depend on Blind-Spot Safety system.
• If any other system’s warning Maintain a safe braking distance, and
message is displayed or audible if necessary, depress the brake pedal
warning is generated, Blind-Spot to reduce driving speed or to stop
Safety system’s warning message the vehicle.
may not be displayed and audible • Never operate Blind-Spot Safety
warning may not be generated. system on people, animal, objects,
• You may not hear the warning sound etc. It may cause serious injury or
of Blind-Spot Safety system if the death.
surrounding is noisy.
• Blind-Spot Safety system may not WARNING
operate if the driver applies the
brake pedal to avoid collision. The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
• When Blind-Spot Safety system ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
is operating, braking control by
the system will automatically There will only be a warning when:
cancel when the driver excessively -- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
depresses the accelerator pedal or warning light is on
sharply steers the vehicle. -- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
• During Blind-Spot Safety system engaged in a different function
operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have
the seat belt on and keep loose
objects secured.
• Even if there is a problem with Blind-
Spot Safety system, the vehicle’s
basic braking performance will
operate normally.
• Blind-Spot Safety system does not
operate in all situations or cannot
avoid all collisions.
7-33
System malfunction and System disabled

limitations
System malfunction
OTM070098N
When the rear bumper around the rear

OTM070099N corner radar or sensor is covered with
When Blind-Spot Safety system is not foreign material, such as snow or rain,
working properly, the ‘Check Blind-Spot or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
Safety system(s)’ warning message will reduce the detecting performance and
appear on the cluster, and the system temporarily limit or disable Blind-Spot
will turn off automatically or the system Safety system.
will be limited. We recommend that the If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system be inspected by an authorized system(s) disabled. Radar blocked’
HYUNDAI dealer. warning message will appear on the
cluster.
Type A
Type B
The system will operate normally when
such foreign material or trailer, etc.
is removed, and then the engine is
restarted.
If the system does not operate normally
after it is removed, we recommend
WARNING
OTM070100N OTM070100L
• Even though the warning message
When the side view mirror warning light does not appear on the cluster, Blind-
is not working properly, the ‘Check side Spot Safety system may not properly
view mirror warning light’ (or 'Check operate.
outside mirror warning icon') warning • Blind-Spot Safety system may not
message will appear on the cluster. properly operate in an area (e.g.
We recommend that the system be open terrain) where any objects are
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI not detected right after the engine
dealer. is turned on, or when the detecting
sensor is blocked with foreign
material right after the engine is
turned on.
7-34
07
CAUTION • The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
Turn off Blind-Spot Safety system to short time
install a trailer, carrier, etc., or remove • Your vehicle passes by the other
the trailer, carrier, etc. to use Blind-Spot vehicle
Safety system.
• Your vehicle changes lane
Limitations of the system • Your vehicle has started at the same
Blind-Spot Safety system may not time as the vehicle next to you and
operate normally, or the system may has accelerated
operate unexpectedly under the • The vehicle in the next lane moves
following circumstances: two lanes away from you, or when the
• There is inclement weather, such as vehicle two lanes away moves to the
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc. next lane from you
• The rear corner radar is covered with • A trailer or carrier is installed around
snow, rain, dirt, etc. the rear corner radar
• The temperature around the rear • The bumper around the rear corner
corner radar is high or low radar is covered with objects, such as
a bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike
• Driving on a highway (or motorway) rack, etc.
ramp
• The bumper around the rear corner
• The road pavement (or the peripheral radar is impacted, damaged or the
ground) abnormally contains metallic radar is out of position
components (i.e. possibly due to
subway construction) • Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
• There is a fixed object near the pressure, etc.
vehicle, such as sound barriers,
guardrails, central dividers, entry
barriers, street lamps, signs, Blind-Spot Safety system may not
tunnels, walls, etc. (including double operate normally, or the system may
structures) operate unexpectedly when the
following objects are detected:
• Driving in large areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert, • A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
meadow, suburb, etc.) • A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
• Driving through a narrow road where detected
trees or grass are overgrown • A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
• Driving on a wet road surface, such as detected
a puddle on the road • A moving obstacle such as a
• The other vehicle drives very close pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
behind your vehicle, or the other baby stroller is detected
vehicle passes by your vehicle in close • A vehicle with low height such as a
proximity sports car is detected
7-35
Braking control may not work, driver’s WARNING

attention is required in the following
circumstances: • Driving on a curve
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The brake is reworked
• The vehicle makes abrupt lane
changes
OJX1079057
For more details on the limitations Blind-Spot Safety system may not
of the front view camera, refer to operate properly when driving on
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist a curved road. The system may not
(FCA)” and “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” detect the vehicle in the next lane.
section in chapter 7. Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
OJX1079058
Blind-Spot Safety system may not

operate properly when driving on
a curved road. The system may
recognize a vehicle in the same lane.
Always pay attention to road and
7-36
07
• Driving where the road is merging/ • Driving on a slope
dividing
OTM070031
OJX1079059 Blind-Spot Safety system may not
Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate properly when driving on
operate properly when driving where a slope. The system may not detect
the road merges or divides. The the vehicle in the next lane or may
system may not detect the vehicle in incorrectly detect the ground or
the next lane. structure.
Always pay attention to road and Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving. driving conditions while driving.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
7-37
• Driving where the heights of the

lanes are different
Information
FCC rules.
conditions:
interference, and
operation.
OTM070032
Blind-Spot Safety system may not for compliance could void the user's
operate properly when driving where authority to operate the device.
the heights of the lanes are different.
The system may not detect the
vehicle on a road with different lane Information
heights (underpass joining section, Radio frequency radiation exposure
grade separated intersections, etc.). information:
Always pay attention to road and This equipment complies with FCC
driving conditions while driving. radiation exposure limits set forth for an
WARNING This equipment should be installed and
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, make sure that you
and your body.
turn off Blind-Spot Safety system.
• Blind-Spot Safety system may not
operate normally if interfered by
strong electromagnetic waves.
• Blind-Spot Safety system may not
operate for 3 seconds after the
vehicle is started, or the front view
camera or rear corner radars are
initialized.
7-38
07
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) (if equipped)
Detecting sensor
OTM070238
After the vehicle stops, when an OTM070146

approaching vehicle from the rear area is [1] : Rear corner radar
detected as soon as a passenger opens a
door, Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver The rear corner radars are sensors
with a warning message and an audible located inside the rear bumper to detect
warning to help prevent a collision. the side and rear areas. Always keep the
rear bumper clean for proper operation
of Safe Exit Assist.
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radars, refer to “Blind-
Spot Collision Assist (BCA)” section in
chapter 7.
OTM070039
In addition, when the electronic child

safety lock button is in the LOCK position
and an approaching vehicle from the
rear area is detected, the electronic child
safety lock button will not unlock even if
the driver presses the button to prevent
the rear doors from opening.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the approaching vehicle.
7-39
System settings
OTM070140N
Warning Timing
OTM070038N With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Warning Timing’ from the
Safe Exit Assist
Settings menu to change the initial
With the engine on, select ‘Driver warning activation time for Blind-Spot
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → Safe Safety system.
Exit Assist (SEA) (or SEA (Safe Exit Assist)’
When the vehicle is first delivered,
from the Settings menu to turn on Safe
Warning Timing is set to ‘Normal’. If you
Exit Assist and deselect to turn off the
change the Warning Timing, the warning
system.
may change.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. If ‘Safe Exit Assist’ is
deselected, the system cannot assist
you.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit Assist
will maintain the last setting.
7-40
07
System operation
Warning and control
OTM070141N
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select ‘Driver OTM070101N
Settings menu to change the Warning Collision warning when exiting vehicle
Volume ‘High’, ‘Medium’ and ‘Low’ for • When an approaching vehicle from
Blind-Spot Safety system. the rear is detected, the ‘Watch (out)
If you change the Warning Volume, for traffic’ warning message will
the Warning Volume of other Driver appear on the cluster, and an audible
Assistance systems may change. warning will sound.
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below 2
CAUTION mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the
• The setting of the Warning Timing approaching vehicle from the rear is
and Warning Volume applies to all above 3 mph (5 km/h).
functions of the Safe Exit Assist.
• Even though ‘Normal’ is selected
for Warning Timing, if the vehicles
approaches at high speed from the
rear, the initial warning activation
time may seem late.
when traffic is light.
7-41
CAUTION
If the driver presses the electronic child
lock button again within 10 seconds
after the warning message appears,
Safe Exit Assist judges that the driver
has unlocked the doors acknowledging
the rear status. The electronic child
safety lock will turn off (button
indicator OFF) and the rear doors will
unlock. Always check the surroundings
OTM070145L before turning off the electronic child
System linked with Electronic child safety safety lock button.
lock
• When Electric child safety lock is WARNING
operating and an approaching vehicle Take the following precautions when
from the rear area is detected, the using Safe Exit Assist:
rear doors cannot be unlocked even
if the driver tries to unlock the rear • For your safety, change the Settings
doors using the electronic child safety after parking the vehicle at a safe
lock button. The ‘Check surroundings location.
then try again’ warning message will • If any other system’s warning
appear on the cluster. message is displayed or audible
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver warning is generated, Safe Exit
when vehicle speed is below 2 Assist warning message may not be
mph (3 km/h) and the speed of the displayed and audible warning may
approaching vehicle from the rear is not be generated.
above 3 mph (5 km/h). • You may not hear the warning sound
• For more details on electric child of Safe Exit Assist if the surrounding
safety lock button, refer to “Electronic is noisy.
Child Safety Lock” section in chapter • Safe Exit Assist does not operate in
5. all situations or cannot prevent all
collisions.
• Safe Exit Assist may warn the driver
late or may not warn the driver
depending on the road and driving
conditions. Always check vehicle
surroundings.
7-42
07
• The driver and passengers are System malfunction and
responsible for accidents that occurs limitations
while exiting the vehicle. Always
check the surroundings before you System malfunction
exit the vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate Safe Exit
Assist. Doing so may lead to serious
injury or death.
• Safe Exit Assist does not operate
if there is a problem with Blind-
Spot Safety system. There may be
a problem with Blind Spot Safety
system when:
-- Blind Spot Safety system warning
light appears OTM070099N
-- Blind-Spot Safety system sensor or When Safe Exit Assist is not working
the sensor surrounding is polluted properly, the ‘Check Blind-Spot Safety
or covered system(s)’ warning message will appear
-- Blind-Spot Safety system fails to on the cluster, and the system will turn
warn passengers or falsely warn off automatically or the system will be
passengers limited. We recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Information
After the engine is turned off, Safe Exit
Assist operates approximately for 3
minutes, but turns off immediately if the
doors are locked.
7-43
System disabled CAUTION

Turn off Safe Exit Assist to install a
trailer, carrier, etc., or remove the
trailer, carrier, etc. to use Safe Exit
Assist.

Safe Exit Assist may not operate
normally, or the system may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
OTM070098N • Getting out of the vehicle where trees
When the rear bumper around the rear or grass are overgrown
corner radar or sensor is covered with • Getting out of the vehicle where the
foreign material, such as snow or rain, road is wet
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can • The approaching vehicle is very fast or
reduce the detecting performance and very slow
temporarily limit or disable Safe Exit
Assist. For more details on the limitations of
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety the rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-
system(s) disabled. Radar blocked’ Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)”
warning message will appear on the section in chapter 7.
cluster.
such foreign material or trailer, etc. WARNING
is removed, and then the engine is • Safe Exit Assist may not operate
restarted. normally if interfered by strong
If the system does not operate normally electromagnetic waves.
after it is removed, we recommend • Safe Exit Assist may not operate
that the system be inspected by an for 3 seconds after the vehicle is
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. started, or the rear corner radars are
initialized.
WARNING
• Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster, Safe
Exit Assist may not properly operate.
• Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate in an area (e.g. open terrain)
where any objects are not detected
right after the engine is turned on, or
when the detecting sensor is blocked
with foreign material right after the
engine is turned on.
7-44
07
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Basic function System settings
Driver Attention Warning will help Setting functions for the system
determine the driver's attention level by
Type A
Type B

analyzing driving pattern, driving time,
etc. while vehicle is being driven. The
system will recommend a break when
the driver’s attention level falls below a
certain level.
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert

function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
will inform the driver when a detected
vehicle in front departs from a stop. OTM070188N OTM070188L
Driver Attention Warning

Detecting sensor
Assistance → Driver Attention Warning (or
DAW (Driver Attention Warning))’ from
the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
-- If ‘Inattentive Driving Warning’ (or
‘Swaying warning’) is selected, the
system will inform the driver of
the driver’s attention level and will
recommend taking a break when the
level falls below a certain level.
OTM070001
Type A
Type B

[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used to detect
driving patterns and front vehicle
departure while vehicle is being driven.
CAUTION
Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal OTM070189N OTM070189L
performance of Driver Attention Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
Warning. -- If ‘Leading Vehicle Departure Alert’ is
For more details on the precautions selected, the system will inform the
of the front view camera, refer to driver when the front vehicle departs
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist from a stop.
7-45
System operation
Basic function
System display and warning
The basic function of Driver Attention
Warning is to inform the driver of their
‘Attention Level’ and to warn the driver to
‘Consider taking a break’.
Attention level
System off
Standby/Disabled

OTM070140N
Warning Timing
warning activation time for Driver
Attention Warning.
change the Warning Timing, the warning OTM070102N OTM070106N
time of other Driver Assistance systems Attentive driving
Inattentive driving

may change.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Driver Attention
Warning will maintain the last setting.
OTMA070002 OTM070191N
• The driver can monitor his/her driving

conditions on the cluster.
-- When the ‘Inattentive Driving
Warning’ is deselected from the
Settings menu, ‘System Off’ is
displayed.
-- The system will operate when
vehicle speed is between 0~110
mph (0~180 km/h).
-- When vehicle speed is not within
the operating speed, the message
‘Standby’ (or 'Disabled') will be
displayed.
7-46
07
• The driver’s attention level is displayed CAUTION
on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the
level is, the more inattentive the driver • Driver Attention Warning may
is. suggest a break depending on the
• The level decreases when the driver driver’s driving pattern or habits,
does not take a break for a certain even if the driver doesn’t feel
period of time. fatigued.
• Driver Attention Warning is a
Taking a break supplemental system and may not be
able to determine whether the driver
is inattentive.
• The driver who feels fatigued should
take a break at a safe location, even
though there is no break suggestion
by Driver Attention Warning.
Information
instrument cluster (User Settings) or
OTM070105L infotainment system (Vehicle Settings),
• The ‘Consider taking a break’ message your vehicle. For more details, see
will appear on the cluster and an "User Settings" section in chapter 4, or
audible warning will sound to suggest "Vehicle Settings" section in supplied
that the driver take a break, when the Infotainment Manual.
driver’s attention level is below 1.
• Driver Attention Warning will reset the
• Driver Attention Warning will not last break time to 00:00 in the following
suggest a break when the total driving situations:
time is shorter than 10 minutes or 10
minutes has not passed after the last -- The engine is turned off
break was suggested. -- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and opens the driver’s door
WARNING -- The vehicle is stopped for more than
10 minutes
For your safety, change the Settings • When the driver resets Driver Attention
after parking the vehicle at a safe Warning, the last break time is set to
location. 00:00 and the driver’s attention level is
set to High.
7-47
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert System malfunction and

function limitations
Type A
Type B
System malfunction
OTM070042N OTM070042L
When the front vehicle departs from a OTM070107L

stop, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert When Driver Attention Warning is not
will inform the driver by displaying the working properly, the ‘Check Driver
‘Leading vehicle is driving away’ (or Attention Warning (DAW) system’
‘Leading vehicle is driving on’) message warning message will appear on the
on the cluster and an audible warning cluster. If this occurs, we recommend
will sound. that the system be inspected by an
WARNING
• If any other system’s warning
Driver Attention Warning may not work
message is displayed or audible
properly in the following situations:
warning is generated, Leading
Vehicle Departure Alert's warning • The vehicle is driven violently
message may not be displayed • The vehicle intentionally crosses over
and audible warning may not be lanes frequently
generated. • The vehicle is controlled by Driver
• The driver should hold the Assistance system, such as Lane
responsibility to safely drive and Keeping Assist
control the vehicle.
CAUTION
• Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a
supplemental function and may not
alert the driver whenever the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
• Always check the front of the
vehicle and road conditions before
departure.
7-48
07
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert feature • When the vehicle ahead sharply steers
• When the vehicle cuts in
OADAS034
OADAS021 [A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle

If the vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or
make a U-turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
• When the vehicle ahead abruptly

departures
OADAS022
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of your
vehicle, Leading Departure Alert may
not operate properly.
OADAS024
If the vehicle in front abruptly

departures, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
7-49
• When a pedestrian or bicycle is • When driving at a tollgate or

between you and the vehicle ahead intersection, etc.
OADAS025 OADAS026
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s) If you pass a tollgate or intersection

in between you and the vehicle in with lots of vehicles or you drive
front, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert where lanes are merged or divided
may not operate properly. frequently, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
• When in a parking lot
CAUTION
OADAS027
If a vehicle parked in front drives away

from you, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may alert you that the parked
vehicle is driving away.
7-50
07
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) (IF EQUIPPED)
Left side
Right side
System settings
Blind-Spot View
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → Blind-
Spot View’ from the Settings menu to
turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor and
deselect to turn off the system.
System operation
OTM070014 OTM070015 Operating switch
Blind-Spot View Monitor displays the
rear blind spot area of the vehicle in the
cluster when the turn signal is turned on
to help change lanes.
Detecting sensor
OIG046417
Turn Signal switch

Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn on and
off when the turn signal is turned on and
off.
OTM070148
[1], [2] : SVM-side view camera
(camera located at bottom of the mirror)
sensors.
7-51
Blind-Spot View Monitor System malfunction

Operating conditions When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not
When the left or right side turn signal working properly, or the cluster display
turns on, the image in that direction is flickers, or the camera image does
displayed on the instrument cluster. not display normally, we recommend
Off conditions authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the turn signal turns off, the
image on the instrument cluster will WARNING
turn off. • The image shown on the cluster may
• When the hazard warning flasher differ from the actual distance of the
is on, Blind-Spot View Monitor will object. Make sure to directly check
turn off, regardless of the turn signal the vehicle's surroundings for safety.
status. • Always keep the camera lens clean.
• When other important warning is If the lens is covered with foreign
displayed on the instrument cluster, material, it may adversely affect
Blind-Spot View Monitor may turn off. camera performance and Blind-
Spot View Monitor may not operate
normally.
7-52
07
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Smart Cruise Control is designed to CAUTION
help detect the vehicle ahead and
help maintain the desired speed and Always keep the front view camera
minimum distance between the vehicle and front radar in good condition to
ahead. maintain optimal performance of Smart
Cruise Control.
Overtaking Acceleration Assist For more details on the precautions of
While Smart Cruise Control is operating, the front view camera and front radar,
if the system judges that the driver is refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance
determined to overtake the vehicle in Assist (FCA)” section in chapter 7.
front, acceleration will be assisted.
Detecting senor
OTM070001
OTM070022
[2] : Front radar
The front view camera and front radar
are used as a detecting sensor to help
detect the vehicles in front.
7-53
System settings
OTM070206L
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B
OTM070205L
To set vehicle distance
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle distance changes as follows:
To turn on the system
• Press the Driving Assist button to turn Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
on the system. The speed will be set
to the current speed on the cluster.
• If there is no vehicle in front of you, Distance 1
the set speed will be maintained, but
if there is a vehicle in front of you,
the speed may decrease to maintain Information
the distance to the vehicle ahead. If
the vehicle ahead accelerates, your • If you drive at 56 mph (90km/h), the
vehicle will travel at a steady cruising distance is maintained as follows:
speed after accelerating to the set Distance 4 -
speed. approximately 172 ft. (53 m)
Distance 3 -
approximately 130 ft. (40m)
Information
Distance 2 -
• If your vehicle speed is between 0~20 approximately 106 ft. (30m)
mph (0~30 km/h) when you press the
Driving Assist button, the Smart Cruise Distance 1 -
Control speed will be set to 20 mph (30 approximately 82 ft. (25m)
km/h). • The distance is set to the last set
• The Driving Assist button symbol may distance when the engine is restarted,
vary depending on your vehicle option. or when the system was temporarily
canceled.
7-54
07
OTM070020 OTM070019
To increase speed To decrease speed

• Push the + switch up and release it • Push the - switch down and release it
immediately. The cruising speed will immediately. The cruising speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner. the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the + switch up and hold it • Push the - switch down and hold it
while monitoring the set speed on while monitoring the set speed on
the cluster. The cruising speed will the cluster. The cruising speed will
increase by 5 mph or 10 km/h each decrease by 5 mph or 10 km/h each
time the switch is operated in this time the switch is operated in this
manner. Release the switch when manner.
the desired speed is shown, and the Release the switch at the speed you
vehicle will accelerate to that speed. want to maintain. You can set the
You can set the speed to 110 mph (100 speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).
km/h).
WARNING
Check the driving condition before
using the + switch. Driving speed may
sharply increase when you push up and
hold the + switch.
7-55
WARNING
Check the driving condition before
using the switch. Driving speed
may sharply increase or decrease when
you press the switch.
OTM070207L
To temporarily cancel the system
Press the switch or depress the
brake pedal to temporarily cancel Smart
Cruise Control.
OTM070205L
To turn off the system
Press the Driving Assist button to turn
Smart Cruise Control system off.
Information
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the
Driving Assist button to turn off Smart
OTM070208L Cruise Control. However, Manual Speed
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B Limit Assist will turn on.
To resume the system
To resume Smart Cruise Control after the
system was canceled, push the +, - or
switch.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down, vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you push the switch, vehicle speed
will resume to the preset speed.
7-56
07
Type A
Type B
System operation
Operating conditions
Smart Cruise Control will operate when
the following conditions are satisfied.
Basic function
• The gear is in D (Drive)
• The driver’s door is closed
• EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is not
OTM070142N OTM070142L
applied
Smart Cruise Control Reaction • Your vehicle speed is within the
operating speed range
Assistance → SCC Reaction (or SCC -- 5~110 mph (10~180 km/h): when
response)’ from the settings menu to there is no vehicle in front
select the sensitivity of vehicle speed -- 0~110 mph (0~180 km/h): when
when following the front vehicle to there is a vehicle in front
maintain the set distance. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS
(Traction Control System) or ABS is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS
(Traction Control System) or ABS is not
controlling the vehicle
• Engine rpm is not in the red zone
brake control is not operating
• Remote Smart Parking Assist brake
control is not operating
OTM070141N Information
Warning Volume At a stop, if there is no vehicle in front of
With the engine on, select ‘Driver your vehicle, the system will turn on when
Assistance → Warning Volume’ from the the brake pedal is depressed.
Volume ‘High’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Low’ for
Smart Cruise Control.
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Volume
7-57
Overtaking Acceleration Assist System display and control

Overtaking Acceleration Assist will Basic function
operate when the turn signal indicator You can see the status of the Smart
is turned on to the left (left-hand drive) Cruise Control operation in the Driving
or turned on to the right (right-hand Assist mode on the cluster. Refer to “LCD
drive) while Smart Cruise Control is Display Modes” section in chapter 4.
operating, and the following conditions
are satisfied: Smart Cruise Control will be displayed
as below depending on the status of the
• Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph system.
(60 km/h)
• The hazard warning flasher is off
• A vehicle is detected in front of your
vehicle
• Deceleration is not needed to
maintain distance with the vehicle in
front
WARNING
• When the turn signal indicator is
turned on to the left (left-hand drive) OTM070245E
or turned on to the right (right-
hand drive) while there is a vehicle • When operating
ahead, the vehicle may accelerate (1) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
temporarily. Pay attention to the and the selected distance level are
road conditions at all times. displayed.
• Regardless of your countries driving (2) Set speed is displayed.
direction, Overtaking Acceleration (3) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
Assist will operate when the and the target vehicle distance are
conditions are satisfied. When displayed.
using the function in countries with
different driving direction, always
check the road conditions at all
times.
7-58
07
To temporarily accelerate
OTM070155E
• When temporarily canceled OTMA070004

(1) indicator is displayed.
If you want to speed up temporarily
(2) The previous set speed is shaded. when Smart Cruise Control is on, depress
the accelerator pedal. While the speed
is increasing, the set speed, distance
Information level and target distance will blink on the
• The distance of the front vehicle on the cluster.
cluster is displayed according to the
actual distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle ahead. WARNING
• The target distance may vary according Be careful when accelerating
to the vehicle speed and the set temporarily, because the speed and
distance level. If vehicle speed is low, distance is not controlled automatically
even though the vehicle distance have even if there is a vehicle in front of you.
changed, the change of the target
vehicle distance may be small.
7-59
System temporarily canceled WARNING

Type A
Type B

When the system is temporarily
canceled, distance with the front
vehicle will not be maintained. Always
have your eyes on the road while
driving, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
System conditions not satisfied

OTM070113N OTM070113L
Type A
Type B

Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily

canceled automatically when:
• The vehicle speed is above 120 mph
(190 km/h)
• The vehicle is stopped for a certain
period of time
• The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for a certain period of time
• The conditions for the Smart Cruise OTM070112N OTM070112L
Control to operate is not satisfied
If the Driving Assist button, + switch,
If the system is temporarily canceled - switch or switch is pushed when
automatically, the ‘Smart Cruise Control the system’s operating conditions are
canceled’ (or ‘SCC (Smart Cruise Control) not satisfied, the ‘Smart Cruise Control
cancelled’) warning message will appear conditions not met’ (or SCC (Smart
on the cluster, and an audible warning Cruise Ctrl. conditions not met’) will
will sound to warn the driver. appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound.
If the Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled while the vehicle is at a
standstill with the system operating,
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) maybe
applied.
7-60
07
In traffic situation Warning road conditions ahead
OTM070114L OTM070055L
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the In the following situation, the ‘Watch for
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the surrounding vehicles’ warning message
vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your will appear on the cluster, and an audible
vehicle will start as well. In addition, after warning will sound to warn the driver of
the vehicle has stopped and a certain road conditions ahead.
time have passed, the ‘Use switch or -- The vehicle in front disappears when
pedal to accelerate’ message will appear Smart Cruise Control is maintaining
on the cluster. Depress the accelerator the distance with the vehicle ahead
pedal or push the + switch, - switch or while driving below a certain speed.
switch to start driving. -- While the ‘Use switch or pedal to
accelerate’ message is displayed on
WARNING the cluster, if there is no vehicle in
front or the vehicle is far away from
While the message is displayed on the you, and the + switch, – switch or
cluster, if there is no vehicle in front or switch is pushed.
the vehicle is far away from you, and
the + switch, – switch or switch
is pushed, Smart Cruise Control will WARNING
automatically cancel and EPB will be Always pay attention to vehicles or
applied. However, if the accelerator objects that may suddenly appear in
pedal is depressed, EPB will not be front of you, and if necessary, depress
applied even though the system is the brake pedal to reduce your driving
canceled. Always pay attention to the speed in order to maintain a safe
road condition ahead. distance.
7-61
Collision Warning WARNING

using Smart Cruise Control:
• Smart Cruise Control does not
substitute for proper and safe
driving. It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the speed and
distance to the vehicle ahead.
• Smart Cruise Control may not
recognize unexpected and sudden
situations or complex driving
OTM070143N situations, so always pay attention to
While Smart Cruise Control is operating, driving conditions and control your
when the collision risk with the vehicle vehicle speed.
ahead is high, the ‘Collision Warning’ • Keep Smart Cruise Control off when
warning message will appear on the the system is not in use to avoid
cluster, and an audible warning will inadvertently setting a speed.
sound to warn the driver. Always have • Do not open the door or leave the
your eyes on the road while driving, and vehicle when Smart Cruise Control
if necessary, depress the brake pedal to is operating, even if the vehicle is
reduce your driving speed in order to stopped.
• Always be aware of the selected
speed and vehicle distance.
WARNING • Keep a safe distance according to
In the following situations, Smart Cruise road conditions and vehicle speed.
Control may not warn the driver of a If the vehicle distance is too close
collision. during high-speed driving, a serious
collision may result.
-- The distance from the front vehicle
is near, or the vehicle speed of the • When maintaining distance with the
front vehicle is faster or similar with vehicle ahead, if the front vehicle
your vehicle disappears, the system may suddenly
accelerate to the set speed. Always
-- The speed of the front vehicle is very be aware of unexpected and sudden
slow or is at a standstill situations from occurring.
-- The accelerator pedal is depressed • Vehicle speed may decrease on an
right after Smart Cruise Control is upward slope and increase on a
turned on downward slope.
• Always be aware of situations such
as when a vehicle cuts in suddenly.
7-62
07
another vehicle, we recommend that
Information
Smart Cruise Control is turned off • Smart Cruise Control may not operate
due to safety reasons. for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
• Turn off Smart Cruise Control when started or the front view camera or
your vehicle is being towed. front radar is initialized.
• Smart Cruise Control may not • You may hear a sound when the brake
operate normally if interfered by is controlled by Smart Cruise Control.
• Smart Cruise Control may not
System malfunction and
detect an obstacle in front and lead limitations
to a collision. Always look ahead System malfunction
cautiously to prevent unexpected Type A
Type B

and sudden situations from
occurring.
• Vehicles moving in front of you with
a frequent lane change may cause
a delay in the system's reaction or
may cause the system to react to a
vehicle actually in an adjacent lane.
Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
• Always be aware of the surroundings OTM070116N OTM070116L
and drive safely, even though a When Smart Cruise Control is not working
warning message does not appear or properly, the ‘Check Smart Cruise Control
an audible warning does not sound. system’ (or ‘Check SCC (Smart Cruise
• If any other system’s warning Control) system’) warning message will
message is displayed or warning appear, and the warning light will
sound is generated, Smart Cruise illuminate on the cluster. We recommend
Control warning message may not that the system be inspected by an
be displayed and warning sound may authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound
of Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
• The vehicle manufacturer is not
responsible for any traffic violation
or accidents caused by the driver.
• Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your country.
7-63
System disabled Limitations of the system

Type A
Type B
Smart Cruise Control may not operate
normally, or the system may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
• The camera lens is contaminated due
OTM070115N OTM070115L
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or stuck of foreign
When the front radar cover or sensor material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
is covered with snow, rain, or foreign glass
material, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or • Moisture is not removed or frozen on
disable Smart Cruise Control. the windshield
If this occurs the ‘Smart Cruise Control • The field of view of the front view
disabled. Radar blocked’ (or ‘SCC (Smart camera is obstructed by sun glare
Cruise Control) disabled. Radar blocked’) • Street light or light from an oncoming
warning message will appear for a certain vehicle is reflected on the wet road
period of time on the cluster. surface, such as a puddle on the road
The system will operate normally when • The temperature around the front
snow, rain or foreign material is removed. view camera is high or low
• An object is placed on the dashboard
WARNING • The surrounding is very bright
• Even though the warning message • The surrounding is very dark, such as
does not appear on the cluster, in a tunnel, etc.
Smart Cruise Control may not • The brightness changes suddenly, for
properly operate. example when entering or exiting a
• Smart Cruise Control may not tunnel
properly operate in an area (e.g. open • The brightness outside is low, and the
terrain), where there is nothing to headlamps are not on or are not bright
detect after turning ON the engine. • Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
7-64
07
• Only part of the vehicle is detected • The vehicle in front is bent out of
• The vehicle in front has no tail lights, shape
tail lights are located unusually, etc. • The front vehicle’s speed is fast or
• The brightness outside is low, and the slow
tail lamps are not on or are not bright • With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
• The rear of the front vehicle is small changes lane at low speed
or does not look normal (i.e. tilted, • The vehicle in front is covered with
overturned, etc.) snow
• The front vehicle’s ground clearance is • Unstable driving
low or high • You are on a roundabout and the
• A vehicle suddenly cuts in front vehicle in front is not detected
• Your vehicle is being towed • You are continuously driving in a circle
• Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge • Driving in a parking lot
• Driving near areas containing metal • Driving through a construction area,
substances, such as a construction unpaved road, partial paved road,
zone, railroad, etc. uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
• A material is near that reflects very • Driving on an incline road, curved
well on the front radar, such as a road, etc.
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc. • Driving through a roadside with trees
• The bumper around the front radar is or streetlights
impacted, damaged or the front radar • The adverse road conditions cause
is out of position excessive vehicle vibrations while
• The temperature around the front driving
radar is high or low • Your vehicle height is low or high
• Driving in large areas where there are due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert, pressure, etc.
meadow, suburb, etc.) • Driving through a narrow road where
• The vehicle in front is made of trees or grass are overgrown
material that does not reflect on the • There is interference by
front radar electromagnetic waves, such as
• Driving near a highway (or motorway) driving in an area with strong radio
interchange or tollgate waves or electrical noise
• Driving on a curved road
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
• The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
7-65
• Driving on a curve • Driving on a slope
OADAS014 OADAS012
On curves, Smart Cruise Control may During uphill or downhill driving, the
not detect a vehicle in the same lane, Smart Cruise Control may not detect
and may accelerate to the set speed. a moving vehicle in your lane, and
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly cause your vehicle to accelerate to
decrease when the vehicle ahead is the set speed. Also, vehicle speed will
detected suddenly. rapidly decrease when the vehicle
Select the appropriate set speed on ahead is detected suddenly.
curves and apply the brake pedal or Select the appropriate set speed on
accelerator pedal according to the inclines and apply the brake pedal or
road and driving conditions ahead. accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
OADAS015
Your vehicle speed can be reduced

due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select
the appropriate set speed. Check
to be sure that the road conditions
permit safe operation of the Smart
Cruise Control.
7-66
07
• Changing lanes • Detecting vehicle
OJX1079181
In the following cases, some vehicles

in your lane cannot be detected by the
sensor:
-- Vehicles offset to one side
-- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
-- Oncoming vehicles
-- Stopped vehicles
-- Vehicles with small rear profile, such
OADAS030 as trailers
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle -- Narrow vehicles, such as
When a vehicle moves into your lane motorcycles or bicycles
from an adjacent lane, it cannot be -- Special vehicles
detected by the sensor until it is in the -- Animals and pedestrians
sensor's detection range. Smart Cruise
Adjust your vehicle speed by
Control may not immediately detect
depressing the brake pedal according
the vehicle when the vehicle changes
to the road and driving conditions
lanes abruptly. In this case, you must
ahead.
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
7-67
OTM070147 OTM058129
In the following cases, the vehicle • When a vehicle ahead disappears
in front cannot be detected by the at an intersection, your vehicle may
sensor: accelerate.
-- Vehicles with higher ground Always pay attention to road and
clearance or vehicles carrying loads driving conditions while driving.
that stick out of the back of the
vehicle
-- Vehicles that has the front lifted due
to heavy loads
-- You are steering your vehicle
-- Driving on narrow or sharply curved
roads
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according
to the road and driving conditions
ahead.
OTM058119
• When a vehicle in front of you merges

out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control
may not immediately detect the new
vehicle that is now in front of you.
7-68
07
Information
information:
and your body.
OTM058124
• Always look out for pedestrians when operating in conjunction with any other
your vehicle is maintaining a distance antenna or transmitter.
with the vehicle ahead.
Information
FCC rules.
conditions:
interference, and
operation.
for compliance could void the user's
7-69
Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC) (if

equipped)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control System settings
will help automatically adjust vehicle Setting functions for the system
speed when driving on highways (or
motorways) by using road information
from the navigation system while Smart
Cruise Control is operating.
Information
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is available only on controlled access
road of certain highways.
ÃÃ Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and OTM070192N
exits that allow uninterrupted high
speed traffic flow. Only passenger With the engine on, select ‘Driver
cars and motorcycles are allowed on Assistance → Driving Convenience →
controlled access roads. Auto Highway Speed Control (or Auto
motorway speed control)’ from the
• Additional highways may be expanded Settings menu to turn on Navigation-
by future navigation updates. based Smart Cruise Control and deselect
to turn off the system.
Information
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operates on main roads of highways (or With the engine on, select ‘Driver
motorways), and does not operate on Assistance → Driving Convenience →
interchanges or junctions. Highway Auto Curve Slowdown (or Curve
slowdown (motorway))’ from the Settings
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown menu to turn on Highway Curve Zone
Auto Slowdown and deselect to turn off
If vehicle speed is high, Highway Curve the function.
Zone Auto Slowdown function will
temporarily decelerate your vehicle
or limit acceleration to help you drive Information
safely on a curve based on the curve When there is a problem with Navigation-
information from the navigation. based Smart Cruise Control, the system
cannot be set from the Settings menu.
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function automatically changes Smart
Cruise Control set speed based on
the speed limit information from the
navigation.
7-70
07
System operation • System operating
is ready to operate if all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
• Driving on main roads of highways (or
motorways)
Information
For more details on how to operate Smart OTMA070005 OTMA070007
Cruise Control, refer to “Smart Cruise If temporary deceleration is required in
Control (SCC)” section in chapter 7. the standby state and Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control is operating, the
System display and control green symbol will illuminate on the
When Navigation-based Smart Cruise cluster.
Control operates, it will be displayed on If the Highway Set Speed Auto Change
the cluster as follows: function operates, the green
• System standby symbol and set speed will illuminate on
the cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
WARNING
OTMA070006
If the operating conditions are satisfied,

the white indicator will illuminate.
OTM070198L
‘Drive carefully’ warning message will

appear in the following circumstances:
-- Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is not able to slow down your
vehicle to a safe speed
7-71
• If Highway Set Speed Auto Change

Information function has changed to the standby
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown and state by depressing the brake pedal
Highway Set Speed Auto Change function or pressing the switch on the
uses the same symbol. steering wheel, press the switch
to restart the function.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown • Highway Set Speed Auto Change
• Depending on the curve ahead on the function does not operate on highway
highway (or motorway), the vehicle interchanges or junctions.
will decelerate, and after passing the
curve, the vehicle will accelerate to
Smart Cruise Control set speed. Information
• Vehicle deceleration time may differ • Highway Set Speed Auto Change
depending on the vehicle speed function only operates based on
and the degree of the curve on the the speed limits of the highway (or
road. The higher the driving speed, motorway), it does not work with speed
deceleration will start faster. cameras.
• When Highway Set Speed Auto Change
Highway Set Speed Auto Change function is operating, the vehicle
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change automatically accelerates or decelerates
function will operate when Smart when the highway (or motorway) speed
Cruise Control set speed and the limit changes.
highway (or motorway) speed limit is • The maximum set speed for Highway
matched. Set Speed Auto Change function is 86
• While Highway Set Speed Auto mph (140 km/h).
Change function is operating, when • If the speed limit of a new road is not
the highway (or motorway) speed limit updated in the navigation, Highway Set
changes, Smart Cruise Control set Speed Auto Change function may not
speed automatically changes to the operate properly.
changed speed limit. • If the speed unit is set to a unit other
• If Smart Cruise Control set speed is than the speed unit used in your
adjusted different from the speed country, Highway Set Speed Auto
limit, Highway Set Speed Auto Change Change function may not operate
function will be in the standby state. properly.
• If Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function has changed to the standby
state by driving on a road other than
the highway (or motorway) main road,
function will operate again when you
drive on the main road again without
setting the set speed.
7-72
07
Limitations of the system • The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
may not operate normally under the • The speed limit of some sections
following circumstances: changes according to the road
situations
• The navigation is not working properly
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
• Speed limit and road information in
the navigation is not updated • The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (ex: elevated
• The map information and the actual
roads including overpass adjacent to
road is different because of real-time
general roads or nearby roads exist in
GPS data or map information error
a parallel way)
• The navigation searches for a route
• The navigation is being updated while
while driving
driving
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such
• The navigation is being restarted while
as a tunnel
driving
• The navigation is updated while
• There is bad weather, such as heavy
driving
rain, heavy snow, etc.
• Map information is not transmitted
• Driving on a road under construction
due to infotainment system's
abnormal operation • Driving on a road that is controlled
• A road that divides into two or more • Driving on a road that is sharply
roads and joins again curved
• The driver goes off course the route • Driving on roads with intersections,
set in the navigation roundabouts, straight entrances and
exits, etc.
• The route to the destination is
changed or canceled by resetting the
navigation
7-73
OJX1070280L OJX1070281L
[1] : Set route, [2] : Branch line, [3] : Driving route, [1] : Set route, [2] : Branch line, [3] : Driving route,
[4] : Main road, [5] : Curved road section [4] : Main road, [5] : Curved road section
• When there is a difference between • When there is a difference between
the navigation set route (branch line) the navigation route (main road)
and the driving route (main road), and the driving route (branch line),
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function may not operate until the function will operate based on the
driving route is recognized as the curve information on the main road.
main road. • When it is judged that you are driving
• When the vehicle's driving route out of the route by entering the
is recognized as the main road by highway interchange or junction,
maintaining the main road instead Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
of the navigation set route, Highway function will not operate.
Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function
will operate. Depending on the
distance to the curve and the current
vehicle speed, vehicle deceleration
may not be sufficient or may
decelerate rapidly.
7-74
07
WARNING
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is not a substitute for safe
driving practices, but a convenience
function. Always have your eyes on
the road, and it is the responsibility
of the driver to avoid violating traffic
laws.
• The navigation’s speed limit
information may differ from the
OJX1070282L actual speed limit information on the
[1] : Driving route, [2] : Branch line, road. It is the driver's responsibility
[3] : Curved road section, [4] : Main road to check the speed limit on the
• If there is no destination set on the actual driving road or lane.
navigation, Highway Curve Zone Auto • Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Slowdown function will operate based Control will automatically be
on the curve information on the main cancelled when you leave the
road. highway (or motorway) main road.
• Even if you depart from the main road, Always pay attention to road and
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown driving conditions while driving.
function may temporarily operate • Navigation-based Smart Cruise
due to navigation information of the Control may not operate due to the
highway curve section. existence of leading vehicles and
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
another vehicle, we recommend
that Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is turned off due to safety
reasons.
7-75
• After you pass through a tollgate on a

highway (or motorway), Navigation-
Information
based Smart Cruise Control will This device complies with Part 15 of the
operate based on the first lane. If FCC rules.
you enter one of the other lanes, the Operation is subject to the following three
system may not operate properly. conditions:
• The vehicle will accelerate if the 1. This device may not cause harmful
driver depresses the accelerator interference, and
pedal while Navigation-based Smart 2. This device must accept any
Cruise Control is operating, and interference received, including
the system will not decelerate the interference that may cause undesired
vehicle. operation.
• If the driver accelerates and 3. Changes or modifications not expressly
releases the accelerator pedal while approved by the party responsible
Navigation-based Smart Cruise for compliance could void the user's
Control is operating, the vehicle may authority to operate the device.
not decelerate sufficiently or may
rapidly decelerate to a safe speed.
• If the curve is too large or too small, Information
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Radio frequency radiation exposure
Control may not operate. information:
Information radiation exposure limits set forth for an
• The time gap could occur between
the navigation’s guidance and when This equipment should be installed and
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
operation starts and ends. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
• The speed information on the cluster
and navigation may differ. This transmitter must not be co-located or
• Even if you are driving at a speed lower antenna or transmitter.
than Smart Cruise Control set speed,
acceleration may be limited by the
curve sections ahead.
• If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating while leaving the
main road to enter an interchange,
junction, rest area, etc., the system may
operate for a certain period of time.
• Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not
sufficient due to road conditions such
as uneven road surfaces, narrow lanes,
etc.
7-76
07
Lane Following Assist (LFA) (if equipped)
Lane Following Assist is designed to help System settings
detect lane markings and/or vehicles on Setting functions for the system
the road, and assists the driver’s steering
to help center the vehicle in the lane.
Detecting sensor
OTM070063
Turning the system ON/OFF

With the engine on, shortly press the
OTM070001 Lane Driving Assist button located on the
[1] : Front view camera steering wheel to turn on Lane Following
The front view camera is used as a Assist. The white or green indicator
detecting sensor to help detect lane light will illuminate on the cluster.
markings and vehicles in front. Press the button again to turn off the
Refer to the picture above for the system.
detailed location of the detecting sensor. If the engine is restarted, Lane Following
Assist will maintain the last setting.
CAUTION
7-77
System operation
Warning and control
OTM070141N
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select ‘Driver OTMA070008
Lane Following Assist
Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Low’ for If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
Hands-off warning. markings are detected and your vehicle
speed is below 110 mph (180 km/h), the
green indicator light will illuminate
on the cluster, and the system will help
center the vehicle in the lane by assisting
the steering wheel.
CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not assisted,
the green indicator light will blink
and change to white.
7-78
07
Type A
Type B

WARNING
• Lane Following Assist does not
operate at all times. It is the
responsibility of the driver to safely
steer the vehicle and to maintain the
vehicle in its lane.
• The hands–off warning message
may appear late depending on road
conditions. Always have your hands
on the steering wheel while driving.
OTM070037N OTM070037L • If the steering wheel is held very
Hands-off warning lightly the hands–off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the message may appear because the
steering wheel for several seconds, the system may not recognize that the
‘Place hands on the steering wheel’ (or driver has their hands on the steering
‘Keep hands on the steering wheel’) wheel.
warning message will appear and an • If you attach objects to the steering
audible warning will sound in stages. wheel, the hands-off warning may
First stage : Warning message not work properly.
Second stage : Warning message (red
steering wheel) and
audible warning
Type A
Type B

OTM070117N OTM070117L
If the driver still does not have their

hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, the ‘Lane Following
Assist (LFA) canceled’ (or ‘LFA (Lane
Following Assist) cancelled’) warning
message will appear and Lane Following
Assist will be automatically canceled.
7-79
Information System malfunction and

limitations
instrument cluster (User Settings) or System malfunction
infotainment system (Vehicle Settings), Type A
Type B

your vehicle. For more details, see
"User Settings" section in chapter 4, or
"Vehicle Settings" section in supplied
• When both lane markings are detected,
the lane lines on the cluster will change
from grey to white.
Lane undetected
Lane detected

OTM070118N OTM070118L
When Lane Following Assist is not

working properly, the ‘Check Lane
Following Assist (LFA) system’ (or ‘Check
LFA (Lane Following Assist) system’)
warning message will appear on the
cluster. If this occurs, we recommend
OTM070025 OTM070026
• If lane markings are not detected,

steering wheel control by Lane For more details on system limitations,
Following Assist can be limited refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)”
depending on whether a vehicle is in section in chapter 7.
front or the driving conditions of the
vehicle.
WARNING
• Even though the steering is assisted
by Lane Following Assist, the driver For more details on the system
may control the steering wheel. precautions, refer to “Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)” section in chapter 7.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Following Assist than
when it is not.
7-80
07
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) (if equipped)
Highway Driving Assist is designed to Detecting sensor
help detect vehicles and lanes ahead,
and help maintain distance from the
vehicle ahead, maintain the set speed,
and help center the vehicle in the
lane while driving on the highway (or
motorway).
OTM070001
OADAS035
Information
• The Highway Driving Assist is available
only on controlled access road of
certain highways. OTM070022
ÃÃ Controlled access road indicates [1] : Front view camera,
roads with limited entrances and [2] : Front radar
exits that allow uninterrupted high
speed traffic flow. Only passenger
cars and motorcycles are allowed on
sensors.
controlled access roads.
• Additional highways may be expanded
by future navigation updates. CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the detecting sensors, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)”
section in chapter 7.
7-81
System settings WARNING

Setting functions for the system For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
OTM070193N
Highway Driving Assist

With the engine on, select or deselect OTM070141N
‘Driver Assistance → Driving Convenience’
from the Settings menu to set whether or Warning Volume
not to use the following function(s). With the engine on, select ‘Driver
-- If ‘Highway Driving Assist’ (or ‘HDA Assistance → Warning Volume’ from the
(Motorway Driving Assist)’) is selected, Settings menu to change the Warning
it helps maintain distance from the Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Low’ for
vehicle ahead, maintain the set speed, Hands-off warning.
and helps center the vehicle in the If you change the Warning Volume,
lane. the Warning Volume of other Driver
Information
• If there is a problem with the
function(s), the settings cannot be
changed. We recommend that the
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the engine is restarted, the function(s)
7-82
07
System operation (2) Set speed is displayed.
System display and control (3) Lane Following Assist indicator
displayed.
You can see the status of the Highway
Driving Assist operation in the Driving (4) Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
Assist mode on the cluster. Refer to “LCD the selected vehicle distance are
Display Modes” section in chapter 4. displayed.
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed (5) Whether the lane is detected or not is
as below depending on the status of the displayed.
system.
Operating state
Standby state

For more details on the display refer
to “Smart Cruise Control (SCC)” and
“Lane Following Assist (LFA)” sections
in chapter 7.
System operating
Highway Driving Assist will operate when
entering or driving on the main road of
highways (or motorways), and satisfying
all the following conditions:
-- Lane Following Assist is operating
OTMA070009 OTMA070010
-- Smart Cruise Control is operating
(1) Highway Driving Assist indicator,
whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level are Information
displayed. • While driving on the highway (or
ÃÃ Highway Driving Assist indicator motorway), if Smart Cruise Control
-- Green : Operating state starts operating, Highway Driving
Assist will operate.
-- White : Standby state
• When entering the main roads of
highways (or motorways), Highway
Driving Assist will not turn on if the
Lane Following Assist is turned off
even when Smart Cruise Control is
operating.
7-83
• Restarting after stopping • Hands-off warning

Type A
Type B

OTM070114L OTM070037N OTM070037L

When Highway Driving Assist is If the driver takes their hands off the
operating, your vehicle will stop if the steering wheel for several seconds,
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the the ‘Place hands on the steering
vehicle ahead of you starts moving wheel’ (or ‘Keep hands on the steering
within 30 seconds after the stop, your wheel’) warning message will appear
vehicle will start as well. In addition, and an audible warning will sound in
after the vehicle has stopped and 30 stages.
seconds have passed, the ‘Use switch First stage : Warning message
or pedal to accelerate’ message Second stage : Warning message (red
will appear on the cluster. Depress steering wheel) and
the accelerator pedal or push the + audible warning
switch, - switch or switch to start
driving. Type A
Type B

OTM070195N OTM070195L
If the driver still does not have their

hands on the steering wheel after
the hands-off warning, the ‘Highway
Driving Assist (HDA) canceled’
(or ‘HDA (Highway Driving Assist)
cancelled’) warning message will
appear and Highway Driving Assist
and Lane Change Assist will be
automatically canceled.
7-84
07
System standby
WARNING
When Smart Cruise Control is
temporarily canceled while Highway • The driver is responsible for
Driving Assist is operating, Highway controlling the vehicle for safe
Driving Assist will be in the standby state. driving.
At this time, Lane Following Assist will • Always have your hands on the
operate normally. steering wheel while driving.
• Highway Driving Assist is a
System malfunction and supplemental system that assists
limitations the driver in driving the vehicle
System malfunction and is not a complete autonomous
driving system. Always check road
Type A
Type B
conditions, and if necessary, take
appropriate actions to drive safely.
• Always have your eyes on the road,
and it is the responsibility of the
driver to avoid violating traffic laws.
The vehicle manufacturer is not
responsible for any traffic violation
or accidents caused by the driver.
• Highway Driving Assist may not
be able to recognize all traffic
situations. The system may not
OTM070120N OTM070120L detect possible collisions due to
limitations of the system. Always
When Highway Driving Assist or Highway
be aware of the limitations of the
Lane Change function is not working
system. Obstacles such as vehicles,
properly, the ‘Check Highway Driving
motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians,
Assist (HDA) system’ (or 'Check HDA
unspecified objects, structures, etc.
(Motorway Driving Assist) system')
that may collide with the vehicle may
warning message will appear, and the
not be detected.
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. We recommend that the system • Highway Driving Assist will turn off
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI automatically under the following
dealer. situations:
- Driving on roads that the system
does not operate, such as a rest
area, intersection, junction, etc.
- The navigation does not operate
properly such as when the
navigation is being updated or
restarted
7-85
• Highway Driving Assist may Limitations of the system

inadvertently operate or turn off Highway Driving Assist may not operate
depending on road conditions normally, or may not operate under the
(navigation information) and following circumstances:
surroundings.
• The map information and the
• Lane Following Assist function may actual road is different because the
be temporarily disabled when the navigation is not updated
front view camera cannot detect
lanes properly or the hands-off • The map information and the actual
warning is on. road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
of Highway Driving Assist if the • The infotainment system is overloaded
surrounding is noisy. by simultaneously performing
functions such as route search, video
• If the vehicle is driven at high speed playback, voice recognition, etc.
above a certain speed at a curve,
your vehicle may drive to one side or • GPS signals are blocked in areas such
may depart from the driving lane. as a tunnel
• When you are towing a trailer or • The driver goes off course or the
another vehicle, we recommend that route to the destination is changed or
Highway Driving Assist is turned off canceled by resetting the navigation
due to safety reasons. • The vehicle enters a service station or
• The hands–off warning message rest area
may appear early or late depending • Android Auto or Car Play is operating
on how the steering wheel is held or • The navigation cannot detect the
road conditions. Always have your current vehicle position (ex: elevated
hands on the steering wheel while roads including overpass adjacent to
driving. general roads or nearby roads exist in
• For your safety, please read the a parallel way)
owner's manual before using the
Highway Driving Assist. For more details on the limitations of
• Highway Driving Assist will not the front view camera, front radar, front
operate when the engine is started, corner radar and rear corner radar, refer
or when the detecting sensors or to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
navigation is being initialized. (FCA)” section in chapter 7.
7-86
07
Information
FCC rules.
conditions:
interference, and
operation.
Information
information:
and your body.
7-87
Rear View Monitor (RVM) (if equipped)

Camera
OTM070070
OTM070167
[1] : Rear view camera
detailed location of the camera.
OTM070071
Rear View Monitor will show the area

behind the vehicle to assist you when
parking or backing up.
7-88
07
System settings System operation
Camera settings Operating button
OTM070210L OTM070072
• You can change Rear View Monitor Parking/View button

‘Display Contents’ or ‘Display Settings’ Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
by touching the setup icon ( ) on on Rear View Monitor.
the screen while Rear View Monitor
is operating, or selecting ‘Driver Press the button again to turn off the
Assistance → Parking Safety → Camera system.
Settings’ from the Settings menu
while the engine is on.
• In the Display Contents, you can
change settings for ‘Rear View’,
and in the Display Settings, you can
change the screen’s ‘Brightness’ and
‘Contrast’.
7-89
Rear view Rear top view

• Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the
image will appear on the screen.
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
while the gear is in P (Park), the image
will appear on the screen. However,
parking guidance is not displayed.
Off conditions
• The rear view cannot be turned off
when the gear is in R (Reverse). OTM070212L
• Press the Parking/View button (1) When you touch the icon, the top view
again while the gear is in P (Park) with is displayed on the screen and shows the
the rear view on the screen, the rear distance from the vehicle in the back of
view will turn off. your vehicle while parking.
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to P
(Park), the rear view will turn off.
Maintaining rear view

The rear view will maintain showing on
the screen to help you when parking.
However, parking guidance is not
displayed.
Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to N
(Neutral) or D (Drive), the rear view will
appear on the screen.
Off conditions
• When vehicle speed is above 6 mph
(10 km/h), the rear view will turn off.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the rear view
will turn off.
7-90
07
limitations
System malfunction
When Rear View Monitor is not working
properly, or the screen flickers, or the
camera image does not display normally,
dealer.

When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the
image.
WARNING
• The rear view camera does not
cover the complete area behind the
vehicle. The driver should always
check the rear area directly through
the inside and side view mirror
before parking or backing up.
• The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check
the vehicle's surroundings for safety.
• Always keep the rear view camera
lens clean. If the lens is covered with
foreign material, it may adversely
affect camera performance and
Rear View Monitor may not operate
normally.
7-91
Surround View Monitor (SVM) (if equipped)

Camera
OTM070183
OTM070239
OTM070182
Surround View Monitor can help assist in OTM070171

parking using the cameras installed on [1] : SVM-front view camera,
the vehicle and displays images around [2],[3] : SVM-side view camera
the vehicle through the infotainment (under the side view mirror),
system screen. [4] : SVM-rear view camera
• Parking Assist View function helps Refer to the picture above for the
the driver to see the surroundings of detailed location of the cameras.
the vehicle in a parking situation in
various view modes.
7-92
07
System settings Top View Parking Guidance
Camera settings Front top view

OTMA070003
OTM070213L Rear top view

• You can change Surround View
Monitor ‘Display Contents’ or ‘Display
Settings’ by touching the setup icon
( ) on the screen while Surround
View Monitor is operating, or selecting
‘Driver Assistance → Parking Safety →
Camera Settings’ from the Settings
menu while the engine is on.
• In the Display Contents, you can
change settings for ‘Top View Parking
OTM070214L
Guidance’, ‘Rear View Parking
Guidance’ and ‘Parking Distance • When the ‘Top View Parking Guidance’
Warning’. is selected, parking guidance is
displayed on the right side of the
• In the Display Settings, you can
Surround View Monitor screen.
change the screen’s ‘Brightness’ and
‘Contrast’. • You may see the front top view or the
rear top view when using Top View
Parking Guidance.
7-93
Rear View Parking Guidance Surround View Monitor Auto On

Assistance → Parking Safety → Surround
View Monitor Auto On’ from the Settings
menu to use the function.
To use this function, refer to “System
Operation”.
System operation
Operating button
OTM070216L
• When the ‘Rear View Parking

Guidance’ is selected, parking
guidance is displayed in the rear view.
• The horizontal guideline of the Rear
View Parking Guidance shows the
distance of 1.6 ft (0.5m), 3.3 ft (1 m)
and 7.6 ft (2.3m) from the vehicle.
Parking Distance Warning OTM070072
OTM070217L OTM070074
• When the ‘Parking Distance Warning’ • Press the Parking/View button (1) to
is selected, parking distance warning turn on Surround View Monitor.
is displayed on the right side of the
Surround View Monitor screen. Press the button again to turn off the
system.
• The image will be displayed only when
Parking Distance Warning is warning • Other view modes can be selected
the driver. by touching the view icons (2) on the
Surround View Monitor screen.
• When one of the infotainment system
button (3) is pressed without the gear
in R (Reverse), Surround View Monitor
will turn off.
7-94
07
Front view Rear view
The front image is displayed on the The rear image is displayed on the screen
screen when the gear is in N (Neutral) or when the gear is in R (Revers) or P (Park)
D (Drive) to assist in parking. The front to assist in parking. The rear view has a
view has a top view/front view/side view. top view/rear view/side view.
Operating conditions Operating conditions

• Front view function will operate when • Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the
the following conditions are satisfied: image will appear on the screen.
-- While the infotainment system • Press the Parking/View button (1)
screen is being displayed, press the while the gear is in P (Park), the image
Parking/View button (1) briefly when will appear on the screen. However,
the gear is in D (Drive) or N (Neutral) parking guidance is not displayed.
and vehicle speed is below 9 mph
(15 km/h). Off conditions
• Surround View Monitor Auto On • The image cannot be turned off when
function will operate when the the gear is in R (Reverse).
following conditions are satisfied:
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to P
-- With ‘Driver Assistance → Parking (Park), the image will turn off.
Safety → Surround View Monitor
Auto On’ selected from the Settings
again while the gear is in P (Park) with
menu, the front parking assist view
the image on the screen.
screen is displayed when Parking
Distance Warning warns the driver
while driving in D (Drive).
Off conditions
again, the image will turn off.
• When vehicle speed is above 9 mph
(15 km/h) with the gear in D (Drive),
Surround View Monitor will turn off
and the screen will change back to the
previous infotainment system screen.
Although you drive below 9 mph (15
km/h) again, Surround View Monitor
will not turn on.
• Press one of the infotainment system
button (3), the screen will change to
the infotainment system screen.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the image
will turn off.
7-95
System malfunction and WARNING

limitations • ALWAYS look around your vehicle
System malfunction to make sure there are no objects
When Surround View Monitor is not or obstacles before moving the
working properly, or the screen flickers, vehicle. What you see on the screen
or the camera image does not display may differ from the actual vehicle’s
normally, we recommend that the location.
system be inspected by an authorized • The image shown on the screen may
HYUNDAI dealer. differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check
Limitations of the system the vehicle's surroundings for safety.
• When the vehicle is stopped for a long • When the rear view is displayed
time in winter or when the vehicle is while driving, an icon ( ) appears at
parked in an indoor parking lot, the the top right side of the infotainment
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur system screen to inform the driver
the image. the rear view is being displayed. Do
• The screen may be displayed not be confused with the front wide
abnormally, and an icon will appear at view image.
the top left side of the screen under • Surround View Monitor is designed
the following circumstances: to be used on a flat surface.
-- The liftgate is opened Therefore, if used on roads with
-- The driver or front passenger door different heights such as curbs
is opened and speed bumps, the image in the
screen my not look correct.
-- The side view mirror is folded
• Always keep the camera lens clean.
If the lens is covered with foreign
material, it may adversely affect
camera performance and Surround
View Monitor may not operate
normally.
7-96
07
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) (if equipped)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Detecting sensor
Assist is designed to help detect vehicles
approaching from the left and right side
while your vehicle is reversing, and warn
the driver that a collision is imminent
with a warning message and an audible
warning. Also, braking is assisted to help
prevent a collision.
OTM070146
[1] : Rear corner radar
sensors.
OJX1079108 CAUTION
[A] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating
range, For more details on the precautions of
[B] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist the rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-
operating range Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)”
section in chapter 7.
CAUTION
The time of warning may vary
depending on vehicle speed of the
approaching vehicle.
Information
In the following text, Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist will be referred
as Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system.
7-97
System settings
OTM070140N
Warning Timing
OTM070194N With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the engine on, select ‘Driver warning activation time for Rear Cross-
Assistance → Parking Safety → Rear Cross- Traffic Safety system.
Traffic Safety’ from the Settings menu to
turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system
and deselect to turn off the system.
change the Warning Timing, the warning
WARNING may change.
When the engine is restarted, Rear
Cross-Traffic Safety system will always
turn on. However, if ‘Off’ is selected
after the engine is restarted, the
driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
Information
Settings for Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
system include Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
7-98
07
System operation
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system will
warn and control the vehicle depending
on collision level: ‘Collision Warning’,
vehicle and ending brake control’.
OTM070141N
Warning Volume
Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Low’ for
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system.
If you change the Warning Volume, OHY059034 OTM070168
CAUTION
• The setting of the Warning Timing
and Warning Volume applies to
all functions of the Rear Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
• Even though ‘Normal’ is selected for
Warning Timing, if the vehicles from
the left and right side approaches OTM070076
at high speed, the initial warning Collision Warning
activation time may seem late.
• To warn the driver of an approaching
• Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing vehicle from the rear left/right side
when traffic is light and when driving of your vehicle, the warning light on
speed is slow. the side view mirror will blink and a
warning will appear on the cluster. At
Information the same time, an audible warning
will sound. If Rear View Monitor is
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing operating, a warning will also appear
and Warning Volume will maintain the on the infotainment system screen.
last setting.
7-99
• The system will operate when all the

-- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
-- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
-- The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 82 ft. (25 m) from the
left or right side of your vehicle
-- The speed of the vehicle
approaching from the left and right
is above 3 mph (5 km/h) OHY059034 OTM070122N
Information
If the operating conditions are satisfied,
there will be a warning whenever the
vehicle approaches from the left or right
side even though your vehicle speed is 0
mph (0 km/h).
OTM070076
Emergency Braking
• To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side
of your vehicle, the warning light on
the side view mirror will blink and,
the 'Emergency Braking' warning
message will appear on the cluster.
At the same time, an audible warning
will sound. If Rear View Monitor is
operating, a warning will also appear
on the infotainment system screen.
7-100
07
• The system will operate when all the
-- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
-- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
-- The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 5 ft. (1.5 m) from the
left or right side of your vehicle
-- The speed of the vehicle
approaching from the left and right
is above 3 mph (5 km/h) OTM070169L
• Emergency braking will be assisted Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
to help prevent collision with • When the vehicle is stopped due
approaching vehicles from the left to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
and right. carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
WARNING • For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
Brake control will end when: and check the surroundings.
-- The approaching vehicle is out of the • Brake control will end after the vehicle
detecting range is stopped by emergency braking for
-- The approaching vehicle passes approximately 2 seconds.
behind your vehicle • During emergency braking,
-- The approaching vehicle does not braking control by the system will
drive toward your vehicle automatically cancel when the driver
-- The approaching vehicle speed slows excessively depresses the brake pedal.
down
-- The driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power
7-101
WARNING • The driver is solely responsible to

operate the vehicle in a safe manner.
Take the following precautions when Do not solely depend on Rear
using Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system: Cross-Traffic Safety system. Rather,
• For your safety, change the Settings maintain a safe braking distance, and
after parking the vehicle at a safe if necessary, depress the brake pedal
location. to reduce driving speed or to stop
• If any other system’s warning the vehicle.
message is displayed or audible • Never deliberately operate Rear
warning is generated, Rear Cross- Cross-Traffic Safety system on
Traffic Safety system’s warning people, animal, objects, etc. It may
message may not be displayed cause serious injury or death.
and audible warning may not be
generated.
CAUTION
of Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system if The brake control may not operate
the surrounding is noisy. properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
• Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may
not operate if the driver applies the There will only be a warning when:
brake pedal to avoid collision. -- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
• During Rear Cross-Traffic Safety warning light is on
system operation, the vehicle may -- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
stop suddenly injuring passengers engaged in a different function
and shifting loose objects. Always
have the seat belt on and keep loose
objects secured. Information
• Even if there is a problem with Rear • If the system assists you with braking,
Cross-Traffic Safety system, the the driver needs to pay attention as the
vehicle’s basic braking performance brake assist will end within 2 seconds.
will operate normally. The driver must immediately depress
• Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system does the brake pedal and check vehicle
not operate in all situations or cannot surroundings.
avoid all collisions. • Brake control will end when the
• During emergency braking, driver depresses the brake pedal with
braking control by the system will sufficient power.
automatically cancel when the • After shifting the gear to R (Reverse),
driver excessively depresses the braking control will operate once for
accelerator pedal. left and right vehicle approach.
7-102
07
System malfunction and System disabled
limitations Type A
Type B

System malfunction
OTM070124N OTM070124L
When the rear bumper around the rear-

OTM070125N side radar or sensor is covered with
When Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system foreign material, such as snow or rain,
is not working properly, the ‘Check or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system(s)’ reduce the detecting performance and
warning message will appear on the temporarily limit or disable Rear Cross-
cluster, and the system will turn off Traffic Safety system.
automatically or the system will be If this occurs, the ‘Rear Cross-Traffic
limited. We recommend that the system Safety system disabled. Radar blocked’
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI (or ‘Rear cross-traffic safety functions
dealer. disabled. Radar blocked’) warning
Type A
Type B
such foreign material or trailer, etc. is
removed.
If the system does not operate normally
after it is removed, we recommend
OTM070100N OTM070100L
When the side view mirror warning light

is not working properly, the ‘Check side
view mirror warning light’ (or ‘Check
outside mirror warning icon’) warning
We recommend that the system be
dealer.
7-103
WARNING CAUTION
• Even though the warning message For more details on the limitations of
does not appear on the cluster, Rear the rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-
Cross-Traffic Safety system may not Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)”
operate properly. section in chapter 7.
not operate properly in an area (for WARNING
example: open terrain), where any
substance are not detected after • Driving near a vehicle or structure
turning ON the engine.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
system to install a trailer, carrier, etc.,
or remove the trailer, carrier, etc. to use
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system.

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may
not operate normally, or the system OJX1079111
may operate unexpectedly under the [A] : Structure

following circumstances: Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system
• Departing from where trees or grass may be limited when driving near
are overgrown a vehicle or structure, and may not
• Departing from where roads are wet detect the vehicle approaching from
the left or right. If this occurs, the
• Speed of the approaching vehicle is system may not warn the driver or
fast or slow control the brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings
Braking control may not work, driver’s while backing up.
attention is required in the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The brake is reworked
• Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating (if equipped)
7-104
07
• When the vehicle is in a complex • When the vehicle is parked
parking environment diagonally
OJX1079112 OJX1079113
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may [A] : Vehicle

detect vehicles which are parking Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system
or pulling out near your vehicle (for may be limited when backing up
example: a vehicle leaving beside diagonally, and may not detect the
your vehicle, a vehicle parking or vehicle approaching from the left or
pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle right. If this occurs, the system may
approaching your vehicle making a not warn the driver or control the
turn, etc.). If this occurs, the system brakes when necessary.
may unnecessarily warn the driver Always check your surroundings
and control the brake. while backing up.
while backing up. • When the vehicle is on or near a
slope
OTM070229L
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system

may be limited when the vehicle is
on a uphill or downhill slope, or near
it, and may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the left or right. If
this occurs, the system may not warn
the driver or control the brakes when
necessary.
while backing up.
7-105
• Pulling into the parking space where • When the vehicle is parked rearward
there is a structure
OJX1079116
OJX1079115 Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may
[A] : Structure, [B] :Wall detect vehicles passing by behind
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system you when parking in reverse into
may detect vehicles passing by a parking space. If this occurs, the
in front of you when parking in system may unnecessarily warn the
reverse into a parking space with a driver and control the brake.
wall or structure in the rear or side Always check your surroundings
area. If this occurs, the system may while backing up.
unnecessarily warn the driver and
control the brake.
Always check your surroundings WARNING
while backing up. • When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system is
turned off due to safety reasons.
not operate normally if interfered by
not operate for 3 seconds after the
vehicle is started, or the rear corner
radars are initialized.
7-106
07
Information
FCC rules.
conditions:
interference, and
operation.
Information
information:
and your body.
7-107
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) (IF

EQUIPPED)
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will System operation
help warn the driver if an obstacle is Operating button
detected within a certain distance when
the vehicle is moving in reverse at low
speeds.
Detecting sensor
OTM070082L
Parking Distance Warning Off button
• Press the Parking Distance Warning
Off ( ) button to turn off Reverse
OTM070081L
Parking Distance Warning. Press the
[1] : Rear ultrasonic sensors
button again to turn on the system.
• When Reverse Parking Distance
Refer to the picture above for the Warning is off (button indicator
detailed location of the detecting light on), if you shift the gear
sensors. to R (Reverse), the system will
automatically turn on.
System settings
Warning Volume
Select ‘Driver Assistance → Warning
Volume’ from the cluster or infotainment
system Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’,
or ‘Low’ for Reverse Parking Distance
Warning.
7-108
07
Reverse Parking Distance Warning System malfunction and
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning precautions
will operate when the gear is in R System malfunction
(Reverse). After starting the engine, a beep will
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning sound when the gear is shifted to R
detects a person, animal or object in (Reverse) to indicate the system is
the rear when the vehicle’s rearward operating normally.
speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h). However, if one or more of the following
occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic
Warning
sensor is damaged or blocked with
Distance indicator Warning foreign material. If it still does not work
from object Driving sound properly, we recommend that the system
rearward be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
24~48 in. Buzzer beeps
(60~120 cm) intermittently • The audible warning does not sound.
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
12~24 in. Beeps more • The ‘Parking sensor error or blockage’
(30~60 cm) frequently warning message appears on the
cluster.
within 12 in. Beeps
(30 cm) continuously
• The corresponding indicator will

illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
senor detects a person, animal or
object in its sensing range. Also an
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible OTM070218L
warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
7-109
WARNING • Reverse Parking Distance Warning

may malfunction when:
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning -- Heavy rain or water spray is present
is a supplemental system. The
operation of the system can be -- Water flows on the surface of the
affected by several factors (including sensor
environmental conditions). It is the -- Affected by another vehicle’s
responsibility of the driver to always sensors
check the rear view before and while -- The sensor is covered with snow
parking.
-- Driving on uneven road, gravel
• Your new vehicle warranty does not roads or bushes
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle due to the malfunction of -- Objects that generates ultrasonic
Reverse Parking Distance Warning. waves are near the sensor
• Pay close attention when driving -- Installing the license plate
near objects, pedestrians, and differently from the original location
especially children. Some objects -- The vehicle bumper height or
may not be detected by the ultrasonic sensor installation has
ultrasonic sensors, due to the objects been modified
distance, size or material, all of -- Attaching equipments or
which can limit the effectiveness of accessories around the ultrasonic
the sensor. sensors
• The following objects may not be
Limitations of the system detected:
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning -- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
may not operate normally when: chains or small poles.
-- Moisture is frozen to the sensor -- Objects, which tend to absorb
-- Sensor is covered with foreign sensor frequency, such as clothes,
material, such as snow or water spongy material or snow.
(The system will operate normally -- Objects smaller than 40 in. (100 cm)
when such foreign material are in length and narrower than 6 in. (14
removed.) cm) in diameter.
-- The weather is extremely hot or cold -- Pedestrians, animals or objects
-- The sensor or sensor assembly is that are very close to the ultrasonic
disassembled sensors
-- The surface of the sensor has been • Parking Distance Warning Indicators
subjected to a hard impact may be displayed differently from
-- The surface of the sensor has been the actual detected location when
scratched with a sharp object the obstacle is located between the
-- The sensors or its surrounding sensors.
area is directly sprayed with high • Parking Distance Warning indicator
pressure washer may not occur sequentially depending
on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
• If Reverse Parking Distance Warning
needs repair, we recommend that the
HYUNDAI dealer.
7-110
07
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
(IF EQUIPPED)
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance System settings
Warning will help warn the driver if an Warning Volume
obstacle is detected within a certain
distance when the vehicle is moving Select ‘Driver Assistance → Warning
forward or in reverse at low speeds. Volume’ from the cluster or infotainment
system Settings menu to change the
Detecting sensor Warning Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’,
or ‘Low’ for Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning.
Parking Distance Warning Auto On

To use Parking Distance Warning Auto
On function, select ‘Driver Assistance
→ Parking Safety → Parking Distance
Warning Auto On’ from the cluster or
infotainment system Settings menu.
System operation
OTM070080 Operating button
OTM070081 OTM070082
[1] : Front ultrasonic sensors,
Parking Safety button
• Press the Parking Safety ( ) button
Refer to the picture above for the to turn on Forward/Reverse Parking
detailed location of the detecting Distance Warning. Press the button
sensors. again to turn off the system.
• When Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning is off (button
indicator light off), if you shift the
gear to R (Reverse), the system will
automatically turn on.
7-111
• When Forward/Reverse Parking • When ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto

Distance Warning turns on, the button On’ is deselected, and the vehicle’s
indicator light will turn on. If vehicle forward speed is above 12 mph (20
speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h), km/h), the Parking Safety button
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance indicator will turn off. Although you
Warning will turn off (button indicator drive below 6 mph (10 km/h), the
light off). system will not turn on.
ÃÃ If equipped with Reverse Parking ÃÃ If equipped with Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist or Collision-Avoidance Assist or
Remote Smart Parking Assist, Remote Smart Parking Assist,
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will turn off (button Warning will turn off when vehicle
indicator light off) when vehicle speed is above 18 mph (30 km/h).
speed is above 18 mph (30 km/h).
Warning
Forward Parking Distance Warning Distance indicator Warning
• Forward Parking Distance Warning will from object Driving sound
operate when one of the condition is forward
satisfied.
-- The gear is shifted from R (Reverse)
(60~100 cm) intermittently
to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking
Distance Warning on
-- The gear is in D (Drive) and the 12~24 in. Beeps more
Parking Safety button indicator light (30~60 cm) frequently
is on
-- ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto On’ within 12 in. Beeps
is selected from the Settings menu (30 cm) continuously
and the gear is in D (Drive)
• The corresponding indicator will
• Forward Parking Distance Warning illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
detects a person, animal or object senor detects a person, animal or
in front when the vehicle’s forward object in its sensing range. Also an
speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h). audible warning will sound.
• Forward Parking Distance Warning • When more than two objects are
does not operate when the vehicle's detected at the same time, the closest
forward speed is above 6 mph (10 one will be warned with an audible
km/h) even when the Parking Safety warning.
button indicator is on. Forward
Parking Distance Warning will operate • The shape of the indicator in the
again when the vehicle's forward illustration may differ from the actual
speed decreases below 6 mph (10 vehicle.
km/h) while the Parking Safety button
indicator is on.
• When ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto
On’ is selected, the Parking Safety
button indicator light stays on.
7-112
07
Reverse Parking Distance Warning System malfunction and
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning precautions
will operate when the gear is in R System malfunction
(Reverse). After starting the engine, a beep will
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning sound when the gear is shifted to R
detects a person, animal or object in (Reverse) to indicate the system is
the rear when the vehicle’s rearward operating normally.
speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h). However, if one or more of the following
• When the vehicle’s rearward speed is occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic
below 6 mph (10 km/h), both the front sensor is damaged or blocked with
and rear ultrasonic sensors will detect foreign material. If it still does not work
objects. However, the front ultrasonic properly, we recommend that the system
sensors can detect a person, animal or be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
object when it is within 24 in. (60 cm) dealer.
from the sensors. • The audible warning does not sound.
Warning • The buzzer sounds intermittently.
Distance indicator Warning • The ‘Parking sensor error or blockage’
from object Driving sound warning message appears on the
rearward cluster.

(60~120 cm) intermittently
12~24 in. Beeps more

(30~60 cm) frequently
within 12 in. Beeps

(30 cm) continuously
• The corresponding indicator will OTM070172L

illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
senor detects a person, animal or
object in its sensing range. Also an
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
7-113
WARNING • Forward/Reverse Parking Distance

Warning may malfunction when:
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance -- Heavy rain or water spray is present
Warning is a supplemental system.
The operation of the system can be -- Water flows on the surface of the
affected by several factors (including sensor
environmental conditions). It is the -- Affected by another vehicle’s
responsibility of the driver to always sensors
check the front and rear views before -- The sensor is covered with snow
and while parking.
-- Driving on uneven road, gravel
• Your new vehicle warranty does not roads or bushes
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle due to the malfunction of -- Objects that generates ultrasonic
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance waves are near the sensor
Warning. -- Installing the license plate
• Pay close attention when driving differently from the original location
near objects, pedestrians, and -- The vehicle bumper height or
especially children. Some objects ultrasonic sensor installation has
may not be detected by the been modified
ultrasonic sensors, due to the objects -- Attaching equipments or
distance, size or material, all of accessories around the ultrasonic
which can limit the effectiveness of sensors
the sensor.
• The following objects may not be
detected:
-- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance chains or small poles.
Warning may not operate normally
when: -- Objects, which tend to absorb
sensor frequency, such as clothes,
-- Moisture is frozen to the sensor spongy material or snow.
-- Sensor is covered with foreign -- Objects smaller than 40 in. (100 cm)
material, such as snow or water in length and narrower than 6 in. (14
(The system will operate normally cm) in diameter.
when such foreign material are
removed.) -- Pedestrians, animals or objects
that are very close to the ultrasonic
-- The weather is extremely hot or cold sensors
-- The sensor or sensor assembly is • Parking Distance Warning Indicators
disassembled may be displayed differently from
-- The surface of the sensor has been the actual detected location when
subjected to a hard impact the obstacle is located between the
-- The surface of the sensor has been sensors.
scratched with a sharp object • Parking Distance Warning indicator
-- The sensors or its surrounding may not occur sequentially depending
area is directly sprayed with high on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
pressure washer • If Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning needs repair, we recommend
7-114
07
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) (if
equipped)
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance System settings
Assist will warn the driver or will Setting functions for the system
assist with braking to help reduce the
possibility of collision with a pedestrian
or an object when backing up.
Detecting sensor
OJX1079207L
Parking Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance → Parking Safety’ from
OTM070167 the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
-- If ‘Rear Active Assist’ (or ‘Active rear
assist’) is selected, the system will
warn the driver and assist with braking
when a collision with a pedestrian or
an object is imminent.
-- If ‘Rear Warning Only’ (or ‘Rear
warning only’) is selected, the system
will warn the driver when a collision
with a pedestrian or an object is
imminent. Braking will not be assisted.
OTM070081
-- If ‘Off’ is selected, the system will turn
[1] : Rear view camera,
off.
sensors.
7-115
OJX1079245L OJX1079246L
Warning Timing Warning Volume

With the engine on, select ‘Driver With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Warning Timing’ from the Assistance → Warning Volume’ from the
Settings menu to change the initial Settings menu to change the Warning
warning activation time for Reverse Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Low’ for
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist. Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
When the vehicle is first delivered, Assist.
Warning Timing is set to ‘Normal’. If If you change the Warning Volume,
'Normal' feels sensitive, change the the Warning Volume of other Driver
settings to Late. Assistance systems may change.
If you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver Assistance
systems may change.
7-116
07
System operation Rear Active Assist
Operating conditions • If the system detects a risk of collision
If ‘Rear Active Assist’ or ‘Rear Warning with a pedestrian or an object, the
Only’ is set from the Settings menu, system will warn the driver with an
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance audible warning and warning message
Assist will be in the ready status when on the cluster. When Rear View
the following conditions are satisfied: Monitor is operating, a warning will
appear on the infotainment system
-- The liftgate is closed screen.
-- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse) • If the system detects an imminent
-- Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 collision with a pedestrian or an
km/h) object behind the vehicle, the system
-- System components such as the rear will assist you with braking. The driver
view camera and the rear ultrasonic needs to pay attention as the brake
sensors are in normal conditions assist will end within 2 seconds. The
driver must immediately depress
the brake pedal and check vehicle
When Reverse Parking Collision-
surroundings.
Avoidance Assist activates, a line
appears behind the vehicle image in the • Brake control will end when:
instrument cluster. -- The gear is shifted to P (Park) or D
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance (Drive).
Assist operates only once after the gear -- The driver depresses the brake
is shifted to R (Reverse). To reactivate pedal with sufficient power
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance -- Braking assist has last for
Assist, shift the gear from another gear approximately 2 seconds
to R (Reverse).
• The warning will turn off when:
-- The driver shifts the gear to P (Park),
N (Neutral), or D (Drive)
• The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
-- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) warning light is on
-- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
OTM070174 engaged in a different function
7-117
Rear Warning Only System disabled

• If the system detects a risk of collision
with a pedestrian or an object, the
system will warn the driver with an
audible warning and warning message
on the cluster. When Rear View
Monitor is operating, a warning will
appear on the infotainment system
screen.
• If ‘Rear Warning Only’ is selected,
braking will not be assisted.
• The warning will turn off when the
OTM070070
gear is shifted to P (Park), N (Neutral)
or D (Drive). The rear view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect pedestrians. If
System malfunction and the camera lens is covered with foreign
limitations material, such as snow or rain, it may
adversely affect camera performance
System malfunction and Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally. Always
keep the camera lens clean.
OTM070173L
When Reverse Parking Collision-

Avoidance Assist or other related
OTM070079
systems are not working properly, the
‘Check Parking Safety system’ warning The rear ultrasonic sensors are located
message will appear on the cluster, and inside the rear bumper to detect objects
the system will turn off automatically. in the rear area. If the sensors are
We recommend that the system be covered with foreign material, such as
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI snow or rain, it may adversely affect
dealer. sensor performance and Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate normally. Always keep the rear
bumper clean.
7-118
07
Rear view camera
Rear ultrasonic
sensor
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not assist braking or warn
the driver even if there are pedestrians
or objects under the following
circumstances:
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessory is installed
• Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
OTM070219L OTM070176L • Bumper height or rear ultrasonic
The ‘Rear camera error or blockage’ sensor installation has been modified
or ‘Parking sensor error or blockage’ • Rear view camera or rear ultrasonic
warning message will appear on the sensor(s) is damaged
cluster if the following situations occur: • Rear view camera or the rear
-- The rear view camera is covered with ultrasonic sensor(s) is stained with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, foreign material, such as snow, dirt,
etc. etc.
-- There is inclement weather, such as • Rear view camera is obscured by a
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc. light source or by inclement weather,
If this occurs, Reverse Parking Collision- such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
Avoidance Assist may turn off or may not • The surrounding is very bright or very
operate properly. Check whether the rear dark
view camera and rear ultrasonic sensors • Outside temperature is very high or
are clean. very low
• The wind is either strong (above
12 mph (20 km/h)) or blowing
perpendicular to the rear bumper
• Objects generating excessive
noise, such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines or truck air
brakes, are near your vehicle
• An ultrasonic sensor with similar
frequency is near your vehicle
• There is ground height difference
between the vehicle and the
pedestrian
• The image of the pedestrian in the
rear view camera is indistinguishable
from the background
7-119
• The pedestrian is near the rear edge of Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance

the vehicle Assist may unnecessarily warn the driver
• The pedestrian is not standing upright or assist with braking even if there are
no pedestrians or objects under the
• The pedestrian is either very short or following circumstances:
very tall for the system to detect
• Any non-factory equipment or
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing accessory is installed
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to • Your vehicle is unstable due to an
detect accident or other causes
• The pedestrian is wearing clothing • Bumper height or rear ultrasonic
that does not reflect ultrasonic waves sensor installation has been modified
well • Your vehicle height is low or high
• Size, thickness, height, or shape of due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
the object does not reflect ultrasonic pressure, etc.
waves well (e.g., pole, bush, curbs, • Rear view camera or the rear
carts, edge of a wall, etc.) ultrasonic sensor(s) is stained with
• The pedestrian or the object is moving foreign material, such as snow, dirt,
etc.
• The pedestrian or the object is very
close to the rear of the vehicle • The pattern on the road is mistaken
for a pedestrian
• A wall is behind the pedestrian or the
object • There is shadow or light reflecting on
the ground
• The object is not located at the rear
center of your vehicle • Pedestrians or objects are around the
path of the vehicle
• The object is not parallel to the rear
bumper • Objects generating excessive
noise, such as vehicle horns, loud
• The road is slippery or inclined motorcycle engines or truck air
• The driver backs up the vehicle brakes, are near your vehicle
immediately after shifting to R • Your vehicle is backing towards a
(Reverse) narrow passage or parking space
• The driver accelerates or circles the • Your vehicle is backing towards an
vehicle uneven road surface, such as an
unpaved road, gravel, bump, gradient,
etc.
• A trailer or carrier is installed on the
rear of your vehicle
• An ultrasonic sensor with similar
frequency is near your vehicle
7-120
07
WARNING CAUTION
Take the following precautions when • Noise may be heard when sudden
using Reverse Parking Collision- braking occurs to avoid a collision.
Avoidance Assist: • If any other warning sound such
• Always pay extreme caution while as the seat belt warning chime is
driving. The driver is responsible for already generated, Reverse Parking
controlling the brake for safe driving. Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
• Always pay attention to road and may not sound.
traffic conditions while driving, • The system may not work properly
whether or not there is a warning. if the bumper has been damaged,
• Always look around your vehicle to replaced or repaired.
make sure there are no pedestrians • Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
or objects before moving the vehicle. Assist may not operate normally if
• The performance of Reverse Parking interfered by strong electromagnetic
Collision-Avoidance Assist may waves.
vary under certain conditions. If • Playing the vehicle audio system at
vehicle speed is above 2 mph (4 high volume may prevent passengers
km/h), the system will provide from hearing Reverse Parking
collision avoidance assist only when Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
pedestrians are detected. Always sounds.
look around and pay attention when • Turn off Reverse Parking Collision-
backing up your vehicle. Avoidance Assist when towing a
• Some objects may not be detected trailer. If towing and moving in
by the rear ultrasonic sensors due reverse, Reverse Parking Collision-
to the objects distance, size or Avoidance Assist will activate as it
material, all of which can limit the detects the trailer.
effectiveness of the sensor.
• Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly
or may operate unnecessarily
depending on the road conditions
and the surroundings.
• Do not solely rely on the system.
Doing so may lead to vehicle damage
or injuries.
7-121
CAUTION Information
Take the following precautions to Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
maintain optimal performance of the Assist can detect a pedestrian or an object
detecting sensors: when:
• Always keep the rear view camera • A pedestrian is standing behind the
and rear ultrasonic sensors clean. vehicle
• Do not use any cleanser containing • A large obstacle, such as a vehicle,
acid or alkaline detergents when is parked in the rear center of your
cleaning the rear view camera lens. vehicle
Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
water.
• Do not spray the rear view camera or
the rear ultrasonic sensors or their
surrounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. It may cause
the rear view camera or the rear
ultrasonic sensors to malfunction.
• Do not apply objects, such as a
bumper sticker or a bumper guard,
near the rear view camera or rear
ultrasonic sensors or apply paint to
the bumper. Doing so may adversely
affect the performance of the
system.
• Never disassemble or strike the rear
view camera or the rear ultrasonic
sensors components.
• Do not strike or pry the rear view
camera or the rear ultrasonic
sensors. The system may not operate
properly if the rear view camera
or the rear ultrasonic sensor(s)
is forcibly moved out of proper
alignment. We recommend that
the vehicle be inspected by an
7-122
07
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) (if equipped)
Remote Smart Parking Assist uses Detecting sensor
vehicle sensors to help the driver park
and exit parking spaces remotely from
outside the vehicle by controlling the
steering wheel, vehicle speed and
gearshifts.
Function Description
Remotely moving forward
or in reverse
Remote
OTM070179
Forward/
Backward
OJX1079037
• Remote Forward/Backward function
helps the driver move the vehicle
forward or in reverse from outside the
vehicle using the smart key.
• When Remote Smart Parking Assist
operates, Surround View Monitor and
OTM070180
Parking Distance Warning will also
operate. For more details, refer to [1] : Front ultrasonic sensors,
“Surround View Monitor (SVM) and [2] : Front side ultrasonic sensors,
“Parking Distance Warning (PDW)” [3] : Rear side ultrasonic sensors,
sections in chapter 7. [4] : Rear ultrasonic sensors
sensors.
7-123
CAUTION System settings

Take the following precautions to
Settings functions for the system
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensors:
• Never disassemble the detecting
sensor or sensor assembly, or apply
any impact on it.
• If the detecting sensor have been
replaced or repaired, we recommend
that you have your vehicle inspected
• Remote Smart Parking Assist
may malfunction if the vehicle OJX1079246L
bumper height or ultrasonic sensor Warning Volume
installation has been modified
or damaged. Any non-factory With the engine on, select ‘Driver
installed equipment or accessories Assistance → Warning Volume’ from the
may also interfere with the sensor Settings menu to change the Warning
performance. Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Low’ for
Remote Smart Parking Assist.
• When the ultrasonic sensor is frozen
or stained with snow, dirt, or water, If you change the Warning Volume,
the sensor may be not operate until the Warning Volume of other Driver
the stains are removed using a soft Assistance systems may change.
cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
ultrasonic sensor. Sensor damage
could occur.
• Do not spray the ultrasonic sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer.
7-124
07
System operation
Remote Smart Parking Assist button
Parking/View button Smart key
OTM070183 OTM070177
Location Name Symbol Description

• Press and hold the Parking/View button to
Parking/View turn on Remote Smart Parking Assist. Also,
button Forward/Reverse Parking Distance warning will
Inside automatically turn on.
vehicle
• Press the Parking Safety button while Remote
Parking
Smart Parking Assist is operating to end system
Safety button
operation.
• Press the Remote Start button after the door is
locked with the engine off to start the engine
Remote Start remotely.
button • Press the Remote Start button while Remote
Forward/Backward function is operating to end
Smart function operation.
key
Forward
button • When using the Remote Forward/Backward
function, the vehicle moves in the direction of the
Backward button while the button is pressed.
button
7-125
Remote Forward/Backward
Operating order
Remote Forward/Backward operates in
the following order:
1. Getting ready to remotely move
forward and in reverse
2. Remotely moving forward and in
reverse
1. Getting ready to remotely move forward

and in reverse OTM070130
There are two ways to operate Remote

Forward/Backward function.
OTM070223L
Method (2) Using the function with

OTM070178L
engine on
Method (1) Using the function with (1) Park the vehicle in front of the
engine off space where you want to use
(1) Within a certain range from the function, and shift the gear to P
vehicle press the door lock ( ) (Park).
button on the smart key and lock
all doors. (2) Press and hold the Parking/View
( ) button to turn on Smart
(2) Press and hold the Remote Start Parking Assist. A message ‘Under
button ( ) within 4 seconds until Remote Control’ will appear on the
the engine starts. infotainment system screen.
(3) Get out of the vehicle with the
• For more details on remotely smart key and close all doors.
starting the engine, refer to
“Remote Start” section in chapter 6.
• 'Agree' must be selected on the
infotainment system screen and the
Information infotainment system has to operate
If the vehicle is remotely started that has properly to use Remote Forward/
been parked in cold weather for a long Backward function.
time, the operation of Remote Forward/
Backward function may be delayed
depending on the engine condition.
7-126
07
2. Remotely moving forward and in (4) When the driver gets in the vehicle
reverse with the smart key, a message
will appear informing the driver
function is complete on the
infotainment system screen and
the engine will remain on.
In addition, when the Remote Start
( ) button is pressed on the smart
key from outside the vehicle, a
message will appear informing the
driver Remote Entry/Exit Parking
function is complete and the
OTM070084L engine will turn off.
(1) Press and hold one of the Forward
( ) or Reverse ( ) button on the • Check that all smart keys are
smart key. Remote Smart Parking outside the vehicle when using
Assist will automatically control Remote Forward/Backward
the steering wheel, vehicle speed function.
and gearshift. The vehicle will • Remote Forward/Backward
move in the direction of the button function will operate only when the
pressed. smart key is within 13 ft. (4 m) from
(2) While Remote Forward/Backward the vehicle. If there is no vehicle
function is operating, if the you do movement even when the Forward
not hold down the Forward ( ) or or Reverse button is pressed on the
Reverse ( ) button, the vehicle smart key, check the distance to the
will stop and system control will vehicle and press the button again.
pause. The function will start • The detecting range of the smart
operating again when the button is key may vary depending on the
pressed and held again. surroundings that are affected by
(3) When the vehicle reaches the radio waves such as transmission
target location, release the smart tower, broadcast station, etc.
key Forward or Backward button. • When remotely moving forward
using method (1), it is recognized
as an exit situation, and the
vehicle moves 13 ft. (4 m) to
check for pedestrians, animals or
objects around the vehicle. After
confirmation, the steering wheel
is controlled according to the
condition ahead.
7-127
• When remotely moving forward CAUTION

using method (2), it is recognized
as a parking situation, and will • When using Remote Remote
immediately control the steering Forward/Backward function, make
wheel according to the condition sure that all passengers have gotten
ahead to assist with entering the out of the vehicle.
parking space and aligning the • If the vehicle’s battery is discharged
vehicle. However, performance or Remote Smart Parking Assist
may reduce depending on the malfunctions when parked in a
pedestrians, animals, shape of narrow parking space, Remote
objects, location, etc. around the Forward/Backward function will not
vehicle. operate. Always park your vehicle in
• For moving remotely in reverse, a space wide enough for you to get in
both method (1) and (2) aligns the or out of your vehicle.
steering wheel first, and then will • Please note that depending on the
only move the vehicle straight. parking space, you may not be able
• When remotely moving forward or to exit from the space you have
in reverse is completed, the vehicle entered by using Remote Forward/
will automatically shift to P (Park) Backward function.
and engage EPB (Electronic Parking • After parking, the surrounding may
Brake). change due to the movement of
surrounding vehicles. If this occurs,
Remote Forward/Backward function
may not operate.
• Before leaving the vehicle, close
windows and sunroofs, and make
sure the engine is off before locking
the doors.
7-128
07
System operation status How to turn off Remote Forward/
Backward function while operating
Hazard • Press the Parking/View ( ) button
Operation
Smart key LED warning while the infotainment system screen
status
light guides the driver using method 2.
Green LED • Shift the gear except to P (Park)
Under
continuously - while the infotainment system screen
control
blinks guides the driver using method 2.
Red LED • Press the Parking Safety ( ) button
Pause continuously Blinks or select ‘Cancel’ on the infotainment
blinks system screen.
Red LED • Press the Remote Start ( ) button
Blinks 3
illuminates for on the smart key while the vehicle
Off times and
4 seconds and is being controlled by RRemote
turns off
then turns off Forward/Backward function. Remote
Green LED Forward/Backward function will turn
Blinks 1
illuminates for off. At this time, the engine will turn
Complete time and
4 seconds and off.
turns off
then turns off
• Get on the vehicle with the smart key.
ÃÃ Operation status by the hazard Remote Forward/Backward function
warning light may not be applicable will turn off. At this time, the engine
based on the regulation of your will remain on.
country.
ÃÃ If the smart key is not within the The function will pause in the
operating range from the vehicle following conditions when:
(approximately 13 ft. (4 m)), the • There is a pedestrian, animal or object
smart key LED will not illuminate or in the direction the vehicle is moving
blink. Use the smart key within the
operating range. • The door or liftgate is open
• The Forward ( ) or Reverse ( )
button is not continuously pressed
• Simultaneously pressing multiple
buttons on a smart key
• The smart key is not operated within
13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle
• Button of another smart key is pressed
in addition to the operating smart key
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operates while the
vehicle is being controlled in the
reverse direction.
7-129
• The vehicle moves 22 ft. (7 m) • Approximately 3 minutes and 50

while the smart key is pressed with seconds have past after Remote
Remote Forward/Backward function Forward/Backward function has
(maximum travel distance per button started to operate
press) • The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
When Remote Forward/Backward • The function is paused for more than
function is paused, the vehicle will stop. 1 minute
If the condition that made the function
to pause disappears, the function may • The total travel distance of the vehicle
operate again. has exceeded 45 ft. (14 m) after
Remote Entry/Exit Parking function
The function will cancel in the operation
following conditions when: • The steering wheel, gearshift, braking,
• The steering wheel is steered and drive controls are not working
normally
• The gear is shifted while the vehicle is
moving • There is a problem with the smart key
or the smart key battery is low
• Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving • ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due
to slippery road conditions
• The engine hood is open
• The alarm of the Theft Alarm System
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal sounds
is depressed when all the doors are
closed When Remote Forward/Backward
• The smart key is outside the vehicle function is canceled, the vehicle will
when the brake pedal is depressed automatically stop, shift the gear to
while the driver's door is open P (Park) and engage EPB (Electronic
• Rapid acceleration occurs Parking Brake).
• Vehicle skid occurs
• The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and
cannot move
• There are pedestrians, animals or
objects at the front and rear of the
vehicle at the same time
7-130
07
limitations
System malfunction
OJX1079200L
System canceled
When Remote Parking Assist is
OTM070222L
operating, the system can be canceled,
and the ‘Parking Assist Canceled’
System check warning message may appear regardless
When Remote Smart Parking Assist is of the parking order. Other messages
not working properly, the ‘Check Parking may appear depending on the situations.
Assist’ warning message will appear on Follow the instructions provided on
the infotainment system screen. If the the infotainment system screen while
message appears, stop using the system, parking your vehicle with Remote
and we recommend that the system be Parking Assist. Always look around and
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI pay attention when using the system.
dealer.
7-131

In the following circumstances, system
performance to park or exit the vehicle
may be limited, there may be a risk of
collision, or Remote Smart Parking Assist
may turn off. Park or exit the vehicle
manually if necessary.
• An object is attached to the steering
wheel
• The vehicle is installed with a snow
OTM070221L chain, spare tire or different size
System standby wheel
When ‘Parking Assist Conditions Not • Tire pressure is lower or higher than
Met’ message appears, when Parking/ the standard tire pressure
View ( ) button has been pressed and • Your vehicle is loaded with cargo
held, Remote Smart Parking Assist is in longer or wider than your vehicle or a
standby. After a while, press and hold the trailer is connected to your vehicle
Parking/View ( ) button again to see if • There is a problem with the wheel
the system works. alignment
The message appears even when the • Your vehicle is leaned severely to one
smart key's battery is low. Check the side
smart key battery level.
• Your vehicle is equipped with a trailer
hitch
• The license plate is installed
differently from the original location
• There is a person, animal or object
above or below the ultrasonic sensor
when Remote Smart Parking Assist is
activated
• The parking space is curved or
diagonal
• There is an obstacle such as a person,
animal or object (trash can, bicycle,
motorcycle, shopping cart, narrow
pillar etc.) near the parking space
7-132
07
• There is a circular pillar or narrow Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
pillar, or a pillar surrounded by objects operate normally under the following
such as fire extinguisher, etc. near the circumstances:
parking space • Parking on inclines
• The road surface is bumpy (curbstone,
speed bump, etc.)
• The road is slippery
• The parking space is near a vehicle
with higher ground clearance or big,
such as a truck, etc.
• The parking space is Inclined
• There is heavy wind
• Operating the system on uneven
roads, gravel roads, bushes, etc.
OTM070132
• The performance of the ultrasonic
sensor is affected by extremely hot or Park manually when parking on
cold weather inclines.
• The ultrasonic sensor is covered with
snow or water • Parking on uneven road
• An object that generates ultrasonic
waves is nearby
• A wireless device with a transmission
function operates near the ultrasonic
sensors
• Your vehicle is affected by another
vehicle’s Parking Distance Warning
• The sensor is mounted or positioned
incorrectly by an impact to the
bumper
• When the ultrasonic sensor cannot OTM070134
detect the following objects: Remote Smart Parking Assist may
-- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes, cancel when the vehicle slips, or
chains or small poles the vehicle cannot move due to
road conditions such as pebbles or
-- Objects smaller than 40 in. (100 cm) fragmented stones.
in length and narrower than 6 in. (14
cm) in diameter
-- Objects which tend to absorb
sensor frequency, such as clothes,
spongy material or snow
7-133
• Parking behind a truck • Parking in a parking space with a

vehicle on one side only
OTM070137
Do not use Remote Smart Parking OJX1079049
Assist around vehicles with higher If Remote Smart Parking Assist is

ground clearance, such as a bus, used, when parking in a parking space
truck, etc. It may lead to an accident. with a vehicle only on one side, your
vehicle may cross the parking line to
• Parking near a pillar avoid the parked vehicle.
• Parking diagonal
OTM070135
Remote Smart Parking Assist

performance may reduce when there OTM070133
is a pillar or pillar surrounded by Remote Smart Parking Assist does not

objects such as a fire extinguisher provide diagonal parking. Even if your
near the parking space. vehicle was able to enter the parking
space, do not use the system because
the system cannot operate normally.
7-134
07
• Parking in snow • Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist when under the influence of
alcohol.
• Do not let children or other people to
use the smart key.
• If Remote Smart Parking Assist is
used continuously for a long period,
it may adversely affect system
performance.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate normally if the vehicle needs
wheel alignment adjustment such
OTM070131
as when the vehicle tilts to one side.
Snow may interfere with sensor We recommend that the vehicle be
operation, or Remote Smart Parking checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
Assist may cancel if the road is dealer.
slippery while parking.
• Noise may be heard when braking
occurs by Remote Smart Parking
WARNING Assist or when the brake pedal is
depressed by the driver.
using Remote Smart Parking Assist: • Remote Smart Parking Assist may
suddenly apply the brake to avoid
• The driver is responsible for safe collision.
parking and exit when using Remote
Smart Parking Assist. Make sure • Use the system only in a parking
there are no pedestrians, animals space that is large enough for the
or objects around the vehicle when vehicle to move safely.
using the system.
• When using Remote Smart Parking NOTICE
Assist, stay out of the way in the • If the 3rd stage warning (continuous
direction the vehicle moves for your beep) of the Forward/Reverse
safety. Parking Distance Warning sounds
• Always check surroundings when while Remote Smart Parking
using Remote Smart Parking Assist. Assist is operating, it means the
You may collide with pedestrians, obstacle detected is close to your
animals, or objects if they are near vehicle. At this time, Remote Smart
the sensor or are in the sensor’s blind Parking Assist will temporarily stop
spot area. operating. Make sure there are no
• A collision may occur if a pedestrian, pedestrians, animals, or objects
animal, or object suddenly appears around your vehicle.
while Remote Smart Parking Assist is • Depending on brake operation, the
operating. stop lights may come on while the
vehicle is moving.
7-135
Declaration of conformity
The radio frequency components (Rear -- For Canada
Corner Radar) complies:
-- For USA
OANATEL054
OANATEL053
7-136
Emergency situations
8. Emergency situations
Hazard warning flasher..................................................................................... 8-2
In case of an emergency while driving............................................................. 8-2
If the engine stalls while driving..................................................................................8-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing.............................................................8-2
If you have a flat tire while driving...............................................................................8-3
If the engine will not start................................................................................. 8-3
Jump starting..................................................................................................... 8-4
If the engine overheats.......................................................................................8-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........................................................8-9
Check tire pressure...................................................................................................... 8-9
Tire pressure monitoring system................................................................................ 8-10
Low tire pressure warning light................................................................................... 8-11
Low tire pressure position and tire pressure telltale.................................................. 8-11
TPMS malfunction indicator....................................................................................... 8-12
Changing a tire with TPMS......................................................................................... 8-12
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)..............................................................8-14
Jack and tools............................................................................................................. 8-14
Removing and storing the spare tire......................................................................... 8-14
Changing tires............................................................................................................. 8-16
Jack label..................................................................................................................... 8-21
If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit).................................................. 8-22
Introduction.................................................................................................................8-22
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit...........................................................8-23
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit..........................................................................8-24
Using the Tire Mobility Kit..........................................................................................8-25
Checking the tire inflation pressure...........................................................................8-28
Towing..............................................................................................................8-30
Towing service............................................................................................................ 8-30
Emergency commodity................................................................................... 8-32
Fire extinguisher..........................................................................................................8-32 8
First aid kit...................................................................................................................8-32
Triangle reflector.........................................................................................................8-32
Tire pressure gauge.....................................................................................................8-32
Hazard warning In case of an emergency

flasher while driving
If the engine stalls while driving
• Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, we recommend
that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or seek other
OTM080001
qualified assistance.
The hazard warning flasher serves as If the engine stalls at a crossroad
a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching, or crossing
overtaking, or passing your vehicle. If the engine stalls at a crossroads or
It should be used whenever emergency crossing, if safe to do so, shift the gear to
repairs are being made or when the N (Neutral) and then push the vehicle to
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a a safe location.
roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher on
or off, press the hazard warning flasher
button with the Engine Start/Stop button
in any position. The hazard warning
flasher button is located in the center
fascia panel. All turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates
regardless of whether your vehicle is
running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
8-2
08
If the engine will not
If you have a flat tire while start
driving • Be sure to shift the gear to N (Neutral)
If a tire goes flat while you are driving: or P (Park). The engine starts only
when the gear is in N (Neutral) or P
• Take your foot off the accelerator
(Park).
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead. Do not • Turn on the interior light. If the light
apply the brakes immediately or dims or goes out when you operate
attempt to pull off the road as this the starter, the battery is drained.
may cause loss of vehicle control See instructions for “Jump Starting”
resulting in an accident. When the provided in this chapter.
vehicle has slowed to such a speed • Check the fuel level and add fuel if
that it is safe to do so, brake carefully necessary.
and pull off the road. Drive off the
road as far as possible and park on If the vehicle still does not start, we
firm, level ground. If you are on a recommend that you call an authorized
divided highway, do not park in the HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
median area between the two traffic
lanes. NOTICE
• When the vehicle is stopped, press the Push or pull starting the vehicle may
hazard warning flasher button, shift cause the catalytic converter to
the gear to P (Park), apply the parking overload which can lead to damage to
brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop the emission control system.
button to the OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow the
instructions provided later in this
chapter.
8-3
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if done If acid gets into your eyes, flush your
incorrectly. Follow the jump starting eyes with clean water for at least 15
procedure in this section to avoid serious minutes and get immediate medical
injury or damage to your vehicle. If in attention. If acid gets on your skin,
doubt about how to properly jump start thoroughly wash the area. If you feel
your vehicle, we strongly recommend pain or a burning sensation, get medical
that you have a service technician or attention immediately.
towing service do it for you. • When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
WARNING cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH opposite corners.
to you or bystanders, always follow • Do not attempt to jump start your
these precautions when working near vehicle if your battery is frozen.
or handling the battery:
• NEVER attempt to recharge the
Always read and follow battery when the vehicle’s battery
instructions carefully when cables are connected to the battery.
handling a battery. • The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage.
Wear eye protection designed NEVER touch these components
to protect the eyes from acid with the engine running or when the
splashes. Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
Hydrogen is always present

in battery cells, is highly
combustible, and may explode
if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid

which is highly corrosive. Do
not allow acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
8-4
08
Jump starting procedure
Information
Your vehicle has a battery in the luggage
compartment, but when you jump start
your vehicle, use the jumper terminal in
the engine compartment.
1. Position the vehicles close enough

that the jumper cables will reach, but
do not allow the vehicles to touch. OTM080021
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the 5. Connect the jumper cables in
engine compartment at all times, even the exact sequence shown in the
when the vehicles are turned off. illustration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+) jumper
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as terminal of your vehicle (1).
radios, lights, air conditioning, etc.
Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the 6. Connect the other end of the jumper
parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF. cable to the red, positive (+) battery/
jumper terminal of the assisting
4. Open the engine hood. vehicle (2).
7. Connect the second jumper cable to
the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis
ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
8. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the black, negative (-)
chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery or jumper terminals or the
correct ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
8-5
9. Start the engine of the assisting

vehicle and let it run at approximately
Information
2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then An inappropriately disposed
start your vehicle. battery can be harmful to
10. Keep your vehicle operating for at
least 30 minutes at idle or driving to
according to your local law(s) or
assure your battery receives enough
regulations.
charge to be able to start on its
own after the vehicle is shut off. A
complete dead battery may require NOTICE
as long as 60 minutes runtime to fully To prevent damage to your vehicle:
recharge it. If vehicle is run for less,
the battery may not restart. • Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to jump
If your vehicle will not start after a start your vehicle.
few attempts, it probably requires
servicing. In this event please seek • Do not attempt to jump start your
qualified assistance. If the cause of your vehicle by push-starting.
battery discharging is not apparent, we
recommend that you have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the

exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
black, negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, negative
(-) battery/chassis ground of the
assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable
from the red, positive (+) battery/
jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
8-6
08
If the engine overheats
If your temperature gauge indicates 4. Check for coolant leaking from the
overheating, you experience a loss of radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the air conditioning had been in use, it
the engine may be overheating. If this is normal for cold water to be draining
happens, you should: from it when you stop.)
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it 5. If engine coolant is leaking out, stop
is safe to do so. the engine immediately and call the
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) and set the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer
parking brake. If the air conditioning is for assistance.
ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under WARNING
the vehicle or steam is coming out
from the hood, stop the engine. Do Never remove the engine
not open the hood until the coolant coolant cap and/or water-
has stopped running or the steaming cooled intercooler coolant
has stopped. If there is no visible cap or the drain plug while the
loss of engine coolant and no steam, engine and radiator are hot.
leave the engine running and check Hot coolant and steam may blow out
to be sure the engine cooling fan is under pressure, causing serious injury.
operating. If the fan is not running, Turn the engine off and wait until the
turn the engine off. engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the coolant cap. Wrap
a thick towel around it, and turn it
WARNING counterclockwise slowly to the first
While the engine is running, stop. Step back while the pressure is
keep hands, clothing and tools released from the cooling system. When
away from the moving parts you are sure all the pressure has been
such as the cooling fan and released, press down on the cap, using
drive belt to prevent serious a thick towel, and continue turning
injury. counterclockwise to remove it.
8-7
6. If you cannot find the cause of the CAUTION

overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal. • Serious loss of coolant indicates a
Then, if coolant has been lost, leak in the cooling system and we
carefully add coolant to the reservoir recommend the system be checked
to bring the fluid level in the reservoir by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
up to the halfway mark. • When the engine overheats from
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert low engine coolant, suddenly adding
for further signs of overheating. engine coolant may cause cracks
If overheating happens again, in the engine. To prevent damage,
we recommend that you call an add engine coolant slowly in small
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for quantities. It may require several
assistance. refilling cycles to properly fill the
engine cooling system. If necessary,
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
should be consulted to perform this
task.
8-8
08
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Check tire pressure
OTM080002
OTM080005L
• You can check the tire pressure in the

Warning mode on the cluster.
Refer to the “LCD Display Modes” in
chapter 4.
• Tire pressure is displayed after a few
minutes of driving after initial engine
start up.
• If tire pressure is not displayed when
OTM080027L
the vehicle is stopped, “Drive to
display” message will appear. After
(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS driving, check the tire pressure.
Malfunction Indicator
• The displayed tire pressure values may
(2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale differ from those measured with a tire
and Tire Pressure Telltale (Shown on pressure gauge.
the LCD display)
• You can change the tire pressure unit
in the User Settings mode on the
instrument cluster.
-- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “LCD Modes”
in chapter 4).
8-9
Tire pressure monitoring system Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating
WARNING properly. The TPMS malfunction
Over-inflation or under-inflation can indicator is combined with the low
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle tire pressure telltale. When the system
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure detects a malfunction, the telltale will
that may cause loss of vehicle control flash for approximately one minute and
resulting in an accident. then remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as
Each tire, including the spare (if the malfunction exists.
provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation When the malfunction indicator is
pressure recommended by the vehicle illuminated, the system may not be able
manufacturer on the vehicle placard to detect or signal low tire pressure as
or tire inflation pressure label. (If your intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
vehicle has tires of a different size than for a variety of reasons, including the
the size indicated on the vehicle placard installation of replacement or alternate
or tire inflation pressure label, you should tires or wheels on the vehicle that
determine the proper tire inflation prevent the TPMS from functioning
pressure for those tires.) properly.
As an added safety feature, your Always check the TPMS malfunction
vehicle has been equipped with a tire telltale after replacing one or more tires
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that
that illuminates a low tire pressure the replacement or alternate tires and
telltale when one or more of your tires is wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, function properly.
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check NOTICE
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on If any of the below happens, we
a significantly under-inflated tire causes recommend that you have the system
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
failure. dealer.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel 1. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/ TPMS
efficiency and tire tread life, and may Malfunction Indicator does not
affect the vehicle’s handling and illuminate for 3 seconds when the
stopping ability. Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the ON position or when the
Please note that the TPMS is not a engine is running.
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver’s responsibility to 2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
maintain correct tire pressure, even if remains illuminated after blinking for
under-inflation has not reached the level approximately 1 minute.
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low 3. The Low Tire Pressure Position
tire pressure telltale. Telltale remains illuminated.
8-10
08
Low tire pressure If you cannot reach a service station or
warning light if the tire cannot hold the newly added
air, replace the low pressure tire with the
spare tire.
Low tire pressure position and The Low Tire Pressure Telltale will remain
tire pressure telltale on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator
may blink for one minute and then
remain illuminated (when the vehicle
is driven approximately 10 minutes at
speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h)) until
you have the low pressure tire repaired
and replaced on the vehicle.
CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire
Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if
OTM080028L
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
When the tire pressure monitoring in warm weather. It does not mean
system warning indicators are your TPMS is malfunctioning because
illuminated and a warning message the decreased temperature leads to a
displayed on the cluster LCD display, proportional lowering of tire pressure.
one or more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. The Low Tire Pressure When you drive your vehicle from a
Position Telltale will indicate which warm area to a cold area or from a cold
tire is significantly underinflated by area to a warm area, or the outside
illuminating the corresponding position temperature is greatly higher or lower,
light. you should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to the
If either telltale illuminates, immediately recommended tire inflation pressure.
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
and anticipate increased stopping
distances. You should stop and check WARNING
your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the
Low pressure damage
tires to the proper pressure as indicated
on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation Significantly low tire pressure makes
pressure label located on the driver’s the vehicle unstable and can contribute
side center pillar outer panel. to loss of vehicle control and increased
braking distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires
can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
8-11
TPMS malfunction Changing a tire with TPMS

indicator If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and Position telltales will come
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator on. We recommend that you have the flat
will illuminate after it blinks for tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI
approximately one minute when there dealer as soon as possible or replace the
is a problem with the Tire Pressure flat tire with the spare tire.
Monitoring System.
We recommend that you have the NOTICE
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. It is recommended that you do not
use a puncture-repairing agent not
approved by HYUNDAI dealer or the
NOTICE equivalent specified for your vehicle to
If there is a malfunction with the repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire.
TPMS, the individual tire pressures Tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI
in the cluster LCD display will not be dealer or the equivalent specified for
available. Have the system checked by your vehicle may damage the tire
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon pressure sensor.
as possible.
The spare tire (if equipped) does not
come with a tire pressure monitoring
NOTICE sensor. When the low pressure tire or
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may the flat tire is replaced with the spare
illuminate after blinking for one minute tire, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale will
if the vehicle is near electric power remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction
supply cables or radio transmitters Indicator will illuminate after blinking
such as police stations, government for one minute if the vehicle is driven
and public offices, broadcasting at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for
stations, military installations, airports, approximately 10 minutes.
transmitting towers, etc. Once the original wheel equipped with
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
Indicator may illuminate if snow chains reinflated to the recommended pressure
are used or electronic devices such as and reinstalled on the vehicle, the
computers, chargers, remote starters, Low Tire Pressure Telltale and TPMS
navigation, etc. This may interfere with Malfunction Indicator will go off within a
normal operation of the TPMS. few minutes of driving.
8-12
08
If the indicators do not extinguish after a WARNING
few minutes, please visit an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
Each wheel is equipped with a tire the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
pressure sensor mounted inside the tire (TPMS) components may interfere
behind the valve stem (except for the with the system’s ability to warn the
spare tire). You must use TPMS specific driver of low tire pressure conditions
wheels. It is recommended that you and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering
always have your tires serviced by an with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may void the warranty for
You may not be able to identify a tire that portion of the vehicle.
with low pressure by simply looking at it.
Always use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure. Please note that a tire Information
that is hot (from being driven) will have a This device complies with Part 15 of the
higher pressure measurement than a tire FCC rules.
that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been conditions:
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less
than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period. 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring
the inflation pressure. Always be sure 2. This device must accept any
the tire is cold before inflating to the interference received, including
recommended pressure. interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING approved by the party responsible
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe for compliance could void the user’s
and sudden tire damage caused by authority to operate the equipment.
external factors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off
the accelerator, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
8-13
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire, If equipped)

WARNING Jacking instructions
Changing a tire can be dangerous. The jack is provided for emergency tire
Follow the instructions in this section changing only.
when changing a tire to reduce the risk To prevent the jack from “rattling” while
of serious injury or death. the vehicle is in motion, store it properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce the
possibility of personal injury.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to Removing and storing the spare
stay clear of the flat end. The flat end tire
has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
Your spare tire is stored underneath your
vehicle, directly below the cargo area.
Jack and tools
OTMA080001
1. Jack OTM080029L
2. Wheel lug wrench To remove the spare tire:
1. Open the liftgate.
The jack and wheel lug wrench are stored
in the luggage compartment under the 2. Find the plastic hex bolt cover and
luggage box cover. remove the cover with a coin or flat -
blade screwdriver.
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.
8-14
08
OTM080030L OTM080031L
3. Connect the socket and wheel lug nut 6. Draw out the retainer guide (1) the
wrench (A). through the center hole of spare tire.
4. Loosen the bolt enough to lower the
spare tire. To store the spare tire:
Turn the wrench counterclockwise 1. Lay the tire on the ground with the
until the spare tire reaches the valve stem facing up.
ground. 2. Place the wheel under the vehicle and
5. After the spare tire reaches the install the retainer guide and chain
ground, continue to turn the wrench through the wheel center.
counterclockwise, and draw the spare 3. Turn the wrench clockwise until it
tire outside. Never rotate the wrench clicks.
excessively, otherwise the spare tire
carrier may be damaged.
CAUTION
Ensure the spare tire retainer guide is
properly aligned with the center of the
spare tire to prevent the spare tire from
“rattling”.
Otherwise, it may cause the spare tire
to fall off the carrier and lead to an
accident.
8-15
Changing tires Follow these steps to change your

vehicle’s tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
WARNING
2. Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack parking brake, and press the Engine
causing serious injury or death to you or Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
those nearby. Take the following safety
precautions: 3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
• Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack. 4. Remove the wheel lug wrench, jack,
jack handle, and spare tire from the
• NEVER attempt to change a tire in vehicle.
the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the
vehicle completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from traffic
before trying to change a tire. If you
cannot find a level, firm place off
the road, call a towing service for
assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions on the
vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers
or any other part of the vehicle for OTM080032L
jacking support. [A] : Block
• Do not start or run the engine while 5. Block both the front and rear of the
the vehicle is on the jack. tire diagonally opposite of the tire you
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the are changing.
vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Keep children away from the road
and the vehicle.
8-16
08
OTM080033L OTM080035L
6. Loosen the wheel bolts 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
counterclockwise one turn each in and turn it clockwise, raising the
the order shown above, but do not vehicle until the tire clears the ground.
remove any wheel bolts until the tire Make sure the vehicle is stable on the
has been raised off of the ground. jack.
9. Loosen a wheel bolt with the wheel
lug wrench and remove it with your
fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and lay
it flat so it cannot roll away. To put the
wheel on the hub, pick up the spare
tire, line up the holes with the studs
and slide the wheel onto them. If this
is difficult, tip the wheel slightly and
get the top hole in the wheel lined
up with the top stud. Then jiggle the
wheel back and forth until the wheel
OTM080034L
can be slid over the other studs.
7. Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are changing.
The jacking positions are plates
welded to the frame with two
notches. Never jack at any other
position or part of the vehicle. Doing
so may damage the side seal molding
or other parts of the vehicle.
8-17
WARNING
Wheels may have sharp edges. Handle
them carefully to avoid possible severe
injury. Before putting the wheel into
place, be sure that there is nothing on
the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar,
gravel, etc.) that interferes with the
wheel from fitting solidly against the
hub.
If there is, remove it. If there is not
good contact on the mounting surface OTM080045L
between the wheel and hub, the wheel 12. Use the wheel lug wrench to tighten
nuts could come loose and cause the the wheel bolts in the order shown.
loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may Double-check each wheel bolts until
result in loss of control of the vehicle. they are tight. After changing tires,
This may cause serious injury or death. we recommend that an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer tighten the wheel
10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it on the bolts to their proper torque as soon
studs, put the wheel nuts on the studs as possible. The wheel bolt should
and tighten them finger tight. The be tightened to 79~94 lbf.ft (11~13
nuts should be installed with their kgf.m).
tapered small diameter ends directed
inward. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is If you have a tire gauge, check the
completely seated, then tighten the tire pressure (see “Tires and Wheels”
nuts as much as possible with your section in chapter 2 for tire pressure
fingers again. instructions.). If the pressure is lower or
11. Lower the vehicle to the ground higher than recommended, drive slowly
by turning the wheel lug wrench to the nearest service station and adjust
counterclockwise. it to the recommended pressure. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking
or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, air may leak from the
tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another
and install it as soon as possible. After
changing tires, secure the flat tire and
return the jack and tools to their proper
storage locations.
8-18
08
NOTICE Use of compact spare tires
Check the tire pressure as soon as (if equipped)
possible after installing a spare tire. Compact spare tires are designed for
Adjust it to the recommended pressure. emergency use only. Drive carefully on
the compact spare tire and always follow
the safety precautions.
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads on the
studs and wheel bolts. Make certain WARNING
during tire changing that the same bolts To prevent compact spare tire failure
that were removed are reinstalled. If and loss of control possibly resulting in
you have to replace your wheel bolts an accident:
make sure they have metric threads to • Use the compact spare tire only in an
avoid damaging the studs and ensure emergency.
the wheel is properly secured to the
hub. We recommend that you consult • NEVER operate your vehicle over 50
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for mph (80 km/h).
assistance. • Do not exceed the vehicle’s
maximum load rating or the load
carrying capacity shown on the
WARNING sidewall of the compact spare tire.
Wheel studs • Do not use the compact spare tire
If the studs are damaged, they may lose continuously. Repair or replace the
their ability to retain the wheel. This original tire as soon as possible to
could lead to the loss of the wheel and a avoid failure of the compact spare
collision resulting in serious injuries. tire.
If any of the equipment such as the jack,

wheel bolts, studs, or other equipment
is damaged or in poor condition, do not
attempt to change the tire and call for
assistance.
8-19
When driving with the compact spare tire

mounted to your vehicle:
Information
• Check the tire pressure after installing When the original tire and wheel are
the compact spare tire. The compact repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the
spare tire should be inflated to 420 wheel bolt torque must be set correctly.
kPa (60 psi). The correct wheel bolt tightening torque is
79~94 lbf.ft (11~13 kgf.m).
• Do not take this vehicle through
an automatic car wash while the
compact spare tire is installed. NOTICE
• Do not use the compact spare tire on To prevent damaging the compact
any other vehicle because this tire spare tire and your vehicle:
has been designed especially for your • Drive slowly enough for the road
vehicle. conditions to avoid all hazards, such
• The compact spare tire’s tread life is as a potholes or debris.
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect • Avoid driving over obstacles. The
your compact spare tire regularly and compact spare tire diameter is
replace worn compact spare tires with smaller than the diameter of a
the same size and design, mounted on conventional tire and reduces the
the same wheel. ground clearance approximately 25
• Do not use more than one compact mm (1 inch).
spare tire at a time. • Do not use tire chains on the
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact compact spare tire. Because of the
spare tire is installed. smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other wheels, nor should
standard tires, snow tires, wheel
covers or trim rings be used with the
compact spare wheel.
8-20
08
Jack label
OOS067043
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the
lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or shift the gear to the
P position on vehicles with automatic transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
12. Representative company and address
8-21
If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit,

if equipped)
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile
even after experiencing a tire puncture.
The compressor and sealing compound
system effectively and comfortably seals
most punctures in a passenger car tire
caused by nails or similar objects and
reinflates the tire.
After you ensure that the tire is properly
sealed you can drive cautiously on the
OTM080007 tire (distance up to 120 miles (200 km))
For safe operation, carefully read and at a max. speed of 50 mph (80 km/h))
follow the instructions in this manual in order to reach a service station or tire
before use. dealer for the tire replacement.
(1) Compressor It is possible that some tires, especially
with larger punctures or damage to the
(2) Sealant bottle sidewall, cannot be sealed completely.
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely
the tire and the tire should be inspected affect tire performance.
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt
steering or other driving maneuvers,
especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded
CAUTION or if a trailer is in use.
When two or more tires are flat, do not The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed
use the tire mobility kit because the or intended as a permanent tire repair
supported one sealant of Tire Mobility method and is to be used for one tire
Kit is only used for one flat tire. only.
This instruction shows you step by step
how to temporarily seal the puncture
WARNING simply and reliably.
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair Read the section “Notes on the safe use
punctures in the tire walls. This can of the Tire Mobility Kit”.
result in an accident due to tire failure.
WARNING
Have your tire repaired as soon as
possible. The tire may lose air pressure
at any time after inflating with the Tire
Mobility Kit.
8-22
08
WARNING • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire
is severely damaged by driving run flat
Do not use the TMK if a tire is severely or with insufficient air pressure.
damaged by driving run flat or with • Do not remove any foreign objects
insufficient air pressure. such as nails or screws that have
Only punctured areas located within the penetrated the tire.
tread region of the tire can be sealed • Provided the car is outdoors, leave the
using the TMK. engine running. Otherwise operating
the compressor may eventually drain
Notes on the safe use of the Tire the car battery.
Mobility Kit • Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
• Park your car at the side of the road unattended while it is being used.
so that you can work with the Tire • Do not leave the compressor running
Mobility Kit away from moving traffic. for more than 10 minutes at a time or
• To be sure your vehicle will not move, it may overheat.
even when you’re on fairly level • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the
ground, always set your parking brake. ambient temperature is below -22°F
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for (30°C).
sealing/inflation passenger car tires. • In case of skin contact with the
Only punctured areas located within sealant, wash the area thoroughly
the tread region of the tire can be with plenty of water. If the irritation
sealed using the tire mobility kit. persists, seek medical attention.
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles • In case of eye contact with the
or any other type of tires. sealant, flush your eyes for at least 15
• When the tire and wheel are minutes. If the irritation persists, seek
damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit medical attention.
for your safety. • In case of swallowing the sealant,
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be rinse the mouth and drink plenty of
effective for tire damage larger than water. However, never give anything
approximately 4 mm (16 inch). to an unconscious person and seek
Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI medical attention immediately.
dealer if the tire cannot be made • Long time exposure to the sealant
roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit. may cause damage to bodily tissue
such as kidney, etc.
8-23
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
OTM080022
1. Speed restriction label

2. Sealant and sealant bottle
3. Connection hose of compressor and tire
4. Connector and cable for connection of power outlet
5. Holder for the sealant bottle
6. Compressor
7. ON/OFF switch
8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure
9. Valve for reducing tire inflation pressure
Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.
Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high
pressure.
8-24
08
WARNING Using the Tire Mobility Kit
Do not use the tire sealant after
the sealant has expired (i.e. past WARNING
the expiration date on the sealant
container). This can increase the risk of
tire failure.
WARNING
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.
OTM080008
Detach the speed restriction label (1)

from the sealant bottle (2), and place
it in a highly visible place inside the
vehicle such as on the steering wheel to
remind the driver not to drive too fast.
OTM080025
1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).
8-25
OTM080023 OTM080009
2. Remove the cover (A) of the sealant 5. Unscrew the valve cap from the
bottle (2) and compressor (6). valve of the defective and screw
the connection hose (3) of the
compressor and tire.
NOTICE
Securely install the sealant filling hose
to the valve. If not, sealant may flow
backward, possibly clogging the filling
hose.
6. Make sure the compressor turns off.
OTM080024
3. Connect the sealant bottle (2) and

compressor (6).
4. Make sure that the valve (9) for
reducing tire inflation pressure is
closed.
OTM080010
7. Connect the cable and connector (4)

to the power outlet in the vehicle.
8. Start the vehicle.
8-26
08
9. With the engine running, switch WARNING
on the compressor by pressing [I]
and let it run for approximately 5~7 Do not leave your vehicle running in
minutes to fill the sealant up to proper a poorly ventilated area for extended
pressure. (Refer to “Tire and Wheels” periods of time. Carbon monoxide
section in chapter 2). The inflation poisoning and suffocation can occur.
pressure of the tire after filling is
unimportant and will be checked/ Distributing the sealant
corrected later.
Be careful not to overinflate the tire
and stay away from the tire when
filling it.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if
the tire pressure is below 200 kpa (29
psi). This could result in an accident due
to sudden tire failure.
OOSH079022L
10. Switch off the compressor. 12. Immediately drive approximately 4~6
11. Detach the hoses from the sealant miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes)
bottle connector and from the tire to evenly distribute the sealant in the
valve. tire.
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80
location in the vehicle. km/h). If possible, do not fall below a
speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).
While driving, if you experience any
unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
noise, reduce your speed and drive with
caution until you can safely pull off of the
side of the road.
Call for road side service or towing.
8-27
13. After driving approximately 4~6 miles Checking the tire inflation
(7~10 km or about 10 minutes), stop at pressure
a safe location.
1. After driving approximately 4~6 miles
(7~10 km or about 10 minutes), stop at
a safe location.
OTM080009
14. Connect the connection hose (3) of

the compressor and tire into the tire OTM080009
valve.
2. Connect the connection hose (3) of
15. Connect cables (4) to the battery. the compressor and tire into the tire
16. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the valve.
recommended tire inflation. 3. Connect cables (4) to the battery.
With the engine running, proceed as 4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the
follows. recommended tire inflation.
-- To increase the inflation pressure: With the engine running, proceed as
Switch on the compressor. follows.
To check the current inflation -- To increase the inflation pressure:
pressure setting, briefly switch off
the compressor. Switch on the compressor.
To check the current inflation
-- To reduce the inflation pressure: pressure setting, briefly switch off
Adjust the valve (9) for reducing the compressor.
tire inflation pressure. -- To reduce the inflation pressure:
Adjust the valve (9) for reducing
NOTICE tire inflation pressure.
Do not let the compressor run for more
than 10 minutes, otherwise the device NOTICE
will overheat and may be damaged.
Do not let the compressor run for more
than 10 minutes, otherwise the device
will overheat and may be damaged.
8-28
08
Information WARNING
The pressure gauge may show higher than The tire inflation pressure must be
actual reading when the compressor is inflated to the proper pressure (Refer to
running. To get an accurate tire pressure, “Tire and Wheels” section in chapter 2).
the compressor needs to be turned off. If it is not, do not continue driving.
Call for road side service or towing.
CAUTION
If the inflation pressure is not CAUTION
maintained, drive the vehicle a second Tire pressure sensor
time, refer to Distributing the sealant.
Then repeat steps 1 to 4. The sealant on the tire pressure sensor
and wheel should be removed when
Use of the TMK may be ineffectual for you replace the tire with a new one and
tire damage larger than approximately inspect the tire pressure sensors. We
4 mm (0.16 in). recommend that you get this done at an
We recommend that you contact an authorized dealer.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer if the tire
cannot be made roadworthy with the
Tire Mobility Kit. Information
When reinstalling the repaired or replaced
tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the
wheel bolt to 79~94 lbf.ft (11~13 kgf.m).
8-29
Towing
Towing service If any of the loaded wheels or suspension
components are damaged or the vehicle
is being towed with the rear wheels on
the ground, use a towing dolly under the
rear wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used,
the rear of the vehicle should always be
lifted, not the front.
For 4WD vehicles, it must be towed
with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed
equipment with all the wheels off the
ground.
NOTICE
Do not lift the vehicle by the tow fitting
or body and chassis parts. Otherwise
the vehicle may be damaged.
OTM080011L
[A] : Dollies
If emergency towing is necessary, CAUTION
we recommend having it done by • Do not tow the vehicle with the rear
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a wheels on the ground as this may
commercial tow-truck service. cause damage to the vehicle.
Proper lifting and towing procedures
are necessary to prevent damage to
the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
For 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow
the vehicle with the front wheels on the
ground (without dollies) and the rear
wheels off the ground. OTM080013
• Do not tow with sling-type

equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
OTM080014
8-30
08
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
• Vehicle without EPB
1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the shift lever/button in N
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
• Vehicle with EPB

1. Release EPB before turning off the
engine.
2. Place the ignition switch to the OFF
position.
3. Change the gear to N (Neutral) while
pressing the brake pedal.
4. Place the ignition switch to the ACC
position.
CAUTION
Failure to shift the gear to N (Neutral)
may cause internal damage to the
transmission.
8-31
Emergency commodity (If equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with emergency Triangle reflector
commodities to help you respond to
Place the triangle reflector on the road
emergency situation.
to warn oncoming vehicles during
emergencies, such as when the vehicle is
Fire extinguisher parked by the roadside due to problems.
If there is small fire and you know how
to use the fire extinguisher, follow these Tire pressure gauge (if equipped)
steps carefully.
Tires normally lose some air in day-to-
1. Pull out the safety pin at the top of the day use, and you may have to add a air
extinguisher that keeps the handle periodically and usually it is not a sign of
from being accidentally pressed. a leaking tire, but of normal wear. Always
2. Aim the nozzle towards the base of check tire pressure when the tires are
the fire. cold because tire pressure increases with
3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) away temperature.
from the fire and squeeze the handle
to discharge the extinguisher. If you To check the tire pressure, take the
release the handle, the discharge will following steps:
stop. 1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is
4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth located on the rim of the tire.
at the base of the fire. After the fire 2. Press and hold the gauge against the
appears to be out, watch carefully tire valve. Some air will leak as you
since it may re-ignite. begin and more will leak if you don’t
press the gauge in firmly.
First aid kit 3. A firm non-leaking push will activate
Supplies for use in giving first aid such the gauge.
as scissors, bandage and adhesive tape, 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge
etc. are provided. to see whether the tire pressure is low
or high.
5. Adjust the tire pressure to the
specified pressure. Refer to “Tires and
Wheels” section in chapter 2.
6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap.
8-32
Maintenance
9. Maintenance
Engine compartment......................................................................................... 9-3
Maintenance services........................................................................................ 9-4
Owner’s responsibility................................................................................................. 9-4
Owner maintenance precautions............................................................................... 9-4
Owner maintenance.......................................................................................... 9-5
Owner maintenance schedule.................................................................................... 9-6
Scheduled maintenance services......................................................................9-7
Normal maintenance schedule................................................................................... 9-8
Maintenance under severe usage conditions........................................................... 9-12
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...............................................9-14
Fuel filter (for gasoline engine).................................................................................. 9-14
Parking brake............................................................................................................... 9-15
Engine oil...........................................................................................................9-16
Checking the engine oil level..................................................................................... 9-16
Checking the engine oil and filter...............................................................................9-17
Engine coolant /liquid-cooled intercooler coolant........................................9-18
Checking the coolant level......................................................................................... 9-18
Changing coolant....................................................................................................... 9-20
Brake fluid......................................................................................................... 9-21
Checking the brake fluid level.................................................................................... 9-21
Washer fluid..................................................................................................... 9-22
Checking the washer fluid level.................................................................................9-22
Air cleaner........................................................................................................ 9-23
Filter replacement.......................................................................................................9-23
Cabin air filter................................................................................................... 9-24
Filter inspection...........................................................................................................9-24
Filter replacement.......................................................................................................9-24
Wiper blades.................................................................................................... 9-25
Blade inspection..........................................................................................................9-25
Blade replacement......................................................................................................9-25
Battery.............................................................................................................. 9-28
For best battery service..............................................................................................9-29
Battery capacity label................................................................................................ 9-30
9
Battery recharging..................................................................................................... 9-30
Reset items.................................................................................................................. 9-31
Tires and wheels.............................................................................................. 9-32
Tire care.......................................................................................................................9-32
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures.............................................................9-32
Check tire inflation pressure......................................................................................9-33
Tire rotation.................................................................................................................9-34
Wheel alignment and tire balance.............................................................................9-35
Tire replacement.........................................................................................................9-35
Wheel replacement.....................................................................................................9-36
Tire traction.................................................................................................................9-36
Tire maintenance........................................................................................................9-36
Tire sidewall labeling...................................................................................................9-37
Low aspect ratio tires................................................................................................. 9-40
Fuses..................................................................................................................9-41
Instrument panel fuse replacement......................................................................... 9-42
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement........................................................ 9-43
Fuse/relay panel description..................................................................................... 9-44
Light bulbs.........................................................................................................9-51
Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp, Daytime Running Light (DRL)
replacement................................................................................................................9-52
Side repeater lamp replacement.............................................................................. 9-54
Rear combination lamp replacement....................................................................... 9-54
High mounted stop lamp replacement.....................................................................9-57
License plate lamp replacement............................................................................... 9-58
Interior light replacement.......................................................................................... 9-58
Appearance care..............................................................................................9-60
Exterior care............................................................................................................... 9-60
Interior care................................................................................................................ 9-66
Emission control system.................................................................................9-69
California perchlorate notice...........................................................................9-72
Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF)................................................................................ 9-72
9
09
Engine compartment


The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OTMA090001/OTMA090015
1. Engine oil filler cap 5. Brake fluid reservoir

2. Engine oil dipstick 6. Battery terminal [+]
3. Engine coolant reservoir 7. Battery terminal [-]
4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8. Air cleaner
9. Fuse box
9-3
Maintenance
Maintenance services
You should exercise the utmost care Owner maintenance precautions
to prevent damage to your vehicle and
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
injury to yourself whenever performing
servicing may result in operational
any maintenance or inspection
problems with your vehicle that could
procedures.
lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or
We recommend you have your personal injury. This chapter provides
vehicle maintained and repaired by instructions only for the maintenance
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An items that are easy to perform.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets
Your vehicle should not be modified
HYUNDAI’s high service quality
in any way. Such modifications may
standards and receives technical support
adversely affect the performance, safety
from HYUNDAI in order to provide you
or durability of your vehicle and may, in
with a high level of service satisfaction.
addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle.
Owner’s responsibility
Maintenance service and record NOTICE
retention are the owner’s responsibility.
You should retain documents that show Improper owner maintenance during
proper maintenance has been performed the warranty period may affect
on your vehicle in accordance with warranty coverage. For details, read
the scheduled maintenance service the separate Service Passport provided
charts shown on the following pages. with the vehicle. If you’re unsure
You need this information to establish about any servicing or maintenance
your compliance with the servicing procedure, we recommend that the
and maintenance requirements of your system be serviced by an authorized
vehicle warranties. HYUNDAI dealer.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Owner’s Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not covered.
9-4
09
Owner maintenance
WARNING The following lists are vehicle checks and
inspections that should be performed
Performing maintenance work on a by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI
vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack dealer at the frequencies indicated to
sufficient knowledge and experience or help ensure safe, dependable operation
the proper tools and equipment to do of your vehicle.
the work, we recommend that having it Any adverse conditions should be
done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. brought to the attention of your dealer as
ALWAYS follow these precautions for soon as possible.
performing maintenance work:
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
• Park your vehicle on level ground. checks are generally not covered by
Shift the vehicle to P (Park), apply warranties and you may be charged for
the parking brake, and press the labor, parts and lubricants used.
Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position.
• Block the tires (front and back) to
prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry
that can become entangled in
moving parts.
• If you must run the engine during
maintenance, do so out doors or in
an area with plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery and
fuel-related parts.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts (including
strut bars) while the engine is operating
or hot. Doing so could result in serious
personal injury. Turn the engine off and
wait until the metal parts cool down
to perform maintenance work on the
vehicle.
9-5
Maintenance
Owner maintenance schedule At least monthly:

When you stop for fuel: • Check coolant level in the engine
• Check the engine oil level. coolant reservoir.
• Check the coolant level in the engine • Check the operation of all exterior
coolant reservoir or the water-cooled lights, including the stoplights, turn
intercooler coolant reservoir. signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the windshield washer fluid • Check the inflation pressures of all
level. tires including the spare for tires that
are worn, show uneven wear, or are
• Check for low or under-inflated tires. damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your coolant At least twice a year: (i.e., every
level when the engine is hot. This may Spring and Autumn)
result in coolant being blown out of the • Check radiator, heater and air
opening and cause serious burns and conditioning hoses for leaks or
other injuries. damage.
• Check windshield washer spray and
While operating your vehicle: wiper operation. Clean wiper blades
• Note any changes in the sound of the with a clean cloth dampened with
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes washer fluid.
in the vehicle. • Check headlamp alignment.
• Check for vibrations in the steering • Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields
wheel. Notice if there is any increased and clamps.
steering effort or looseness in the
• Check the seat belts for wear and
steering wheel, or change in its
function.
straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns At least once a year:
slightly or “pulls” to one side when
traveling on smooth, level road. • Clean body and door drain holes.
• When stopping, listen and check for • Lubricate door hinges and hood
unusual sounds, pulling to one side, hinges.
increased brake pedal travel or “hard- • Lubricate door and hood locks and
to-push” brake pedal. latches.
• If any slipping or changes in the • Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
operation of your transmission occurs, • Check the air conditioning system.
check the transmission fluid level. • Inspect and lubricate automatic
• Check the automatic transmission P transmission linkage and controls.
(Park) function. • Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the parking brake. • Check the brake fluid level.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
9-6
09
Scheduled maintenance services
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of
the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow
the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or
less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
• Driving in heavy dust conditions
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
• Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
• Driving over 106 miles (170 km/h)
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition
• Engine oil usage which is not recommended (mineral, semi-synthetic, lower grade
spec, etc.)
If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace
or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the
periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance
intervals.
9-7
9-8
Normal maintenance schedule
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
ITEM Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
Engine oil and engine oil filter *1 *2 R R R R R R R R R R R R R
At first, inspect at 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 72 months. After that,
Drive belts *3
inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Fuel additives *4 Add every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 : Requires API SN PLUS (or above) grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must
be replaced at every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months as indicated for severe maintenance condition.
*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 350 miles (500km) or before starting a long trip.
*3 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.
*4 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

ITEM Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
Air cleaner filter I I R I I R I I R I I R I
TGDI R R
Spark plugs *5
EXCEPT TGDI Replace every 96,000 miles (156,000 km)
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I
Fuel tank air filter *6 I I I I I I
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I
*5 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items.
*6 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule
depends on fuel quality. If there are some important matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem
etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule. We recommend that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for details.
9-9
09
9-10
Maintenance

ITEM Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
Inspect coolant level for leak every day
Cooling system At first, inspect 40,000 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months.
After that, inspect every 20,000 miles (30,000 km) or 24 months
At first, replace at 80,000 miles (130,000 km) or 10 years.
TGDI
After that, replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months
Engine coolant
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 120 months.
EXCEPT TGDI
After that, replace every 30,000 miles (50,000 km) or 24 months
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake pedal I I I I I I
Parking brake (if equipped) I I I I I I
Inspect every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months,
TGDI
Replace every 48,000 miles (80,000 km) or 48 months
Brake fluid
Inspect every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months,
EXCEPT TGDI
Replace every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months

ITEM Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and TGDI I I I I I I I I I I I I I
boots EXCEPT TGDI I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I
Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Climate control air filter I R I R I R I R I R I R I
Automatic transmission fluid No check, No service required
Dual clutch transmission fluid Inspect every 40,000 mile(60,000 km) or 48 months
Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Front (AWD) / rear differential oil *1 I I I I I I
Transfer case oil (AWD) No check, No service required
Propeller shaft I I I I I I I I I I I I I
*1 : Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime, front/rear differential have been submerged in water.
9-11
09
Maintenance
Maintenance under severe usage conditions

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under
severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance
intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals
operation condition
A, B, C, D, E,
Engine oil and engine oil Replace every 5,000 miles
R F, G, H, I, J,
filter*1 (8,000 km) or 6 months
K, L
Replace more frequently
Air cleaner filter R depending on the C, E
condition
Replace more frequently
Spark plugs R depending on the A, B, H, I, K
condition
Steering gear box, linkage & Inspect more frequently
C, D, E, F, G,
boots / lower arm ball joint, I depending on the
H, I
upper arm ball joint condition
Inspect more frequently
Disc brakes and pads, calipers
I depending on the C, D, G, H
and rotors
condition
*1 : If a lower grade engine oil (below API SN PLUS) is substituted, then the engine oil
and engine oil filter must be replaced at every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months as
indicated for severe maintenance
9-12
09
Maintenance Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item
operation intervals condition
Inspect more
Parking brake (if equipped) I frequently depending C, D, G, H
on the condition
Every 3,000 miles or
T-GDI I
6 months C, D, E, F,
Drive shafts and boots
EXCEPT Every 3,750 miles or G, H, I
I
T-GDI 6 months
Replace more
Climate control air filter
R frequently depending C, E
(for evaporator and blower unit)
on the condition
Replace every 60,000 A, C, E, F, G,
Automatic transmission fluid R
miles (96,000 km) H, I, K
Replace every 62,000 A, C, D, E, F,
Dual clutch transmission fluid R
miles (100,000 km) G, H, I, J
Front differential oil (AWD) / Rear Replace every 72,000 C, D, E, G,
R
differential oil miles (120,000 km) H, I, J
No check,
Transfer case oil (AWD) - -
No service required
Inspect more
C, D, E, F,
Propeller shaft I frequently depending
G, H, I, J
on the condition
Severe driving conditions

A. Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature
or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads
D. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E. Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into engine
F. Driving in heavy traffic area
G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads
H. Towing a trailer (if equipped)
I. Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing
J. Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
L. Engine oil usage which is not recommended (mineral, semi-synthetic, lower grade
spec, etc.)
9-13
Maintenance
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items

Engine oil and filter Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The engine oil and filter should be The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
changed at the intervals specified in the be inspected at those intervals specified
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
is being driven in severe conditions, a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
more frequent oil and filter changes are correctly replaced.
required.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
Drive belts hoses (if equipped)
Inspect all drive belts for evidence Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence
of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil of heat and/or mechanical damage.
saturation and replace if necessary. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking,
Drive belts should be checked tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive
periodically for proper tension and swelling indicate deterioration. Particular
adjusted as necessary. attention should be paid to examine
those hose surfaces nearest to high heat
sources, such as the exhaust manifold.
Information Inspect the hose routing to ensure that
When you are inspecting the belt, turn the the hoses do not come in contact with
engine off. any heat source, sharp edges or moving
component which might cause heat
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and damage or mechanical wear. Inspect
connections all hose connections, such as clamps
and couplings, to make sure they are
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and secure, and that no leaks are present.
connections for leakage and damage. Hoses should be replaced immediately if
We recommend an authorized HYUNDAI there is any evidence of deterioration or
dealer replace any damaged or leaking damage.
parts immediately.
Fuel filter (for gasoline engine)

The fuel filter is considered to be
maintenance free but periodic inspection
is recommended for this maintenance
depends on fuel quality. If there are
some important matters like fuel flow
restriction, surging, loss of power, hard
starting problem etc., replace the fuel
filter immediately. We recommend that
you consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for details.
9-14
09
Air cleaner filter Information
We recommend that the air cleaner filter Automatic transmission fluid color is red
be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI when new.
dealer.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
transmission fluid will begin to look
Spark plugs darker.
Make sure to install new spark plugs of This is a normal condition. It does not
the correct heat range. need to be replaced based on the color
change.
Cooling system
Check cooling system components, such NOTICE
as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. The use of a non-specified fluid could
Replace any damaged parts. result in transmission malfunction and
failure.
Engine coolant Use only specified automatic
The coolant should be changed at the transmission fluid. (Refer to
intervals specified in the maintenance “Recommended Lubricants and
schedule. Capacities” section in chapter 2.)
Engine coolant/water-cooled Dual clutch transmission fluid (if

intercooler coolant equipped)
The coolant should be changed at the Inspect the dual clutch transmission fluid
intervals specified in the maintenance according to the maintenance schedule.
schedule.
Brake hoses and lines
Automatic transmission fluid Visually check for proper installation,
Automatic transmission fluid should chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
not be checked under normal usage leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
conditions. damaged parts immediately.
We recommend that the automatic
transmission fluid be changed by an
Brake fluid
authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to Check the brake fluid level in the brake
the maintenance schedule. fluid reservoir. The level should be
between the MIN and the MAX marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT
4 specification.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever and
cables.
9-15
Maintenance
Engine oil
Brake discs, pads, calipers and Checking the engine oil level
rotors Gasoline engine
Check the pads, the disc, and the rotor 1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s
for any excessive wear-out. Inspect precautions.
calipers for any fluid leakage. 2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level
For more information on checking the ground in P (Park) with the parking
pads or lining wear limit, refer to the brake set and the wheels blocked.
HYUNDAI web site. 3. Turn the engine on and allow the
(http://service.hyundai-motor.com) engine to reach normal operating
temperature.
Propeller shaft 4. Turn the engine off and wait about 15
Check the propeller shaft, boots, clamps, minutes for the oil to return to the oil
rubber couplings and center-bearing pan.
rubber for cracks, deterioration, or 5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and
damage. Replace any damaged parts re-insert it fully.
and if necessary, repack the grease.

Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage &

boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and the engine
off, check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel. Check the linkage for OTMA090002
bends or damage. Check the dust boots Smartstream G2.5 T-GDI

and ball joints for deterioration, cracks,
or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive shafts and boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps
for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and, if
necessary, repack the grease.
OTMA090016
Air conditioning refrigerant
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check
Check the air conditioning lines and the level. The level should be between
connections for leakage and damage. F (Full) and L (Low).
9-16
09
Checking the engine oil and
filter
OTMA090003

OCN7080082L
We recommend that the engine oil

and filter be changed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer according to the
Maintenance Schedule at the beginning
of this chapter.
WARNING
OTMA090017 CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to WARNING
bring the level to F. Engine oil contains chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer,
Use only the specified engine oil (Refer birth defects and reproductive harm.
to “Recommended Lubricants and Used engine oil may cause irritation or
Capacities” section in chapter 2). cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
NOTICE Always protect your skin by washing
To prevent damage to your engine: your hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible after
• Do not overfill with engine oil. Add oil handling used oil.
in small quantities and recheck level
to ensure engine is not overfilled.
• Do not spill engine oil when adding
or changing engine oil. Use a funnel
to help prevent oil from being spilled
on engine components. Wipe off
spilled oil immediately.
9-17
Maintenance
Engine coolant /LIQUID-COOLED INTERCOOLER

COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system has a Check the condition and connections
reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze of all cooling system hoses and
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the heater hoses. Replace any swollen or
factory. deteriorated hoses.
Check the antifreeze protection and The coolant level should be filled
coolant level at least once a year, at between the MAX and the MIN marks on
the beginning of the winter season and the side of the coolant reservoir when
before traveling to a colder climate. the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
Checking the coolant level distilled (deionized) water to bring the
level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, we
recommend that you see an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system
inspection.
WARNING
Never remove the engine
coolant cap and/or water-
cooled intercooler coolant
cap or the drain plug while
OTMA090004 the engine and radiator are
hot. Hot coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure,
causing serious injury.
OTMA090018
9-18
09
Turn the vehicle off and wait until the WARNING
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the engine coolant Make sure the coolant cap is properly
cap and/or water-cooled intercooler closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise
coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around the engine could be overheated while
it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly driving.
to the first stop. Step back while the Engine compartment front view

pressure is released from the cooling
system. When you are sure all the
pressure has been released, press down
on the cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
Information
The coolant level is influenced by the
engine temperature. Before checking or OOSH089010L
refilling the coolant, turn the engine off.
1. Check if the coolant cap label is
straight in front.
WARNING
The electric motor for the cooling fan

may continue to operate or start up
when the engine is not running and
can cause serious injury. Keep hands, OJX1099046
clothing and tools away from the 2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions
rotating fan blades of the cooling fan. inside the coolant cap is securely
Always turn off the vehicle unless the interlocked.
vehicle has to be inspected with the
engine on. Be cautious as the cooling
fan may operate if the negative (-)
battery terminal is not disconnected.
9-19
Maintenance
Recommended coolant Information

• When adding coolant, use only If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%
deionized water, distilled water or soft water and 50% antifreeze mix is the
water for your vehicle and never mix easiest to mix together as it will be the
hard water in the coolant filled at the same quantity of each. It is suitable to
factory. use for most temperature ranges of -31°F
• An incorrect coolant mixture can (-35°C) and higher.
result in severe malfunction or engine
damage. Changing coolant
• The engine in your vehicle has We recommend that coolant be changed
aluminum engine parts and must be by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
protected by an phosphate-based according to the Maintenance Schedule
ethylene glycol coolant to prevent at the beginning of this chapter.
corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified WARNING
coolant. Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze
• Do not use a solution that contains in the washer fluid reservoir.
more than 60% antifreeze or less than Engine coolant can severely obscure
35% antifreeze, which would reduce visibility when sprayed on the
the effectiveness of the solution. windshield and may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an accident.
For mixing percentage, refer to the Engine coolant may also cause damage
following table: to paint and body trim.
Mixture Percentage
Ambient (volume) NOTICE
Temperature
Antifreeze Water To prevent damage to engine parts, put
5°F (-15°C) 35 65 a thick towel around the engine coolant
cap and/or inverter coolant cap before
-13°F (-25°C) 40 60 refilling the coolant to prevent the
-31°F (-35°C) 50 50 coolant from overflowing into engine
-49°F (-45°C) 60 40 parts, such as the alternator.
9-20
09
Brake fluid
Checking the brake fluid level WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come in
contact with your eyes. If brake fluid
comes in contact with your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at least
15 minutes and get immediate medical
attention.
NOTICE
• Do not allow brake fluid to contact
the vehicle’s body paint, as paint
OTMA090005 damage will result.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir • Brake fluid, which has been exposed
periodically. The fluid level should be to open air for an extended time
between MAX and MIN marks on the side should NEVER be used as its quality
of the reservoir. cannot be guaranteed. It should be
Before removing the reservoir cap and disposed of properly.
adding brake fluid, clean the area around • Do not use the wrong kind of brake
the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent fluid. A few drops of mineral based
brake fluid contamination. oil, such as engine oil, in your brake
If the level is low, add the specified system can damage brake system
brake fluid to the MAX level. The level parts.
will fall with accumulated mileage. This
is a normal condition associated with Information
the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid
level is excessively low, we recommend Use only the specified brake fluid (refer
that the brake system be checked by an to “Recommended Lubricants and
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Capacities” section in chapter 2).
WARNING
If the brake system requires frequent
additions of fluid this could indicate
a leak in the brake system. We
recommend that the vehicle be
dealer.
9-21
Maintenance
Washer fluid
Checking the washer fluid level WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death, take
the following safety precautions when
using washer fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir. Engine coolant can
severely obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windshield and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident or damage to
paint and body trim.
OTMA090006
• Do not allow sparks or flame to
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid contact the washer fluid or the
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid
water may be used if washer fluid is not may contain alcohol and can be
available. However, use washer solvent flammable.
with antifreeze characteristics in cold
climates to prevent freezing. • Do not drink washer fluid and avoid
contact with skin. Washer fluid is
harmful to humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
9-22
09
Air cleaner
Filter replacement
OTMA090024
OTMA090007
4. Replace the air cleaner filter.
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for 5. Reassemble the air cleaner cover in
inspection using compressed air. Do not the reverse order.
attempt to wash or to rinse it, as water
will damage the filter. If soiled, the air Information
cleaner filter must be replaced.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the element
more often than the usual recommended
intervals (refer to “Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions” in this chapter).
NOTICE
• Do not drive with the air cleaner filter
removed. This will result in excessive
engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter,
OTMA090008 be careful that dust or dirt does not
enter the air intake, or damage may
1. Pull up the air cleaner filter cover (1).
result.
• Use HYUNDAI genuine parts or the
equivalent specified for your vehicle.
Use of non-genuine parts could
damage the air flow sensor.
OTMA090023
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.

3. Pull down the lever to the UNLOCK (2)
position.
9-23
Maintenance
Cabin air filter

Filter inspection
The cabin air filter should be replaced
according to the Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in severely air-
polluted cities or on dusty rough roads
for a long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced sooner.
Replace the cabin air filter by following
the procedure below and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
OTM090011
Filter replacement 3. Press and hold the lock on the right
side of the cover.
4. Pull out the cover.
5. Replace the cabin air filter.
6. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE
OTM090009
1. Open the glove box and remove the

support rod (1).
OHI078055
Install a new cabin air filter in the

correct direction with the arrow symbol
(↓) facing downwards, to prevent noise
and improve effectiveness.
OTM090010
2. Remove the stoppers on both sides to

allow the glove box to hang freely on
the hinges.
9-24
09
Wiper blades
Blade inspection Blade replacement
Contamination of either the windshield When the wipers no longer clean
or the wiper blades with foreign matter adequately, the blades may be worn or
can reduce the effectiveness of the cracked, and require replacement.
windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination are NOTICE
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes. If To prevent damage to the wiper arms
the blades are not wiping properly, clean or other components, do not attempt to
both the window and the blades with a move the wipers manually.
good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water. NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper blade
NOTICE could result in wiper malfunction and
To prevent damage to the wiper blades, failure.
arms or other components, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint NOTICE
thinner, or other solvents on or near • In order to prevent damage to the
them. hood and the wiper arms, the wiper
• Attempt to move the wipers arms should only be lifted when in
manually. the top wiping position.
• Use non-specified wiper blades. • Always return the wiper arms to the
windshield before driving.
Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Information
Wiper blades are consumable items.
Normal wear of the wipers may not be
covered by your vehicle warranty.
9-25
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper service Type A

positions
OHI078075
OTM090012
This vehicle has a “hidden” wiper design

which means that the wipers cannot
be lifted when they are in their bottom
resting position.
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off the
engine, lift and hold the wiper lever up
to the MIST (or down to the V) position
for about 2 seconds until the wipers
move to the top wipe position.
2. At this time you can lift the wipers off OHI078076
the windshield.
1. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then lift
3. Gently put the wipers back down onto up the wiper blade.
the windshield.
2. While pushing the lock (1), pull down
4. Turn the wipers to any ON position the wiper blade (2).
to return the wipers to the bottom
resting position.
OHI078077
3. Remove the wiper blade from the

wiper arm.
4. Install a new wiper blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the
windshield.
9-26
09
Type B Rear window wiper blade
replacement
OTM090039
1. Raise the wiper arm. OOSH089025L
1. Raise the wiper arm and then rotate

the wiper blade assembly (1).
2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly (2).
OTM090040
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull

down the blade assembly and remove
it.
OOSH089026L
3. Install the new blade assembly by

inserting the center part into the slot
in the wiper arm until it clicks into
place (3).
4. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
5. Rotate back the blade assembly so
that it aligns with the wiper arm.
OTM090041 To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
3. Install the new blade assembly in the other components, we recommend that
reverse order of removal. you have the wiper blades replaced by an
4. Return the wiper arm on the
windshield.
9-27
Maintenance
Battery
WARNING • When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
to you or bystanders, always follow battery carrier or with your hands on
these precautions when working near opposite corners.
or handling the battery: • Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
Always read and follow
instructions carefully when • NEVER attempt to recharge the
handling a battery. battery when the vehicle’s battery
cables are connected to the battery.
Wear eye protection designed • The electrical ignition system works
to protect the eyes from acid with high voltage. NEVER touch
splashes. these components with the engine
running or when the Engine Start/
Keep all flames, sparks, or Stop button is in the ON position.
smoking materials away from
the battery.
WARNING
Hydrogen is always present CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
in battery cells, is highly WARNING
combustible, and may explode Battery posts, terminals, and related
if ignited. accessories contain lead and lead
Keep batteries out of reach of compounds, chemicals known to the
children. State of California to cause cancer,
birth defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other chemicals
Batteries contain sulfuric acid known to the State of California
which is highly corrosive. Do to cause cancer. Wash hands after
not allow acid to contact your handling.
eyes, skin or clothing.
NOTICE
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water for at least 15 • When you do not use the vehicle for a
minutes and get immediate medical long time in a low temperature area,
attention. If acid gets on your skin, disconnect the battery and keep it
thoroughly wash the area. If you feel indoors.
pain or a burning sensation, get medical • Always charge the battery fully to
attention immediately. prevent battery case damage in low
temperature areas.
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized electronic
devices to the battery, the battery may
be discharged. Never use unauthorized
devices.
9-28
09
For best battery service Information - For batteries
marked with UPPER and
LOWER
OTMA090009
• Keep the battery securely mounted.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry. OHI078084L
• Keep the terminals and connections If your vehicle is equipped with a battery
clean, tight, and coated with marked with LOWER (MIN) and UPPER
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. (MAX) on the side, you should check the
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the electrolyte level.
battery immediately with a solution of The electrolyte level should be between
water and baking soda. LOWER (MIN) and UPPER (MAX).
• If the vehicle is not going to be used When the electrolyte level is low, add
for an extended time, disconnect the distilled (or de-mineralized) water. (Never
battery cables. add sulfuric acids or other electrolyte).
Be careful not to spill distilled (or
Information demineralized) water over the battery
surface or other adjacent components.
To check the batteries, open the cover (B).
Also, do not overfill the battery cells.
For 7-seater, the clips (A) must be
removed first to open the cover. If not, it may corrode the battery or other
components. Finally, securely close the
cell cap. However, we recommend you to
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
for better battery service.
9-29
Maintenance
Battery capacity label Battery recharging

Type A
By battery charger
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
over a short time (because, for
example, the headlamps or interior
lights were left on while the vehicle
was not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
OTM090063L
because of high electrical load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge it
Type B

at 20-30A for two hours.
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when
recharging your vehicle’s battery to
avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid burns:
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
OTM090064L accessories and stop the engine.
1. MF68L-DIN : The HYUNDAI model • Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
name of battery materials away from the battery.
2. 12V : The nominal voltage • Always work outdoors or in an area
with plenty of ventilation.
3. 68Ah (20HR) : The nominal capacity
(in Ampere hours) • Wear eye protection when checking
the battery during charging.
4. RC 110min : The nominal capacity (in
Ampere hours) • The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in a well
5. 600A : The cold-test current in
ventilated area.
amperes by SAE/EN
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin boiling
violently.
9-30
09
• The negative battery cable must By jump starting
be removed first and installed last After a jump start from a good battery,
when the battery is disconnected. drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes
Disconnect the battery charger in the before it is shutoff. The vehicle may
following order: not restart if you shut it off before the
1. Turn off the battery charger main battery had a chance to adequately
switch. recharge. See “Jump Starting” in chapter
2. Unhook the negative clamp from 6 for more information on jump starting
the negative battery terminal. procedures.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal. Information
• We recommend that you use An inappropriately disposed
batteries for replacement from an battery can be harmful to the
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. environment and human health.
Dispose of the battery according
NOTICE to your local law(s) or regulation.
AGM battery (if equipped)
Reset items
• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)
batteries are maintenance-free The following items may need to be reset
and we recommend that the AGM after the battery has been discharged or
battery be serviced by an authorized the battery has been disconnected.
HYUNDAI dealer. For charging • Auto up/down window (see chapter 5)
your AGM battery, use only fully • Sunroof (see chapter 5)
automatic battery chargers that
are specially developed for AGM • Trip computer (see chapter 5)
batteries. • Climate control system (see chapter 5)
• When replacing the AGM battery, • Driver position memory system (see
we recommend that you use parts chapter 5)
for replacement from an authorized • Clock (see chapter 5)
HYUNDAI dealer. • Infotainment system (see
• Do not open or remove the cap on infotainment system manual)
top of the battery. This may cause
leaks of internal electrolyte that
could result in severe injury.
9-31
Maintenance
Tires and wheels

WARNING Tire care
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle For proper maintenance, safety, and
control resulting in an accident. To maximum fuel economy, you must
reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or always maintain recommended tire
DEATH, take the following precautions: inflation pressures and stay within the
load limits and weight distribution
• Inspect your tires monthly for proper recommended for your vehicle.
inflation as well as wear and damage.
• The recommended cold tire pressure
for your vehicle can be found in this
manual and on the tire label located
on the driver’s side center pillar.
Always use a tire pressure gauge to
measure tire pressure. Tires with
too much or too little pressure wear
unevenly causing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the spare
every time you check the pressure of
the other tires on your vehicle. OTM078063L
• Replace tires that are worn, show All specifications (sizes and pressures)
uneven wear, or are damaged. can be found on a label attached to the
Worn tires can cause loss of braking driver’s side center pillar.
effectiveness, steering control, or
traction. Recommended cold tire inflation
• ALWAYS replace tires with the pressures
same size, type, construction and
tread pattern as each tire that was All tire pressures (including the spare)
originally supplied with this vehicle. should be checked when the tires are
Using tires and wheels other than cold. “Cold tires” means the vehicle has
the recommended sizes could cause not been driven for at least three hours
unusual handling characteristics, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km).
poor vehicle control, or negatively Warm tires normally exceed
affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake recommended cold tire pressures by 4
System (ABS) resulting in a serious to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air
accident. from warm tires to adjust the pressure
or the tires will be under-inflated. For
recommended inflation pressure, refer to
“Tire and Wheels” section in chapter 2.
9-32
09
WARNING Check tire inflation pressure
Recommended pressures must be Check your tires, including the spare tire,
maintained for the best ride, vehicle once a month or more.
handling, and minimum tire wear.
How to check
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle Use a good quality tire pressure gauge
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure to check tire pressure. You can not tell
that could result in loss of vehicle if your tires are properly inflated simply
control resulting in an accident. by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated when they are under-
Severe under-inflation can lead to inflated.
severe heat build-up, causing blowouts,
tread separation and other tire failures Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
that can result in the loss of vehicle stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the
control resulting in an accident. This valve to get a pressure measurement. If
risk is much higher on hot days and the cold tire inflation pressure matches
when driving for long periods at high the recommended pressure on the
speeds. tire and loading information label, no
further adjustment is necessary. If the
pressure is low, add air until you reach
CAUTION the recommended pressure. Make sure
• Under-inflation results in excessive to put the valve caps back on the valve
wear, poor handling and reduced stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or
fuel economy. Wheel deformation moisture could get into the valve core
is also possible. Keep your tire and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
pressures at the proper levels. If a missing, install a new one as soon as
tire frequently needs refilling, we possible.
recommend it be checked by an If you overfill the tire, release air by
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. pushing on the metal stem in the
• Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire
excessive wear at the center of the pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure
tire tread, and a greater possibility of to put the valve caps back on the valve
damage from road hazards. stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or
moisture could get into the valve core
and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
missing, install a new one as soon as
possible.
9-33
Maintenance
Tire rotation Information

To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI The outside and inside of the
recommends that the tires be rotated unsymmetrical tire is distinguishable.
according to the maintenance schedule When installing an unsymmetrical tire, be
or sooner if irregular wear develops. sure to install the side marked “outside”
During rotation, check the tires for face the outside. If the side marked
correct balance. “inside” is installed on the outside, it
When rotating tires, check for uneven will have a negative effect on vehicle
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is performance.
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure,
improper wheel alignment, out-of-
balance wheels, severe braking or severe
WARNING
cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in • Do not use the compact spare tire for
the tread or side of the tire. Replace the tire rotation.
tire if you find any of these conditions. • Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. tires under any circumstances.
After rotation, be sure to bring the front This may cause unusual handling
and rear tire pressures to specification characteristics that may cause loss
and check wheel bolt tightness (proper of vehicle control resulting in an
torque is 101~116 lbf.ft [14~16 kgf.m]). accident.
OHI078078
Disc brake pads should be inspected for

wear whenever tires are rotated.
9-34
09
Wheel alignment and tire WARNING
balance To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned INJURY:
and balanced carefully at the factory to
• Replace tires that are worn, show
give you the longest tire life and best
uneven wear, or are damaged.
overall performance.
Worn tires can cause loss of braking
In most cases, you will not need to have effectiveness, steering control, and
your wheels aligned again. However, traction.
if you notice unusual tire wear or your
• Always replace tires with the same
vehicle pulling one way or the other, the
size as each tire that was originally
alignment may need to be reset.
supplied with this vehicle. Using
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when tires and wheels other than the
driving on a smooth road, your wheels recommended sizes could cause
may need to be rebalanced. unusual handling characteristics,
poor vehicle control, or negatively
NOTICE affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake
System (ABS) resulting in a serious
Incorrect wheel weights can damage accident.
your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use
only approved wheel weights. • When replacing tires (or wheels), it
is recommended to replace the two
front or two rear tires (or wheels)
Tire replacement as a pair. Replacing just one tire
can seriously affect your vehicle’s
Tread wear indicator handling.
• Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI
recommends that tires be replaced
after six (6) years of normal service.
• Heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. Failure
to follow this warning may cause
OHI078080
sudden tire failure, which could lead
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear to a loss of vehicle control resulting
indicator will appear as a solid band in an accident.
across the tread. This shows there is less
than 1/16 inch (1.6mm) of tread left on the
tire. Replace the tire when this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear across
the entire tread before replacing the tire.
9-35
Maintenance
Compact spare tire replacement Wheel replacement

(if equipped) When replacing the metal wheels for any
A compact spare tire has a shorter reason, make sure the new wheels are
tread life than a regular size tire. equivalent to the original factory units in
Replace it when you can see the tread diameter, rim width and offset.
wear indicator bars on the tire. The
replacement compact spare tire should Tire traction
be the same size and design tire as the
one provided with your new vehicle Tire traction can be reduced if you drive
and should be mounted on the same on worn tires, tires that are improperly
compact spare tire wheel. The compact inflated or on slippery road surfaces.
spare tire is not designed to be mounted Tires should be replaced when tread
on a regular size wheel, and the compact wear indicators appear. To reduce the
spare tire wheel is not designed for possibility of losing control, slow down
mounting a regular size tire. whenever there is rain, snow or ice on
the road.
WARNING Tire maintenance

The original tire should be repaired or In addition to proper inflation, correct
replaced as soon as possible to avoid wheel alignment helps to decrease tire
failure of the spare and loss of vehicle wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly,
control resulting in an accident. The have your dealer check the wheel
compact spare tire is for emergency alignment.
use only. Do not operate your vehicle When you have new tires installed,
over 50 mph (80 km/h) when using the make sure they are balanced. This will
compact spare tire. increase vehicle ride comfort and tire
life. Additionally, a tire should always
be rebalanced if it is removed from the
wheel.
9-36
09
Tire sidewall labeling Example tire size designation:
This information identifies and describes (These numbers are provided as an
the fundamental characteristics of example only; your tire size designator
the tire and also provides the tire could vary depending on your vehicle.)
identification number (TIN) for safety 235/60R18 102H
standard certification. The TIN can be
used to identify the tire in case of a 235 - Tire width in millimeters.
recall. 60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
102 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum load
the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section for
additional information.
OHI078081 Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with important
1. Manufacturer or brand name information that you need if you ever
Manufacturer or brand name is shown. have to replace one. The following
explains what the letters and numbers in
2. Tire size designation the wheel size designation mean.
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire Example wheel size designation:
size designation. You will need this 7.5J X 18
information when selecting replacement 7.5 - Rim width in inches.
tires for your car. The following explains J - Rim contour designation.
what the letters and numbers in the tire
size designation mean. 18 - Rim diameter in inches.
9-37
Maintenance
Tire speed ratings 4. Tire ply composition and material

The chart below lists many of the The number of layers or plies of
different speed ratings currently being rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
used for passenger vehicle tires. The manufacturers also must indicate the
speed rating is part of the tire size materials in the tire, which include steel,
designation on the sidewall of the tire. nylon, polyester, and others. The letter
This symbol corresponds to that tire’s “R” means radial ply construction; the
designed maximum safe operating letter “D“ means diagonal or bias ply
speed. construction; and the letter “B” means
belted-bias ply construction.
Speed Rating
Maximum Speed
Symbol 5. Maximum permissible inflation
S 112 mph (180 km/h) pressure
T 118 mph (190 km/h) This number is the greatest amount
H 130 mph (210 km/h) of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
V 149 mph (240 km/h) permissible inflation pressure. Refer to
W 168 mph (270 km/h) the Tire and Loading Information label
Y 186 mph (300 km/h) for recommended inflation pressure.
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire 6. Maximum load rating

Identification Number) This number indicates the maximum
Any tires that are over six years old, load in kilograms and pounds that can be
based on the manufacturing date, carried by the tire. When replacing the
(including the spare tire) should be tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that
replaced by new ones. You can find the has the same load rating as the factory
manufacturing date on the tire sidewall installed tire.
(possibly on the inside of the wheel),
displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code
is a series of numbers on a tire consisting
of numbers and English letters. The
manufacturing date is designated by the
last four digits (characters) of the DOT
code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT shows a plant
code number, tire size and tread pattern
and the last four numbers indicate week
and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1520 represents that
the tire was produced in the 15th week
of 2020.
9-38
09
7. Uniform tire quality grading Traction - AA, A, B & C
Quality grades can be found where The traction grades, from highest to
applicable on the tire sidewall between lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades
tread shoulder and maximum section represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet
width. pavement as measured under controlled
For example: conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
TREADWEAR 200 A tire marked C may have poor traction
TRACTION AA performance.
TEMPERATURE A
WARNING
Tread wear
The traction grade assigned to this
The tread wear grade is a comparative tire is based on straight ahead braking
rating based on the wear rate of the tire traction tests, and does not include
when tested under controlled conditions acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
on a specified government test course. or peak traction characteristics.
For example, a tire graded 150 would
wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well
on the government course as a tire Temperature - A, B & C
graded 100. The temperature grades are A (the
The relative performance of tires highest), B and C representing the tire’s
depends upon the actual conditions resistance to the generation of heat
of their use, however, and may depart and its ability to dissipate heat when
significantly from the norm due to tested under controlled conditions on a
variations in driving habits, service specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
practices and differences in road Sustained high temperature can cause
characteristics and climate. the material of the tire to degenerate
These grades are molded on the and reduce tire life, and excessive
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The temperature can lead to sudden tire
tires available as standard or optional failure. Grades B and A represent higher
equipment on your vehicle may vary with levels of performance on the laboratory
respect to grade. test wheel than the minimum required
by law.
9-39
Maintenance
WARNING CAUTION
The temperature grade for this tire is The side wall of a low aspect ratio
established for a tire that is properly tire is shorter than the normal one.
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive Thus, the low-aspect wheel and tire
speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, are easily damaged. Follow the below
or excessive loading, either separately instructions.
or in combination, can cause heat build- • When driving on a rough road or
up and possible sudden tire failure. driving off a road, be careful not to
This may cause loss of vehicle control damage the tires and wheels. After
resulting in an accident. driving, inspect the tires and wheels.
• When passing over a pothole, speed
Low aspect ratio tires bump, manhole, or curb stone,
(if equipped) drive the vehicle slowly so as not to
The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on low damage the tires and wheels.
aspect ratio tires. • When there is an impact on a tire,
Because low aspect ratio tires are inspect the tire condition. Or, you
optimized for handling and braking, their can contact an authorized HYUNDAI
sidewall is a little stiffer than a standard dealer.
tire. Also low aspect ratio tires tend to be • Inspect the tire condition and
wider and consequently have a greater pressure every 1,800 miles (3,000
contact patch with the road surface. In km) to prevent tire damage.
some instances they may generate more
road noise compared with standard tires. • It is difficult to recognize a tire
damage only with your eyes. When
there is a slight hint of a tire damage,
check and replace the tire to prevent
the damage caused by air leakage.
• When a tire is damaged while
driving on a rough road, off a road,
or over obstacles, such as a pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, your
warranty does not cover the damage.
• The tire information is specified on
the tire side wall.
9-40
09
FUSES
■ Blade type
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
This vehicle has 5 fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment.
Normal Blown If any of your vehicle’s lights,
accessories, or controls do not work,
check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a
fuse has blown, the element inside the
■ Cartridge type
fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the
engine and all switches off, and then
disconnect the negative battery cable.
Normal Blown Always replace a blown fuse with one of
the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.
■ Multi type Avoid using the system involved. We
recommend that you immediately
consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but
another fuse of the same rating.
Normal Blown • A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly cause a fire.
OTM078035 • Do not install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse -
even as a temporary repair. It may
cause extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because
it may cause a short circuit and damage
the system.
9-41
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse

replacement
Driver’s side

OTMA090010
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.

OTM090013
Use the removal tool (1) provided in
the engine compartment fuses panel
1. Turn the vehicle off. cover.
2. Turn all other switches off. 6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
3. Open the fuse panel cover. it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in
4. Refer to the label on the inside of the instrument panel fuse panels (or in
the fuse panel cover to locate the the engine compartment fuse panel).
suspected fuse location. 7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips. If it fits loosely, we recommend
that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
In an emergency, if you do not have
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not need
for operating the vehicle, such as the
cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlamps or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses
are undamaged, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced with the same
rating.
9-42
09
Engine compartment panel fuse NOTICE
replacement After checking the fuse panel in the
Blade fuse / Cartridge fuse engine compartment, securely install
Blade type fuse

the fuse panel cover. You may hear a
clicking sound if the cover is securely
latched. If it is not securely latched,
electrical failure may occur from water
contact.
Multi fuse
Multi type

OTMA090011
Cartridge type fuse

OTMA090013
If the multi fuse or midi fuse is blown,

we recommend that you consult an
OTMA090012
1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Turn all other switches off.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert the
fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine
compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips. If it fits loosely, we recommend
that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
9-43
Maintenance
Fuse/relay panel description Information

Instrument panel fuse panel Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse box on
your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.
OTM090019
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can

find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
OTMA090026
9-44
09
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse
Fuse Name Circuit Protected
Rating
MODULE 4 7.5A Data Link Connector, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver Area Unit
AIR BAG 1 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A IBU, Stop Lamp Switch
Front A/C Control Module, Driver Door Area Unit, Power
Tailgate Module, Low DC-DC Converter, Rear Occupant
MODULE 9 15A Alert (ROA) Sensor,
Driver IMS Control Module, Head-Up Display,
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Front Wireless
MODULE 10 10A
Charger
AIR BAG IND. 10A Overhead Console Assembly, Instrument Cluster
IBU 1 7.5A IBU
AC Inverter Outlet, AC Inverter Module, Front Air Ventilation
Control Module,
MODULE 2 7.5A
Front Seat Warmer Control Module, 2nd Seat Warmer LH/
RH Control Module
Hazard Switch, Key Solenoid, Mood Lamp, Rain Sensor,
MODULE 8 7.5A Mood Lamp Unit,
Mood Lamp #1/#2
Data Link Connector, Front Air Ventilation Control Module,
S/HEATER FRT 20A
Front Seat Warmer Control Module
AIR BAG 2 15A SRS Control Module
E-SHIFTER1 10A Electronic Shift Dial
E-SHIFTER2 7.5A Electronic Shift Dial
Lane Departure Warning Unit, Crash Pad Switch, IBU,
Console Switch, 4WD ECM, Surround View Monitor Unit,
MODULE 5 7.5A
Upper Console Switch, Parking Collision Avoidance Assist
Unit
IBU, Ignition Switch, BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy) Unit,
IBU 2 15A IAU (Identity Authentication Unit), Driver/Passenger Smart
Key Outside Handle
SUNROOF 2 20A Panorama Sunroof
MODULE 1 7.5A IBU, IAU (Identity Authentication Unit)
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Passenger Power
P/WINDOW RH 25A Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH, Rear Safety
Power Window RH
9-45
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse
Rating
Low DC-DC Converter (AMP), Instrument Cluster, Front
ISG 15A A/C Control Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Head Up
Display, Audio
2nd Seat Warmer LH Control Module, 2nd Seat LH Folding
RR SEAT(LH) 25A
Actuator
CLUSTER 7.5A Instrument Cluster, Head Up Display
MDPS Unit
MDPS 10A ❈ MDPS(Motor Driven Power Steering) is the same as
EPS(Electric Power Steering).
A/C 7.5A E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay, PTC Heater Relay)
CHILD LOCK 15A ICM Relay Box (Child Lock/Unlock Relay)
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tailgate Relay, Driver
DOOR LOCK 20A
Door Unlock Relay
SUNROOF 1 20A Panorama Sunroof
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window
P/WINDOW LH 25A
Switch LH, Rear Safety Power Window LH
MODULE 3 7.5A IBU
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, A/V & Navigation
MODULE 6 7.5A Keyboard, Front A/C Control Module, Front Wireless
Charger, Electro Chromic Mirror, Low DC-DC Converter
WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch
2nd Seat Warmer RH Control Module, 2nd Seat RH Folding
RR SEAT(RH) 25A
Actuator
WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
AMP 25A Low DC-DC Converter (With AMP)
IBU, Front USB Charger, Low DC-DC Converter,
ACC 7.5A Rear USB Charger LH/RH, IAU (Identity Authentication
Unit)
P/SEAT (PASS) 30A Passenger Seat Manual Switch
P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch
9-46
09
Engine compartment fuse panel Information
(Engine room junction block)
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse panel
in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
OTMA090014
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can

find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
OTMA090025
9-47
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room junction block)
Fuse
Type Fuse Name Circuit Protected
Rating
COOLING FAN1 80A [BLDC 600W] Cooling Fan Controller
COOLING FAN2 60A [BLDC 400W] Cooling Fan Controller
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE8,
B+4 50A SUNROOF1, AMP, P/WINDOW RH, S/HEATER
DRV/PASS)
MULTI ICU Junction Block (IPS 8 SPOC+/IPS 10/IPS 11/
B+2 50A
FUSE 1 IPS 13/IPS 14/IPS 15)
(10P) ICU Junction Block (Fuse - E-SHIFTER1, P/
B+3 50A SEAT (DRV, P/SEAT (PASS), P/WINDOW LH, RR
SEAT(LH))
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
IG2 40A Start Relay, PCB Block (PDM (IG2) Relay)
ABS 2 30A ESC Module
MDPS 100A MDPS Unit
ABS 3 60A ESC Module
B+6 60A PCB Block (B+)
MULTI DCT 60A TCM
FUSE 2
(10P) E-CVVT1 50A PCB Block (E-CVVT Relay)
REAR HEATED 40A Rear Heated Relay
INVERTER 40A AC Inverter Module
E-SHIFTER 1 40A SCU
HEATED Rear Heated Relay, Driver/Passenger Outside
10A
MIRROR Mirror, Front A/C Control Module
E-CVVT3 20A PCM, PCB Block (E-CVVT Relay)
E-CVVT2 20A PCM, PCB Block (E-CVVT Relay)
A/C2 10A Blower Relay, Front A/C Control Module
FUSE VACUUM 10A ESC Module, Vacuum Pump Relay, Vacuum Pump
PUMP2
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - DOOR LOCK,
B+5 50A IBU1, IBU2, BRAKE SWITCH, CHILD LOCK, RR
SEAT(RH), SUNROOF2)
EOP2 60A [G4KP] Electronic Oil Pump
9-48
09
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room junction block)
Fuse
Type Fuse Name Circuit Protected
Rating
ICU Junction Block (IPS 1 SPOC+/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS
B+1 50A 5/IPS 6/IPS 7/Long Term Load Latch Relay, Short
Term Load Latch Relay)
PTC HEATER 50A PTC Heater Relay
TRAILER3 30A Trailer Module
POWER TAIL Power Tail Gate Unit
30A
GATE
FUSE TRAILER2 30A Trailer Module
FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay
AMS 10A Battery Sensor
VACUUM PUMP1 20A Vacuum Pump Relay
4WD 20A 4WD ECM
E-SHIFTER2 10A SCU
TRAILER1 30A Trailer Module
9-49
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel (PCB block)
Fuse
Rating
IG1 40A PDM (IG1) Relay
TCU2 10A TCM
SENSOR3 20A Injector #2/#4
SENSOR1 10A Injector #1/#3
ECU3 10A PCM
EOP3 10A [G4KN] Electronic Oil Pump
POWER OUTLET1 20A Luggage Power Outlet
WIPER2 10A IBU, PCM
HORN 15A Horn Relay
ABS4 10A ESC Module
ECU2 20A PCM
[G4KN] Canister Close Valve, Cooling Fan Controller,
Variable Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid
Valve, Oil Control Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, A/
CON Relay
SENSOR2 10A
[G4KP] Canister Close Valve, Cooling Fan Controller,
Variable Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid
Valve, Oil Control Valve, RCV Control Solenoid Valve, A/CON
Relay
SENSOR4 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)
IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4
ACC 20A ICU Junction Block (Fuse - ACC)
POWER 20A Front Power Outlet
OUTLET2
WIPER FRT1 30A Front Wiper Motor, Front Wiper (Low) Relay
E-SHIFTER3 10A SCU
FCA 10A Front Radar Unit
ECU1 15A PCM
A/C1 10A TCM
TCU1 20A PCM
REAR 10A E/R Junction Block (Rear Heated Relay)
HEATED2
9-50
09
Light bulbs
We recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace
Information - Headlamp
most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult desiccant (if equipped)
to replace vehicle light bulbs because This vehicle is equipped with desiccant to
other parts of the vehicle must be reduce fogging inside the headlamp due
removed before you can get to the bulb. to moisture. The desiccant is consumable
This is especially true for removing the and its performance may change based on
headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s). the used period or environment. If fogging
Removing/installing the headlamp inside the headlamp due to moisture
assembly can result in damage to the continues for a long time, we recommend
vehicle. that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
WARNING
• Prior to working on a light, depress Information
the foot brake, shift to P (Park), apply The headlamp and tail lamp lenses could
the parking brake, press the Engine appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after
Start/Stop button to the OFF position driving or the vehicle is driven at night
and take the key with you when in wet weather. This condition is caused
leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden by temperature difference between the
movement of the vehicle and to lamp inside and outside and, it does not
prevent possible electric shock. indicate a problem with your vehicle.
• Be aware the bulbs may be hot and When moisture condenses in the lamp,
may burn your fingers. it will be removed after driving with the
headlamp on. The removable level may
differ depending on lamp size, lamp
NOTICE position and environmental condition.
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb However, if moisture is not removed, we
with one of the same wattage rating. recommend that your vehicle is inspected
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
fuse or electrical wiring system.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlamp lens with chemical solvents
or strong detergents.
9-51
Maintenance
Information Headlamp, position lamp, turn

• A normally functioning lamp may
signal lamp, Daytime Running
flicker momentarily to stabilize the Light (DRL) replacement
vehicle’s electrical control system. Type A
However, if the lamp goes out after
flickering momentarily, or continues to
flicker, we recommend the system be
dealer.
• The position lamp may not turn on
when the position lamp switch is turned
on, but the position lamp and headlamp
switch may turn on when the headlamp
switch is turned on. This may be caused
by network failure or vehicle electrical
control system malfunction. If this OTMA090019
occurs, we recommend the system be (1) Headlamp (High)
dealer. (2) Headlamp (Low)
(3) Daytime running light/Position light
(4) Turn signal lamp
Information
(5) Side marker lamp
The headlamp aiming should be adjusted
after an accident or after the headlamp
assembly is reinstalled. Turn signal lamp
1. Engage the parking brake and
disconnect the negative battery cable.
Information
Traffic Change (For Europe)
The low beam light distribution is
asymmetric. If you go abroad to a country
with opposite traffic direction, this
asymmetric part will dazzle oncoming car
driver. To prevent dazzle, ECE regulation
demand several technical solutions (ex.
automatic change system, adhesive
sheet, down aiming). This headlamps are
designed not to dazzle opposite drivers. So,
you need not change your headlamps in a OTM090022
country with opposite traffic direction. 2. Remove wheel guard clips (under the
front bumper : 4 pieces).
9-52
09
Type B
OTM090035
3. Push the wheel guard aside and OTMA090020

remove the bulb socket by turning it
(1) Headlamp (High)/Support Headlamp
counterclockwise.
(2) Headlamp (Low)
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it (3) Support Headlamp
counterclockwise until the tabs on the (4) Daytime running light/Position light
bulb align with the slots in the socket. (5) Turn signal lamp
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
5. Install a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place. WARNING
6. Push the socket into the assembly and
turn the socket clockwise.
7. Install the wheel guard in the reverse
order.
Headlamp (High/Low), Daytime running

light, position light (LED)
If the LED lamp does not operate, we
dealer.
OLMB073042L
• Handle halogen bulbs with care.

Halogen bulbs contain pressurized
gas that will produce flying pieces
of glass that could cause injuries if
broken.
• Wear eye protection when changing
a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down
before handling it.
9-53
Maintenance
• Always handle them carefully, and Rear combination lamp

avoid scratches and abrasions. If replacement
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
liquids. Type A
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
• A bulb should be operated only when
installed in a headlamp.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately and
carefully dispose of it.
Lamps
If the LED lamp does not operate, we OTMA090021
recommend that you have the vehicle (1) Tail/Stop lamp

checked by an authorized HYUNDAI (2) Tail lamp
dealer.
Side repeater lamp replacement (4) Reverse lamp
OTM090023
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, OTM090044

inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI Stop/Tail lamp (Outside), Reverse lamp
dealer. 1. Turn off the engine.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as 2. Open the liftgate.
a single unit because it is an integrated 3. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining
unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
with the unit.
4. Remove the rear combination lamp
A skilled technician should check or assembly from the body of the
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage vehicle.
related parts of the vehicle.
5. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
9-54
09
OTM090045L OTM090025
6. Remove the bulb from the socket Tail lamp (Inside)

by pressing it in and rotating it 1. Turn off the engine.
counterclockwise until the tabs on the
bulb align with the slots in the socket. 2. Open the liftgate.
Pull the bulb out of the socket. 3. Remove the service cover using a
7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into flat-blade screwdriver.
the socket and rotating it until it locks 4. Remove the socket from the
into place. assembly by turning the socket
8. Install the socket into the assembly by counterclockwise until the tabs on
aligning the tabs on the socket with the socket align with the slots on the
the slots in the assembly. Push the assembly.
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
OTM090046

by pressing it in and rotating it
bulb align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
into place.
9-55
Maintenance
7. Install the socket into the assembly by

aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
Turn signal lamp

If these lamps do not operate, we
recommend that you have the vehicle OTM090044
dealer. Reverse lamp
1. Turn off the engine.
Type B 2. Open the liftgate.
3. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining
screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
4. Remove the rear combination lamp
assembly from the body of the
vehicle.
5. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
OTMA090022
(1) Tail/Stop lamp

(2) Stop lamp
(4) Reverse lamp
9-56
09
High mounted stop lamp
replacement
OTM090045L

by pressing it in and rotating it OTM090026
bulb align with the slots in the socket. If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
Pull the bulb out of the socket. we recommend that the system be
7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into dealer.
into place. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as
a single unit because it is an integrated
8. Install the socket into the assembly by unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced
aligning the tabs on the socket with with the unit.
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the A skilled technician should check or
socket clockwise. repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
Tail / Stop lamp, Tail lamp, Turn signal

lamp
If these lamps do not operate, we
dealer.
9-57
Maintenance
License plate lamp replacement Interior light replacement

Map lamp (LED/Bulb type), Room
lamp (LED type)
Map lamp (LED type)

OTM090047
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens cover from the lamp OTM050247L
housing. Map lamp (Bulb type)

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3. Install a new bulb.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order.
OTM050248L
Room lamp (Personnal lamp)

OTM078014
If the map lamp (LED/Bulb) (1) and the

room lamp (LED type) (1) do not operate,
dealer.
9-58
09
Room lamp, Sunvisor lamp, Glove box lamp and Luggage compartment lamp
(Bulb type)
Room lamp (Personnal lamp)
Sunvisor lamp

OTM090048 OTM090049
Glove box lamp
Luggage compartment lamp

OTM090030 OTM090029
1. Using a flat-head screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior light housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
3. Install a new bulb into the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into
place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the cover, tab, and plastic housing.
9-59
Maintenance
Appearance care
Exterior care High-pressure washing
Exterior general caution • When using high-pressure washers,
It is very important to follow the label make sure to maintain sufficient
directions when using any chemical distance from the vehicle.
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and Insufficient clearance or excessive
caution statements that appear on the pressure can lead to component
label. damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors or
Finish maintenance its surrounding area directly with a
Washing high pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may cause
To help protect your vehicle’s finish from
the device to not operate normally.
rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly
and frequently at least once a month • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
with lukewarm or cold water. boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be damaged
If you use your vehicle for off-road
if they come into contact with high
driving, you should wash it after each
pressure water.
off-road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make WARNING
sure the drain holes in the lower edges
of the doors and rocker panels are kept After washing the vehicle, test the
clear and clean. brakes while driving slowly to see
if they have been affected by water
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, before getting on the road. If braking
industrial pollution and similar deposits performance is impaired, dry the
can damage your vehicle’s finish if not brakes by applying them lightly while
removed immediately. maintaining a slow forward speed.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, should be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
9-60
09
NOTICE NOTICE
• Do not use strong soap, chemical Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
detergents or hot water, and do not Automatic car wash which uses rotating
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight brushes should not be used as this can
or when the body of the vehicle is damage the surface of your vehicle. A
warm. steam cleaner which washes the vehicle
• Be careful when washing the side surface at high temperature may result
windows of your vehicle. the oil to adhere and leave stains that is
• Especially, with high-pressure water, difficult to remove.
water may leak through the windows Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel
and wet the interior. or sponge) when washing your vehicle
• To prevent damage to the plastic and dry with a microfiber towel. When
parts, do not clean with chemical you hand wash your vehicle, you should
solvents or strong detergents. not use a cleaner that finishes with wax.
If the vehicle surface is too dirty (sand,
dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the
NOTICE surface with water before washing the
car.
Waxing
A good coat of wax is a barrier between
your paint and contaminate. Keeping
a good coat of wax on your vehicle will
help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
OTM090031 waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s
• Water washing in the engine instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
compartment including high it and to maintain its luster.
pressure water washing may cause
the failure of electrical circuits Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
located in the engine compartment. with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
• Never allow water or other liquids these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
to come in contact with electrical/ does not yet need waxing.
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
9-61
Maintenance
NOTICE Finish damage repair

• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with Deep scratches or stone chips in the
a dry cloth will scratch the finish. painted surface must be repaired
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
cleaners, or strong detergents rust and may develop into a major repair
containing highly alkaline or expense.
caustic agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts. This may NOTICE
result in damage to the protective
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
coating and cause discoloration or
any metal repair or replacement,
paint deterioration.
be sure the body shop applies anti-
corrosion materials to the parts
NOTICE repaired or replaced.
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector such as NOTICE
a detergent, an abrasive and a polish. Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
In case wax is applied, remove the wax
In case of matte paint finish vehicles,
immediately using a silicon remover
it is impossible to modify only the
and if any tar or tar contaminant is on
damaged area and repair of the whole
the surface use a tar remover to clean.
part is necessary. If the vehicle is
However, be careful not to apply too
damaged and painting is required,
much pressure on the painted area.
we recommend that you have your
vehicle maintained and repaired by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take
extreme care, as it is difficult to restore
the quality after the repair.
9-62
09
Bright-metal maintenance WARNING
• To remove road tar and insects, use After washing the vehicle, test the
a tar remover, not a scraper or other brakes while driving slowly to see if
sharp object. they have been affected by water. If
• To protect the surfaces of bright metal braking performance is impaired, dry
parts from corrosion, apply a coating the brakes by applying them lightly
of wax or chrome preservative and rub while maintaining a slow forward
to a high luster. speed.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts Aluminum wheel maintenance
with a heavier coating of wax or The aluminum wheels are coated with a
preservative. If necessary, coat the clear protective finish.
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound. • Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing
compound, solvent, or wire brushes
on aluminum wheels.
Underbody maintenance
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may • Use only a mild soap or neutral
collect on the underbody. If these detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
materials are not removed, accelerated water. Also, clean the wheels after
rusting can occur on underbody parts driving on salted roads.
such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan • Do not wash the wheels with high-
and exhaust system, even though they speed car wash brushes.
have been treated with rust protection. • Do not use any cleaners containing
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody acid or alkaline detergents.
and wheel openings with lukewarm or
cold water once a month, after off-road
driving and at the end of each winter. Pay
special attention to these areas because
it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt.
It will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it. The lower edges of doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have drain
holes that should not be allowed to clog
with dirt; trapped water in these areas
can cause rusting.
9-63
Maintenance
Corrosion protection High-corrosion areas

Protecting your vehicle from corrosion If you live in an area where your vehicle is
By using the most advanced design regularly exposed to corrosive materials,
and construction practices to combat corrosion protection is particularly
corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles important. Some of the common causes
of the highest quality. However, this is of accelerated corrosion are road salts,
only part of the job. To achieve the long- dust control chemicals, ocean air and
term corrosion resistance your vehicle industrial pollution.
can deliver, the owner’s cooperation and
assistance is also required. Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
Common causes of corrosion which corrosion is most likely to occur.
The most common causes of corrosion For example, corrosion is accelerated
on your vehicle are: by high humidity, particularly when
temperatures are just above freezing. In
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is such conditions, the corrosive material is
allowed to accumulate underneath kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces
the vehicle. by moisture that is slow to evaporate.
• Removal of paint or protective Mud is particularly corrosive because
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion it is slow to dry and holds moisture in
or minor scrapes and dents which contact with the vehicle. Although the
leave unprotected metal exposed to mud appears to be dry, it can still retain
corrosion. moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be
dispersed. For all these reasons, it is
particularly important to keep your
vehicle clean and free of mud or
accumulations of other materials. This
applies not only to the visible surfaces
but particularly to the underside of the
vehicle.
9-64
09
To help prevent corrosion Keep your garage dry
Keep your vehicle clean Don’t park your vehicle in a damp,
The best way to prevent corrosion is poorly ventilated garage. This creates
to keep your vehicle clean and free of a favorable environment for corrosion.
corrosive materials. Attention to the This is particularly true if you wash your
underside of the vehicle is particularly vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
important. garage when it is still wet or covered with
snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage
can contribute to corrosion unless it is
• If you live in a high-corrosion area —
well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra Keep paint and trim in good condition
care to prevent corrosion. In winter, Scratches or chips in the finish should
hose off the underside of your vehicle be covered with “touch-up” paint as
at least once a month and be sure to soon as possible to reduce the possibility
clean the underside thoroughly when of corrosion. If bare metal is showing
winter is over. through, the attention of a qualified body
• When cleaning underneath the and paint shop is recommended.
vehicle, pay particular attention to the Bird droppings are highly corrosive and
components under the fenders and may damage painted surfaces in just a
other areas that are hidden from view. few hours. Always remove bird droppings
Do a thorough job; just dampening as soon as possible.
the accumulated mud rather than
washing it away will accelerate
corrosion rather than prevent it. Water
under high pressure and steam are
particularly effective in removing
accumulated mud and corrosive
materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be
sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
9-65
Maintenance
Interior care Cleaning the upholstery and interior

Interior general precautions trim
Prevent caustic solutions such as Vinyl (if equipped)
perfume and cosmetic oil, from Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
contacting the interior parts because with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
they may cause damage or discoloration. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
If they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. See the Fabric (if equipped)
instructions for the proper way to clean
vinyl. Remove dust and loose dirt from
fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution
NOTICE recommended for upholstery or carpets.
• Never allow water or other liquids Remove fresh spots immediately with
to come in contact with electrical/ a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do
electronic components inside the not receive immediate attention, the
vehicle as this may damage them. fabric can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties
• When cleaning leather products can be reduced if the material is not
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use properly maintained.
neutral detergents or low alcohol
content solutions. If you use high
alcohol content solutions or acid/ NOTICE
alkaline detergents, the color of the Using anything but recommended
leather may fade or the surface may cleaners and procedures may affect the
get stripped off. fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
9-66
09
Leather (if equipped) • Caring for the leather seats
• Features of seat leather -- Vacuum the seat periodically to
-- Leather is made from the outer skin remove dust and sand on the seat. It
of an animal, which goes through a will prevent abrasion or damage of
special process to be available for the leather and maintain its quality.
use. Since it is a natural product, -- Wipe the natural leather seat cover
each part differs in thickness or often with dry or soft cloth.
density. -- Use of proper leather protector may
Wrinkles may appear as a natural prevent abrasion of the cover and
result of stretching and shrinking helps maintain the color. Be sure to
depending on the temperature and read the instructions and consult
humidity. a specialist when using leather
-- The seat is made of stretchable coating or protective agent.
fabric to improve comfort. -- Light colored (beige, cream beige)
-- The parts contacting the body are leather is easily contaminated and
curved and the side supporting the stain is noticeable. Clean the
area is high which provides driving seats frequently.
comfort and stability. -- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
-- Wrinkles may appear naturally cause the surface to crack.
from usage. It is not a fault of the • Cleaning the leather seats
products. -- Remove all contaminations
instantly. Refer to instructions below
NOTICE for removal of each contaminant.
• Wrinkles or abrasions which appear -- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
naturally from usage are not covered foundation, etc.)
by warranty. Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
• Belts with metallic accessories, and wipe the contaminated spot.
zippers or keys inside the back Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
pocket may damage the seat fabric. and remove water with a dry cloth.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It may -- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
change the nature of natural leather. Apply a small amount of neutral
• Jeans or clothes which could bleach detergent and wipe until
may contaminate the surface of the contaminations do not smear.
seat covering fabric.
9-67
Maintenance
-- Oil • Sharp objects (e.g. driver, knife),

Remove oil instantly with adhesive materials, or tapes may
absorbable cloth and wipe with damage the interior wooden trim.
stain remover used only for natural • Any strong impacts may damage the
leather. interior wooden trim.
-- Chewing gum • If the coating finish over the interior
Harden the gum with ice and wooden trim is removed, moisture
remove gradually. may damage or change wood traits.
• Handling prime napa leather (if • If the interior wooden trim is
equipped) damaged, you may get a splinter
from the wood surface. Therefore,
Try to avoid excessive sunlight and you should immediately have the
heat exposure. Excessive sunlight damaged interior wooden trim
and heat exposure naturally fades replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
and dries out napa leather, causing dealer.
wrinkles and discoloration. If the napa
leather is wet with liquid, immediately
clean it with lint-free cloth to minimize
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
damage. Do not scratch the napa Clean the belt webbing with any
leather surface with a sharp object. mild soap solution recommended for
If your napa leather seat is bright cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
colored, it may be contaminated or the instructions provided with the soap.
stained from dyed materials such as Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing
jeans. because this may weaken the seat belt.
Interior wooden trim Cleaning the interior window glass

• Use a wooden furniture protector (e.g. If the interior glass surfaces of the
wax, coating compound) to clean the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered
interior wooden trim. with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they
should be cleaned with glass cleaner.
• Often wipe the interior wooden
Follow the directions on the glass cleaner
trim with a lint-free, clean cloth to
container.
maintain the unique wooden textures
for a longer period of time.
• If you spill beverage (e.g. water, NOTICE
coffee) over the interior wooden trim, Do not scrape or scratch the inside of
immediately wipe it with clean, dry the rear window. This may result in
cloth. damage to the rear window defroster
grid.
9-68
09
Emission control system
The emission control system of your 1. Crankcase emission control
vehicle is covered by a written limited system
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Service The positive crankcase ventilation system
Passport in your vehicle. is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
Your vehicle is equipped with an from the crankcase. This system supplies
emission control system to meet all fresh filtered air to the crankcase through
applicable emission regulations. There the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
are three emission control systems, as the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,
follows. which then pass through the PCV valve
into the induction system.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system 2. Evaporative emission control
(3) Exhaust emission control system system
The Evaporative Emission Control System
In order to ensure the proper function is designed to prevent fuel vapors from
of the emission control systems, it escaping into the atmosphere.
is recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained Canister
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
accordance with the maintenance tank are absorbed and stored in the
schedule in this manual. onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
NOTICE canister are drawn into the surge tank
For the Inspection and Maintenance through the purge control solenoid valve.
Test (with Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system) Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring The purge control solenoid valve
during dynamometer testing, turn is controlled by the Engine Control
the Electronic Stability Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant
(ESC) system off by pressing the ESC temperature is low during idling, the
switch (ESC OFF light illuminated). PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
is not taken into the engine. After the
• After dynamometer testing is engine warms-up during ordinary
completed, turn the ESC system back driving, the PCSV opens to introduce
on by pressing the ESC switch again. evaporated fuel to the engine.
9-69
Maintenance
3. Exhaust emission control • Do not operate the engine in confined

system or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
The Exhaust Emission Control System is the vehicle in or out of the area.
a highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining • When the vehicle is stopped in an
good vehicle performance. open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
When the engine starts or fails to start, ventilation system (as needed) to draw
excessive attempts to restart the engine outside air into the vehicle.
may cause damage to the emission
system. • Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with the
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) engine running.
precautions • When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
• Carbon monoxide can be present
the engine may cause damage to the
with other exhaust fumes. If you smell
emission control system.
exhaust fumes of any kind in your
vehicle, drive with all the windows
fully open. Have your vehicle checked Operating precautions for catalytic
and repaired immediately. converters (if equipped)
WARNING WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon The exhaust system and catalytic
monoxide (CO). Though colorless and converter are very hot during and
odorless, it is dangerous and could be immediately after the engine has been
lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions running. To avoid SERIOUS INJURY or
on this page to avoid CO poisoning. DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such
WARNING as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves,
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite
WARNING flammable items under your vehicle.
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of • Keep away from the exhaust system
automobile components and parts, and catalytic converter or you may
including components found in the get burned.
interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain Also, do not remove the heat sink
or emit chemicals known to the State around the exhaust system, do not
of California to cause cancer and seal the bottom of the vehicle, and
birth defects and reproductive harm. do not coat the vehicle for corrosion
In addition, certain fluids contained control. It may present a fire risk
in vehicles and certain products of under certain conditions.
component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
9-70
09
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF)
converter emission control device. (if equipped)
To prevent damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle, take the Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) system
following precautions: removes the soot in the exhaust gas.
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for The GPF system automatically burns
gasoline engines. (or oxidizes) the accumulated soot in
accordance with driving situations,
• Do not operate the vehicle when unlike a disposable air filter.
there are signs of engine malfunction,
such as misfire or a noticeable loss of In other words, the accumulated soot is
performance. automatically purged out by the engine
control system and by the high exhaust-
• Do not misuse or abuse the engine. gas temperature at normal/ high driving
Examples of misuse are coasting with speeds. However, when the vehicle is
the engine off and descending steep continually driven at repeated short
grades in gear with the engine off. distances or driven at low speed for a
• Do not operate the engine at high long time, the accumulated soot may
idle speed for extended periods (5 not be automatically removed because
minutes or more). of low exhaust gas temperature. In this
• Do not modify or tamper with any case, the accumulated soot may reach
part of the engine or emission control a certain amount regardless of the soot
system. We recommend that all oxidization process, then the GPF lamp
inspections and adjustments are ( ) will illuminate.
made by an authorized HYUNDAI The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF)
dealer. lamp stops illuminating, when the
• Avoid driving with an extremely low driving speed exceeds 50 mph (80 km/h)
fuel level. with engine rpm 1,500 ~ 4,000 and the
gear in the 3rd position or above for
Running out of fuel could cause the approximately 30 minutes.
engine to misfire, damaging the
catalytic converter. When the GPF lamp starts to blink or
the warning message “Check exhaust
system” pops up even though the
vehicle was driven as mentioned above,
GPF system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
With GPF lamp blinking for an extended
period of time, it may damage the GPF
system and lower the fuel economy.
CAUTION
We recommend you to use only the
regulated gasoline fuels, when your
vehicle is equipped with the GPF
system.
When you use other gasoline fuels
which contain unspecified additives,
they may damage the GPF system and
cause exhaust emission problems.
9-71
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE

Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as
air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners
and keyless remote entry batteries, must
be disposed of according to Title 22
California Code of Regulations Section
67384.10 (a).
9-72
Index
Index
I
Index
A
Accessing your vehicle...........................................................................................5-5
Hyundai Digital Key.........................................................................................5-15
Immobilizer system...........................................................................................5-14
Remote key..........................................................................................................5-5
Smart key.............................................................................................................5-8
Air bag - supplemental restraint system...............................................................3-45
Additional safety precautions............................................................................3-66
Air bag warning labels......................................................................................3-66
How does the air bags system operate?.............................................................3-50
Occupant Classification System (OCS)............................................................3-54
SRS care............................................................................................................3-65
What to expect after an air bag inflates.............................................................3-53
Where are the air bags?.....................................................................................3-47
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision?....................................................3-60
Air cleaner............................................................................................................9-23
Filter replacement..............................................................................................9-23
Air conditioning system........................................................................................ 2-11
Appearance care...................................................................................................9-60
Exterior care......................................................................................................9-60
Interior care.......................................................................................................9-66
Automatic climate control system......................................................................5-105
Automatic heating and air conditioning..........................................................5-106
Manual heating and air conditioning...............................................................5-106
System maintenance........................................................................................ 5-113
System operation............................................................................................. 5-111
Automatic transmission .......................................................................................6-14
Automatic transmission operation.....................................................................6-14
Good driving practices......................................................................................6-21
LCD display message (button type)..................................................................6-19
Paddle shifter (Manual shift mode)...................................................................6-20
I-2
I
B
Battery..................................................................................................................9-28
Battery capacity label........................................................................................9-30
Battery recharging.............................................................................................9-30
For best battery service.....................................................................................9-29
Reset items........................................................................................................9-31
Before driving.........................................................................................................6-4
Before entering the vehicle.................................................................................6-4
Before starting.....................................................................................................6-4
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) ...................................................7-25
System malfunction and limitations..................................................................7-34
System operation...............................................................................................7-29
System settings..................................................................................................7-27
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) .......................................................................7-51
System malfunction...........................................................................................7-52
System settings..................................................................................................7-51
Brake fluid............................................................................................................9-21
Checking the brake fluid level..........................................................................9-21
Braking system.....................................................................................................6-34
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS).........................................................................6-43
Auto Hold (if equipped)....................................................................................6-39
Disc brakes wear indicator................................................................................6-34
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) .......................................................................6-48
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ......................................................................6-35
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)....................................................................6-44
Good braking practices......................................................................................6-51
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) .......................................................................6-48
Power-assist brakes...........................................................................................6-34
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .............................................................6-47
Bulb wattage...........................................................................................................2-9
I-3
Index
C
Cabin air filter.......................................................................................................9-24
Filter inspection.................................................................................................9-24
Filter replacement..............................................................................................9-24
California perchlorate notice................................................................................9-72
Child Restraint System (CRS)..............................................................................3-34
Children Always in the Rear.............................................................................3-34
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)........................................................3-37
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)........................................................3-35
Climate control additional features..................................................................... 5-119
Auto defogging system.................................................................................... 5-119
Auto dehumidify.............................................................................................5-120
Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings (for driver’s seat)............5-121
Recirculating air when washer fluid is used....................................................5-121
Sunroof inside air recirculation.......................................................................5-121
Consumer Information..........................................................................................2-17
D
Declaration of conformity .................................................................................7-136
Dimensions.............................................................................................................2-8
Door locks.............................................................................................................5-31
Auto door lock/unlock features.........................................................................5-35
Child-protector rear door locks.........................................................................5-35
Electronic child safety lock...............................................................................5-36
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle...................................................5-32
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle.................................................5-31
Drive mode integrated control system (2WD).....................................................6-66
Drive mode........................................................................................................6-66
Drive mode integrated control system (4WD) ....................................................6-69
Drive mode........................................................................................................6-69
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) .......................................................................7-45
System settings .................................................................................................7-45
I-4
I
Dual clutch transmission......................................................................................6-23
Dual clutch transmission operation...................................................................6-23
Good driving practices .....................................................................................6-33
LCD display message (button type)..................................................................6-30
Paddle shifter (Manual shifter mode)................................................................6-32
Parking..............................................................................................................6-30
E
Emergency commodity.........................................................................................8-32
Fire extinguisher................................................................................................8-32
First aid kit........................................................................................................8-32
Tire pressure gauge...........................................................................................8-32
Triangle reflector...............................................................................................8-32
Emission control system.......................................................................................9-69
Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF)......................................................................9-72
Engine.....................................................................................................................2-8
Engine compartment...............................................................................................2-7
Engine compartment...............................................................................................9-3
Engine coolant /liquid-cooled intercooler coolant................................................9-18
Changing coolant...............................................................................................9-20
Checking the coolant level................................................................................9-18
Engine number......................................................................................................2-16
Engine oil..............................................................................................................9-16
Checking the engine oil and filter.....................................................................9-17
Checking the engine oil level............................................................................9-16
Engine Start/Stop button.........................................................................................6-9
Engine Stop/Start button positions....................................................................6-10
Remote start.......................................................................................................6-13
Starting the engine............................................................................................. 6-11
Turning off the engine.......................................................................................6-12
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.......................................................9-14
Fuel filter (for gasoline engine).........................................................................9-14
Parking brake.....................................................................................................9-15
Exterior features...................................................................................................5-67
Fuel filler door...................................................................................................5-77
Hood..................................................................................................................5-67
Liftgate..............................................................................................................5-68
Power liftgate....................................................................................................5-70
Smart liftgate.....................................................................................................5-75
I-5
Index
Exterior features.................................................................................................5-136
Roof side rails..................................................................................................5-136
Exterior overview (I)..............................................................................................2-2
Exterior overview (II).............................................................................................2-3
F
Forward Collision–Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)................................7-2
System operation.................................................................................................7-6
System settings....................................................................................................7-4
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ........................................ 7-111
System malfunction and precautions............................................................... 7-113
System settings................................................................................................ 7-111
Four wheel drive (4WD).......................................................................................6-52
Emergency precautions.....................................................................................6-58
Four Wheel Drive (4WD) operation.................................................................6-53
Reducing the risk of a rollover..........................................................................6-59
Fuses.....................................................................................................................9-41
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement....................................................9-43
Fuse/relay panel description..............................................................................9-44
Instrument panel fuse replacement....................................................................9-42
H
Hazard warning flasher...........................................................................................8-2
Head-Up Display (HUD) .....................................................................................5-80
Head-up display information.............................................................................5-80
Head-up display settings...................................................................................5-80
Precautions while using the head-up display....................................................5-81
High Beam Assist (HBA) ....................................................................................5-86
System settings..................................................................................................5-86
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) ..........................................................................7-81
System settings..................................................................................................7-82
I-6
I
I
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) ........................................................................................6-61
Forced to restart engine.....................................................................................6-64
ISG malfunction................................................................................................6-65
ISG system off...................................................................................................6-64
ISG system operation........................................................................................6-61
If the engine overheats............................................................................................8-7
If the engine will not start.......................................................................................8-3
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)..................................................................8-14
Changing tires...................................................................................................8-16
Jack and tools....................................................................................................8-14
Jack label...........................................................................................................8-21
Removing and storing the spare tire..................................................................8-14
If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit).....................................................8-22
Checking the tire inflation pressure..................................................................8-28
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit................................................................8-24
Introduction.......................................................................................................8-22
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit..................................................8-23
Using the Tire Mobility Kit...............................................................................8-25
Ignition switch........................................................................................................6-5
Key ignition switch.............................................................................................6-5
Key ignition switch positions..............................................................................6-6
Starting the engine...............................................................................................6-7
Important safety precautions..................................................................................3-2
Air bag hazards....................................................................................................3-2
Always wear your seat belt.................................................................................3-2
Control your speed..............................................................................................3-2
Driver distraction.................................................................................................3-2
Keep your vehicle in safe condition....................................................................3-2
Restrain all children............................................................................................3-2
In case of an emergency while driving...................................................................8-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing......................................................8-2
If the engine stalls while driving.........................................................................8-2
If you have a flat tire while driving.....................................................................8-3
I-7
Index
Infotainment system...........................................................................................5-137
Antenna...........................................................................................................5-137
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.....................................................................5-139
How vehicle radio works.................................................................................5-139
Infotainment system........................................................................................5-138
Steering wheel remote controls.......................................................................5-137
USB Port.........................................................................................................5-137
Voice recognition.............................................................................................5-138
Infotainment System specifications ...................................................................5-143
Bluetooth.........................................................................................................5-144
USB.................................................................................................................5-143
Instrument cluster...................................................................................................4-4
Gauges and meters..............................................................................................4-5
Instrument cluster control....................................................................................4-5
LCD display messages......................................................................................4-23
Transmission shift indicator................................................................................4-9
Warning and indicator lights.............................................................................4-10
Instrument panel overview (I)................................................................................2-5
Instrument panel overview (II)...............................................................................2-6
Integrated memory system....................................................................................5-39
Easy access function..........................................................................................5-41
Recalling memory positions..............................................................................5-40
Resetting the system..........................................................................................5-40
Storing memory positions.................................................................................5-39
Interior features...................................................................................................5-124
AC Inverter......................................................................................................5-127
Ashtray............................................................................................................5-125
Cargo security screen......................................................................................5-134
Clock...............................................................................................................5-131
Coat hook........................................................................................................5-131
Cup holder.......................................................................................................5-124
Floor mat anchor(s).........................................................................................5-132
Luggage net holder..........................................................................................5-133
Power outlet.....................................................................................................5-126
Side curtain......................................................................................................5-133
Sunvisor...........................................................................................................5-125
USB charger....................................................................................................5-127
Wireless smart phone charging system...........................................................5-129
I-8
I
Interior lights........................................................................................................5-89
Front lamps........................................................................................................5-89
Interior lamp AUTO cut....................................................................................5-89
Luggage compartment lamp..............................................................................5-91
Puddle lamp.......................................................................................................5-91
Rear lamps.........................................................................................................5-90
Vanity mirror lamp............................................................................................5-90
Welcome system................................................................................................5-92
Interior overview ...................................................................................................2-4
J
Jump starting...........................................................................................................8-4
L
Lane Following Assist (LFA)...............................................................................7-77
System settings..................................................................................................7-77
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ................................................................................7-18
System settings .................................................................................................7-18
LCD display..........................................................................................................4-29
LCD display control..........................................................................................4-29
Trip computer (Type A).....................................................................................4-40
Trip computer (Type B).....................................................................................4-43
User settings mode............................................................................................4-33
View modes.......................................................................................................4-30
Light bulbs............................................................................................................9-51
Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp, Daytime Running Light (DRL)
replacement.......................................................................................................9-52
High mounted stop lamp replacement...............................................................9-57
Interior light replacement..................................................................................9-58
License plate lamp replacement........................................................................9-58
Rear combination lamp replacement.................................................................9-54
Side repeater lamp replacement........................................................................9-54
Lighting................................................................................................................5-82
Exterior lights....................................................................................................5-82
I-9
Index
M
Maintenance services..............................................................................................9-4
Owner maintenance precautions.........................................................................9-4
Owner’s responsibility........................................................................................9-4
Manual climate control system.............................................................................5-97
Heating and air conditioning.............................................................................5-98
System maintenance........................................................................................5-103
System operation.............................................................................................5-101
Mirrors..................................................................................................................5-45
Inside rearview mirror.......................................................................................5-45
Reverse parking aid...........................................................................................5-57
Side View mirrors..............................................................................................5-55
N
Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC) ...............................................7-70
Limitations of the system..................................................................................7-73
System settings..................................................................................................7-70
O
Owner maintenance................................................................................................9-5
Owner maintenance schedule..............................................................................9-6
P
Panoramic sunroof................................................................................................5-62
Closing the sunroof...........................................................................................5-64
Resetting the sunroof.........................................................................................5-65
Sliding the sunroof............................................................................................5-63
Sunroof open warning.......................................................................................5-66
Sunshade...........................................................................................................5-63
Tilting the sunroof.............................................................................................5-64
I-10
I
R
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA).....................................7-97
System malfunction and limitations................................................................7-103
System settings..................................................................................................7-98
Rear View Monitor (RVM)...................................................................................7-88
System settings..................................................................................................7-89
Recommended lubricants and capacities..............................................................2-12
Recommended SAE viscosity number..............................................................2-14
Refrigerant label...................................................................................................2-16
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)................................................................7-123
System malfunction and limitations................................................................7-131
System settings................................................................................................7-124
Reporting Safety Defects......................................................................................2-18
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) ......................................... 7-115
System malfunction and limitations................................................................ 7-118
System settings................................................................................................ 7-115
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) .......................................................7-108
System malfunction and precautions ..............................................................7-109
System settings ...............................................................................................7-108
S
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) .........................................................................................7-39
System settings..................................................................................................7-40
Scheduled maintenance services............................................................................9-7
Maintenance under severe usage conditions.....................................................9-12
Normal maintenance schedule............................................................................9-8
I-11
Index
Seat belts...............................................................................................................3-23
Additional seat belt safety precautions..............................................................3-31
Care of seat belts...............................................................................................3-33
Seat belt restraint system...................................................................................3-25
Seat belt safety precautions...............................................................................3-23
Seat belt warning light.......................................................................................3-24
Seats........................................................................................................................3-3
Air ventilation seat............................................................................................3-20
Front seats...........................................................................................................3-5
Head Restraints.................................................................................................3-14
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)..............................................................................3-21
Safety precautions...............................................................................................3-4
Seat warmers.....................................................................................................3-18
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) ................................................................................7-53
System display and control...............................................................................7-58
System settings..................................................................................................7-54
Special driving conditions....................................................................................6-72
Driving at night.................................................................................................6-73
Driving in flooded areas....................................................................................6-74
Driving in the rain.............................................................................................6-73
Hazardous driving conditions............................................................................6-72
Highway driving................................................................................................6-74
Reducing the risk of a rollover..........................................................................6-74
Rocking the vehicle...........................................................................................6-72
Smooth cornering..............................................................................................6-73
Steering wheel......................................................................................................5-42
Electric Power Steering (EPS)..........................................................................5-42
Heated steering wheel.......................................................................................5-43
Horn...................................................................................................................5-44
Tilt / Telescopic steering...................................................................................5-43
Storage compartment..........................................................................................5-122
Center console storage....................................................................................5-122
Glove box........................................................................................................5-122
Luggage tray....................................................................................................5-123
Tray.................................................................................................................5-123
I-12
I
Surround View Monitor (SVM) ...........................................................................7-92
System malfunction and limitations .................................................................7-96
System operation ..............................................................................................7-94
System settings..................................................................................................7-93
T
Theft-alarm system...............................................................................................5-38
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).............................................................8-9
Changing a tire with TPMS...............................................................................8-12
Check tire pressure..............................................................................................8-9
Low tire pressure position and tire pressure telltale.......................................... 8-11
Low tire pressure warning light........................................................................ 8-11
Tire pressure monitoring system.......................................................................8-10
TPMS malfunction indicator.............................................................................8-12
Tire specification and pressure label....................................................................2-15
Tires and wheels...................................................................................................2-10
Tires and wheels...................................................................................................9-32
Check tire inflation pressure.............................................................................9-33
Low aspect ratio tires........................................................................................9-40
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures......................................................9-32
Tire care.............................................................................................................9-32
Tire maintenance...............................................................................................9-36
Tire replacement................................................................................................9-35
Tire rotation.......................................................................................................9-34
Tire sidewall labeling........................................................................................9-37
Tire traction.......................................................................................................9-36
Wheel alignment and tire balance.....................................................................9-35
Wheel replacement............................................................................................9-36
Towing..................................................................................................................8-30
Towing service..................................................................................................8-30
Trademarks.........................................................................................................5-144
Trailer towing.......................................................................................................6-79
Driving with a trailer.........................................................................................6-84
If you decide to pull a trailer?...........................................................................6-80
Maintenance when towing a trailer...................................................................6-87
Trailer towing equipment..................................................................................6-83
I-13
Index
V
Vehicle certification label.....................................................................................2-15
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...................................................................2-15
Vehicle load limit..................................................................................................6-88
The Loading Information Label........................................................................6-89
Volume and weight............................................................................................... 2-11
W
Washer fluid..........................................................................................................9-22
Checking the washer fluid level........................................................................9-22
Windows...............................................................................................................5-58
Power windows.................................................................................................5-59
Windshield defrosting and defogging................................................................. 5-115
Auto defogging system (only for automatic climate control system)............. 5-117
Automatic climate control system................................................................... 5-116
Manual climate control system....................................................................... 5-115
Rear window defroster.................................................................................... 5-118
Winter driving.......................................................................................................6-75
Snow or icy conditions......................................................................................6-75
Winter precautions............................................................................................6-77
Wiper blades.........................................................................................................9-25
Blade inspection................................................................................................9-25
Blade replacement.............................................................................................9-25
Wipers and washers..............................................................................................5-93
Front windshield washers..................................................................................5-95
Rear window wiper and washer........................................................................5-96
Windshield wipers.............................................................................................5-93
I-14

2021 Hyundai Santa Fe 116695

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2021 Hyundai Santa Fe 116695

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2021 Hyundai Santa Fe 116695

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MS2O-EU0NA 2021 Owner’s Manual

2021 Owner’s Manual

WARNING – California Proposition 65 (Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser)

“Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive

All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR

This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and

Hyundai Customer Care

Hyundai’s Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

3. How can you tell if you are

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol

Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)

Gasoline containing MMT

Detergent Fuel Additives

Operation in foreign countries

Vehicle break-in process

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Exterior overview (I)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Hood....................................................... 5-67 5. Sunroof................................................... 5-62

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

9. Door Handle............................................5-32 13. High mounted stop lamp...................... 9-57

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Inside door handle..................................5-32 10. ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Instrument cluster................................... 4-4 12. DBC (Downhill Brake Control) button....6-48

Instrument panel overview (II)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Lighting control lever............................ 5-82 5. LCD display control............................... 4-29

Smartstream G2.5 T-GDI

1. Engine oil filler cap................................. 9-17 6. Battery terminal [+]............................... 9-29

Tires and wheels

VOLUME AND WEIGHT

Recommended lubricants and capacities

Lubricant Volume Classification

MICHANG ATF SP-IV,

3.49 ~ 3.59 SAE 70W, API GL-4, WDGO-1

Recommended SAE viscosity number

An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to

Engine number REFRIGERANT LABEL

Smartstream G2.5 T-GDI

The refrigerant label provides

The engine number is stamped on the

Hyundai Customer Care

Reporting Safety Defects

3. Seats & Safety System

Important safety precautions............................................................................3-2

Important safety precautions

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are

Front seat 2nd row seat

Safety precautions WARNING

Forward and rearward adjustment Seatback angle

To move the front part of cushion

To move the front part of cushion